Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutADP 2023-10-18 Agenda.pdf - City of Maple Ridge ADVISORY DESIGN PANEL AGENDA – REGULAR MEETING Wednesday, October 18, 2023 at 4:00 pm Meeting Access Information Advisory Design Panel (ADP) meetings are held virtually viz Zoom Teleconference. Members of the ADP and the public are asked to join the meeting remotely using the following access information: Join the meeting from your computer, tablet or smartphone https://mapleridge-ca.zoom.us/j/88349036482 Or join the meeting using your phone Dial: 1-778-907-2071 Meeting ID: 846 8884 4091 1. CALL TO ORDER 2. APPROVAL OF THE AGENDA 3. ADOPTION OF MINUTES – September 18, 2023 and September 20, 2023 4. NEW AND UNFINISHED BUSINESS 5. QUESTION PERIOD 6. FOR INFORMATION 7. PROJECTS 7.1 Development Permit No: 2019-337-DP 4:15 PM Applicant: Billard Architecture Project Architect Billlard Architecture (Robert Billard) Project Landscape Architect: Greenway Landscape Architecture (Paul Whitehead) Proposal: 6 Unit Courtyard Development Location: 11822 Owen Street File Manager: April Crockett 7.2 Development Permit No: 2021-556-DP 5:00 PM Applicant: Chand Binning Project Architect G Square Design Studio Project Landscape Architect: Clark Kavolinas Proposal: Triplex Location: 22020 119 Avenue File Manager: April Crockett 10-minute break 7.3 Development Permit No: 2019-013-DP 5:55 PM Applicant: Sommet Investments Project Architect Geoff Lawlor Project Landscape Architect: Donald Duncan Proposal: 21-unit townhouse development Location: 24156 104 Avenue File Manager: Annie Slater-Kinghorn Advisory Design Panel October 18, 2023 Page 2 of 2 7.4 Development Permit No: 2023-264-DP 6:40 PM Applicant: Atelier Pacific Architecture Inc Project Architect Jessie Arora Project Landscape Architect: Meredith Mitchell Proposal: Rezoning property sites located at 24070 128 Avenue and 24195 Fern Crescent from RS-3 to a CD zone under the RM-1 zone to facilitate 49 townhouse dwelling units. Location: 24070 128 Avenue and 24195 Fern Crescent File Manager: Maryam Lotfi 8. CORRESPONDENCE 9. ADJOURNMENT Next Meeting: November 15, 2023 Agenda Items Submission Deadline: October 25, 2023 QUESTION PERIOD Question Period provides the public with the opportunity to ask questions or make comments on subjects that are of concern to them. Each person will be given 2 minutes to speak. Up to ten minutes in total is allotted for Question Period. City of Maple Ridge Advisory Design Panel Meeting Minutes September 18, 2023 The Minutes of the Regular Meeting of the Maple Ridge Advisory Design Panel (ADP) held via Zoom teleconference on Monday, September 18, 2023, at 4:00 pm. PANEL MEMBERS PRESENT Sang Kim, Vice Chair Architect AIBC Jaswinder Gabri Architect AIBC Lindsey Salter Architect AIBC Niall McGarvey Landscape Architect BCSLA STAFF MEMBERS PRESENT Wendy Cooper Staff Liaison, Planner 2 Mana Safdar Auxiliary Clerk 2 Corinn Howes Acting Deputy Corporate Officer PANEL MEMBERS ABSENT Jose Gonzalez, Chair Landscape Architect BCSLA 1.CALL TO ORDER – 4:09 p.m. Niall McGarvey, Chair, called the meeting to order. 2.APPROVAL OF AGENDA R/2023-ADP-030 It was moved and seconded That the agenda for the September 18, 2023 Advisory Design Panel Regular Meeting be approved as circulated. CARRIED UNANIMOUSLY 3.ADOPTION OF MINUTES R/2023-ADP-031 It was moved and seconded That the minutes for the July 19, 2023 Advisory Design Panel meeting be adopted. CARRIED UNANIMOUSLY 4.NEW AND UNFINISHED BUSINESS – NIL 5.QUESTION PERIOD – NIL Note: J. Gabri joined the meeting at 4:13 pm 6.FOR INFORMATION 6.1. Development Permit No: 2021-579-RZ / 23682 Dewdney Trunk Road 3.0 Advisory Design Panel Minutes September 18, 2023 Page 2 of 4 The Panel reviewed the response letter and revised architectural and landscape plans provided by the applicant. R/2023-ADP-032 It was moved and seconded That the application meets recommendations as presented and the applicant proceed to Council. CARRIED UNAMINOUSLY 7. PROJECTS 7.1. Development Permit No: 2021-389-RZ / 11619, 11631 and 11639 Adair Street The Chair welcomed the project team to the meeting and introduced the members of the ADP. The Staff Liaison provided a brief overview of the project. The project team presented the development plans and answered questions from the Panel. R/2023-ADP-033 It was moved and seconded That the application be supported as the following concerns be addressed as the design develops and submitted to Planning staff for follow up. CARRIED UNAMINOUSLY CITY REQUESTED COMMENTS FROM ADP Building height should be reviewed.  The panel has found concerns with the height of the building and has recommended building height be increased to at least 8 feet. Architectural Comments:  Floor-to-floor height - Consider increasing height to at least 8 feet to create a comfortable living space.  Consider using a pitched roof design, however if proceeding with a flat roof consider the massing which provides a thicker band around the top of the roof that will give a proportionately better look to the building.  Roof slopes still require consideration and do not appear to be fully resolved, a simpler approach should be considered for the overall roofing slopes.  In addition to the overall slopes, roof slopes within hidden gutters and scuppers need to be illustrated for building permit and can follow criteria found in part 9 of the building code. Landscape Comments:  Consideration should be given to site drainage and how storm water can be kept on individual units. Advisory Design Panel Minutes September 18, 2023 Page 3 of 4  Rainwater garden: consider conveying rainwater to SW corner using a planted swale, possible with an overflow drain in each property.  Consider introducing an “L” shaped path/foot of driveway in pavers with the rest left as rock dust or some type of small aggregate so excavation or compaction is not performed around the critical root zone of the retained tree. 7.2. Development Permit No: 2022-250-DP / 22534, 22548 and 22556 Royal Crescent The Chair welcomed the project team to the meeting and introduced the members of the ADP. The Staff Liaison provided a brief overview of the project. The project team presented the development plans and answered questions from the Panel. R/2023-ADP-034 It was moved and seconded That the application be supported as the following concerns be addressed as the design develops and submitted to Planning staff for follow up. CARRIED UNAMINOUSLY CITY REQUESTED COMMENTS FROM ADP Accessibility for all residents should be taken into consideration and reviewed.  The panel recognizes the residents of this building will be seniors who may have accessibility issues. Therefore, consideration should be put towards ensuring all residents can access all amenities and outdoor spaces. Architectural Comments:  Consideration and further review of the walking path at the rear of the building is required.    The paving above and below the parking stalls should consider using different materials or remove the path below the parking stall where cars would pull in and out.    A direct pathway without interruption should be considered to access the street from the rear site to ensure safety and avoid confusion for the residents.   Consideration should be given to wheelchair accessibility as residents with wheelchairs would have to maneuver over the 4% slope to the SE corner to access outdoor amenities.  Further clarification is required with regards to vehicular circulation and pedestrian circulation. Landscape Comments:  Ensure consideration is given to wheelchair accessibility with regards to outdoor amenities, such as picnic tables with room for wheelchairs in the middle, not at the ends.  Consider standing and wheelchair accessible planter boxes in the community garden to account for all kinds of mobility and accessibility. Advisory Design Panel Minutes September 18, 2023 Page 4 of 4  Consider landscape to accommodate residents with physical impairments and dementia. 8. CORRESPONDENCE - NIL 9. ADJOURNMENT There being no further business, the meeting adjourned at 6:12 p.m. The next regular meeting of the Advisory Design Panel will be held on Wednesday, September 20, 2023. Niall McGarvey, Chair /ms City of Maple Ridge Advisory Design Panel Meeting Minutes September 20, 2023 The Minutes of the Regular Meeting of the Maple Ridge Advisory Design Panel (ADP) held via Zoom teleconference on Wednesday, September 20, 2023 at 4:00 pm. PANEL MEMBERS PRESENT Jose Gonzalez, Chair Landscape Architect BCSLA Sang Kim, Vice Chair Architect AIBC Jaswinder Gabri Architect AIBC Lindsey Salter Architect AIBC Niall McGarvey Landscape Architect BCSLA STAFF MEMBERS PRESENT Wendy Cooper Staff Liaison, Planner 2 Mana Safdar Clerk 2 Corinn Howes Acting Deputy Corporate Officer PANEL MEMBERS ABSENT 1.CALL TO ORDER – 4:04 pm 2.APPROVAL OF AGENDA R/2023-ADP-035 It was moved and seconded That the agenda for the September 20, 2023 Advisory Design Panel Regular Meeting be approved as circulated. CARRIED UNANIMOUSLY 3.ADOPTION OF MINUTES - NIL 4.NEW AND UNFINISHED BUSINESS – NIL 5.QUESTION PERIOD – NIL 6.FOR INFORMATION - NIL J. Gabri entered the meeting at 4:14 pm 7.PROJECTS 7.1. Development Permit No: 2017-462-DP / 22576, 22588 and 22596 Brown Avenue The Chair welcomed the project team to the meeting and introduced the members of the ADP. The Staff Liaison provided a brief overview of the project. The project team presented the development plans and answered questions from the Panel. N. McGarvey left the meeting at 4:54 pm Advisory Design Panel Minutes September 20, 2023 Page 2 of 6 R/2023-ADP-036 It was moved and seconded The following concerns be addressed and digital versions of revised drawings & memo be submitted to Planning staff; and further the Planning staff forward this on to the Advisory Design Panel for information and review. CITY REQUESTED COMMENTS FROM ADP The Planning Department requests that the Advisory Design Panel provide comments on the development proposal. Architectural Comments:  Tower Placement: Recommend relocating the tower away from Brown Avenue to create a visual distinction between the podium and tower, reducing the tower’s imposing presence at street level.  Architectural Hierarchy: Propose incorporating contemporary design elements to establish a clear hierarchy among the various mass volumes, including the Tower, Podium, Parkade, Main Entrance, and Townhomes.  Material Palette: Suggest employing a warmer material palette for the residential components, both in the tower and townhomes, in contrast to the materials used for the parkade.  Parkade Fenestration: Encourage exploring alternative solutions for the parkade’s fenestration, such as linear opening configurations, grills, louvers, or perforated metal panels. Consider using materials that reflect the parking structure’s typology.  Architectural Features: Similar to the proposed public art feature, contemplate adding architectural features like vertical curved lines, overhangs, double heights or distinctive balcony designs to enhance the tower’s elevations and create visual interest.  Setback Adjustment: Consider increasing the setback from Brown Avenue to establish a more engaging residential frontage, as there is limited space between the MUP and the building face.  Townhomes Storefront: Explore replacing the storefront glazing of the townhomes with materials like brick, wood or concrete, and enhance the front yard landscaping for an appealing residential frontage.  Residential Street Frontage: Evaluate the inclusion of flats on top of the townhomes to create a full residential street frontage.  Amenity Space: Consider adding more amenity space to rooftop.  Suggest using more neutral/less patterns for future massing on rendering. Utilize more imagery indicative of Maple Ridge in order to understand the relationship between building and surrounding context.  Confirm acceptance of tandem parking inside the parkade with the City of Maple Ridge. Landscape Comments:  CPTED Considerations: To address CPTED concerns, suggest designing a wider pedestrian path along the north-south mews, minimizing potential loitering spaces, install adequate pedestrian lighting, and ensure optimate surveillance opportunities. Consider additional opportunities for street activation. Advisory Design Panel Minutes September 20, 2023 Page 3 of 6  Entrance Landscaping: Implement high landscaping at the entrance for an inviting and aesthetically pleasing entryway.  Green/Blue Roofs: Suggest use of green/blue roofs for water harvesting, storage, and potential reuse.  Enhanced Streetscape: Suggest refining the streetscape design with greater attention to detail to improve the public realm interface. Enhance building entrances with an elaborate paving design and diverse material palette, incorporating pavers, accent bands, colored concrete areas, or a combination, rather than a uniform stamped concrete surface.  Green Wall Structure: Suggest steering clear from English Ivy and look at Virginia Creeper to provide the same fall colours which echo Maple Ridge’s colours.  The proposed outdoor yoga area is a great addition to the podium amenities.  Consider the use of collected stormwater for irrigation. CARRIED UNAMINOUSLY N. McGarvey was absent for the vote 7.2. Development Permit No: 2023-051-DP / 23613 132 Avenue The Chair welcomed the project team to the meeting and introduced the members of the ADP. The Staff Liaison provided a brief overview of the project. The project team presented the development plans and answered questions from the Panel. N. McGarvey returned to the meeting at 5:29 pm R/2023-ADP-037 It was moved and seconded The application be supported as the following concerns be addressed as the design develops and submitted to Planning staff for follow-up. CITY REQUESTED COMMENTS FROM ADP Please comment on the overall form and character of this development and identify issues that the applicant should be aware of. Architectural Comments:  Show fire truck turning dimensions on site plans.  Show garbage and recycling pickup locations on site plan.  Consider the façade articulation of white vertical Hardie Board on building #4 and #5 on A405.  Visitor Parking: Consider the potential hazard that visitor parking spots 3&4 pose as they are reverse turning inside and outside. Landscape Comments:  Consider the use of detained stormwater for irrigation. Advisory Design Panel Minutes September 20, 2023 Page 4 of 6  Off-Site Landscaping: Ensure that off-site landscaping creates a suitable streetscape, offering effective screening and resolves the grading transition towards the intersection.  Pedestrian Access: Explore adding pedestrian access points along 236 Street, specifically between buildings 3&4 and 4&5. This approach has been implemented in the adjacent development and can contribute to a livelier street frontage. CARRIED UNAMINOUSLY 7.3. Development Permit No: 2023-009-RZ/ 23375 Fern Crescent and 13243 Balsam Street The Chair welcomed the project team to the meeting and introduced the members of the ADP. The Staff Liaison provided a brief overview of the project. The project team presented the development plans and answered questions from the Panel. R/2023-ADP-038 It was moved and seconded The application be supported as the following concerns be addressed as the design develops and submitted to Planning staff for follow-up. CITY REQUESTED COMMENTS FROM ADP The proposed development will be the focal point of the River Village within the Silver Valley Area. Staff is seeking comment from the Advisory Design Panel on how the proposed design creates this focal point. Also does the design create an area that will encourage pedestrians to this focal point within the River Village. Architectural Comments:  Separate Commercial and Delivery Areas: Recommend segregating commercial and delivery circulation and functions from the residential zones, particularly in the courtyard area, which appears compromised.  Interior Circulate for CRU Back-of-House Access: Consider creating an interior circulation path for the CRU’s back-of-house access rather than routing them around the residential amenities.  Improved Residential Access to Courtyard: Suggest exploring a more spacious and clearly defined residential access point to the courtyard. Consider adding an amenity room at ground level with direct access to the outdoor amenity space.  Garage Entrance and Loading Bays: Recommend reconfiguring the garage entrance, loading bays, drop-off and staging areas. Reduce unnecessary circulation space by moving loading bays closed to the street.  Child Care Design: Recommend reviewing the City of Vancouver’s Child Care Guidelines for the design of the childcare amenity to ensure compliance with appropriateness. From experience CoV guidelines result in designs that are appealing to child care operators.  Play Opportunities: If a Child Care facility is implemented, consider providing additional play opportunities for residents. Advisory Design Panel Minutes September 20, 2023 Page 5 of 6  Heavy Timber Overhangs: Acknowledge the successful use of heavy timber in the design and recommend streamlining the residential overhangs to create a visual hierarchy compared to the commercial podium.  Architectural Features: Suggest incorporating similar architectural features as the heavy timber overhangs into the building’s interior facades for improved aesthetics within the courtyard.  Elevator Placement: Recommend providing elevators for residential use at the southwest corner of the building for convenience and to enhance accessibility.  Outdoor Amenity: Suggest considering outdoor amenity at either the podium or roof levels to compensate for limited access to sunlight within the courtyard. Landscape Comments:  The ‘river’ theme is a good one. Consider strengthening the ‘river’ theme by introducing curved forms into the amenity area or perhaps even in the branding of the building.  Consider the use of collected stormwater for irrigation – this could be displayed/demonstrated, tying back into the ‘river’ theme.  If garden plots are provided in the amenity area, consider using some standing plots and a wheelchair accessible plot.  Public and Private Use Separation: Suggest examining ways to better separate public and private use areas within the courtyard design.  Pedestrian Connection: Consider reconfiguring the west side of the side to provide a more effective north-to-south pedestrian connection that is not compromised by the vehicular roundabout the north of the PMT to the south.  Material Consistency: Recommend using the same materials as the building’s commercial frontage (stone, heave timber, etc.) for landscape planters and streetscape elements for a cohesive aesthetic.  Planter Heights: Suggest reducing planter heights to seat level to create a more user- friendly interface and offer flexibility in use.  Uninterrupted Sightlines: Encourage the selection of plantings that do not obstruct sightlines to the store frontage, along for an uninterrupted visual connection between 0.9 meters and 1.8 meters approximately.  Water Harvesting: Promote the implementation of water harvesting and reuse practices. Consider incorporating a stormwater feature at the street frontage that could potentially convey part of the building’s rainwater info the storm system and allow for natural infiltration. This approach would align with the river refence concept.  Consider integrated screening with seating CARRIED UNAMINOUSLY 8. CORRESPONDENCE - NIL 9. ADJOURNMENT There being no further business, the meeting adjourned at 6:36 pm Advisory Design Panel Minutes September 20, 2023 Page 6 of 6 The next regular meeting of the Advisory Design Panel will be held on Wednesday, October 18, 2023 Jose Gonzalez, Chair /ch Page 1111 of 4444 City of Maple RidgeCity of Maple RidgeCity of Maple RidgeCity of Maple Ridge TO:TO:TO:TO: Advisory Design Panel MEETING DATE:MEETING DATE:MEETING DATE:MEETING DATE: October 20, 2023 FILE NO:FILE NO:FILE NO:FILE NO: 2019)337)DP SUBJECT:SUBJECT:SUBJECT:SUBJECT: 11822 OWEN STREET PURPOSE:PURPOSE:PURPOSE:PURPOSE: An Advisory Design Panel (the “ADP”) submission has been received for the above cited application and property to permit the construction of Courtyard Residential Units with 6 Units (Appendix C). The proposed building will replace the existing single)family house on the site. The rezoning application (2019)337)RZ) being processed in conjunction with this proposal was given First Reading by Council on May 11, 2021. BACKGROUND:BACKGROUND:BACKGROUND:BACKGROUND: Applicant: BILLARD ARCHITECTURE INC. ROBERT BILLARD Legal Description: Lot 13, District Lot 250, Group 1, New Westminster District Plan 8735 OCP: Existing: Low Density Multi)Family Proposed: Low Density Multi)Family Zoning: Existing: RS)1 (Single Detached Residential) Proposed: RT)2 (Ground)Oriented Residential Infill) Surrounding Uses North: Use: Commercial Zone: C)2 (Community Commercial) Designation: Commercial South: Use: Residential Zone: RS)1 (Single Detached Residential) Designation: Low Density Multi)Family East: Use: Service Commercial, and Residential Zone: CS)1 (Service Commercial), and RS)1 (Single Detached Residential) Designation: Commercial, Urban Residential and Low Density Multi)Family West: Use: Residential Zone: RS)1 (Single Detached Residential) Designation: Medium Density Multi)Family Existing Use of Property: Single Family Residential Proposed Use of Property: Multi)Family Residential. Courtyard Form Site Area: 0.14 ha (0.36 acres) Access: Owen Street Servicing requirement: Urban Standard 7.1 Page 2222 of 4444 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREA:DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREA:DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREA:DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREA: The development permit application made to the City prompting this submission to the ADP is subject to the Key Guidelines and the Design Guidelines of Section 8.13 Hammond Development Permit. Key Guidelines: The following is a brief description and assessment of the proposal’s compliance with the applicable Key Development Permit Guidelines: Key Concepts of the Hammond Area (North Hammond Precinct) are as follows: Key GuidelinesKey GuidelinesKey GuidelinesKey Guidelines ResponseResponseResponseResponse Street and Block PatternStreet and Block PatternStreet and Block PatternStreet and Block Pattern • Increase residential density with a housing style complimentary to existing; • Increase pedestrian connectivity of the neighbourhood by connecting to local destinations and public sidewalks. The massing is consistent with surrounding single)family uses and incorporates common pathways and courtyard are linked to street, amenities, and home entries with pedestrian)oriented entry at Northwest lot corner. Typical Lot Size and LayoutTypical Lot Size and LayoutTypical Lot Size and LayoutTypical Lot Size and Layout • maintain the current lot pattern and coverage, look and feel with larger duplex, triplex homes and fourplexes (on corner lots). Use similar massing to other homes in the area, mimicking the same block pattern; • ncrease ground)oriented and street fronting townhomes; and • Siting to take best advantage of sunlight and/or shading in order to plan for future use of solar technology The proposed units are ground)oriented and offer a transitional density from the commercial uses along Dewdney Trunk. The frontage along Owen Street has been designed to mimic single)family housing. Greenspace and LandscapingGreenspace and LandscapingGreenspace and LandscapingGreenspace and Landscaping • increase the number of trees planted on lots and within new development; and, • ensure high quality & climate change resilient landscaping and common greenspace areas. A communal green area has been proposed and includes community garden boxes. The courtyard features a community kitchen and play area. Housing and Heritage FeaturesHousing and Heritage FeaturesHousing and Heritage FeaturesHousing and Heritage Features • enhance the neighbourhood look and feel with front façade orientation of new development facing towards the street and parking and driveways that are incorporated in a subtle manner; • enhance the character and identity of the area with architectural details, themes and materials that speak to Hammond’s history and area and/or increase the social and community feel of the neighbourhood. This may include: • the use of wood, horizontal wood siding, wood shingles; • entrances with porches that overlook the street; and, • symmetrical front elevation and second storey with articulated units. The façade of the units has been designed to conceal parking along the back of the property to create an attractive street frontage. Wood shingles and siding has been incorporated in reference to the historical neigbourhood materials. Entrance porches and second)level balconies have been incorporated overlooking the communal courtyard. Page 3333 of 4444 Design Guidelines: The Design Guidelines and a full explanation of how the project complies with them or the reasons why they are not applicable are attached in Appendix F to this memo. PLANNING COMMENTS:PLANNING COMMENTS:PLANNING COMMENTS:PLANNING COMMENTS: 1. Proposal: The application proposes to rezone the subject property located at 11822 Owen Street, from RS)1 (Single Detached Residential) to RT)2 (Ground)Oriented Residential Infill), to a Courtyard housing form of six stratified units around a common courtyard (Appendix A and Appendix G). The proposal contains six (6) units in two buildings of three units, a common area courtyard in the middle including a community long)table, playground classroom and community kitchen, private gardens along the northern property line and twelve semi)enclosed parking stalls along the east property line. A variance is required to reduce the front setback, to increase the common courtyard area to act as a shared community green. 2. Context: The proposed development promotes transitional density from the existing single)family neighborhood and diversification of housing form. The proposed frontage along Owen Street has been designed to mimic the existing single)family character of the neighbourhood. 3. OCP and Zoning Compliance: The development site is located within the Hammond Area Plan and is currently designated Low Density Multi Family. The proposal complies with the designation. The subject site is being rezoned to RT)2 (Courtyard Residential) and the Development Data Sheet (Appendix E) analyses the compliance of the project with the applicable zone regulations. The proposal has a density (Floor Space Ratio) of 0.49 FSR which complies with the maximum density of 0.75 FSR. The following variances will be required: • To reduce the front yard setbacks from 6.0 m to 4.5 m. 4. Parking and bicycle storage: The required parking for the proposed use is analyzed in the Development Data Sheet (Appendix E). The RT)2 zone requires 2.0 off)street parking spaces per dwelling unit. A total of 12 parking spaces are proposed as unconcealed parking along the eastern portion of the lot. 5. Environmental, Sustainability & Stormwater Management: The application will be assessed under the 3 tier stormwater rainwater management requirements with emphasis on Tier A opportunities for infiltration, bio)filtration and exfiltration along with water quality controls. 6. Issues requiring comments from ADP: Please comment on the overall form and character of this development and identify issues that the applicant should be aware of. 7. Garbage/Recycling: Page 4444 of 4444 Common waste and recycling storage will be screened for security and to reduce visual impact; the staging area is accessible from an internal strata road. 8. Works along abutting roads: Owen Street will require 1.0 metre of road dedication and is required to be constructed to a collector standard along the frontage; this will include new curb, gutter and sidewalk upgrades. Additionally, sanitary sewer, watermain and storm sewer connections will be required to be upgraded as per the applicant’s engineer’s assessment and resubmission of existing systems. Street lighting and street trees will be required along the Owen Street frontage. The development is within the existing urban area and is exempt from having the convert the existing overhead wired to underground, however, road improvements may require the relocation of the poles so removal should be considered. The site must be serviced by underground utilities ) no aerial services are permitted. An explanatory letter has been submitted by the applicant’s engineer as Appendix H. CONCLUSION:CONCLUSION:CONCLUSION:CONCLUSION: The Planning Department requests that the Advisory Design Panel provide comments on the development proposal. ______________________________________________ Prepared by: April Crockett The following appendices are attached hereto: Appendix A Subject map Appendix B Explanatory letter from Architect (and Landscape Architect if applicable) Appendix C ADP Submission Form Appendix D ADP Applicant Checklist (signed by Architect) Appendix E Development Data Sheet (signed by Architect) Appendix F DP Area Guidelines Checklist Appendix G Architectural and Landscaping Plans Appendix H Explanatory Letter from Civil Engineer DATE: Sep 25, 2019FILE: 2019-337-RZ 11822 Owen StreetPID: 011-349-158 City of PittMeadows District ofLangley District of Mission FRASER R. ^ RCMP Aerial Imagery from the Spring of 2018 The City of Maple Ridge makes no guaranteeregarding the accuracy or present status ofthe information shown on this map. ´ Scale: 1:2,000 BY: AC SUBJECT PROPERTY NORTH HAMMOND CEDARS 11822 OWEN STREETMAPLE RIDGE, BC Prepared by Billard Architecture Inc. Billardarchitecture.ca PROJECT INFORMATION North Hammond Cedars is a 6-townhome community to replace the aging single-family house at the entry to Owen Street from the busy Lougheed Highway in Maple Ridge, BC. The project is designed to suit the neighbourhood character of low-density townhomes, front and rear yard setbacks, and 2-storey height streetscapes. Modern materials and forms inspired by new commercial developments along Lougheed Highway create a transitional building that blends the old and new. As a community-minded project, the areas within the setbacks have been planned for the inclusion of community gardens and spaces, private front yards, and a playground. The intent is to fully use the site for current and future needs. The project has also been designed to allow for the further development of the adjacent properties to the south. The design could be mirrored along a common driveway to create a consistent neighbourhood that can become the northeast entry to the Hammond area. The 3-bedroom homes enable young families to move in to a growing neighbourhood with convenient community facilities, commercial shopping, and public schools. 2 NEIGHBOURHOOD CONTEXT 3 This proposal for North Hammond Cedars is the entry point to the North Hammond neighbourhood. Features: Modern homes Community courtyard with garden, play, dining, and cooking space Community parking NEIGHBOURHOOD CONTEXT 4 SITE SITE 6 DESIGN NEIGHBOURHOOD 7 DESIGN FORM 8 DESIGN COURTYARD DESIGN RATIONALE Zoning + Density Existing Zoning: RS-1 Existing Buildings: Single Detached Residential Existing Height: 1 Storey Proposed Zoning: RT-2 Proposed Buildings: Ground-Oriented Residential Infill (Courtyard) Proposed Height: 2 Storey 9 Location 6 welcoming and modern townhomes designed as the northeast entry to the Hammond neighbourhood from Lougheed Highway. Within 800 m (10 minutes walking) Westgate Shopping Centre Westridge Shopping Centre Ridge Meadows College Maple Ridge Elementary Fairview Elementary Westview Secondary Jordan Park Hammond Stadium / Pool DESIGN RATIONALE Project Brief 6 modern ground oriented townhomes, arranged in two buildings (triplexes) around a central courtyard is designed to replace and upgrade the aging single-family house. Gentle-density will be added to the neighbourhood while providing a family- friendly public outdoor amenity space. Each home will have 3 bedrooms and access to a central community courtyard and community parking. 2-storey wood construction. 10 Landscape + Public Realm Outdoor amenities will include community and private gardens, a community long-table with 24 seats for 6 families, central waste & recycling storage, an outdoor kitchen, and a playground classroom. Low-maintenance, hardy, and local planting will create green space along pathways and Owen street. Existing trees will be protected along the property line where possible to help create a park-like transition from public to residential space. Strategic lighting will enhance the development and create safe and welcoming spaces. DESIGN RATIONALE Architecture North Hammond Cedars is a wood-frame ground-oriented residential infill development. 6 Townhouses arranged as triplexes around a central courtyard. This development will replace the aging single-family house at the entry to Owen Street from the busy Lougheed Highway. The project is designed to suit the neighbourhood character and 2-storey high streetscapes. The massing of the townhomes is a combination of setback facades and vertical elements that refers to the archetypal image of a home. North Hammond Cedars has been designed with city consultation over several months to best display a modern contemporary reflection of the Hammond neighbourhood history. Inspiration has been taken from historic architecture of the Hammond Cedar Company and Hartnell House, and reinterpreting these landmarks with modern and durable building materials and massing. The design creates a transitional building between commercial and residential. The use of metal-vertical panels reflects the developments along Lougheed, most notably the Mark’s Warehouse adjacent to the project to the north. The addition of vertical wood siding and wood elements aims to add to the residential and natural characteristics of the neighbourhood. The lot slopes towards Owen Street, requiring the homes to take on a unique form of stepping down to follow the existing site. As a community-minded project, the areas within the setbacks have been planned for the inclusion of community and private gardens, a community long-table, and a playground classroom. The intent is to fully use the site for current and future needs. 11 DESIGN RATIONALE Traffic + Parking Landscape-enclosed community parking has been designed to allow for 2-car parking per each home. Parking is located at the rear of the site to minimize street presence. Access to garages is provided by a common driveway located at the south of the lot, as far as possible from Lougheed Highway. The common driveway could be used for a potential expansion for development along the adjacent properties to the south. Community garbage and recycling will be located on-site close to Owen Street, and secured within an enclosure wooden screened space. 12 Community Development The project intends to create a dynamic residential setting and easy access to community amenities. Providing contemporary design and thoughtful landscaping creates homes that residents can be proud to be part of. The outdoor amenities are designed to bring residents together, connect, and form long-term community. Community / private gardens Playground classroom Community long-table (24 seats) Outdoor kitchen DESIGN RATIONALECrime Prevention All communal spaces are designed to be well-lit through both natural and installed lighting. Private use gardens is located close to Owen street, and will consist of both low-height planting for visibility and existing-height trees for privacy. Access to the units will be from either the street or driveway at the back. Secondary access to the units will link to the central courtyard and a pedestrian path connects the residents from the street to the amenity spaces. This creates interactive meeting spaces and connection with your neighbours. Living spaces are located on grade with windows to easily observe the surroundings and activities happening in the courtyard or access routes. Landscaping is designed to provide attractive places to inhibit and deter vandalism. Size, placement, and selection of plants are to protect openings from break-and-entering, yet not to conceal criminal activity. Motion detected lighting outdoors and indoors, FOB garage access, and privacy fencing are all employed to ensure resident safety. 13 DESIGN RATIONALE Sustainable Design This design will employ a variety of sustainable strategies, including: High-efficiency energy equipment for lighting, appliances, heating and cooling systems Effective glazing (low-E, argon filled, thermally-broken windows with films located on 2nd and 3rd face dependant on solar exposure) Long lasting, durable cladding materials Zero-irrigation native plants for landscaping Low-flow water fixtures High-level recycled content FSC stewardship for wood-framed buildings Zero-to-low VOC content 14 22 ELEVATION NORTH / EAST 23 ELEVATION SOUTH / WEST 24 BUILDING FINISHES With city consultation, North Hammond Cedars has been designed to provide a modern contemporary reflection on the Hammond Neighbourhood history. Resilient and durable natural materials will be utilized for exterior finishes to develop a modern and familiar atmosphere. 1 Typical unit numbers Typical outdoor kitchen Typical handrails 2 3 4 The City  schedule making y ADP subm ADP thro Applicati Name of  File num Address  Current Z Seeking t Architect Submissi Architect Landscap Other Pro Note.: Th developm taken fro bulletin,  Major  per th build Group A (Pa Group B (Pa Group C Res Group D & E Group F (F1 Adv of Maple Rid es for submis your submiss mission pack ough your Fil ion Informa Applicant   ber   of site   Zone    to appear be t Informatio on will be p t   pe Architect  ofessional (S he Architects ments to the om AIBC Bull click here.  Occupancy  he current  ing codes  art 3)   art 3)   sidential  E   : Part 3)   isory Des dge Advisory ssion deadlin sion, contact kage for you le Manager w tion:  _________ _________ _________ _________ efore the AD on:  resented to  _________ _________ State Name  s are require e ADP that a letin 31 Build Public Assem Hospital, San Home for the Aged  Institutional  Hotel or sim Commercial  Industrial  sign Pane y Design Pan ne dates and t your File M ur project. Fo well in adva __________ __________ __________ ___ Propose DP on this da ADP by:  __________ __________ & Role) ____ ed to prepar re in the Ma dings Requir Use  mbly  natorium, or  e  ilar occupancy  el Submis nel (ADP) me d for the min Manager to e orward your nce of the d ___________ _____  ___________ ed Zone ____ ate ________ ___________ ___________ __________ re plans and ajor Occupan ring the Serv Type services − any o exce − any b exce − all sc − any b capa − any b − any b − any b − any b − any b ssion Req eets monthly nimum subm establish wh r complete s deadline date __________ __________ __________ __________ ________  _______  ___________ to attend a ncy categori vices of an A es of Building or s of an architect one‐storey build eeding 9 m or gro building of more eeding 235 m²; a chools, any size building (exclud acity exceeding 1 building with gro building contain building contain building with gro building with gro uest Form y.Refer to t mission requ at constitute ubmission p e.  __  __  __  __  __________ nd to presen es cited in th Architect. Fo r Parts of Buildin t under section 6 Act.   ding with an uns oss area exceed e than one store and  ing veterinary h 12 beds  oss area exceed ning 5 or more d ning 11 or more g oss area exceed oss area exceed m  he attached irements. Be es a complet package for t ____  nt all  he Table bel r the entire  ng requiring the 60 of the Archit supported span  ing 275 m²;  ey with gross are ospital) with a  ing 470 m²  welling units  guest rooms  ing 470 m²  ing 470 m²    efore  te  the  ow  e  ects  ea  CITY OF MAPLE RIDGE ADVISORY DESIGN PANEL 2019 APPLICANT SCHEDULE Meeting Date Applicant Deadline January 16, 2019 December 17, 2018 February 20, 2019 January 28, 2019 March 20, 2019 February 25, 2019 April 17, 2019 March 25, 2019 May 15, 2019 April 18, 2019 June 19, 2019 May 27, 2019 July 17, 2019 June 24, 2019 NO AUGUST MEETING September 18, 2019 August 26, 2019 October 16, 2019 September 23, 2019 November 20, 2019 October 28, 2019 NO DECEMBER MEETING DEVELOPMENT DATA SHEET Existing /Proposed Zone _____________ Date Prepared __________ Proposed (Complies or state variance needed) Required Development Data Minimum Required or Maximum Allowed LOT AREA* (in square metres) Gross Total Less Road Widening / Truncations Less Park Net Total LOT COVERAGE (in % of net lot area) Total Site Coverage SETBACKS (in metres) Front Rear Side #1 (N,S,E, or W) Side #2 (N,S,E, or W) Side #3 (N, S, E or W) SETBACKS – Underground Structures (in metres) Front Rear Side #1 (N,S,E, or W) Side #2 (N,S,E, or W) Side #3 (N, S, E or W) BUILDING HEIGHT (in metres/storeys) Principal Accessory NUMBER OF RESIDENTIAL UNITS Bachelor One Bedroom Two Bedroom Three Bedroom + Total GROSS FLOOR AREA (in square metres) Residential Retail Commercial Office Commercial Other Commercial (Type _________________) Institutional Industrial TOTAL GROSS FLOOR AREA * If the development site consists of more than one lot, lot dimensions pertain to the entire site. Proposed (Complies or variance needed?) OTHER – state YES or NO for each. If YES describe on separate sheet. Heritage Site Tree Survey/Assessment Provided Watercourse/Steep Slopes Covenants, Stat ROW & Easements I hereby certify that all the above information is true and correct. I acknowledge that any error or omissions are the sole responsibility of the undersigned and not the Development and Environmental Services Department. Prepared by: ___________________________ __________________________________ Print Name (Please print form and sign above) NOTE: To be prepared by an Architect for ADP Submission or by an owner/agent (applicant) for Development Application. Required Development Data Minimum Required or Maximum Allowed DENSITY # of units/ha (gross) # of units/ha (net) Gross Floor Area Floor Space Ratio (net) AMENITY SPACE (area in square metres) Common Activity Area Useable Open Space PARKING (number of spaces) Residential and Multi-Residential Uses Multi-Residential Town Centre (Bach Units) Multi-Residential Town Centre (1 Bdr Units) Multi-Residential Town Centre (Added Bdr) Commercial Uses Educational & Assembly Uses Institutional Use Industrial Use Business Park Uses Comprehensive Other Number of spaces for visitors TOTAL NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES Number of total for disabled Number of total (and %) small cars % Number of total (and %) tandem spaces % TOTAL OFF STREET LOADING SPACE(S) BICYCLE PARKING (number of spaces) Short Term Bicycle Parking Long Term Bicycle Parking Consistent in form and massing with surrounding areas by respecting setbacks, materials, and pitched roofs. It's the first residential property on Owen Street off Lougheed Highway. Design acts as a transition between commercial and residential areas. Common pathways and courtyard linked to street, amenities, and home entries with pedestrian-oriented entry at Northwest lot corner. All homes are ground oriented, combined in two triplex homes oriented around a central courtyard. Homes appear to front onto Owen Street to mimic surrounding single family homes. o o o Landscape design with resilient planting and communal green areas in mind. Trees retained where possible with additional landscaping and trees provided. Planting and fencing to provide screening between private and public areas. Garden to create a suitable buffer between Owen Street and buildings. Building front facade facing Owen street to enhance the identifiable single family form of the neighbourhood. Community parking located at rear of site to minimize street presence and visibility from street. Parking is accessed by a common driveway from Owen Street along the southern property line. Landscape-enclosed parking stalls softens automotive impact and promotes pedestrian-oriented design by natural traffic-calming measures. Reference is made to the historical neighbourhood materials by using siding that reflects the wood shingles and horizontal - and vertical wood siding with sustainable and durable products. A symmetrical street facade with entrance porches enhances the neighbourhood character and reflects the community feel of the area. Second-level balconies provides residential views overlooking the street and communal courtyard. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1.1.1 -1.1.2. Due to the site location and size, building orientation towards the south is not possible. Street facing buildings are required as per precinct guidelines with massing and design to fit into the neighbourhood character. 1.1.3-1.1.4. Windows will be located on the Eastern and Western facade due to the building layout. Landscaping will screen the western harsh sun and covered porches and balconies creates shade on the western side of both buildings. 1.1.5.- 1.1.6. Pitched roofs are used to reflect the precinct requirements but also to create large overhangs for western facing balconies. The building position on site and variable roof heights ensure minimal impact on neighbouring stands. 1.1.7. A Detention tank is proposed to collect all the run- off water collected from the roofs. Pedestrian walkways, patios and driveway is to be permeable paving and sloped towards landscaping nearby, enabling best stormwater management. Existing grades is preserved to allow for natural drainage (toward Owen Street). 2.1.1. Buildings oriented towards Owen street to reflect the neighbourhood character. 2.1.4. Side and rear setbacks as per zoning bylaw. Relaxation of the front setback requested to allow for the required courtyard space while still maintaining an adequate distance from the street with landscaping to reflect the single family character of the neighbourhood. 2.1.6. Community parking located at rear of site to minimize street presence on Owen Street. 2.2.2. The Buildings is designed to mimic the surrounding through massing and building height. Design elements like roof types (residential pitched roofs), horizontal wooden siding (residential elements found in the area) is used to reflect the neighborhood character. 2.2.3. The units are located in two triplex buildings to break up the size and fit into the streetscape. 2.2.4.. Height and roof types is consistent with the style of the precinct and comply to the zoning bylaws.. 2.2.6. The project is designed as a visual and density transition between Lougheed (commercial) and North Hammond (residential). The green space to the north creates a buffer form the adjacent commercial development. 2.3.2. Community parking stalls located at rear of site to minimize street presence on Owen Street. Parking is accessed via a common driveway from Owen Street along the southern property line with a landscaped screen hiding it from view. The landscape-enclosed parking stalls softens automotive impact and promotes pedestrian- oriented design by natural traffic-calming measures. 2.3.4. Bicycles to be stored within homes as needed. 2.3.5. A walkway located to the north of the site, creates a pedestrian and cycling route directly connecting the residents with the street and broader community. The path is separated from the driveway to create safe pedestrian access for the residents. 2.4.2. Existing hedges and landscaping is incorporated into the new landscape design. 2.4.3.-2.4.4. Landscaping is incorporated in the parking with the use of a landscape-enclosed trellis and the driveway and parking is concealed with a plant screen around. The main green area is located along the pedestrian access path with vegetation screens positioned in specific areas to allow for privacy while maintaning security. The garbage area is screened off to conceal the bins but with easy access to both residents and towards the street. 2.4.5. The project consists of two triplex buildings with a communal courtyard between. The courtyard becomes the interactive communal area that includes a communal kitchen and dining table, play area / outdoor classroom and houses communal garden plots with easy access to each unit. 2.4.6. The project is designed as a visual and density transition between Lougheed (commercial) and North Hammond (residential). Pedestrian-oriented entry allows for visibility and connects with corridors toward Lougheed Highway, along Owen Street, the community gardens, and common pathways to private residential spaces 2.5.2. Neighbourhood elements incorporated into design: •Pitched roofs (residential)•Siding to reflect wood shingles and horizontal wood siding (residential)•Central veranda provided to the street facing facade•Strait wooden columns incorporated in design •Multi paned windows with shape and size to resemble residential (2.5.4.) 2.5.3. Symmetrical front elevation created 2.6.2.- 2.6.3. Common waste and recycling storage to be screened with architectural wood for security and to limit visual impact. Mechanical equipment to be stored under stairs respective to each home. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 31 August 2022 ROBERT BILLARD 1 Multi-Family Development Permit Area Guidelines Checklist Pursuant with Section 8.7 of the Official Community Plan, multi-family developments will be assessed against the form and character guidelines established by Council and summarised below. This checklist is to be prepared by the architect of record for the project to demonstrate the proposed design was developed in accordance with the form and character guidelines. Please assess and describe the compliance of the proposed design of the project with respect to the Key Guideline Concepts and with the Form and Character Guidelines. Description of the Key Guideline Concepts should be suitable for File Managers to quote in Development Permit Application Reports to Council. For the Form and Character Guidelines, clearly describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. This checklist is to accompany Development Permit Applications and submissions to the ADP. 8.7.1 Key Guideline Concepts Describe how this project and the design complies 1.New development into established areas should respect private spaces, and incorporate local neighbourhood elements in building form, height, architectural features and massing. 2.Transitional development should be used to bridge areas of low and high densities, through means such as stepped building heights, or low rise ground oriented housing located to the periphery of a higher density developments. 2 Key Guideline Concepts (Continued) 3.Large scale developments should be clustered and given architectural separation to foster a sense of community, and improve visual attractiveness. 4.Pedestrian circulation should be encouraged with attractive streetscapes attained through landscaping, architectural details, appropriate lighting and by directing parking underground where possible or away from public view through screened parking structures or surface parking located to the rear of the property. Guidelines 8.7.1 A Building Design, Massing and Siting Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1.Design and siting of buildings should take advantage of natural features or views and should enhance privacy and livability. 2.Residential buildings should front or appear to front onto public roads through the use of appropriate treatment of exteriors, through direct pedestrian access to individual units from the public street/sidewalk, or through the provision of pedestrian walkways linked to the street. Street frontages should be emphasized by incorporating differentiated front, side and rear oriented facades, with a minimum two storey facade on the fronting street to foster a human scale. Buildings that are designed with an end wall or unit adjacent to a public street should design the end unit with the pedestrian entry facing the street. At significant intersections, the definition of corners should be reinforced by buildings that front on both streets and incorporate corner cuts. 3 Guidelines 8.7.1 A (Continued) 3. Higher density dwellings should be sited adjacent to major streets in order to minimize access problems and to provide a transition to lower density uses. 4. Multi-family developments adjacent to lower density or single detached residential dwellings should: a) be consistent in form and massing with the surrounding area; b) be sited adjacent to major streets to provide a transition to lower density uses; c) concentrate density to the centre of the development or towards a non- residential boundary and locate lower density components adjacent to lower density residential uses; d) create a transition in building mass and form towards the setbacks of the adjacent neighbourhood; e) minimize access conflicts; f) be designed to maximize privacy and minimize views onto adjoining sites, particularly for portions of the development abutting the side yards of adjacent single detached residential uses. 5. Larger buildings, roof forms and building frontages should include design elements and features to: a) provide variation in the facades to help reduce the visual length of individual buildings; b) have the appearance of a series of smaller buildings, or as identifiable parts of a larger concept; and c) incorporate components that express strong unit identity and incorporate direct access to grade for ground-floor units. 4 Guidelines 8.7.1 A (Continued) 6. New multi-family developments should use design themes, architectural features and elements of the surrounding neighbourhood by incorporating common elements such as form, scale, massing and proportion into the design as a means to reinforce neighbourhood stability. Examples include: a) the articulation of facades, using where appropriate, elements such as porches, chimneys, projections, recesses, and balconies; b) the placement, size, shape and number of doors and windows; c) the location and visual appearance of garages and/or parking facilities; d) the selection of appropriate and compatible roof forms; and e) the design of hard and soft landscaping. 7. The exposed undersides of balconies and porches that are visible from a street or public walkway should be covered with exterior finishes to provide a finished appearance to public view. 8. Developments are encouraged to use the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEEDS) standards in the design of buildings. Techniques such as rain gardens, vegetated swales, separation of impervious surfaces, installing below surface infiltration beds and tree box filters, and redirecting water from drain pipes into vegetated areas are encouraged. 9. Variation in individual unit designs is encouraged to provide visual interest and avoid significant repetition either within a row of townhouses, or between adjacent rows of units. 5 Guidelines 8.7.1 A (Continued) 10. Garage doors should not face public streets. Where front facing garage doors are unavoidable, the impact of garage doors on the public realm should be mitigated by: a) designing residential units with enough width to include attractive entrances and windows between garages; b) recessing garage doors behind the main building façade; c) keeping a sufficient width in residential units to allow the creation of attractive entrances and fenestration between garages. d) grouping garage doors in pairs between adjacent units to allow building entrances and facades more prominence on the street; e) providing interior spaces that overlook the street; f) separating and orienting unit entrances to the street; g) providing individual pedestrian walkways linked to the street; h) including design details such as transom windows or glazing in garage doors; i) a comprehensive landscape plan that identifies how the visual impact of garage doors from the street will be mitigated. 11. Landscaping of rooftops is encouraged where possible, to provide shared or private outdoor space for residents and to provide attractive views for residents and passersby. 6 Guidelines 8.7.1 B Vehicle Access, Parking and Circulation Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. Parking and servicing should be located underground or to the rear of buildings, with access from lanes wherever possible. Where lane access is not possible, access should be from streets via narrow driveways to minimize the impact on streetscape appearance and disruption to pedestrian movement. 2. Parking structures should be adequately screened and architecturally compatible with the rest of the building. Large surface parking areas should be divided into smaller sections to avoid a monotonous appearance with landscaping strips, trees, building edges, pedestrian pathways, and pavement treatment to enhance their visual appearance. 3. Developments with large parking areas should provide a direct pedestrian pathway system through the parking area to facilitate convenient and safe pedestrian access between building entrances, parked cars, and sidewalks of adjoining streets. Features such as special landscaping with trees and benches, overhead weather protection and distinct paving should be incorporated where appropriate. Pedestrian movement should be designed to avoid any obstruction by parked vehicles. 4. Shared vehicle access between adjoining sites should be considered where access for parking at the rear of the property is limited. Joint or shared access should also be considered between adjoining developments to minimize disruption of pedestrian sidewalks and to maximize landscaping and permeable surfaces. Integration of driving aisles and pedestrian walkways between adjacent sites is also strongly encouraged. 7 Guidelines 8.7.1 B (Continued) 5. Locate parking spaces allocated for people with disabilities as close as possible to the main entrance to a building. 6. Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles should be incorporated into the design of all parking facilities with convenient, safe, identifiable and universally accessible access routes to building entrances, lobbies or other principal areas of buildings, and to grade level from any underground or above ground parking structures. 7. To increase safety, consider using electronic security devices and monitoring systems as a supplement to natural surveillance opportunities in parking structures and parking areas. 8. The amount of asphalt surfaces in parking areas should be minimized by integrating a variety of paving materials such as concrete, decorative pavers, etc. or by using alternate surface treatments. 9. Road grades, streets, lanes, and driveways should conform to the existing grades as closely as possible to ensure minimal disruption of slopes and vegetation. On steep terrain, roads should be aligned, wherever possible, to run parallel rather than counter to, natural contours and existing grades. 8 Guidelines 8.7.1 C Landscaping and Open Space Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. Landscaping both within and outside the development should: a) provide definition for pedestrian corridors; b) delineate private and semi private space from public space; c) provide adequate screening between private outdoor spaces; d) present a pleasing street image; e) provide suitable buffering between public road and privacy areas; f) soften the transition between adjacent land uses; g) provide a buffer between residential and non-residential land uses; h) create interesting views and focal points into and out of the site; i) reinforce design continuity with neighbouring properties, the scale and massing of buildings, and the streetscape by providing consistency in street trees, plant materials, and other landscaping elements. 2. Landscape drawings for development applications should include, but are not limited to, the following information: a) the location of mature and existing trees to be retained or removed, b) the location of all protective tree fencing; c) a grading plan or cross section indicating finished grade; and d) a drainage plan for the site. 3. Street trees will be a required component of all development. Incorporate deciduous tree species into streetfront landscaping to define site boundaries, to enhance public space, and to permit light penetration in winter. 9 Guidelines 8.7.1 C (Continued) 4. Energy efficiency and conservation should be considered in the design of landscaped areas and in the selection of plant material. This can be accomplished through: a) using native and/or drought-resistant species; b) designing the landscaping to moderate the effect of wind; c) providing shade in summer; d) allowing natural drainage to occur throughout the site; e) allowing daylight into buildings; and f) redirecting water from rooftop runoff and downspouts into vegetated areas or rain barrels for later irrigation use. 5. Maintain continuous landscaping along abutting streets and minimize the number of interruptions such as driveways and parking entrances. Continue the sidewalk pavement across driveways and parking entrances. 6. Create visual landmarks on significant street corners and at locations of high visibility. Provide landscaping and consider incorporating features such as flag poles, banners, visual art, ornamental trees, fountains, architectural elements, and landscape structures. 7. Any portion of a building site left vacant for future development should be landscaped consistent with the landscape plan for the overall site. The minimum ground surface treatment should be lawn. Where possible, the natural state should be retained for those portions of a property not being developed. 10 Guidelines 8.7.1 C (Continued) 8. Identify, preserve and incorporate stands of mature trees into the overall site landscaping design. Retain unique tree species, significant vegetation, natural landscape features and nesting areas on a site wherever possible. To attain this objective, prior to the design of a project, a detailed survey prepared by a qualified professional indicating the location and condition of existing trees and vegetation on a site should be conducted and provided to the District as part of the development application process. 9. Existing vegetation should be enhanced with new planting wherever construction activity has destroyed vegetation. Replanting with indigenous or native species is encouraged. 10. Consider incorporating rain gardens and vegetated swales into parking lot landscaping to increase the natural absorption of rainwater runoff from paved areas into the ground. 11. The height and location of a landscape screen should ensure that: a) privacy to adjacent properties is adequately protected; b) driving site lines are maintained from adjacent roads, manoeuvring aisles, parking lots; and c) the quality of the streetscape and outdoor living spaces is enhanced. 12. Maximize the amount of landscaped areas and minimize the amount of impervious paved surfaces to increase the natural absorption of rainwater on a site. 11 Guidelines 8.7.1 D Universally Accessible Design Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. All non-vehicular routes should be fully accessible. Sidewalks and pathways should be wide enough for wheelchair/scooters and should include a tactile strip for the visually impaired. Curb-cuts and curb let-downs should be provided in appropriate locations to facilitate safe, convenient, and direct access from parking spaces to buildings for people with disabilities. 2. Building entries should be: a) clearly addressed with large numbers visible from the street; b) directly accessed from the street without stairs; c) provided with level areas measuring a minimum of 1.5m x 1.5m (4.9 ft. x 4.9 ft.) both inside and outside of doorways; and d) provided with weather protection, exterior lighting, and power-assisted door openers. Guidelines 8.7.1 E Refuse, Recycling and Service Areas Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. Integrate vents, mechanical rooms, mechanical equipment, and elevator penthouses into the roof design or screen with materials and finishes compatible with the overall architectural design. 2. The design of a roof, placement of mechanical units and satellite dishes, etc. should take into account views of the roof from adjacent buildings. 12 3. Garbage containers and recycling bins must be: a) easily accessible; b) appropriately sized for the building occupants; c) contained within roofed/walled enclosures; d) incorporated into the overall design of the development; or e) screened from public view and weatherproof and animal-resistant within the boundaries of each site. 4. Service areas should be internalized within the development. For developments with multiple buildings, common refuse, recycling and service areas are to be provided. Storage areas should be located to be convenient and readily accessible from most buildings or units on the site. Avoid direct exposure from public streets and allow for adequate manoeuvring space for removal vehicles. 5. Enclose or screen all exterior mechanical units or equipment, including roof top units, equipment, and satellite dishes within upper floors or structures that from part of the overall design of a development. 6. Locate building ventilation systems to minimize noise and exhaust pedestrian areas, residential units, and outdoor spaces and locate less sensitive land uses closer to sources of noise. 7. Buildings should be designed and constructed maximize sound attenuation: a) between units; b) between public roads and units; and c) between adjacent land uses and units. 13 Guidelines 8.7.1 F Signage and Lighting Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. All signage must conform to the Maple Ridge Sign Bylaw. In the event of a conflict between the Maple Ridge Sign Bylaw and these guidelines, the latter shall take precedent. 2. Signage design, materials and message should be integrated and complement the scale and architectural detail of the building. 3. Pedestrian level lighting is encouraged along all pedestrian routes and pedestrian plazas. The lighting should be pedestrian focused. 4. Lighting should be designed so as to have no direct source of light visible from the public right-of-way or adjacent residential land. Care should be taken to ensure that lighting glare does not pose a nuisance to adjacent residences, pedestrians, or motorists. Guidelines 8.7.1 G Bicycle Parking and Storage Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. Short term and long term bicycle parking facilities should be considered for all developments. Short term bicycle parking should be in well-lit locations and clearly visible from a main building entrance and/or public roads with bicycle racks made of sturdy, theft- resistant material that is securely anchored to the floor or ground. Longer term bicycle storage areas provided as part of a parking structure should be located close to elevators and access points. 14 Project Information To be completed by the Architect on record for this project: File Number ________________________ Date prepared: _______________________ Architect ________________________ ___________________________ Print Name Signature NORTH HAMMOND TOWNHOMES MAPLE RIDGE, BC 11822 OWEN STREET ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECTS, USE OR REPRODUCTION PROHIBITED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION. THE CONSTRUCTOR SHALL REVIEW THE DOCUMENTS FOR CONFORMANCE WITH CODES AND BY-LAWS AND SHALL ADVISE THE ARCHITECTS OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. THE CONSTRUCTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND REPORT ALL ERRORS AND OMISSIONS TO THE DESIGNER. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THIS DRAWINGS IS INTENDED FOR INFORMATION ONLY. THE CONSTRUCTOR AND ANY PERSON USING THIS DRAWING FOR INFORMATION ARE ADVISED TO REFER TO CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, SPRINKLER, ELECTRICAL, LANDSCAPE AND INTERIOR DESIGN DISCIPLINE DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION RELATING TO THOSE DISCIPLINES. #701 - 625 Fifth Avenue New Westminster, B.C. Canada, V3M 1X4 (604) 619-0529 info@billardarchitecture.ca www.billardarchitecture.ca FILE: 18BA17 RB THIS ADDRESS IS LOCATED ON THE TRADITIONAL TERRITORY OF THE KATZIE AND KWANTLEN FIRST NATIONS COVER SHEET & LIST OF DRAWINGS A0.00 A0.10 A0.11 A1.00 A2.10 A2.20 A2.30 A3.01 A3.02 A4.01 COVER INFORMATION CONTEXT ELEVATIONS SITE PLAN MAIN FLOOR PLAN SECOND FLOOR PLAN ROOF PLAN WEST & SOUTH ELEVATIONS EAST & NORTH ELEVATIONS BUILDING SECTION - AA, BB ARCHITECTURAL: NORTH HAMMOND CEDARS MAPLE RIDGE, BRITISH COLUMBIA ARCHITECT: BILLARD ARCHITECTURE INC. #701 - 625 5th Avenue NEW WESTMINSTER, BC V3M 1X4 PHONE: (604) 619-0529 CONTACT: Robert Billard EMAIL: Robert@BillardArchitecture.ca CONSULTANTS: A0.00- - LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT: GREENWAY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 2280 Park Crescent COQUITLAM, BC V3J 6T4 PHONE: (604) 461-9120 CONTACT: Paul Whitehead, RBCSLA EMAIL: paul@greenwayla.ca SURVEYOR: BENNETT LAND SURVEYING LTD. 22371 St. Anne Avenue MAPLE RIDGE, BC V2X 2E7 PHONE: (604) 463-2509 CONTACT: Kristen Benckhuysen EMAIL: kristen@bennettsurveys.com CIVIL ENGINEER: VAN DER ZALM & ASSOCIATES INC. 102 - 9181 Church Street FORT LANGLEY, BC V1M 2R8 PHONE: (604) 882-0024 CONTACT: Talor Webber, P.Eng. EMAIL: twebber@vdz.ca Y:\PROJECTS\PROJECTS\18_BA17 - NORTH HAMMOND CEDARS - Maple Ridge\2.0 Rezoning-DEVELOPMENT\2.0 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT\2.1 DRAWINGS\SHEETS\18BA17_A0.00 COVER.dwg, 2023-09-20 1:08:35 AM, AutoCAD PDF (General Documentation).pc3 NORTH HAMMOND TOWNHOMES MAPLE RIDGE, BC 11822 OWEN STREET ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECTS, USE OR REPRODUCTION PROHIBITED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION. THE CONSTRUCTOR SHALL REVIEW THE DOCUMENTS FOR CONFORMANCE WITH CODES AND BY-LAWS AND SHALL ADVISE THE ARCHITECTS OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. THE CONSTRUCTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND REPORT ALL ERRORS AND OMISSIONS TO THE DESIGNER. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THIS DRAWINGS IS INTENDED FOR INFORMATION ONLY. THE CONSTRUCTOR AND ANY PERSON USING THIS DRAWING FOR INFORMATION ARE ADVISED TO REFER TO CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, SPRINKLER, ELECTRICAL, LANDSCAPE AND INTERIOR DESIGN DISCIPLINE DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION RELATING TO THOSE DISCIPLINES. #701 - 625 Fifth Avenue New Westminster, B.C. Canada, V3M 1X4 (604) 619-0529 info@billardarchitecture.ca www.billardarchitecture.ca FILE: 18BA17 RB THIS ADDRESS IS LOCATED ON THE TRADITIONAL TERRITORY OF THE KATZIE AND KWANTLEN FIRST NATIONS PROJECT INFORMATION A0.10 - Y:\PROJECTS\PROJECTS\18_BA17 - NORTH HAMMOND CEDARS - Maple Ridge\2.0 Rezoning-DEVELOPMENT\2.0 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT\2.1 DRAWINGS\SHEETS\18BA17_A0.10 INFORMATION.dwg, 2023-09-20 1:09:36 AM, AutoCAD PDF (General Documentation).pc3 LOUGHEED HIGHWAY AA A4.01 LEVEL 1-1 56'-9" LEVEL 2-2 66'-9" T.O.W. 75'-11" AVG NATURAL GRADE 56.10' ROOF 86'-5" CAMWOOD AVENUE AA A4.01 LEVEL 1-1 56'-9" LEVEL 2-2 66'-9" T.O.W. 75'-11" AVG NATURAL GRADE 56.10' ROOF 86'-5" 3 A0.14 CONTEXT ELEVATION 3 (OWEN STREET) 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH HAMMOND TOWNHOMES MAPLE RIDGE, BC 11822 OWEN STREET ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECTS, USE OR REPRODUCTION PROHIBITED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION. THE CONSTRUCTOR SHALL REVIEW THE DOCUMENTS FOR CONFORMANCE WITH CODES AND BY-LAWS AND SHALL ADVISE THE ARCHITECTS OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. THE CONSTRUCTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND REPORT ALL ERRORS AND OMISSIONS TO THE DESIGNER. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THIS DRAWINGS IS INTENDED FOR INFORMATION ONLY. THE CONSTRUCTOR AND ANY PERSON USING THIS DRAWING FOR INFORMATION ARE ADVISED TO REFER TO CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, SPRINKLER, ELECTRICAL, LANDSCAPE AND INTERIOR DESIGN DISCIPLINE DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION RELATING TO THOSE DISCIPLINES. #701 - 625 Fifth Avenue New Westminster, B.C. Canada, V3M 1X4 (604) 619-0529 info@billardarchitecture.ca www.billardarchitecture.ca FILE: 18BA17 RB THIS ADDRESS IS LOCATED ON THE TRADITIONAL TERRITORY OF THE KATZIE AND KWANTLEN FIRST NATIONS CONTEXT ELEVATIONS A0.11 1/8"=1'-0" Y:\PROJECTS\PROJECTS\18_BA17 - NORTH HAMMOND CEDARS - Maple Ridge\2.0 Rezoning-DEVELOPMENT\2.0 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT\2.1 DRAWINGS\SHEETS\18BA17_A0.11 CONTEXT ELEVATIONS.dwg, 2023-09-20 1:10:27 AM, AutoCAD PDF (General Documentation).pc3 OW E N S T R E E T PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT (2) COURTYARD HOMES 11822 OWEN STREET AVG DTM ELEV 17.09m BUILDING ONE ELEVATIONS LEVEL 1 17.30m LEVEL 2 20.35m ROOF RIDGE26.35m BUILDING HEIGHT 7.64m PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT (2) COURTYARD HOMES 11822 OWEN STREET AVG DTM ELEV 17.60 m BUILDING TWO ELEVATIONS LEVEL 1 17.81m LEVEL 2 20.86m ROOF RIDGE26.86m BUILDING HEIGHT 7.64m 1 A G 8 1 A1.00 SITE PLAN 1/8"=1'-0" NORTH HAMMOND TOWNHOMES MAPLE RIDGE, BC 11822 OWEN STREET ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECTS, USE OR REPRODUCTION PROHIBITED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION. THE CONSTRUCTOR SHALL REVIEW THE DOCUMENTS FOR CONFORMANCE WITH CODES AND BY-LAWS AND SHALL ADVISE THE ARCHITECTS OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. THE CONSTRUCTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND REPORT ALL ERRORS AND OMISSIONS TO THE DESIGNER. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THIS DRAWINGS IS INTENDED FOR INFORMATION ONLY. THE CONSTRUCTOR AND ANY PERSON USING THIS DRAWING FOR INFORMATION ARE ADVISED TO REFER TO CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, SPRINKLER, ELECTRICAL, LANDSCAPE AND INTERIOR DESIGN DISCIPLINE DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION RELATING TO THOSE DISCIPLINES. #701 - 625 Fifth Avenue New Westminster, B.C. Canada, V3M 1X4 (604) 619-0529 info@billardarchitecture.ca www.billardarchitecture.ca FILE: 18BA17 RB THIS ADDRESS IS LOCATED ON THE TRADITIONAL TERRITORY OF THE KATZIE AND KWANTLEN FIRST NATIONS SITE PLAN A1.00 1/8"=1'-0" Y:\PROJECTS\PROJECTS\18_BA17 - NORTH HAMMOND CEDARS - Maple Ridge\2.0 Rezoning-DEVELOPMENT\2.0 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT\2.1 DRAWINGS\SHEETS\18BA17_A1.00 SITE PLAN.dwg, 2023-09-20 1:11:06 AM, AutoCAD PDF (General Documentation).pc3 Y:\PROJECTS\PROJECTS\18_BA17 - NORTH HAMMOND CEDARS - Maple Ridge\2.0 Rezoning-DEVELOPMENT\2.0 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT\2.1 DRAWINGS\SHEETS\18BA17_A2.10 MAIN FLR PLAN.dwg, 2023-09-20 1:11:59 AM, AutoCAD PDF (General Documentation).pc3 Y:\PROJECTS\PROJECTS\18_BA17 - NORTH HAMMOND CEDARS - Maple Ridge\2.0 Rezoning-DEVELOPMENT\2.0 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT\2.1 DRAWINGS\SHEETS\18BA17_A2.20 SECOND FLR PLAN.dwg, 2023-09-20 1:12:49 AM, AutoCAD PDF (General Documentation).pc3 Y:\PROJECTS\PROJECTS\18_BA17 - NORTH HAMMOND CEDARS - Maple Ridge\2.0 Rezoning-DEVELOPMENT\2.0 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT\2.1 DRAWINGS\SHEETS\18BA17_A2.30 ROOF PLAN.dwg, 2023-09-20 1:13:31 AM, AutoCAD PDF (General Documentation).pc3 Y:\PROJECTS\PROJECTS\18_BA17 - NORTH HAMMOND CEDARS - Maple Ridge\2.0 Rezoning-DEVELOPMENT\2.0 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT\2.1 DRAWINGS\SHEETS\18BA17_A3.01 ELEVATIONS WEST & SOUTH.dwg, 2023-09-20 1:14:10 AM, AutoCAD PDF (General Documentation).pc3 Y:\PROJECTS\PROJECTS\18_BA17 - NORTH HAMMOND CEDARS - Maple Ridge\2.0 Rezoning-DEVELOPMENT\2.0 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT\2.1 DRAWINGS\SHEETS\18BA17_A3.02 ELEVATIONS EAST & NORTH.dwg, 2023-09-20 1:14:51 AM, AutoCAD PDF (General Documentation).pc3 Y:\PROJECTS\PROJECTS\18_BA17 - NORTH HAMMOND CEDARS - Maple Ridge\2.0 Rezoning-DEVELOPMENT\2.0 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT\2.1 DRAWINGS\SHEETS\18BA17_A4.01 BUILDING SECTION - AA, BB.dwg, 2023-09-20 1:15:37 AM, AutoCAD PDF (General Documentation).pc3 Landscape Screen Wood fence along east side Planting strip along parking stalls 200517.2 3 200717.10 1 6.9 1 2008 16.99 2501 17.10 2512 1 7.2 0 2513 1 6.8 5 2516 16.86 16.85 2522 1 7.1 0 2527 1 6.9 5 2528 1 6.9 1 2529 1 6.8 6 2533 253525362540 254116.8 9 2542 1 6.7 6 2543 1 6.7 92544 2545 16.82 2547 16.92 16.5 8 2549 1 7.08 CO 16.92 2551 1 6.9 2 2552 1 6.7 8 1 6.7 8 16.7617.6 1 1 6.9 3 256117.07 2562 1 7.6 7 2563 16.89 2564 1 6.9 9 2572 1 7.4 2 2573 17.0 6 1 7.0 2 1 7.5 9 17.58 17.15 17.81 2587 1 7.1 0 2589 1 7.2 7 17.38 2591 1 7.8 2 2592 1 7.5 0 1 7.2 6 1 8.6 32597 1 7.8 1 2599 1 7.8 4 2600 18.06 2601 18.022602 18.6 2 2603 1 8.6 0 260418.6 4 2605 1 8.6 6 2606 18.62 2607 18.60 2608 13 Shed Existing Dwelling Wood Fence Wood Fence Wood Fence Wood Fence Concrete Retaining Wall Concrete Retaining Wall Shed Hedge Hedge Hedge Hedge Hedge Hedge Hedge Hedge Hedge HedgeEdge Of Pavement Edge Of Pavement Chainlink Fence Chainlink Fence Chainlink Fence Asphalt Driveway Concrete Pad Stair 1253.23 3 28.04 4 53.31 28.07 OWEN STREET PERMEABLE PAVED DRIVEWAY EXISTING WOOD FENCE EXISTING WOOD FENCE EXISTING CONCRETE RETAINING WALL ADJACENT LOT 20758 LOUGHEED HIGHWAY ADJACENT LOT 20761 CAMWOOD AVENUE POTENTIAL PHASE 2 ADJACENT LOT 20775 CAMWOOD AVENUE POTENTIAL PHASE 3 ADJACENT LOT 20800 LOUGHEED HIGHWAY POWER POLE POWER POLE SLOPE UP 5% ENTRY TH 6 STANDARD 2 STANDARD 3 STANDARD 4 STANDARD 5 STANDARD 6 STANDARD 7 STANDARD 8 STANDARD 9 STANDARD 10 STANDARD 11 STANDARD 12 COMMUNITY PARKING SEMI-ENCLOSED BY ROOF ABOVE AND PERIMETER LANDSCAPING COMMUNITY LONGTABLE PLAY AREA CLASSROOM WASTE & RECYCLING PORCH PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT (2) COURTYARD HOMES 11822 OWEN STREET AVG DTM ELEV 17.09m BUILDING ONE ELEVATIONS LEVEL 1 17.30m LEVEL 2 20.35m ROOF RIDGE 26.35m BUILDING HEIGHT 7.64m PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT (2) COURTYARD HOMES 11822 OWEN STREET AVG DTM ELEV 17.60 m BUILDING TWO ELEVATIONS LEVEL 1 17.81m LEVEL 2 20.86m ROOF RIDGE 26.86m BUILDING HEIGHT 7.64m PROPOSED WOOD FENCE ENTRY TH 3 ENTRY TH 2 ENTRY TH 1 ENTRY TH 5 ENTRY TH 4 WOOD TRELLIS SCREENING ABOVE WOOD POST WOOD POST WOOD TRELLIS SCREENING ABOVE E.V CHARGING STATION NON-GROUTED BRICK PAVERS NON-GROUTED BRICK PAVERS PERMEABLE PAVED DRIVEWAY NON-GROUTED BRICK PAVER PERMEABLE PATHWAY E.V CHARGING STATION E.V CHARGING STATION LANDSCAPE SCREENING LANDSCAPE SCREENING LANDSCAPE SCREENING LANDSCAPE SCREENING LANDSCAPE SCREENING DETENTION TANK W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W WATER PROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE SIDEWALK WASTE STORAGE ENCLOSURE ARCHITECTURAL WOOD FENCING PER WASTE MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES. WOOD TRELLIS WITH ROOF COURTYARD MH MH MH SEWER STORM WATER PRIVATE PATIO PRIVATE PATIO PRIVATE PATIO SET-BACK LINE SET-BACK LINE SET-BACK LINE SET-BACK LINE NEW 6' HIGH WOOD FENCE SECURE BIKE STORAGE FUTURE ROAD DEDICATION GARDEN PLOT GARDEN PLOT GARDEN PLOT GARDEN PLOT GARDEN PLOT GARDEN PLOT LIGHT BOLLARD LIGHT BOLLARD LIGHT BOLLARD LIGHT BOLLARD LIGHT BOLLARD LIGHT BOLLARD LIGHT BOLLARD LIGHT BOLLARD LIGHT BOLLARD LIGHT BOLLARD LIGHT BOLLARD LIGHT BOLLARD LIGHT BOLLARD LIGHT BOLL ARD 18.63m 16.93m 16.92m 16.97m 17.69m 17.62m 17.71m 17.68m 16.99m 17.34m 17.16m 17.20m 17.15m 17.22m 17.45m 17.77m 17.62m 17.61m 18.02m COMMUNITY KITCHEN LIGHT BOLLARD LIGHT BOLLARD 10'20'40' 2m 5m 10m 0' Wood fence along south side Planting strip along drive aisle Narrow columnar trees ±3m wide Private gardens One planter box per residence For residents to plant. Designated play space Rubber tile surface child sized activity table Off site landscape to be determined Overhead utilities Existing wall Planting beds Trees, shrubs, perennials, ground covers 750 depth soil for trees 450 depth soil for shrubs Parking area and DRive aisle Permeable unit paving Aquapave standard - 112 x 225 x 80 thick Shadow blend (grey) colour - 90° herringbone Soldier course - standard paver charcoal colour Paving structure and subsurface drainage as recommended by manufacturer. Pedestrian walkways Permeable unit paving Aquapave standard - 112 x 225 x 80 thick Indian Summer Blend (red/tan) colour Basket weave pattern Patios / entries Unit paving Double standard - 225 x 225 x 60 thick Desert Sand Blend Grid pattern Communal dining/kitchen areas Unit paving Patio slab - 450 square Desert Sand Colour Blend Grid pattern DRAWING TO SCALE WHEN PRINTED ON ARCH D (36" x 24") SHEET PRELIMINARY ONLY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION draft August 5, 2022 Landscape Concept L-1.0 Seal 11822 Owen Street Maple Ridge BC North Hammond Townhomes 1. SCALE 1" = 8' - 0" DRAWING NUMBER DRAWING PROJECT CLIENT ISSUE/REVISIONDATE 2103 DRAWN PROJECT NUMBER PACW # All drawings remain the property of Greenway Landscape Architecture. Use for any purpose and reproduction only by written consent. Greenway Landscape Architecture 2280 Park Crescent Coquitlam BC V3J 6T4 T 604 461 9120 E paul@greenwayla.ca Paul Whitehead RBCSLA Registered Landscape Architect #246 Mar23.21 Rezoning Application NORTH lawn PLANT LIST - North Hammond Townhomes September 20, 2023 SYMBOL QTY.BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME SIZE SPACING TREES 2 Acer truncatum Pacific Sunset Pacific Sunset Shantung Maple 6cm Cal, WB 1.8m standard 4 Quercus palustris Pringreen Green Pillar Oak 7cm Cal, WB SHRUBS 21 Azalea japonica Gumpo Pink Dwarf Pink Azalea #2 pot 750 o.c. 25 Hydrangea macrophylla Big Leaf Hydrangea #2 pot 750 o.c. 20 Polystichum munitum Western Sword Fern #1 pot 600 o.c 3 Potentilla fruiticosa Red Ace Red Ace Shrubby Cinquefoil #1 pot 650 o.c. 145 Prunus l. Otto Luykens Otto Lukens Laurel #2 pot 600 o.c 16 Rhododendron 'Ramapo'Dwarf Red Rhodo #2 pot 750 o.c 7 Rhododendron Vulcan Red Vulcan Rhododendron #3 pot 900 o.c 21 Skimmia j. macrophylla M + F Skimmia (male and female)#3 pot 900 o.c. 17 Spiraea x Bumalda Gold Flame Gold Flame Spirea #2 pot 900 o.c. 1 Weigelia florida MW Midnight Wine Weigelia #2 pot 750 o.c. GROUND COVERS AND VINES Arctostaphylos uva-ursi VJ Vancouver Jade Kinnikinick 10cm pot 500 o.c 20 Cotoneaster dammeri Bearberry 10cm pot 500 o.c Pachysandra terminalis Japanese Spurge 10cm pot 450 o.c PERENNIALS 25 Hemerocallis 'Happy Returns'Happy Returns Daylily #1 pot 500 o.c Hosta sieboldiana 'Elegans'Elegans Plantain Lily #1 pot 500 o.c Rudbeckia fulgida 'Goldstrum'Black-Eyed Susan #1 pot 450 o.c 38 Pennisetum alopecuroides 'Hameln'Hameln Fountain Grass #1 pot 500 o.c. NOTES: 1 In case of discrepancy between plant numbers on this list and on the plan, the plan shall prevail. 2 All plants and planting shall be in accordance with BCSLA standards. 3 Growing medium: 450mm depth continuous for shrubs, 750 depth for trees. 4 450mm depth continuous absorbent soil for lawn areas. 5 All trees to have 1.0m dia watering dish with 75mm depth mulch. OFF SITE LANDSCAPING 6 FINAL TREE SPECIES SELECTION AND LOCATION SHALL BE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE DISTRICT OF MAPLE RIDGE. All trees 1.8m standard. 7 Tree locations to be staked per submitted drawings. Request a review of the stake locations by the landscape/planning technician prior to planting. 8 Upon planting, submit to the District a completed Schedule 'C' Street Tree Installation Notification. 7 Clematis armandi Evergreen Clematis #3 pot train 7 Lonicera mandarin Mandarin Honey Suckle #3 pot train For street trees, refer to off-site drawings 6 Acer palmatum Osakazuki Green Japanese Maple 2.5m tall multi-stem 3 Cornus Florida Cherokee Chief Red Flowering Dogwood 2.5m tall. multistem 7 Styrax japonica Japanese Snowbell 7cm Cal, WB Acer truncatum Pacific Sunset Pacific Sunset Shantung Maple 6cm Cal, WB 8 Arbutus unedo Compacta Compact Strawberry Tree #2 pot 750 o.c. 54 Buxus micro. Winter Gem Winter Gem Boxwood #2 pot 300 o.c. 49 Calluna vulgaris Pink Heather #1 pot 450 o.c. 3 Euonymus alata 'Compactus'Dwarf Burning Bush #2 pot 900 o.c 31 Pieris japonica compacta Dwarf Pieris #1 pot 800 o.c. 6 Ribes sanguineum Red Flowering Currant #1 pot 750 o.c. 62 Taxus x Media Brownii Brown's Yew 1.2m tall, B&B 500 o.c. 7 Vaccinium ovatum Evergreen Huckleberry #2 pot 900 o.c. Astilbe chinensis Magnus Purple Coneflower #1 pot 450 o.c Amelanchier x Grandiflora Robin HillRobin Hill Serviceberry 2.0m tall. multistem Magnolia x Bett y Bett y Magnolia 1.5m t all specimen 6 Erica carnea Springwood White White Spring Heather #1 pot 450 o.c. 6 Erica x Darleyensis Furzey Pink Spring Heather #1 pot 450 o.c. 10 Erica x Stuartii Irish Lemon Yellow Summer Heather #1 pot 450 o.c. Stipa tenuissima Mexican Feather Grass #1 pot 300 o.c 1 Unit Paving - patterns not to scale Soldier course Standard paver Charcoal colour Field panels - Vehicle areas 90° herringbone pattern Shadow (light/dark grey) colour blend Permeable unit paving Aquapave by Abbotsford Concrete Products. Installation as recommended by manufacturer WalkwaysBasket Weave pattern Indian Summer (tan/red) colour blend 2 Permeable Unit Paving - vehicle areas not to scale slope to drain unit paving Edge Restraint all sides (existing) Concrete curb, sidewalk, etc. Permeable unit paving Flush with top of concrete edge Granular Base 19mm clear crush open-graded 200mm depth continuous Compact to 95% SPD Competent Subgrade Compact to 95% SPD Bedding layer: 5mm clear crush 50mm depth maximum Geotextile: non woven Inbitex Return up curb edge 75mm Min. No joint sand Note: Saw cut pavers as required for best fit. Guillotine cuts will not be accepted. Woven geotextile, continuous on bottom and sides Perforated drain pipe: 100mm Ø PVC Connect to storm system, layout as per plan positive drainage 100mm depth Concrete Light broom finish, tooled edge 10mmR 13mm Expansion joint material at all fixtures (walls, curb, etc.) Saw cut control/cold joint to match drawing. landscape PLANT LIST - North Hammond Townhomes September 20, 2023 SYMBOL QTY.BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME SIZE SPACING TREES 2 Acer truncatum Pacific Sunset Pacific Sunset Shantung Maple 6cm Cal, WB 1.8m standard 4 Quercus palustris Pringreen Green Pillar Oak 7cm Cal, WB SHRUBS 21 Azalea japonica Gumpo Pink Dwarf Pink Azalea #2 pot 750 o.c. 25 Hydrangea macrophylla Big Leaf Hydrangea #2 pot 750 o.c. 20 Polystichum munitum Western Sword Fern #1 pot 600 o.c 3 Potentilla fruiticosa Red Ace Red Ace Shrubby Cinquefoil #1 pot 650 o.c. 145 Prunus l. Otto Luykens Otto Lukens Laurel #2 pot 600 o.c 16 Rhododendron 'Ramapo'Dwarf Red Rhodo #2 pot 750 o.c 7 Rhododendron Vulcan Red Vulcan Rhododendron #3 pot 900 o.c 21 Skimmia j. macrophylla M + F Skimmia (male and female)#3 pot 900 o.c. 17 Spiraea x Bumalda Gold Flame Gold Flame Spirea #2 pot 900 o.c. 1 Weigelia florida MW Midnight Wine Weigelia #2 pot 750 o.c. GROUND COVERS AND VINES Arctostaphylos uva-ursi VJ Vancouver Jade Kinnikinick 10cm pot 500 o.c 20 Cotoneaster dammeri Bearberry 10cm pot 500 o.c Pachysandra terminalis Japanese Spurge 10cm pot 450 o.c PERENNIALS 25 Hemerocallis 'Happy Returns'Happy Returns Daylily #1 pot 500 o.c Hosta sieboldiana 'Elegans'Elegans Plantain Lily #1 pot 500 o.c Rudbeckia fulgida 'Goldstrum'Black-Eyed Susan #1 pot 450 o.c 38 Pennisetum alopecuroides 'Hameln'Hameln Fountain Grass #1 pot 500 o.c. NOTES: 1 In case of discrepancy between plant numbers on this list and on the plan, the plan shall prevail. 2 All plants and planting shall be in accordance with BCSLA standards. 3 Growing medium: 450mm depth continuous for shrubs, 750 depth for trees. 4 450mm depth continuous absorbent soil for lawn areas. 5 All trees to have 1.0m dia watering dish with 75mm depth mulch. OFF SITE LANDSCAPING 6 FINAL TREE SPECIES SELECTION AND LOCATION SHALL BE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE DISTRICT OF MAPLE RIDGE. All trees 1.8m standard. 7 Tree locations to be staked per submitted drawings. Request a review of the stake locations by the landscape/planning technician prior to planting. 8 Upon planting, submit to the District a completed Schedule 'C' Street Tree Installation Notification. 7 Clematis armandi Evergreen Clematis #3 pot train 7 Lonicera mandarin Mandarin Honey Suckle #3 pot train For street trees, refer to off-site drawings 6 Acer palmatum Osakazuki Green Japanese Maple 2.5m tall multi-stem 3 Cornus Florida Cherokee Chief Red Flowering Dogwood 2.5m tall. multistem 7 Styrax japonica Japanese Snowbell 7cm Cal, WB Acer truncatum Pacific Sunset Pacific Sunset Shantung Maple 6cm Cal, WB 8 Arbutus unedo Compacta Compact Strawberry Tree #2 pot 750 o.c. 54 Buxus micro. Winter Gem Winter Gem Boxwood #2 pot 300 o.c. 49 Calluna vulgaris Pink Heather #1 pot 450 o.c. 3 Euonymus alata 'Compactus'Dwarf Burning Bush #2 pot 900 o.c 31 Pieris japonica compacta Dwarf Pieris #1 pot 800 o.c. 6 Ribes sanguineum Red Flowering Currant #1 pot 750 o.c. 62 Taxus x Media Brownii Brown's Yew 1.2m tall, B&B 500 o.c. 7 Vaccinium ovatum Evergreen Huckleberry #2 pot 900 o.c. Astilbe chinensis Magnus Purple Coneflower #1 pot 450 o.c Amelanchier x Grandiflora Robin HillRobin Hill Serviceberry 2.0m tall. multistem Magnolia x Bet ty Bet t y Magnolia 1.5m t all specim en 6 Erica carnea Springwood White White Spring Heather #1 pot 450 o.c. 6 Erica x Darleyensis Furzey Pink Spring Heather #1 pot 450 o.c. 10 Erica x Stuartii Irish Lemon Yellow Summer Heather #1 pot 450 o.c. Stipa tenuissima Mexican Feather Grass #1 pot 300 o.c Rf He Hs Au Pt lawn patio patio patio patio patio entry entry patio patio New curb and sidewalk refer to civil drawings lawn 2.Aug25.22 Rezoning/DP Application 3.Sep20.23 ADP FORT LANGLEY MOUNT PLEASANT 604 882 0024 PO Box 461 102 – 9181 Church St. Fort Langley, BC, V1M 2R8 102 – 355 Kingsway Vancouver, BC, V5T 3J7 www.vdz.ca 30 August 2022 Attn: Engineering Department City of Maple Ridge 11995 Haney Place Maple Ridge, BC V2X 6A9 RE: 2 STOREY RESIDENTIAL AT 11822 OWEN STREET Enclosed is a Servicing Key Plan and Stormwater Catchment Plan which has been developed for the project at 11822 Owen Street. The project being proposed is a two-building residential development, as can be seen on the Servicing Key Plan drawing CV-01. VDZ+A is recommending the use of a detention tank with a minimum storage capacity of 16.2m3 to manage all stormwater onsite. The detained water will be released at a pre-development flow rate equal to that of the 2-year 24-hour storm. The discharge from site will enter the proposed storm sewer on Owen Street before tying into Lougheed Highway approximately 105m to the north. The proposed volume has been determined using the modified rational method and a basic detention calculation. A 3-tier principle is typically used for stormwater management plans in Maple Ridge however, the proposed development does not allow for infiltrative system. Detention volume was determined with an existing condition release rate of 0.0015m3/s, found using a runoff coefficient of 0.1 for the site. The tank proposed is to be a proprietary plastic product system with a high porosity. It is to be located within the asphalt drive aisle. A plastic line will be provided to prevent infiltration into the native soils. The southwest corner of the site is located within the 300m setback line indicated in the Fraser River Escarpment Policy. As stated in this policy, a Geotechnical report will be required to be submitted to Inspection Services and accepted by the Building Official. This will be followed by the completion of a Section 219 Covenant, which must be accepted before a Building Permit will be granted. The Geotechnical engineer will also be required to submit the appropriate Building Code Schedules and provide a professional sign-off upon completion of construction. It is noted that infiltration is not permitted within Fraser River Escarpment Zone. Please contact the undersigned if you have any questions or require clarification of the design. Sincerely, Taylor Webber | P.Eng Project Manager - Civil Engineer VDZ+A Consulting inc. Page 1111 of 4444 City of Maple RidgeCity of Maple RidgeCity of Maple RidgeCity of Maple Ridge TO:TO:TO:TO: Advisory Design Panel MEETING DATE:MEETING DATE:MEETING DATE:MEETING DATE: October 20, 2023 FILE NO:FILE NO:FILE NO:FILE NO: 2021(556(RZ SUBJECT:SUBJECT:SUBJECT:SUBJECT: 22020 119 AVENUE PURPOSE:PURPOSE:PURPOSE:PURPOSE: An Advisory Design Panel (the “ADP”) submission has been received for the above cited application and property to permit the construction of Triplex Residential with 3 Units (Appendix C). The proposed building will replace the existing single(family house on the site. The rezoning application (2021(556(RZ) being processed in conjunction with this proposal was given First Reading by Council on May 11, 2021. This subject site is being re(zoned to RT(2 (Ground(Oriented Residential Infill). The development permit application made to the City is subject to Section 8.7 Multi(Family Development Permit. BACKGROUND:BACKGROUND:BACKGROUND:BACKGROUND: Applicant: JORH PROPERTIES INC. (Chand Binning) Legal Description: Lot 66, District Lot 397, Group 1, New Westminster District Plan 14891 OCP: Existing: Urban Residential Proposed: Urban Residential Zoning: Existing: RS(1 (Single Detached Residential) Proposed: RT(2 (Ground(Oriented Residential Infill) Surrounding Uses: North: Use: Single(Family Residential Zone: RS(1 (Single Detached Residential) Designation: Urban Residential South: Use: Single(Family Residential Zone: RS(1 (Single Detached Residential) Designation: Urban Residential East: Use: Ground(Oriented Multi(Family Zone: RT(2 (Ground(Oriented Residential Infill) Designation: Urban Residential West: Use: Single(Family Residential Zone: RS(1 (Single Detached Residential) Designation: Urban Residential 7.2 Page 2222 of 4444 Existing Use of Property: Single(Family Residential Proposed Use of Property: Ground(Oriented Residential Infill (Triplex) Site Area: 894 m2 (9,623 ft2) Access: Lane Servicing requirement: Urban Standard DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREA:DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREA:DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREA:DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREA: The development permit application made to the City prompting this submission to the ADP is subject to the Key Guidelines and the Design Guidelines of Section 8.14 Ground(Oriented Residential Infill Development Permit. Key Guidelines: The following is a brief description and assessment of the proposal’s compliance with the applicable Key Development Permit Guidelines: 1. New development into established areas should respect private spaces, and incorporate local neighborhood elements in building form, height, architectural features and massing. 2. Transitional development should be used to bridge areas of low and high densities, through means such as stepped building heights, or low(rise ground(oriented housing located to the periphery of a higher density developments. 3. Large scale developments should be clustered and given architectural separation to foster a sense of community, and improve visual attractiveness. 4. Pedestrian circulation should be encouraged with attractive streetscapes attained through landscaping, architectural details, appropriate lighting, and by directing parking underground where possible or away from public view through screened parking structures or surface parking located to the rear of the property. Design Guidelines: The Design Guidelines and a full explanation of how the project complies with them or the reasons why they are not applicable are attached in Appendix F to this memo. PLANNING COMMENTS:PLANNING COMMENTS:PLANNING COMMENTS:PLANNING COMMENTS: 1. Proposal: The current application proposes to rezone the subject property from RS(1 (Single Detached Urban Residential) to RT(2 (Ground(Oriented Residential Infill), to permit the development of a triplex (Appendix A). The triplex has been designed to resemble a single(family dwelling and offers an attractive street presence along 119 Avenue. Access to the triplex will come from the lane in the rear of the property and the application proposes single car garages and a parking pad as off( street parking. Additionally Each unit will have access to a private outdoor space. 2. Context: The existing neighbourhood consists mainly of single(family housing and there are two other triplexes located along 119 Avenue. This development proposal is consistent with the emerging characteristics of the neighbourhood, which include providing transitional density from Lougheed Highway. Page 3333 of 4444 3. OCP and Zoning Compliance: The subject site is designated Urban Residential in the Official Community Plan. The proposal complies with the designation. The subject site is being rezoned to RT(2 (Ground(Oriented Residential Infill) and Development Data Sheet (Appendix E) analyses the compliance of the project with the applicable zone regulations. The proposal has a density (Floor Space Ratio) of 0.748 which complies with the maximum density of 0.75. 4. Parking and bicycle storage: The required parking for the proposed use is analyzed in the Development Data Sheet (Appendix E). The RT(2 zone requires 2.0 off(street parking spaces per dwelling unit. The required parking for the proposed use is analyzed in the Development Data Sheet (Appendix E) 5. Environmental, Sustainability & Stormwater Management: The application will be assessed under the 3 tier stormwater rainwater management requirements with emphasis on Tier A opportunities for infiltration, bio(filtration and exfiltration along with water quality controls. 6. Issues requiring comments from ADP: Please comment on the overall form and character of this development and identify issues that the applicant should be aware of. 7. Garbage/Recycling: Waste and recycling facilities have been provided for each unit in the rear yard and is screened from public view. 8. Works along abutting roads: 119 Avenue will require a new curb, gutter, sidewalk; additionally, a temporary curb and gutter will need to be constructed to 220 Street. The applicant will be permitted to connect to the existing sanitary connection in the lane but Engineering will require cash(in(lieu for future upgrades to the existing infrastructure. There is currently no storm sewer fronting this property, a storm sewer must be provided across the property frontage and a new storm service connection must be installed to the extended storm main. A decorative LED streetlight design is required along 119 Ave to replace the existing lease lights on the BC Hydro poles and one street tree will be required. Overhead wires are permitted to remain however aerial connections to be eliminated, services from overhead wires to the proposed triplex must be provided underground. Page 4444 of 4444 CONCLUSION:CONCLUSION:CONCLUSION:CONCLUSION: The Planning Department requests that the Advisory Design Panel provide comments on the development proposal. ______________________________________________ Prepared by: April Crockett The following appendices are attached hereto: Appendix A Subject/Ortho map Appendix B Explanatory letter from Architect (and Landscape Architect if applicable) Appendix C ADP Submission Form Appendix D ADP Applicant Checklist (signed by Architect) Appendix E Development Data Sheet (signed by Architect) Appendix F DP Area Guidelines Checklist Appendix G Architectural, Civil Servicing and Landscaping Plans DATE: Nov 25, 2021FILE: 2021-556-RZ/DP ^ PLANNING DEPARTMENT 22 0 2 3 11850 11923 21950 22057 22 1 3 7 11773 11932 11868 22 1 2 7 11930 11967 22 0 5 7 22 0 4 3 21910 22 0 2 0 22 0 7 3 2203321951 11952 22 0 7 2 22030 11942 22 0 3 2 1 1 9 3 0 21932 21960 11937 21 9 6 4 22106 21950 11973 11758 11879 11859 11942 22 0 3 4 21876 21965 22 0 6 3 21 8 9 6 21988 22108 21968 21948 22 1 5 0 22126 22 1 1 8 22056 11814 1 1 9 4 7 11973 22128 11932 11765 11910 22 1 1 4 22020 11957 21864 22 0 1 2 21952 21944 11927 22083 11849 11962 22 0 8 8 21955 11887 22 0 5 2 11970 11970 22 0 3 3 21924 21964 11945 22074 21957 21989 11970 21 8 8 0 21965 21911 22022 21880 11988 22083 12018 21 9 6 3 12010 22 0 9 5 12028 12020 12016 22 0 6 7 22 0 2 0 11957 22 0 2 3 21950 11953 22 0 0 0 11956 22118 11949 11987 21892 21980 11851 21943 21 8 8 8 21951 11952 11963 11993 22 0 7 7 11958 11975 21891 21939 22 0 5 7 22078 11971 11965 11874 11964 11996 21990 11926 11999 22118 11943 22122 11939 22 1 3 6 22 0 4 0 22136 11988 22 0 2 3 22 0 3 0 22 0 0 4 21920 11869 11960 22 0 6 8 21871 11989 11989 21929 21909 11935 21956 22 1 0 9 22 0 3 1 11875 22 0 5 6 22 1 3 8 /9 8 11888 22 0 4 3 22 1 1 7 22058 22 0 5 8 22 0 7 6 21920 22044 21976 21954 11920 21851 22 0 6 6 21938 21908 11961 22146 21901 22 0 4 8 22 1 2 8 11990 11783 11763 12029 12014 12019 12025 12006 12026 12014 12009 12037 22 0 0 7 22 0 4 1 / 4 3 12020 12015 SUBJECT PROPERTY 221 ST 220 ST 119 AVE LOUGHEED HWY DOVER ST YORK ST ACADIA ST DEWDNEY TRUNK RD SELKIRK AVE LANE W OF 220 ST WICKLOW WAY LANE S OF 119 AVE LANE S OF LOUGHEED HWY LAURIE AVE SEATON PL LANE S OF SELKIRK AVE LANE S OF ACADIA ST LANE W OF DOVER ST CARSHILL ST LANE S OF DTR DUNBAR ST 220 ST LANE N OF 119 AVE LANE S OF SEATON PL CLIFF AVE LANE W OF ACADIA ST DOVER RD Aerial Imagery from the Spring of 2020´ Scale: 1:2,500 BY: PC 22020 119 AVENUEPID: 010-026-681 22020 119 Ave Maple Ridge, BC V2X 2Y4 RS-1 (Single Detached Residential) to RT-2 (Ground-Oriented Residential Infill) Project Description/Analysis: The subject property, located at 22020 119 Avenue, is a relatively flat, rectangular lot that is approximately 894.2 m2 (9623.0 ft2) with lane access from the south which lands within the general Official Community Plan (OCP) and is currently designated Urban Residential and complies with the Neighbourhood Residential Infill policies with respect to the physical patterns and characteristics of its established neighbourhood. Page 1 of 2 The property also falls within the proposed Lougheed Transit Corridor Area Plan and under the proposed Lougheed Transit Corridor Area Plan the property is designated as Intensive Attached Residential Infill, which permits attached residential housing forms such as triplexes to a maximum of three storeys for moderate density, therefore, the proposed project is compliant with the current and future land use designation. Architectural and Landscape Design Rationale: The proposed triplex emphasizes the respect to the physical patterns and characteristics of its existing neighborhood. With attention and articulation of its site design, setbacks, lot configuration, as well as compatibility between building massing and the types of dwelling units, its craftsmanship style/design along with appropriate materials ensures consistency, great flow, and a smooth transition into the neighborhood. DP Key Concepts/Guideline Compliance: With inspiration from the DP key concepts and guidelines the proposed triplex complies with requirements regarding multi-family developments and ground-oriented residential infill developments. Entrances facing the street, differentiated facades articulation, private spaces, porches, height, separations, chimneys, recesses, balconies, inclusion of neighborhood elements etc. ensures its consistency with the surrounding area. Storm Water Management: Project Complies with requirements of maintaining above 40% permeability and emphasis on tier A storm water management requirements, indicated and integrated in the civil engineering plan along with landscape plan. Public art: N/A Sustainability Practices: Building will meet BC energy step code 3. -Energy efficient appliances -Energy efficient windows -EV Chargers in garages -Designated Bike storage in basement storage space along with Ceiling hooks in garages -Use of high-quality exterior cladding materials -Use of sustainable, recycled products such as rubberized asphalt shingles Page 2 of 2 The City  schedule making y ADP subm ADP thro Applicati Name of  File num Address  Current Z Seeking t Architect Submissi Architect Landscap Other Pro Note.: Th developm taken fro bulletin,  Major  per th build Group A (Pa Group B (Pa Group C Res Group D & E Group F (F1 Adv of Maple Rid es for submis your submiss mission pack ough your Fil ion Informa Applicant   ber   of site   Zone    to appear be t Informatio on will be p t   pe Architect  ofessional (S he Architects ments to the om AIBC Bull click here.  Occupancy  he current  ing codes  art 3)   art 3)   sidential  E   : Part 3)   isory Des dge Advisory ssion deadlin sion, contact kage for you le Manager w tion:  _________ _________ _________ _________ efore the AD on:  resented to  _________ _________ State Name  s are require e ADP that a letin 31 Build Public Assem Hospital, San Home for the Aged  Institutional  Hotel or sim Commercial  Industrial  sign Pane y Design Pan ne dates and t your File M ur project. Fo well in adva __________ __________ __________ ___ Propose DP on this da ADP by:  __________ __________ & Role) ____ ed to prepar re in the Ma dings Requir Use  mbly  natorium, or  e  ilar occupancy  el Submis nel (ADP) me d for the min Manager to e orward your nce of the d ___________ _____  ___________ ed Zone ____ ate ________ ___________ ___________ __________ re plans and ajor Occupan ring the Serv Type services − any o exce − any b exce − all sc − any b capa − any b − any b − any b − any b − any b ssion Req eets monthly nimum subm establish wh r complete s deadline date __________ __________ __________ __________ ________  _______  ___________ to attend a ncy categori vices of an A es of Building or s of an architect one‐storey build eeding 9 m or gro building of more eeding 235 m²; a chools, any size building (exclud acity exceeding 1 building with gro building contain building contain building with gro building with gro uest Form y.Refer to t mission requ at constitute ubmission p e.  __  __  __  __  __________ nd to presen es cited in th Architect. Fo r Parts of Buildin t under section 6 Act.   ding with an uns oss area exceed e than one store and  ing veterinary h 12 beds  oss area exceed ning 5 or more d ning 11 or more g oss area exceed oss area exceed m  he attached irements. Be es a complet package for t ____  nt all  he Table bel r the entire  ng requiring the 60 of the Archit supported span  ing 275 m²;  ey with gross are ospital) with a  ing 470 m²  welling units  guest rooms  ing 470 m²  ing 470 m²    efore  te  the  ow  e  ects  ea  CITY OF MAPLE RIDGE ADVISORY DESIGN PANEL 2019 APPLICANT SCHEDULE Meeting Date Applicant Deadline January 16, 2019 December 17, 2018 February 20, 2019 January 28, 2019 March 20, 2019 February 25, 2019 April 17, 2019 March 25, 2019 May 15, 2019 April 18, 2019 June 19, 2019 May 27, 2019 July 17, 2019 June 24, 2019 NO AUGUST MEETING September 18, 2019 August 26, 2019 October 16, 2019 September 23, 2019 November 20, 2019 October 28, 2019 NO DECEMBER MEETING DEVELOPMENT DATA SHEET Existing /Proposed Zone _____________ Date Prepared __________ Proposed (Complies or state variance needed) Required Development Data Minimum Required or Maximum Allowed LOT AREA* (in square metres) Gross Total Less Road Widening / Truncations Less Park Net Total LOT COVERAGE (in % of net lot area) Total Site Coverage SETBACKS (in metres) Front Rear Side #1 (N,S,E, or W) Side #2 (N,S,E, or W) Side #3 (N, S, E or W) SETBACKS – Underground Structures (in metres) Front Rear Side #1 (N,S,E, or W) Side #2 (N,S,E, or W) Side #3 (N, S, E or W) BUILDING HEIGHT (in metres/storeys) Principal Accessory NUMBER OF RESIDENTIAL UNITS Bachelor One Bedroom Two Bedroom Three Bedroom + Total GROSS FLOOR AREA (in square metres) Residential Retail Commercial Office Commercial Other Commercial (Type _________________) Institutional Industrial TOTAL GROSS FLOOR AREA * If the development site consists of more than one lot, lot dimensions pertain to the entire site. Proposed (Complies or variance needed?) OTHER – state YES or NO for each. If YES describe on separate sheet. Heritage Site Tree Survey/Assessment Provided Watercourse/Steep Slopes Covenants, Stat ROW & Easements I hereby certify that all the above information is true and correct. I acknowledge that any error or omissions are the sole responsibility of the undersigned and not the Development and Environmental Services Department. Prepared by: ___________________________ __________________________________ Print Name (Please print form and sign above) NOTE: To be prepared by an Architect for ADP Submission or by an owner/agent (applicant) for Development Application. Required Development Data Minimum Required or Maximum Allowed DENSITY # of units/ha (gross) # of units/ha (net) Gross Floor Area Floor Space Ratio (net) AMENITY SPACE (area in square metres) Common Activity Area Useable Open Space PARKING (number of spaces) Residential and Multi-Residential Uses Multi-Residential Town Centre (Bach Units) Multi-Residential Town Centre (1 Bdr Units) Multi-Residential Town Centre (Added Bdr) Commercial Uses Educational & Assembly Uses Institutional Use Industrial Use Business Park Uses Comprehensive Other Number of spaces for visitors TOTAL NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES Number of total for disabled Number of total (and %) small cars % Number of total (and %) tandem spaces % TOTAL OFF STREET LOADING SPACE(S) BICYCLE PARKING (number of spaces) Short Term Bicycle Parking Long Term Bicycle Parking 1 Multi-Family Development Permit Area Guidelines Checklist Pursuant with Section 8.7 of the Official Community Plan, multi-family developments will be assessed against the form and character guidelines established by Council and summarised below. This checklist is to be prepared by the architect of record for the project to demonstrate the proposed design was developed in accordance with the form and character guidelines. Please assess and describe the compliance of the proposed design of the project with respect to the Key Guideline Concepts and with the Form and Character Guidelines. Description of the Key Guideline Concepts should be suitable for File Managers to quote in Development Permit Application Reports to Council. For the Form and Character Guidelines, clearly describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. This checklist is to accompany Development Permit Applications and submissions to the ADP. 8.7.1 Key Guideline Concepts Describe how this project and the design complies 1. New development into established areas should respect private spaces, and incorporate local neighbourhood elements in building form, height, architectural features and massing. 2. Transitional development should be used to bridge areas of low and high densities, through means such as stepped building heights, or low rise ground oriented housing located to the periphery of a higher density developments. 2 Key Guideline Concepts (Continued) 3. Large scale developments should be clustered and given architectural separation to foster a sense of community, and improve visual attractiveness. 4. Pedestrian circulation should be encouraged with attractive streetscapes attained through landscaping, architectural details, appropriate lighting and by directing parking underground where possible or away from public view through screened parking structures or surface parking located to the rear of the property. Guidelines 8.7.1 A Building Design, Massing and Siting Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. Design and siting of buildings should take advantage of natural features or views and should enhance privacy and livability. 2. Residential buildings should front or appear to front onto public roads through the use of appropriate treatment of exteriors, through direct pedestrian access to individual units from the public street/sidewalk, or through the provision of pedestrian walkways linked to the street. Street frontages should be emphasized by incorporating differentiated front, side and rear oriented facades, with a minimum two storey facade on the fronting street to foster a human scale. Buildings that are designed with an end wall or unit adjacent to a public street should design the end unit with the pedestrian entry facing the street. At significant intersections, the definition of corners should be reinforced by buildings that front on both streets and incorporate corner cuts. 3 Guidelines 8.7.1 A (Continued) 3. Higher density dwellings should be sited adjacent to major streets in order to minimize access problems and to provide a transition to lower density uses. 4. Multi-family developments adjacent to lower density or single detached residential dwellings should: a) be consistent in form and massing with the surrounding area; b) be sited adjacent to major streets to provide a transition to lower density uses; c) concentrate density to the centre of the development or towards a non- residential boundary and locate lower density components adjacent to lower density residential uses; d) create a transition in building mass and form towards the setbacks of the adjacent neighbourhood; e) minimize access conflicts; f) be designed to maximize privacy and minimize views onto adjoining sites, particularly for portions of the development abutting the side yards of adjacent single detached residential uses. 5. Larger buildings, roof forms and building frontages should include design elements and features to: a) provide variation in the facades to help reduce the visual length of individual buildings; b) have the appearance of a series of smaller buildings, or as identifiable parts of a larger concept; and c) incorporate components that express strong unit identity and incorporate direct access to grade for ground-floor units. 4 Guidelines 8.7.1 A (Continued) 6. New multi-family developments should use design themes, architectural features and elements of the surrounding neighbourhood by incorporating common elements such as form, scale, massing and proportion into the design as a means to reinforce neighbourhood stability. Examples include: a) the articulation of facades, using where appropriate, elements such as porches, chimneys, projections, recesses, and balconies; b) the placement, size, shape and number of doors and windows; c) the location and visual appearance of garages and/or parking facilities; d) the selection of appropriate and compatible roof forms; and e) the design of hard and soft landscaping. 7. The exposed undersides of balconies and porches that are visible from a street or public walkway should be covered with exterior finishes to provide a finished appearance to public view. 8. Developments are encouraged to use the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEEDS) standards in the design of buildings. Techniques such as rain gardens, vegetated swales, separation of impervious surfaces, installing below surface infiltration beds and tree box filters, and redirecting water from drain pipes into vegetated areas are encouraged. 9. Variation in individual unit designs is encouraged to provide visual interest and avoid significant repetition either within a row of townhouses, or between adjacent rows of units. 5 Guidelines 8.7.1 A (Continued) 10. Garage doors should not face public streets. Where front facing garage doors are unavoidable, the impact of garage doors on the public realm should be mitigated by: a) designing residential units with enough width to include attractive entrances and windows between garages; b) recessing garage doors behind the main building façade; c) keeping a sufficient width in residential units to allow the creation of attractive entrances and fenestration between garages. d) grouping garage doors in pairs between adjacent units to allow building entrances and facades more prominence on the street; e) providing interior spaces that overlook the street; f) separating and orienting unit entrances to the street; g) providing individual pedestrian walkways linked to the street; h) including design details such as transom windows or glazing in garage doors; i) a comprehensive landscape plan that identifies how the visual impact of garage doors from the street will be mitigated. 11. Landscaping of rooftops is encouraged where possible, to provide shared or private outdoor space for residents and to provide attractive views for residents and passersby. 6 Guidelines 8.7.1 B Vehicle Access, Parking and Circulation Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. Parking and servicing should be located underground or to the rear of buildings, with access from lanes wherever possible. Where lane access is not possible, access should be from streets via narrow driveways to minimize the impact on streetscape appearance and disruption to pedestrian movement. 2. Parking structures should be adequately screened and architecturally compatible with the rest of the building. Large surface parking areas should be divided into smaller sections to avoid a monotonous appearance with landscaping strips, trees, building edges, pedestrian pathways, and pavement treatment to enhance their visual appearance. 3. Developments with large parking areas should provide a direct pedestrian pathway system through the parking area to facilitate convenient and safe pedestrian access between building entrances, parked cars, and sidewalks of adjoining streets. Features such as special landscaping with trees and benches, overhead weather protection and distinct paving should be incorporated where appropriate. Pedestrian movement should be designed to avoid any obstruction by parked vehicles. 4. Shared vehicle access between adjoining sites should be considered where access for parking at the rear of the property is limited. Joint or shared access should also be considered between adjoining developments to minimize disruption of pedestrian sidewalks and to maximize landscaping and permeable surfaces. Integration of driving aisles and pedestrian walkways between adjacent sites is also strongly encouraged. 7 Guidelines 8.7.1 B (Continued) 5. Locate parking spaces allocated for people with disabilities as close as possible to the main entrance to a building. 6. Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles should be incorporated into the design of all parking facilities with convenient, safe, identifiable and universally accessible access routes to building entrances, lobbies or other principal areas of buildings, and to grade level from any underground or above ground parking structures. 7. To increase safety, consider using electronic security devices and monitoring systems as a supplement to natural surveillance opportunities in parking structures and parking areas. 8. The amount of asphalt surfaces in parking areas should be minimized by integrating a variety of paving materials such as concrete, decorative pavers, etc. or by using alternate surface treatments. 9. Road grades, streets, lanes, and driveways should conform to the existing grades as closely as possible to ensure minimal disruption of slopes and vegetation. On steep terrain, roads should be aligned, wherever possible, to run parallel rather than counter to, natural contours and existing grades. 8 Guidelines 8.7.1 C Landscaping and Open Space Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. Landscaping both within and outside the development should: a) provide definition for pedestrian corridors; b) delineate private and semi private space from public space; c) provide adequate screening between private outdoor spaces; d) present a pleasing street image; e) provide suitable buffering between public road and privacy areas; f) soften the transition between adjacent land uses; g) provide a buffer between residential and non-residential land uses; h) create interesting views and focal points into and out of the site; i) reinforce design continuity with neighbouring properties, the scale and massing of buildings, and the streetscape by providing consistency in street trees, plant materials, and other landscaping elements. 2. Landscape drawings for development applications should include, but are not limited to, the following information: a) the location of mature and existing trees to be retained or removed, b) the location of all protective tree fencing; c) a grading plan or cross section indicating finished grade; and d) a drainage plan for the site. 3. Street trees will be a required component of all development. Incorporate deciduous tree species into streetfront landscaping to define site boundaries, to enhance public space, and to permit light penetration in winter. 9 Guidelines 8.7.1 C (Continued) 4. Energy efficiency and conservation should be considered in the design of landscaped areas and in the selection of plant material. This can be accomplished through: a) using native and/or drought-resistant species; b) designing the landscaping to moderate the effect of wind; c) providing shade in summer; d) allowing natural drainage to occur throughout the site; e) allowing daylight into buildings; and f) redirecting water from rooftop runoff and downspouts into vegetated areas or rain barrels for later irrigation use. 5. Maintain continuous landscaping along abutting streets and minimize the number of interruptions such as driveways and parking entrances. Continue the sidewalk pavement across driveways and parking entrances. 6. Create visual landmarks on significant street corners and at locations of high visibility. Provide landscaping and consider incorporating features such as flag poles, banners, visual art, ornamental trees, fountains, architectural elements, and landscape structures. 7. Any portion of a building site left vacant for future development should be landscaped consistent with the landscape plan for the overall site. The minimum ground surface treatment should be lawn. Where possible, the natural state should be retained for those portions of a property not being developed. 10 Guidelines 8.7.1 C (Continued) 8. Identify, preserve and incorporate stands of mature trees into the overall site landscaping design. Retain unique tree species, significant vegetation, natural landscape features and nesting areas on a site wherever possible. To attain this objective, prior to the design of a project, a detailed survey prepared by a qualified professional indicating the location and condition of existing trees and vegetation on a site should be conducted and provided to the District as part of the development application process. 9. Existing vegetation should be enhanced with new planting wherever construction activity has destroyed vegetation. Replanting with indigenous or native species is encouraged. 10. Consider incorporating rain gardens and vegetated swales into parking lot landscaping to increase the natural absorption of rainwater runoff from paved areas into the ground. 11. The height and location of a landscape screen should ensure that: a) privacy to adjacent properties is adequately protected; b) driving site lines are maintained from adjacent roads, manoeuvring aisles, parking lots; and c) the quality of the streetscape and outdoor living spaces is enhanced. 12. Maximize the amount of landscaped areas and minimize the amount of impervious paved surfaces to increase the natural absorption of rainwater on a site. 11 Guidelines 8.7.1 D Universally Accessible Design Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. All non-vehicular routes should be fully accessible. Sidewalks and pathways should be wide enough for wheelchair/scooters and should include a tactile strip for the visually impaired. Curb-cuts and curb let-downs should be provided in appropriate locations to facilitate safe, convenient, and direct access from parking spaces to buildings for people with disabilities. 2. Building entries should be: a) clearly addressed with large numbers visible from the street; b) directly accessed from the street without stairs; c) provided with level areas measuring a minimum of 1.5m x 1.5m (4.9 ft. x 4.9 ft.) both inside and outside of doorways; and d) provided with weather protection, exterior lighting, and power-assisted door openers. Guidelines 8.7.1 E Refuse, Recycling and Service Areas Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. Integrate vents, mechanical rooms, mechanical equipment, and elevator penthouses into the roof design or screen with materials and finishes compatible with the overall architectural design. 2. The design of a roof, placement of mechanical units and satellite dishes, etc. should take into account views of the roof from adjacent buildings. 12 3. Garbage containers and recycling bins must be: a) easily accessible; b) appropriately sized for the building occupants; c) contained within roofed/walled enclosures; d) incorporated into the overall design of the development; or e) screened from public view and weatherproof and animal-resistant within the boundaries of each site. 4. Service areas should be internalized within the development. For developments with multiple buildings, common refuse, recycling and service areas are to be provided. Storage areas should be located to be convenient and readily accessible from most buildings or units on the site. Avoid direct exposure from public streets and allow for adequate manoeuvring space for removal vehicles. 5. Enclose or screen all exterior mechanical units or equipment, including roof top units, equipment, and satellite dishes within upper floors or structures that from part of the overall design of a development. 6. Locate building ventilation systems to minimize noise and exhaust pedestrian areas, residential units, and outdoor spaces and locate less sensitive land uses closer to sources of noise. 7. Buildings should be designed and constructed maximize sound attenuation: a) between units; b) between public roads and units; and c) between adjacent land uses and units. 13 Guidelines 8.7.1 F Signage and Lighting Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. All signage must conform to the Maple Ridge Sign Bylaw. In the event of a conflict between the Maple Ridge Sign Bylaw and these guidelines, the latter shall take precedent. 2. Signage design, materials and message should be integrated and complement the scale and architectural detail of the building. 3. Pedestrian level lighting is encouraged along all pedestrian routes and pedestrian plazas. The lighting should be pedestrian focused. 4. Lighting should be designed so as to have no direct source of light visible from the public right-of-way or adjacent residential land. Care should be taken to ensure that lighting glare does not pose a nuisance to adjacent residences, pedestrians, or motorists. Guidelines 8.7.1 G Bicycle Parking and Storage Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. Short term and long term bicycle parking facilities should be considered for all developments. Short term bicycle parking should be in well-lit locations and clearly visible from a main building entrance and/or public roads with bicycle racks made of sturdy, theft- resistant material that is securely anchored to the floor or ground. Longer term bicycle storage areas provided as part of a parking structure should be located close to elevators and access points. 14 Project Information To be completed by the Architect on record for this project: File Number ________________________ Date prepared: _______________________ Architect ________________________ ___________________________ Print Name Signature 11883 Baker Place Delta B.C. V4E 2V8 design studio email: gsds@eastlink .ca STREETSCAPE RT-2: GROUND -ORIENTED RESIDENTIAL INFILL 22020 119 AVENUE, MAPLE RIDGE, B.C. DATE:09 25 2023 A-0 24 ' - 9 3 / 4 " [ 7 . 5 6 M ] 4'-11 1/4" [1.51M] 7'-4 1/2" [2.25M] 24 ' - 7 1 / 4 " [ 7 . 5 0 M ] 26 ' - 1 1 1 / 4 " [ 8 . 2 1 M ] 4'-11" [1.50M] 7'-4 1/2" [2.25M] 22020 119 AVENUE, MAPLE RIDGE, B.C.CIVIC ADDRESS LEGAL NEW WESTMINSTER DISTRICT, PLAN 14891 RT-2: GROUND -ORIENTED RESIDENTIAL INFILL SETBACKS ZONING DESCRIPTION LOT 66 DISTRICT LOT 397, GROUP 1 885.09 Sq.m (9527.08 sq.ft) AFTER LANE DEDICATION SITE AREA ALLOWABLE F.A.R REQUIRED BUILDING HEIGHT PROPOSED 7.5m FRONT SETBACK 7.50m LOT COVERAGE 7.5mREAR SETBACK 2 STOREY 1.5m / 2.25mSIDE SETBACK WEST 1.5m / 2.25m ALLOWED PROVIDED @ 45%= 398.2 sq.m (4286.19 sq.ft) ALLOWED LOT AREA X.75 PROVIDED ALLOWED (PITCHED ROOF)PROVIDED 8.0m 1.5m / 2.25mSIDE SETBACK EAST 1.51m / 2.25m PRINCIPLE BLDG. @ 42.75%= 378.39 sq.m (4073 sq.ft) =663.38 sq.m (7145.27 sq.ft)=662.86 sq.m (7135 sq.ft) 8.0m 16.09m 2' - 5 1 / 2 " [ 0 . 7 5 M ] REMOVE TREE REMOVE TREE REMOVE TREE RETAIN TREE 4' - 1 1 " [ 1 . 5 0 M ] 10'-5" [3.18M] NEIGHBOUR CONSENT PROVIDED NEIGHBOUR CONSENT PROVIDED 0.75 METER ROAD DEDICATION 52 ' - 1 0 1 / 4 " [ 1 6 . 1 1 M ] 10'-5" [3.18M] 10'-6" [3.20M] 23'-1" [7.04M] 10'-5" [3.17M]10'-5" [3.18M] 12'-7" [3.84M] 22'-0" [6.71M] 19 ' - 1 1 " [ 6 . 0 7 M ] 8'-2 1/2" [2.50M] 18 ' - 0 1 / 2 " [ 5 . 5 0 M ] 8'-2 1/2" [2.50M] 21 ' - 0 " [ 6 . 4 0 M ] 11'-6" [3.51M] 19 ' - 1 1 " [ 6 . 0 7 M ] 18 ' - 0 1 / 2 " [ 5 . 5 0 M ] 18 ' - 0 1 / 2 " [ 5 . 5 0 M ] 8'-2 1/2" [2.50M] 57'-2" UNIT 3 GARBAGE AREA UNIT 2 GARBAGE AREA UNIT 1 GARBAGE AREA PARKING PARKING PARKING PARKINGPARKINGPARKING BIKE HOOKS BIKE HOOKS BIKE HOOKS DECK DECK DECK PORCH 66.74 sq.m 0.75 METER ROAD DEDICATION 52.40 sq.m 68.75 sq.m 12.20 sq.m 9.54 sq.m 9.54 sq.m UNIT 1: 76.28 SQ.M PRIVATE OUTDOOR AREA UNIT 1 UNIT 2 UNIT 3 UNIT 2: 64.60 SQ.M UNIT 3: 78.29 SQ.M 11883 Baker Place Delta B.C. V4E 2V8 design studio email: gsds@eastlink .ca SITE PLAN RT-2: GROUND -ORIENTED RESIDENTIAL INFILL 22020 119 AVENUE, MAPLE RIDGE, B.C.SCALE: 1/8" =1'-00" DATE:09 25 2023 A-1 LIVING ROOM 13-06"x17'-07" DINNING 13-00"x12'-00" KITCHEN 16-03"x17'-00" NOOK / FLEX 8-11"x11'-06" BATH 5-00"x5'-00" ENTRY 5-00"x7'-00" UP 16 RISERS UP 8 RISERS UNCOVERED DECK9-03"x6'-00" BATH 5-00"x5'-00" ENTRY 5-00"x7'-00"LIVING ROOM 13-06"x17'-07" DINNING 10-06"x12'-00" KITCHEN 16-03"x17'-00" NOOK / FLEX 8-11"x11'-06" ENTRY5-00"x7'-00" LIVING ROOM 13-06"x17'-07" DINNING 13-00"x12'-00" KITCHEN 16-03"x17'-00" NOOK / FLEX 8-11"x11'-06" UNCOVERED DECK9-03"x6'-00" UNCOVERED DECK 9-03"x6'-00" UP 16 RISERS UP 16 RISERS UP 8 RISERS UP 8 RISERS COVERED PORCH 46-09"x7'-00" UNIT 1 UNIT 2 UNIT 3 MAIN FL. 990 sqft.MAIN FL. 984 sqft.MAIN FL. 990 sqft. UP 16 RISERS UP 16 RISERS UP 16 RISERS UP 8 RISERS UP 8 RISERS REC ROOM 15-03"x21'-01" NON HABITABLE STORAGE REC ROOM 10-03"x28'-00" REC ROOM 15-03"x21'-01" NON HABITABLE STORAGENON HABITABLE STORAGE UNIT 1 UNIT 2 UNIT 3 BSMT FL. 400 sqft.BSMT FL. 400 SQFT.BSMT FL. 400 SQFT. 42" GAURDRAIL 42" GAURDRAIL 42" GAURDRAIL 13-06"x17'-07" BASEMENT PLAN MAINFLOOR PLAN 11883 Baker Place Delta B.C. V4E 2V8 design studio email: gsds@eastlink .ca FLOOR PLAN RT-2: GROUND -ORIENTED RESIDENTIAL INFILL 22020 119 AVENUE, MAPLE RIDGE, B.C.SCALE: 3/16" =1'-00" DATE:09 25 2023 A-2 M. BEDROOM 13-06"x14'-05" ENSUITE 14-10"x5'-00" BEDROOM 12-04"x12'-02" BEDROOM 8-11"x10'-11" BATH5-00"x8'-06" LAUNDRY M. BEDROOM 13-06"x14'-05" ENSUITE 14-10"x5'-00" BEDROOM 12-04"x12'-02" BEDROOM 8-11"x10'-11" BATH5-00"x8'-06" LAUNDRY UNCOVERED DECK 10-10"x6'-00" UNCOVERED DECK 10-10"x6'-00" BEDROOM 8-00"x13'-00"BEDROOM 8-00"x13'-00" M. BEDROOM 12-04"x17'-11" COVERED DECK 9-04"x6'-00" W.I.C. 5-00"x5'-00" W.I.C. 5-00"x5'-00" W.I.C. 5-06"x5'-03" BATH 5-06"x8'-08" LAUNDRY BATH 5-06"x10'-05" UNIT 1 UNIT 2 UNIT 3 2ND FL. 999 sqft.2ND FL. 973 sqft.2ND FL. 999 sqft. 4:12 4:12 4:12 4:12 3:12 3:12 4: 1 2 4: 1 2 4: 1 2 4: 1 2 2ND FLOOR PLAN ROOF PLAN 11883 Baker Place Delta B.C. V4E 2V8 design studio email: gsds@eastlink .ca FLOOR PLAN RT-2: GROUND -ORIENTED RESIDENTIAL INFILL 22020 119 AVENUE, MAPLE RIDGE, B.C.SCALE: 3/16" =1'-00" DATE:09 25 2023 A-3 3' - 8 " 8' 10 '26 ' - 2 1 / 2 " [ 7 . 9 9 M ] 9' NORTH FRONT ELEVATION BASEMENT FLOOR EL. 36.30 VINYL WINDOWS MIN 4" TRIM TYP HARDI SHAKE HORIZONTAL HARDI SIDING MIN 30 YEARS QUALITY -ASPHALT SHINGLES SHAKE PROFILE BLACK DRAK GREY OR BROWN 12 6 MAIN FLOOR EL. 39.04 2ND FLOOR EL. 42.09 TRUSS BEARING EL. 44.53 ROOF MEAN EL. 45.65 ROOF RIDGE EL. 46.77 3' - 8 " P=37.67P=37.67 WOOD LATTICE SOUTH REAR ELEVATION 3' - 8 " 8' 10 '26 ' - 2 1 / 2 " [ 7 . 9 9 M ] 9' BASEMENT FLOOR EL. 36.30 MAIN FLOOR EL. 39.04 2ND FLOOR EL. 42.09 TRUSS BEARING EL. 44.53 ROOF MEAN EL. 45.65 ROOF RIDGE EL. 46.77 3' - 8 " P=37.67 P=37.67 11883 Baker Place Delta B.C. V4E 2V8 design studio email: gsds@eastlink .ca ELEVATION RT-2: GROUND -ORIENTED RESIDENTIAL INFILL 22020 119 AVENUE, MAPLE RIDGE, B.C.SCALE:1/4" =1'-00" DATE:09 25 2023 A-4 EAST SIDE ELEVATION 3' - 8 " 8' 10 '26 ' - 2 1 / 2 " [ 7 . 9 9 M ] 9' BASEMENT FLOOR EL. 36.30 MAIN FLOOR EL. 39.04 2ND FLOOR EL. 42.09 TRUSS BEARING EL. 44.53 ROOF MEAN EL. 45.65 ROOF RIDGE EL. 46.77 3' - 8 " P=37.67 P=37.67 WEST SIDE ELEVATION 3' - 8 " 8' 10 '26 ' - 2 1 / 2 " [ 7 . 9 9 M ] 9' BASEMENT FLOOR EL. 36.30 MAIN FLOOR EL. 39.04 2ND FLOOR EL. 42.09 TRUSS BEARING EL. 44.53 ROOF MEAN EL. 45.65 ROOF RIDGE EL. 46.77 3' - 8 " P=37.67P=37.67 11883 Baker Place Delta B.C. V4E 2V8 design studio email: gsds@eastlink .ca ELEVATION RT-2: GROUND -ORIENTED RESIDENTIAL INFILL 22020 119 AVENUE, MAPLE RIDGE, B.C.SCALE:1/4" =1'-00" DATE:09 25 2023 A-5 9:12 8" 1'-6"1'-6" 8" 1'-6"1'-6" WEST SIDE ELEVATION EAST SIDE ELEVATION 9' - 0 " GARAGE FLOOR EL. 37.40 TRUSS BEARING EL. 40.58 20 ' - 5 1 / 2 " [ 6 . 2 4 M ] 12'-7" [3.84M] 21 ' - 0 " [ 6 . 4 0 M ] 8" 1'-6"1'-6" 8" 1'-6"1'-6" WEST SIDE ELEVATION EAST SIDE ELEVATION 1'-0"1'-0" LANE ELEVATION REAR ELEVATION 6'- 7 " 1'-0"1'-0"1'-0"1'-0" LANE ELEVATION REAR ELEVATION 5'- 7 1 / 2 " 23'-1" [7.04M] 21 ' - 0 " [ 6 . 4 0 M ] DOUBLE CAR GARAGE SINGLE CAR GARAGE P=37.40 P=37.40 P=37.40 P=37.40 P=37.40P=37.40P=37.40P=37.40 P=37.40P=37.40P=37.40P=37.40 P=37.40 P=37.40P=37.40P=37.40 ROOF RIDGE EL. 42.29 9'- 0 " GARAGE FLOOR EL. 37.40 TRUSS BEARING EL. 40.58 5'- 7 1 / 2 " ROOF RIDGE EL. 42.29 10 ' - 5 " GARAGE FLOOR EL. 37.40 TRUSS BEARING EL. 40.58 3'- 0 " ROOF RIDGE EL. 41.49 10 ' - 5 " GARAGE FLOOR EL. 37.40 TRUSS BEARING EL. 40.58 3' - 0 " ROOF RIDGE EL. 41.49 10'-11 3/4"10'-11 3/4" 14 ' - 7 1 / 4 " [ 4 . 4 5 M ] 11883 Baker Place Delta B.C. V4E 2V8 design studio email: gsds@eastlink .ca GARAGE PLANS RT-2: GROUND -ORIENTED RESIDENTIAL INFILL 22020 119 AVENUE, MAPLE RIDGE, B.C.SCALE:1/4" =1'-00" DATE:09 25 2023 A-6 43YY 78/053 ANTIQUE WHITE {DULUX} HARDI SIDING VINYL - BLACK WINDOW FRAMES MIN 30 YEARS QUALITY ASPHALT SHINGLES SHAKE PROFILE IKO - CHARCOAL GRAY VINYL - BLACK WINDOW FRAMES SOFFITS, GUTTERS & DOWNSPOUTS KAYCAN - BLACK PRE-FINISHED ALUMINUM ACCENTS DOORS, RAILINGS LATTICE, FASCIA BOARDS NOBLE GREY 30BB 10/019 {DULUX} ACCENTS COLUMNS WINDOW TRIMS 43YY 78/053 ANTIQUE WHITE {DULUX} 2X6 PRESSURE TREAT & STAIRS WOOD DECK 30GG 52/011 FROST GREY {DULUX} HARDI SHAKE 8' - 0 " GARAGE LANE ELEVATION 30GG 52/011 FROST GREY {DULUX} HARDI SHAKE 43YY 78/053 ANTIQUE WHITE {DULUX} HARDI SIDING MIN 30 YEARS QUALITY ASPHALT SHINGLES SHAKE PROFILE IKO - CHARCOAL GRAY ACCENTS DOORS, FASCIA BOARDS NOBLE GREY 30BB 10/019 {DULUX} AND DOOR TRIMS NORTH FRONT ELEVATION VINYL WINDOWS MIN 4" TRIM TYP HARDI SHAKE HORIZONTAL HARDI SIDING MIN 30 YEARS QUALITY -ASPHALT SHINGLES SHAKE PROFILE BLACK DRAK GREY OR BROWN 12 6 P=37.67 WOOD LATTICE 11883 Baker Place Delta B.C. V4E 2V8 design studio email: gsds@eastlink .ca COLORS & MATERIALS RT-2: GROUND -ORIENTED RESIDENTIAL INFILL 22020 119 AVENUE, MAPLE RIDGE, B.C.SCALE: 1/4" =1'-00" DATE:09 25 2023 A-7 SITE SECTION NORTH/SOUTH HALLWAY KITCHEN RECROOM BEDROOM DINNINGLIVING ROOM NON HABITABLE STORAGE 8'- 0 " 9'- 0 " 8'- 0 " PLPL 2'-5 1/2" [0.75M] LANE DEDICATION PRIVATE REAR YARDFRONT YARD SIDEWALK FR O N T N O R T H RE A R S O U T H PL EA S T S I D E PL WE S T S I D E SITE SECTION REAR YARD UNIT 1UNIT 2UNIT 3 11883 Baker Place Delta B.C. V4E 2V8 design studio email: gsds@eastlink .ca SITE/BUILDING SECTION RT-2: GROUND -ORIENTED RESIDENTIAL INFILL 22020 119 AVENUE, MAPLE RIDGE, B.C.SCALE: 1/4" =1'-00" DATE:09 25 2023 A-8 11883 Baker Place Delta B.C. V4E 2V8 design studio email: gsds@eastlink .ca CONTEXT MAP RT-2: GROUND -ORIENTED RESIDENTIAL INFILL 22020 119 AVENUE, MAPLE RIDGE, B.C. DATE: 09 25 2023 GARAGE ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF LANE (SOUTH) 3-PLEX GARAGES ON EAST SIDE OF DEVELOPMENT CORNER LOT HOME ON WEST SIDE OF DEVELOPMENT HOMES DIRECTLY ACROSS STREET NORTH SIDE OF DEVELOPMENT NEW 3-PLEX EAST SIDE OF DEVELOPMENT SUBJECT SITE FRONT VIEW SUBJECT SITE LANE VIEW 22020 119 AVENUE, MAPLE RIDGE, B.C. SUBJECT SITE 22 - 2 3 6 - 0 6 PR O P O S E D T R I P L E X DE V E L O P E R : PR O J E C T : 220 2 0 1 1 9 A V E N U E MA P L E R I D G E , B C PH ( 7 7 8 ) 8 8 2 - 0 1 8 3 06 06 JO R H P R O P E R T I E S Ap l i n & M a r t i n C o n s u l t a n t s L t d . 20 1 - 1 2 4 4 8 8 2 A v e n u e , S u r r e y , B . C . C a n a d a V 3 W 3 E 9 Tel : ( 6 0 4 ) 5 9 7 - 9 0 5 8 , F a x : ( 6 0 4 ) 5 9 7 - 9 0 6 1 , E m a i l : g e n e r a l @ a p l i n m a r t i n . c o m EG B C P e r m i t t o P r a c t i c e N u m b e r # 1 0 0 1 0 1 8 Page 1 of 3 City of Maple Ridge TO: Advisory Design Panel MEETING DATE: October 18, 2023 FILE NO: 2019-013-DP SUBJECT: 24156 104 Avenue PURPOSE: An Advisory Design Panel (the “ADP”) submission has been received for the above cited application and property to permit the construction of 21 townhouse units. The proposed building will replace the existing single family home on the site. The rezoning application being processed in conjunction with this proposal was given First Reading by Council on February 22, 2022. This site is subject to being re-zoned to RM-1 (Low Density Townhouse Residential) to accommodate the proposal. The development permit application made to the City is subject to Section 8.7 Multi- Family Development Permit. BACKGROUND: Applicant: Sommet Investments Ltd., Inc. No BC1174144 Owner: Sommet Investments Ltd Legal Description: Lot K, Section 3, Township 12, Plan NWP20434 OCP: Existing: Medium Density Residential Proposed: Medium Density Residential Zoning: Existing: RS-3 (Single Detached Rural Residential) Proposed: RM-1 (Low Density Townhouse Residential) Surrounding Uses: North: Use: School Zone: P-1 (Park & School) Designation: Institutional South: Use: Multi-Family Residential Zone: RM-1 (Low Density Townhouse Residential) Designation: Medium Density Residential East: Use: Single-Family Residential Zone: RS-3 (Single Detached Rural Residential) Designation: Medium Density Residential West: Use: Multi-Family Residential Zone: RM-1 (Low Density Townhouse Residential) Designation: Medium Density Residential 7.3 Page 2 of 3 Existing Use of Property: Single-Family Residential Proposed Use of Property: Multi-Family Residential Site Area: 3,970 m2 (0.99 acres) Access: 104 Avenue Servicing: Urban Standard DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREA: The development permit application made to the City prompting this submission to the ADP is subject to the Key Guidelines and the Design Guidelines of Section 8.7 Multi-Family Development Permit. A Multi-Family Development permit is required for all new multi-family development. The purpose of a Multi-Family Development Permit is to enhance existing neighborhoods with compatible housing styles that meet diverse needs and minimize potential conflicts on neighboring land uses. The Key Guideline Concepts are as follows: 1. New development into established areas should respect private spaces, and incorporate local neighborhood elements in building form, height, architectural features and massing. 2. Transitional development should be used to bridge areas of low and high densities, through means such as stepped building heights, or low-rise ground-oriented housing located to the periphery of a higher density developments. 3. Large scale developments should be clustered and given architectural separation to foster a sense of community, and improve visual attractiveness. 4. Pedestrian circulation should be encouraged with attractive streetscapes attained through landscaping, architectural details, appropriate lighting, and by directing parking underground where possible or away from public view through screened parking structures or surface parking located to the rear of the property. Design Guidelines: The Design Guidelines and a full explanation of how the project complies with them or the reasons why they are not applicable are attached in Appendix F to this memo. PLANNING COMMENTS: 1. Proposal: The current application seeks to rezone the subject property, located at 24156 104 Avenue from RS-3 (Single Detached Rural Residential) to RM-1 (Low Density Townhouse Residential), to permit the future construction of a 21-unit townhouse development. 2. Context: The subject site encompasses a total area of 0.99 acres and is currently occupied by a single-family dwelling. The property fronts 104 Avenue and has access from the same. There is significant slope to a portion of the lot which will need to be mitigated through an environmental development permit. Surrounding the subject site are residential uses and a public school, therefore this development fits well into the neighborhood. Page 3 of 3 3. OCP and Zoning Compliance: The subject site is designated Medium Density Residential. The proposed zoning complies with this designation. The subject site is being rezoned to RM-1 and Development Data Sheet (Appendix E) analyzes the compliance of the project with the applicable zoning regulations. The proposal has a density (Floor Space Ratio) of 0.6, which is within the maximum of 0.6 for this zoning. A minor setback variance is being requested that will affect the front setback, to be reduced from 7.5 m to 6.0 m. 4. Parking and bicycle storage: The required parking for the proposed use is analyzed in the Development Data Sheet (Appendix F). 5. Issues requiring comments from ADP: Please comment on the overall form and character of this development and identify issues that the applicant should be aware of. 6. Works along abutting roads: Include new curb, gutter, sidewalk, new sanitary sewer, water and storm sewer connections; street lighting; street trees on all frontages; under-ground wiring for utility services to be underground. CONCLUSION: The Planning Department requests that the Advisory Design Panel provide comments on the development proposal. ______________________________________________ Prepared by: Annie Slater-Kinghorn The following appendices are attached hereto: Appendix A Subject Map Appendix B Explanatory letter from Architect (and Landscape Architect if applicable) Appendix C ADP Submission Form Appendix D ADP Applicant Checklist (signed by Architect) Appendix E Development Data Sheet (signed by Architect) Appendix F DP Area Guidelines Checklist Appendix G Architectural and Landscaping Plans Appendix H Landscaping Plans DATE: Sep 20, 2023FILE: Subject Map SUBJECT MAP ^ PLANNING DEPARTMENT 2017-291-DP 2019-405-RZ2019-405-VP 2023-209-DP 2020-413-RZ2020-413-DP 2020-413-DP 2020-296-RZ 2019-405-DP 104 AVE 103 AVE 240A ST 103A AVE LANE S OF 103 AVE 241 ST 242B ST LANE W OF 243 ST 102B AVE241B ST 241A ST LANE S OF 102B AVE LANE S OF 102B AVE LANE S OF 102B AVE 104 AVE 102B AVE 242B ST 102B AVE102B AVE 242B ST 102B AVE LANE S OF 102B AVE 241B ST 104A AVE 241A ST LANE W OF 241 ST LANE W OF 241 ST LANE S OF 102B AVE LANE W OF 242B ST LANE W OF 242B ST 102B AVE LANE W OF 243 ST 241 ST 103 AVE The City of Maple Ridge makes no guaranteeregarding the accuracy or present status ofthe information shown on this map. ´ Scale: 1:2,500 BY: DT Tuesday, August 15, 2023 City of Maple Ridge 11995 Haney Place Maple Ridge, BC V2X 6A9 Attn.: Manager of Development and Environmental Services Re: ADP Covering Letter 24156 - 104th Avenue Townhouses, Maple Ridge 2019-013-RZ Dear Sir, The above project proposes the rezoning single family house site from the existing RS-3 to RM-1 for a 21 unit townhouse project. The existing RS-3 lot has had a single family house on it for many years and would have been considered a rural area at the time of construction. The surrounding area has under gone significant densification in recent years with many new townhouse projects in the immediate vicinity. The proposed zoning and townhouse project aligns with the OCP in providing denser housing. The proposed design respects the general appearance of the immediate vicinity but with up-graded higher quality materials: fibre cement siding and cultured stone, all with appropriate massing. Site grades provide for rainwater dispersal via slopes across 300mm deep topsoil being collected and directed to an in-ground infiltration/detention system. Rainwater leaders and rainwater falling directly onto the road is also directed to this same system. The requirements of the City’s Tier A, B & C storm water policy are met by the infiltration/detention system. Sustainable construction strategies include the following: i) LED lighting throughout ii) EV charging stations for each unit iii) Heat recovery systems which incorporate heat pumps iv) Locally sourced construction materials v) Rainwater absorption and detention in accordance with City directive Respectfully submitted, Geoff Lawlor Architect AIBC Principal, Geoff Lawlor Architect AIBC DVS Duncan| 24156 – 104 AVENUE RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT LANDSCAPE DESIGN RATIONALE 1 Donald V. S. Duncan BA BLA BCSLA CSLA LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT Suite 603 – 220 11st Street, New Westminster, BC V3M 6N9 778-791-4323 dvsduncan@gmail.com 15 August 2023 Planning Department City of Maple Ridge 11995 Haney Place Maple Ridge BC V2X 6A9 RE: 24156 – 104 AVENUE RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT – LANDSCAPE DESIGN RATIONALE Dear Sir / Madame, The concept of “home” is central to the landscape at 24156 – 104 Avenue. From the low key entry on 104 Avenue to the sanctuary and seasonal colour of the private yards, the objective of the landscape is to provide welcoming and functional landscape areas. The entry landscape is a simple but layered planting of evergreen shrubs, both coniferous and broadleaf. These provide an interesting variety of foliage colours and textures that soften the building edge and blend it with the ground. Additional seasonal interest is provided by the flowering Persian Ironwood trees at the property boundary. Of course, it is the entry sign monument, set amidst the frontage plantings, that announces that the traveller has come home. The plantings in the auto court are modest but provide splashes of colour that soften the area. And this opens onto an amenity space at the southwest corner of the property. Here residents are provided with opportunities to sit and relax individually or in groups. The native plantings will lend the place a comfortable woodland feel and children may enjoy finding there own place to congregate in the miniature garden hut. The private yards also have a high proportion of native plant species in the mix but with the additional of ornamental materials to provide extra interest through foliage colour or blooms. Lawn area is balanced with shrub plantings to provide a sense of comfortable enclosure that helps to define the space. The plant material selected is low maintenance and vigorous. It provides seasonal interest but emphasizes continuity. It will be a reliable, comfortable setting for resident outdoor enjoyment. As a whole, the landscape is composed of materials that have demonstrated themselves to be reliable horticultural species that require little maintenance and are generally disease and pest free. Given moderate care, the landscape will grow to provide long term amenity to the future residents of 24156 – 104 Avenue. I trust this description and the associated drawings will provide sufficient information. Should further be required, please do not hesitate to contact the sender. Yours sincerely, Donald V. S. Duncan Landscape Architect TheCity schedule makingy ADPsubm ADPthro Applicati Nameof Filenum Address CurrentZ Seekingt Architect Submissi Architect Landscap OtherPro Note.:Th developm takenfro bulletin, Major perth build GroupA(Pa GroupB(Pa GroupCRes GroupD&E GroupF(F1 Adv ofMapleRid esforsubmis yoursubmiss missionpack oughyourFil ionInforma Applicant ber ofsite Zone toappearbe tInformatio onwillbep t peArchitect ofessional(S heArchitects mentstothe omAIBCBull clickhere. Occupancy hecurrent ingcodes art3) art3) sidential E :Part3) isoryDes dgeAdvisory ssiondeadlin sion,contact kageforyou leManagerw tion: _________ _________ _________ _________ eforetheAD on: resentedto _________ _________ StateName sarerequire eADPthata letin31Build PublicAssem Hospital,San Homeforthe Aged Institutional Hotelorsim Commercial Industrial signPane yDesignPan nedatesand tyourFileM urproject.Fo wellinadva __________ __________ __________ ___Propose DPonthisda ADPby: __________ __________ &Role)____ edtoprepar reintheMa dingsRequir Use mbly natorium,or e ilaroccupancy elSubmis nel(ADP)me dforthemin Managertoe orwardyour nceofthed ___________ _____ ___________ edZone____ ate________ ___________ ___________ __________ replansand ajorOccupan ringtheServ Type services о anyo exce о anyb exce о allsc о anyb capa о anyb о anyb о anyb о anyb о anyb ssionReq eetsmonthly nimumsubm establishwh rcompletes deadlinedate __________ __________ __________ __________ ________ _______ ___________ toattenda ncycategori vicesofanA esofBuildingor sofanarchitect oneͲstoreybuild eeding9morgro buildingofmore eeding235m²;a chools,anysize building(exclud acityexceeding1 buildingwithgro buildingcontain buildingcontain buildingwithgro buildingwithgro uestForm y. Refertot missionrequ atconstitute ubmissionp e. __ __ __ __ __________ ndtopresen escitedinth Architect.Fo rPartsofBuildin tundersection6 Act. dingwithanuns ossareaexceed ethanonestore and ingveterinaryh 12beds ossareaexceed ning5ormored ning11ormoreg ossareaexceed ossareaexceed m heattached irements.Be esacomplet packagefort ____ ntall heTablebel rtheentire ngrequiringthe 60oftheArchit supportedspan ing275m²; eywithgrossare ospital)witha ing470m² wellingunits guestrooms ing470m² ing470m²  efore te the ow e ects ea Sommet InvestmentsLtd. 2019-013-RZ 24156 - 104th Ave. RS-3 RM-1 Sept 20/23 Geoff Lawlor Architect AIBC Don Duncan BLA BCSLA CSLA ADP Submission Checklist Application No. _______________________________ File Manager _____________________________ This checklist is being provided to you by your File Manager, to assist in preparing the materials for submission to the Advisory Design Panel (ADP). Please refer to the ADP Submission Form and the ADP Requirements Brochure for submission requirements in terms of explanatory letters, plans, supporting information and specifications on size and numbers of copies to be submitted. Address your questions to the File Manager or the Planning Liaison to the ADP. Certification of Complete ADP Submission: Architect’s Certification: _____________________________ ___________ Signature Date Print name Project Landscape Architect’s Certification: _____________________________ ___________ Signature Date Print name Submission Materials Required (File Manager to indicate if required) Provided A. ADP Submission Form (Submitted and signed by Architect)  B. Covering Letter including explanations about:  1. Project description/analysis (Detailed information Required)  2. Architectural and Landscaping Design rationale (Detailed information Required)  3. Statement in brief about the following:  a. DP Key Concepts Compliance  b. DP Guideline Compliance  c. Stormwater management strategy with emphasis on Tier A requirements integrated into landscaping plans  d. Public Art / Amenities, etc.  e. Sustainability practices  f. Other __________________________________________  C. Site and Neighbourhood Context  1. Context Review – Context Plan with existing/proposed buildings and trees, vegetation, roads, existing / proposed grading, and other major features within the site, on the abutting properties, the public realm and along the road allowances / lanes.  2. Photographs of site and surrounding sites.  D. Development Permit Area Checklist (Note: The Architect is responsible to describe how the project complies with each guidelines, or if not applicable, a description of why not applicable. Please use fillable forms on line.)  City of Maple Ridge ADP Submission Checklist (Page 2) E. Architectural Plans (Site and Building(s)):  1. Site Plan and layout  2. Site sections  3. Streetscape elevation  4. Streetscape elevations with landscaping and boulevard trees superimposed  5. Shadow analysis  6. Lighting analysis (on building and on site)  7. Floor Plans for all levels, including underground and roof tops  8. Waste collection /recycling (inside of buildings)  9. Storage, including bicycle storage (inside and outside)  10. Building elevation (all sides)  11. Signage (attached to building and free standing)  12. Colours and materials  13. Material board  14. Building sections  15. 3D renderings of site, building(s) and associated landscaping  F. Landscaping Plans:  1. Landscaping plan and layout with specifications and planting details  2. Storm water management works focused on Tier A requirements integrated into landscaping plan with details  3. Landscaping details, including public art, signage, lighting, play and other amenity areas, fences, retaining walls,  4. Waste collection /Recycling (exterior areas/structures)  5. Details for pedestrian amenity and furniture features provided  6. Details for hard surfacing areas / patterns  7. Tree retention and management plan  8. Site sections for lot grading, drainage, landscaping, retaining walls and relationship to adjacent grades / City roads / lanes  9. Pedestrian, bicycle, equestrian path interconnections  G. Green Building/Sustainability initiatives  H. Engineering-related Information:  1. Site grading plans  I. Other    Rev. March 2018 DEVELOPMENT DATA SHEET Existing /Proposed Zone _____________ Date Prepared __________ Proposed (Complies or state variance needed) Required Development Data Minimum Required or Maximum Allowed LOT AREA* (in square metres) Gross Total Less Road Widening / Truncations Less Park Net Total LOT COVERAGE (in % of net lot area) Total Site Coverage SETBACKS (in metres) Front Rear Side #1 (N,S,E, or W) Side #2 (N,S,E, or W) Side #3 (N, S, E or W) SETBACKS – Underground Structures (in metres) Front Rear Side #1 (N,S,E, or W) Side #2 (N,S,E, or W) Side #3 (N, S, E or W) BUILDING HEIGHT (in metres/storeys) Principal Accessory NUMBER OF RESIDENTIAL UNITS Bachelor One Bedroom Two Bedroom Three Bedroom + Total GROSS FLOOR AREA (in square metres) Residential Retail Commercial Office Commercial Other Commercial (Type _________________) Institutional Industrial TOTAL GROSS FLOOR AREA * If the development site consists of more than one lot, lot dimensions pertain to the entire site. Proposed (Complies or variance needed?) OTHER – state YES or NO for each. If YES describe on separate sheet. Heritage Site Tree Survey/Assessment Provided Watercourse/Steep Slopes Covenants, Stat ROW & Easements I hereby certify that all the above information is true and correct. I acknowledge that any error or omissions are the sole responsibility of the undersigned and not the Development and Environmental Services Department. Prepared by: ___________________________ __________________________________ Print Name (Please print form and sign above) NOTE: To be prepared by an Architect for ADP Submission or by an owner/agent (applicant) for Development Application. Required Development Data Minimum Required or Maximum Allowed DENSITY # of units/ha (gross) # of units/ha (net) Gross Floor Area Floor Space Ratio (net) AMENITY SPACE (area in square metres) Common Activity Area Useable Open Space PARKING (number of spaces) Residential and Multi-Residential Uses Multi-Residential Town Centre (Bach Units) Multi-Residential Town Centre (1 Bdr Units) Multi-Residential Town Centre (Added Bdr) Commercial Uses Educational & Assembly Uses Institutional Use Industrial Use Business Park Uses Comprehensive Other Number of spaces for visitors TOTAL NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES Number of total for disabled Number of total (and %) small cars % Number of total (and %) tandem spaces % TOTAL OFF STREET LOADING SPACE(S) BICYCLE PARKING (number of spaces) Short Term Bicycle Parking Long Term Bicycle Parking 1 Multi-Family Development Permit Area Guidelines Checklist Pursuant with Section 8.7 of the Official Community Plan, multi-family developments will be assessed against the form and character guidelines established by Council and summarised below. This checklist is to be prepared by the architect of record for the project to demonstrate the proposed design was developed in accordance with the form and character guidelines. Please assess and describe the compliance of the proposed design of the project with respect to the Key Guideline Concepts and with the Form and Character Guidelines. Description of the Key Guideline Concepts should be suitable for File Managers to quote in Development Permit Application Reports to Council. For the Form and Character Guidelines, clearly describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. This checklist is to accompany Development Permit Applications and submissions to the ADP. 8.7.1 Key Guideline Concepts Describe how this project and the design complies 1. New development into established areas should respect private spaces, and incorporate local neighbourhood elements in building form, height, architectural features and massing. 2. Transitional development should be used to bridge areas of low and high densities, through means such as stepped building heights, or low rise ground oriented housing located to the periphery of a higher density developments. 2 Key Guideline Concepts (Continued) 3. Large scale developments should be clustered and given architectural separation to foster a sense of community, and improve visual attractiveness. 4. Pedestrian circulation should be encouraged with attractive streetscapes attained through landscaping, architectural details, appropriate lighting and by directing parking underground where possible or away from public view through screened parking structures or surface parking located to the rear of the property. Guidelines 8.7.1 A Building Design, Massing and Siting Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. Design and siting of buildings should take advantage of natural features or views and should enhance privacy and livability. 2. Residential buildings should front or appear to front onto public roads through the use of appropriate treatment of exteriors, through direct pedestrian access to individual units from the public street/sidewalk, or through the provision of pedestrian walkways linked to the street. Street frontages should be emphasized by incorporating differentiated front, side and rear oriented facades, with a minimum two storey facade on the fronting street to foster a human scale. Buildings that are designed with an end wall or unit adjacent to a public street should design the end unit with the pedestrian entry facing the street. At significant intersections, the definition of corners should be reinforced by buildings that front on both streets and incorporate corner cuts. 3 Guidelines 8.7.1 A (Continued) 3. Higher density dwellings should be sited adjacent to major streets in order to minimize access problems and to provide a transition to lower density uses. 4. Multi-family developments adjacent to lower density or single detached residential dwellings should: a) be consistent in form and massing with the surrounding area; b) be sited adjacent to major streets to provide a transition to lower density uses; c) concentrate density to the centre of the development or towards a non- residential boundary and locate lower density components adjacent to lower density residential uses; d) create a transition in building mass and form towards the setbacks of the adjacent neighbourhood; e) minimize access conflicts; f) be designed to maximize privacy and minimize views onto adjoining sites, particularly for portions of the development abutting the side yards of adjacent single detached residential uses. 5. Larger buildings, roof forms and building frontages should include design elements and features to: a) provide variation in the facades to help reduce the visual length of individual buildings; b) have the appearance of a series of smaller buildings, or as identifiable parts of a larger concept; and c) incorporate components that express strong unit identity and incorporate direct access to grade for ground-floor units. 4 Guidelines 8.7.1 A (Continued) 6. New multi-family developments should use design themes, architectural features and elements of the surrounding neighbourhood by incorporating common elements such as form, scale, massing and proportion into the design as a means to reinforce neighbourhood stability. Examples include: a) the articulation of facades, using where appropriate, elements such as porches, chimneys, projections, recesses, and balconies; b) the placement, size, shape and number of doors and windows; c) the location and visual appearance of garages and/or parking facilities; d) the selection of appropriate and compatible roof forms; and e) the design of hard and soft landscaping. 7. The exposed undersides of balconies and porches that are visible from a street or public walkway should be covered with exterior finishes to provide a finished appearance to public view. 8. Developments are encouraged to use the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEEDS) standards in the design of buildings. Techniques such as rain gardens, vegetated swales, separation of impervious surfaces, installing below surface infiltration beds and tree box filters, and redirecting water from drain pipes into vegetated areas are encouraged. 9. Variation in individual unit designs is encouraged to provide visual interest and avoid significant repetition either within a row of townhouses, or between adjacent rows of units. 5 Guidelines 8.7.1 A (Continued) 10. Garage doors should not face public streets. Where front facing garage doors are unavoidable, the impact of garage doors on the public realm should be mitigated by: a) designing residential units with enough width to include attractive entrances and windows between garages; b) recessing garage doors behind the main building façade; c) keeping a sufficient width in residential units to allow the creation of attractive entrances and fenestration between garages. d) grouping garage doors in pairs between adjacent units to allow building entrances and facades more prominence on the street; e) providing interior spaces that overlook the street; f) separating and orienting unit entrances to the street; g) providing individual pedestrian walkways linked to the street; h) including design details such as transom windows or glazing in garage doors; i) a comprehensive landscape plan that identifies how the visual impact of garage doors from the street will be mitigated. 11. Landscaping of rooftops is encouraged where possible, to provide shared or private outdoor space for residents and to provide attractive views for residents and passersby. 6 Guidelines 8.7.1 B Vehicle Access, Parking and Circulation Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. Parking and servicing should be located underground or to the rear of buildings, with access from lanes wherever possible. Where lane access is not possible, access should be from streets via narrow driveways to minimize the impact on streetscape appearance and disruption to pedestrian movement. 2. Parking structures should be adequately screened and architecturally compatible with the rest of the building. Large surface parking areas should be divided into smaller sections to avoid a monotonous appearance with landscaping strips, trees, building edges, pedestrian pathways, and pavement treatment to enhance their visual appearance. 3. Developments with large parking areas should provide a direct pedestrian pathway system through the parking area to facilitate convenient and safe pedestrian access between building entrances, parked cars, and sidewalks of adjoining streets. Features such as special landscaping with trees and benches, overhead weather protection and distinct paving should be incorporated where appropriate. Pedestrian movement should be designed to avoid any obstruction by parked vehicles. 4. Shared vehicle access between adjoining sites should be considered where access for parking at the rear of the property is limited. Joint or shared access should also be considered between adjoining developments to minimize disruption of pedestrian sidewalks and to maximize landscaping and permeable surfaces. Integration of driving aisles and pedestrian walkways between adjacent sites is also strongly encouraged. 7 Guidelines 8.7.1 B (Continued) 5. Locate parking spaces allocated for people with disabilities as close as possible to the main entrance to a building. 6. Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles should be incorporated into the design of all parking facilities with convenient, safe, identifiable and universally accessible access routes to building entrances, lobbies or other principal areas of buildings, and to grade level from any underground or above ground parking structures. 7. To increase safety, consider using electronic security devices and monitoring systems as a supplement to natural surveillance opportunities in parking structures and parking areas. 8. The amount of asphalt surfaces in parking areas should be minimized by integrating a variety of paving materials such as concrete, decorative pavers, etc. or by using alternate surface treatments. 9. Road grades, streets, lanes, and driveways should conform to the existing grades as closely as possible to ensure minimal disruption of slopes and vegetation. On steep terrain, roads should be aligned, wherever possible, to run parallel rather than counter to, natural contours and existing grades. 8 Guidelines 8.7.1 C Landscaping and Open Space Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. Landscaping both within and outside the development should: a) provide definition for pedestrian corridors; b) delineate private and semi private space from public space; c) provide adequate screening between private outdoor spaces; d) present a pleasing street image; e) provide suitable buffering between public road and privacy areas; f) soften the transition between adjacent land uses; g) provide a buffer between residential and non-residential land uses; h) create interesting views and focal points into and out of the site; i) reinforce design continuity with neighbouring properties, the scale and massing of buildings, and the streetscape by providing consistency in street trees, plant materials, and other landscaping elements. 2. Landscape drawings for development applications should include, but are not limited to, the following information: a) the location of mature and existing trees to be retained or removed, b) the location of all protective tree fencing; c) a grading plan or cross section indicating finished grade; and d) a drainage plan for the site. 3. Street trees will be a required component of all development. Incorporate deciduous tree species into streetfront landscaping to define site boundaries, to enhance public space, and to permit light penetration in winter. 9 Guidelines 8.7.1 C (Continued) 4. Energy efficiency and conservation should be considered in the design of landscaped areas and in the selection of plant material. This can be accomplished through: a) using native and/or drought-resistant species; b) designing the landscaping to moderate the effect of wind; c) providing shade in summer; d) allowing natural drainage to occur throughout the site; e) allowing daylight into buildings; and f) redirecting water from rooftop runoff and downspouts into vegetated areas or rain barrels for later irrigation use. 5. Maintain continuous landscaping along abutting streets and minimize the number of interruptions such as driveways and parking entrances. Continue the sidewalk pavement across driveways and parking entrances. 6. Create visual landmarks on significant street corners and at locations of high visibility. Provide landscaping and consider incorporating features such as flag poles, banners, visual art, ornamental trees, fountains, architectural elements, and landscape structures. 7. Any portion of a building site left vacant for future development should be landscaped consistent with the landscape plan for the overall site. The minimum ground surface treatment should be lawn. Where possible, the natural state should be retained for those portions of a property not being developed. 10 Guidelines 8.7.1 C (Continued) 8. Identify, preserve and incorporate stands of mature trees into the overall site landscaping design. Retain unique tree species, significant vegetation, natural landscape features and nesting areas on a site wherever possible. To attain this objective, prior to the design of a project, a detailed survey prepared by a qualified professional indicating the location and condition of existing trees and vegetation on a site should be conducted and provided to the District as part of the development application process. 9. Existing vegetation should be enhanced with new planting wherever construction activity has destroyed vegetation. Replanting with indigenous or native species is encouraged. 10. Consider incorporating rain gardens and vegetated swales into parking lot landscaping to increase the natural absorption of rainwater runoff from paved areas into the ground. 11. The height and location of a landscape screen should ensure that: a) privacy to adjacent properties is adequately protected; b) driving site lines are maintained from adjacent roads, manoeuvring aisles, parking lots; and c) the quality of the streetscape and outdoor living spaces is enhanced. 12. Maximize the amount of landscaped areas and minimize the amount of impervious paved surfaces to increase the natural absorption of rainwater on a site. 11 Guidelines 8.7.1 D Universally Accessible Design Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. All non-vehicular routes should be fully accessible. Sidewalks and pathways should be wide enough for wheelchair/scooters and should include a tactile strip for the visually impaired. Curb-cuts and curb let-downs should be provided in appropriate locations to facilitate safe, convenient, and direct access from parking spaces to buildings for people with disabilities. 2. Building entries should be: a) clearly addressed with large numbers visible from the street; b) directly accessed from the street without stairs; c) provided with level areas measuring a minimum of 1.5m x 1.5m (4.9 ft. x 4.9 ft.) both inside and outside of doorways; and d) provided with weather protection, exterior lighting, and power-assisted door openers. Guidelines 8.7.1 E Refuse, Recycling and Service Areas Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. Integrate vents, mechanical rooms, mechanical equipment, and elevator penthouses into the roof design or screen with materials and finishes compatible with the overall architectural design. 2. The design of a roof, placement of mechanical units and satellite dishes, etc. should take into account views of the roof from adjacent buildings. 12 3. Garbage containers and recycling bins must be: a) easily accessible; b) appropriately sized for the building occupants; c) contained within roofed/walled enclosures; d) incorporated into the overall design of the development; or e) screened from public view and weatherproof and animal-resistant within the boundaries of each site. 4. Service areas should be internalized within the development. For developments with multiple buildings, common refuse, recycling and service areas are to be provided. Storage areas should be located to be convenient and readily accessible from most buildings or units on the site. Avoid direct exposure from public streets and allow for adequate manoeuvring space for removal vehicles. 5. Enclose or screen all exterior mechanical units or equipment, including roof top units, equipment, and satellite dishes within upper floors or structures that from part of the overall design of a development. 6. Locate building ventilation systems to minimize noise and exhaust pedestrian areas, residential units, and outdoor spaces and locate less sensitive land uses closer to sources of noise. 7. Buildings should be designed and constructed maximize sound attenuation: a) between units; b) between public roads and units; and c) between adjacent land uses and units. 13 Guidelines 8.7.1 F Signage and Lighting Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. All signage must conform to the Maple Ridge Sign Bylaw. In the event of a conflict between the Maple Ridge Sign Bylaw and these guidelines, the latter shall take precedent. 2. Signage design, materials and message should be integrated and complement the scale and architectural detail of the building. 3. Pedestrian level lighting is encouraged along all pedestrian routes and pedestrian plazas. The lighting should be pedestrian focused. 4. Lighting should be designed so as to have no direct source of light visible from the public right-of-way or adjacent residential land. Care should be taken to ensure that lighting glare does not pose a nuisance to adjacent residences, pedestrians, or motorists. Guidelines 8.7.1 G Bicycle Parking and Storage Describe how the proposed design complies with each of the listed guidelines, or describes why a guideline is not complied with or why it is inapplicable. 1. Short term and long term bicycle parking facilities should be considered for all developments. Short term bicycle parking should be in well-lit locations and clearly visible from a main building entrance and/or public roads with bicycle racks made of sturdy, theft- resistant material that is securely anchored to the floor or ground. Longer term bicycle storage areas provided as part of a parking structure should be located close to elevators and access points. 14 Project Information To be completed by the Architect on record for this project: File Number ________________________ Date prepared: _______________________ Architect ________________________ ___________________________ Print Name Signature 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910111213 14 15 16 17 18 6.00 6.00 19 20 7.5 0 6.00 21 6.30 5.5 0 4.08 visitor 1 3.10 42.20 visitor 3 visitor 4 visitor 5 6.44 6.15 visitor 2 6.05 2.4 4 2.5 4 35.12 GT CN PP 1. COMPLIANCE, GOVERNMENT - ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY OF MAPLE RIDGE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS OF THE SAME. CONTRACTORS SHALL ENSURE COMPLIANCE OF ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 2. COMPLIANCE, BCNTA/BCSLA - ALL MATERIAL, SHIPPING PROCEDURES, AND INSTALLATION OF LANDSCAPE ELEMENTS SHALL CONFORM TO LATEST EDITION OF BCNTA/BCSLA LANDSCAPE STANDARD AVAILABLE AT COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 3. COMPLIANCE, MMCD - ALL WORKS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST MMCD DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS AVAILABLE AT COMMENCEMENT OF WORK WHERE NO SPECIFIC DETAIL, NOTE OR SPECIFICATION IS PROVIDED IN THE DRAWING SET OR ATTACHED MATERIALS. 4. EXISTING SERVICES - REFER TO ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL BURIED SERVICES. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING AND PAYING FOR ALL UTILITIES LOCATIONS AND ANY AND ALL COSTS WHICH ARISE FROM DAMAGE TO SERVICES CAUSED BY ANY ACT OR FAILURE TO ACT OF THE CONTRACTOR. 5. COORDINATION - THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE TAKEN TO BE PART OF THE LARGER SET OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, WHETHER DIRECTLY ATTACHED OR NOT, ISSUED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE ASSOCIATED BOULEVARD WORKS. THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE READ IN CONCERT WITH SUCH DOCUMENTATION AND, WHERE CONFLICTS ARISE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY REPORT SUCH CONFLICTS TO THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. THE WORK IS TO BE DONE IN COORDINATION WITH THE CONTRACTOR OR CONTRACTORS ENGAGED IN CONSTRUCTION OF SUCH ADJACENT WORKS. 6. CONCRETE, FORMS - THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPARE DIMENSIONS PROVIDED WITH SITE CONDITIONS AND IMMEDIATELY REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND THE ENGINEER. ONCE COMPLETED THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CALL FOR INSPECTION OF THE FORMS PRIOR TO PLACING STEEL REINFORCEMENT. CONTACT LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS PRIOR TO DESIRED INSPECTION TIME. 7. CONCRETE, REINFORCEMENT - ALL CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO POURING OF CONCRETE. CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS PRIOR TO DESIRED INSPECTION TIME. 8. GRADING, GENERAL - THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ESTABLISH GRADES SUCH THAT THERE IS, IN ALL AREAS, POSITIVE DRAINAGE TO AN ADJACENT DRAIN. MINIMUM SLOPES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: PEDESTRIAN PAVED AREAS 1% VEHICULAR PAVED AREAS 1% LAWN AREAS 2% PLANTED BEDS 5% 9. GRADING, ALLOWANCES AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT - OVERALL DEPTH OF PLANTING MEDIUM AFTER SETTLEMENT SHALL BE: GRASS AREAS 300 MM SHRUB BEDS 450 MM GROUND COVER AREAS 300 MM TREES 600 MM N.B. ALL SOIL SHALL BE TESTED NOT MORE THAN 14 DAYS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION ON SITE. TESTING SHALL BE SPECIFIC TO THIS WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL AMEND THE SOIL ACCORDING TO THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE SOILS TESTING LAB. 10. GRADING, BUILDING FINISHED FLOOR & CORNER ELEVATIONS - SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 11. GRADING, GENERAL RETENTION WORKS - ALL RETENTION WORKS, EITHER SHOWN HERE OR REQUIRED DUE TO UNANTICIPATED CONDITIONS AT THE TIME OF CONSTRUCTION, SHALL BE SPLIT FACED ALLAN BLOCK, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF RETAINING WORKS IN THE SIDE YARD DRAINAGE AREAS SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS PRESSURE TREATED WOOD. SHOULD UNANTICIPATED RETAINING WALLS BE REQUIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE TOWNSHIP OF LANGLEY GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICES DEPARTMENT IN WRITING OF THE LOCATION, HEIGHT AND EXTENT OF SUCH WALL. 12. OFFSETS - ALL TREES SHALL HAVE MINIMUM OFFSETS FROM UTILITIES AS FOLLOWS: LAMP STANDARD 6.0M STORM DRAINS 1.5M POWER POLES 3.0M SANITARY DRAINS 2.0M DRIVEWAYS 2.0M WATER SERVICE 1.5M CATCH BASINS 2.0M HYDRANTS 2.0M MANHOLES, VALVE CORNERS 7.5M BOXES, SERVICES 1.2M 13. PLANT MATERIAL, QUANTITIES - CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM ALL PLANT MATERIAL QUANTITIES. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE PLANT LIST AND THE DRAWING SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE CONSULTANT. IN CASE OF DISCREPANCY CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PLANT MATERIAL AS PER DRAWING. IN CIRCUMSTANCES WHERE THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN GROUND COVER QUANTITY AND SPACING THE SPACING REQUIREMENT WILL PREVAIL. 14. PLANT MATERIAL, SUBSTITUTIONS - NO SUBSTITUTIONS TO PLANT LIST SHALL BE MADE BY CONTRACTOR WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM CONSULTANT. 15. PLANT MATERIAL, HEALTH - ALL PLANT MATERIALS MUST BE DISEASE FREE FROM CERTIFIED NURSERIES. 16. MULCH - PLANTING AREAS SHALL BE MULCHED WITH 50 MM OF HEM/FIR BARK MULCH. THE USE OF CEDAR MULCH OR ANY MIX CONTAINING CEDAR IS NOT PERMITTED. GENERAL NOTES Polystichum munitum Acer circinatum Cornus nuttallii Taxus x media 'Hicksii' tm DECIDUOUS TREES CONIFEROUS TREES Arbutus unedo BROADLEAF EVERGREEN SHRUBS Vaccinium ovatum voau tm AC CN DECIDUOUS SHRUBS Cornus stolonifera rs Ribes sanguineum 'King Edward VII' FERNS cs pm Juniperus comm. 'Alpine Carpet'Juniperus horizontalis 'Wiltonii' CONIFEROUS SHRUBS jh js Pinus mugo 'Pumillio' pp AC 3 Acer circinatum Vine Maple B&B min. 50cm root ball dia.3m clump 10m height 5m spread 4 Gleditsia triacanthos Honey Locust 150cm standard B&B min. 50cm root ball dia.6cm cal 21m height 21m spread 12 Cornus nattallii Pacific Dogwood 150cm standard B&B min. 50cm root ball dia.6cm cal 10m height 6m spread 34 Arbutus unedo 'Compacta'Dwarf Strawberry Tree #5 pot min. 45cm height 300cm height 300cm spread 422 Gaultheria shallon Salal #1 pot min. 20cm height 100cm height 120cm spread 432 Arctostaphylos uva-ursi Kinnikinncik 10cm pot min. 25cm spread 30cm O.C. 10cm height 60cm spread au gs cs 150 Cornus stolonifera Redtwig Dogwood #1 pot min. 50cm height heavy 300cm height 200cm spread 54 Polystichum munitum Swordfern #1 pot min. 25cm height 100cm height 100cm spreadpm vo 132 Vaccinium ovatum 'Thunderbird'Evergreen Huckleberry #2 pot min. 60cm height 180cm height 190cm spread 47 Ribes s. 'King Edward VII'King Edward VII Currant #1 pot min. 40cm height 240cm height 120cm spreadrs 60cm 100cm 65cm 75cm 90cm 75cm 30cm 60cm AS SHOWN AS SHOWN AS SHOWN 27 Juniperus horizontalis 'Wiltonii'Blue Rug Juniper min. 30cm spread#2 pot 15cm height 120cm spread 28 Juniperus comm. 'Alpine Carpet'Alpine Carpet Native Juniper min. 60cm spread#2 pot 20cm height 150cm spread 88 Pinus mugo 'Pumilio'Dwarf Mugo Pine min. 30cm spread min. 20cm height#2 pot 125cm height 250cm spread jw js pp 75cm 75cm 75cm SIZESCIENTIFIC NAMEQTY COMMON NAME MATURE SIZECOMMENTS SPACING PLANT LIST TREES AC CODE CN GT P2 jw js pp tm au gs vo cs rs pm ar COMMENTSSCIENTIFIC NAMEQTY COMMON NAME MATURE SIZESIZECODE SPACING CONIFEROUS SHRUBS COMMENTSSCIENTIFIC NAMEQTY COMMON NAME MATURE SIZESIZECODE SPACING BROADLEAF EVERGREEN SHRUBS COMMENTSSCIENTIFIC NAMEQTY COMMON NAME MATURE SIZESIZECODE SPACING DECIDUOUS SHRUBS COMMENTSSCIENTIFIC NAMEQTY COMMON NAME MATURE SIZESIZECODE SPACING FERNS COMMENTSSCIENTIFIC NAMEQTY COMMON NAME MATURE SIZESIZECODE SPACING GROUND COVERS Lawn Shade Tolerant Blend 30cmla Gleditsia triacanthos GT tm 14 Taxus x media 'Hicksii'Hick's Yew min. 30cm spread1.2m 15cm height 120cm spread cc 61 Cotinus cogg. 'Royal Purple'Smoke Tree #5 pot min. 60cm height heavy 200cm height 150cm width 90cmcc 27 Pinus nigra Austrian Pine 2.0m ht B&B w/basket min. 50cm root ball dia. 15.0m height 5.0m width P2 Pinus nigra Cotinus coggygria 'Royal Purple' cc AS SHOWN P2 Gaultheria shallon gs PP 3 Parrotia persica 'Vanessa'Vanessa's Persian Ironwood 5cm cal.150cm STD -B&B w/basket min. 50cm root ball dia. 6.0m height 6.0m width AS SHOWN TH 4 Thuja plicata Western Red Cedar 3.0m ht B&B w/basket min. 50cm root ball dia. 70.0m height 10.0m width AS SHOWNTH Thuja plicata TH Parrotia persica PP PL O T D A T E : Se p t e m b e r 1 3 , 2 0 2 3 T I M E : 1: 1 6 P M F U L L P A T H A N D F I L E N A M E : D: \ P R O J E C T S \ D 2 0 - 0 0 8 8 1 0 4 A V E M A P L E R I D G E \ 5 0 0 - D E L I V \ L A N D \ 0 1 - T B \ L 1 - 0 0 . D W G P L O T S Y L E T A B L E : -- - - Project No. Check Scale (may be photo reduced) 0 1inch 10mm0 Drawing Title Project Leader Drawing No. Consultants This drawing shall not be used for construction purposes until the seal appearing hereon is signed and dated by the Landscape Architect. DATE ISSUED FOR Architectural: Arborist: Civil: Structural: Mechanical: Electrical: This drawing has been prepared solely for the use of the CLIENT and there are no representations of any kind made by Donald V. S. Duncan to any party with whom Donald V. S. Duncan has not entered into a contract. 603 - 220 Eleventh Street New Westminster BC Canada V3M 6N9 778-791-4323 dvsduncan@gmail.com 2020-12-11 DP DrawnE Revision Maple Ridge # 2019-013-RZ All dimensions shall be confirmed on site and discrepancies reported immediately. Required setbacks shall govern in all cases. DVSDuncan DVSDuncan Residential Development 24156 - 104 Avenue Maple Ridge BC Prepared for: Sommet Investments Ltd. 2526 E 40th Avenue Vancouver BC V5R 2V9 20-0088 2021-08-10 DP 2021-11-08 DP 2021-12-17 DP 2023-09-13 DP L1-00 KEY PLAN & NOTES 01 L1-00 KEY PLAN SCALE 1:200 1 2 3 4 5 616 17 18 19 20 21 35.12 750mm GRAVEL INFILTRATION STRIP (TYP.) C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.) 1800mm WOODEN PRIVACY FENCE (TYP.) 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.) PROJECT IDENTITY & ADDRESS SIGN 450mm x450mm PRECAST PAVING SLABS (TYP.) MATCH LINE (L2-01) MATCH LINE (L2-02) 01 L5-03 03 L5-02 02 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE 03 L5-02 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE 03 L5-02 04 L5-03 02 L5-03 02 L5-02 03 L5-02 750mm GRAVEL INFILTRATION STRIP (TYP.) C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.) 04 L5-03 02 L5-03 1800mm WOODEN PRIVACY FENCE (TYP.)02 L5-02 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE03 L5-02 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE03 L5-02 WOODEN PICKET FENCE (TYP.)01 L5-02 750mm GRAVEL INFILTRATION STRIP (TYP.) C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.) 04 L5-03 02 L5-03 750mm GRAVEL INFILTRATION STRIP (TYP.)04 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 750mm GRAVEL INFILTRATION STRIP (TYP.)04 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE03 L5-02 1800mm WOODEN PRIVACY FENCE (TYP.)02 L5-02 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE03 L5-02 1800mm WOODEN PRIVACY FENCE (TYP.)02 L5-02 1800mm WOODEN PRIVACY FENCE (TYP.)02 L5-02 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE 03 L5-02 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE 03 L5-02 1800mm WOODEN PRIVACY FENCE (TYP.)02 L5-02 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE 03 L5-02 1800mm WOODEN PRIVACY FENCE (TYP.)02 L5-02 WOODEN PICKET FENCE (TYP.)01 L5-02 PRECAST CONCRETE STEPPING STONES 05 L5-02 450mm x450mm PRECAST PAVING SLABS (TYP.) PRECAST CONCRETE STEPPING STONES 05 L5-02 104th AVENUE PROPOSED SIDEWALK 104th AVENUE PROPOSED SIDEWALKDRIVEWAY WISHBONE BATEMAN CHAIRS (TYP.) 03 L5-04 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 PICKET FENCE STEEL GUARD BARRIER FENCE STEPPING STONE C.I.P. CONCRETE AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE HARD LANDSCAPE KEY PAVING STONES PL O T D A T E : Se p t e m b e r 1 3 , 2 0 2 3 T I M E : 1: 1 7 P M F U L L P A T H A N D F I L E N A M E : D: \ P R O J E C T S \ D 2 0 - 0 0 8 8 1 0 4 A V E M A P L E R I D G E \ 5 0 0 - D E L I V \ L A N D \ 0 1 - T B \ L 2 - 0 1 . D W G P L O T S Y L E T A B L E : -- - - Project No. Check Scale (may be photo reduced) 0 1inch 10mm0 Drawing Title Project Leader Drawing No. Consultants This drawing shall not be used for construction purposes until the seal appearing hereon is signed and dated by the Landscape Architect. DATE ISSUED FOR Architectural: Arborist: Civil: Structural: Mechanical: Electrical: This drawing has been prepared solely for the use of the CLIENT and there are no representations of any kind made by Donald V. S. Duncan to any party with whom Donald V. S. Duncan has not entered into a contract. 603 - 220 Eleventh Street New Westminster BC Canada V3M 6N9 778-791-4323 dvsduncan@gmail.com 2020-12-11 DP DrawnE Revision Maple Ridge # 2019-013-RZ All dimensions shall be confirmed on site and discrepancies reported immediately. Required setbacks shall govern in all cases. DVSDuncan DVSDuncan Residential Development 24156 - 104 Avenue Maple Ridge BC Prepared for: Sommet Investments Ltd. 2526 E 40th Avenue Vancouver BC V5R 2V9 20-0088 2021-08-10 DP 2021-11-08 DP 2021-12-17 DP 2023-09-13 DP L2-01 HARD LANDSCAPE PLAN 01 L2-01 HARD LANDSCAPE PLAN - NORTHERN PORTION SCALE 1:100 6 7 8 910111213 14 15 16 visitor 1 visitor 3 visitor 4 visitor 5 visitor 2 450mm x450mm PRECAST PAVING SLABS (TYP.) WISHBONE BATEMAN CHAIR (TYP.) HABITAT STEPPERS HABITAT PLAYHOUSE WISHBONE BATEMAN CHAIR (TYP.) LIGHTING BOLLARD (SEE ARCH. DWGS.) C.I.P. CONCRETE WALKWAY ABBOTSFORD VILLA STONE PAVERS BIKE RACK C.I.P. CONCRETE WALKWAY MATCH LINE (L2-01) MATCH LINE (L2-02) C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 1800mm WOODEN BARRIER FENCE (TYP.)1800mm WOODEN BARRIER FENCE (TYP.)02 L5-02 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE 03 L5-021070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE 03 L5-02 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 1800mm WOODEN BARRIER FENCE (TYP.)03 L5-031800mm WOODEN BARRIER FENCE (TYP.)03 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 750mm GRAVEL INFILTRATION STRIP (TYP.)04 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 750mm GRAVEL INFILTRATION STRIP (TYP.)04 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 750mm GRAVEL INFILTRATION STRIP (TYP.)04 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 750mm GRAVEL INFILTRATION STRIP (TYP.)04 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 750mm GRAVEL INFILTRATION STRIP (TYP.)04 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 750mm GRAVEL INFILTRATION STRIP (TYP.)04 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PATIO (TYP.)02 L5-03 02 L5-03 02 L5-03 03 L5-03 WOODEN PICKET FENCE (TYP.)01 L5-02 1800mm WOODEN BARRIER FENCE (TYP.)02 L5-02 1800mm WOODEN BARRIER FENCE (TYP.)02 L5-02 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE (TYP.)03 L5-02 1800mm WOODEN BARRIER FENCE (TYP.)02 L5-02 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE (TYP.)03 L5-02 1800mm WOODEN BARRIER FENCE (TYP.)1800mm WOODEN BARRIER FENCE (TYP.)02 L5-02 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE (TYP.)03 L5-02 1800mm WOODEN BARRIER FENCE (TYP.)1800mm WOODEN BARRIER FENCE (TYP.)02 L5-02 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE (TYP.)03 L5-02 1070 mm STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE (TYP.)03 L5-02 03 L5-04 02 L5-04 01 L5-04 - - 03 L5-04 05 L5-04 WOODEN PICKET FENCE (TYP.)01 L5-02 WOODEN PICKET FENCE (TYP.)01 L5-02 03 L5-031200mm WOODEN BARRIER FENCE (TYP.)03 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 06 L5-03 PICKET FENCE STEEL GUARD BARRIER FENCE STEPPING STONE C.I.P. CONCRETE AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE HARD LANDSCAPE KEY PAVING STONES PL O T D A T E : Se p t e m b e r 1 3 , 2 0 2 3 T I M E : 1: 2 2 P M F U L L P A T H A N D F I L E N A M E : D: \ P R O J E C T S \ D 2 0 - 0 0 8 8 1 0 4 A V E M A P L E R I D G E \ 5 0 0 - D E L I V \ L A N D \ 0 1 - T B \ L 2 - 0 2 . D W G P L O T S Y L E T A B L E : -- - - Project No. Check Scale (may be photo reduced) 0 1inch 10mm0 Drawing Title Project Leader Drawing No. Consultants This drawing shall not be used for construction purposes until the seal appearing hereon is signed and dated by the Landscape Architect. DATE ISSUED FOR Architectural: Arborist: Civil: Structural: Mechanical: Electrical: This drawing has been prepared solely for the use of the CLIENT and there are no representations of any kind made by Donald V. S. Duncan to any party with whom Donald V. S. Duncan has not entered into a contract. 603 - 220 Eleventh Street New Westminster BC Canada V3M 6N9 778-791-4323 dvsduncan@gmail.com 2020-12-11 DP DrawnE Revision Maple Ridge # 2019-013-RZ All dimensions shall be confirmed on site and discrepancies reported immediately. Required setbacks shall govern in all cases. DVSDuncan DVSDuncan Residential Development 24156 - 104 Avenue Maple Ridge BC Prepared for: Sommet Investments Ltd. 2526 E 40th Avenue Vancouver BC V5R 2V9 20-0088 2021-08-10 DP 2021-11-08 DP 2021-12-17 DP 2023-09-13 DP L2-02 HARD LANDSCAPE PLAN 01 L2-02 HARD LANDSCAPE PLAN - SOUTHERN PORTION SCALE 1:100 1 2 3 4 5 616 17 18 19 20 6.00 21 4.08 3.10 6.05 2. 4 4 au tm tm tm tm pmpm tm pmpm pmpm pmpm pmpm vovovo vovovogs gs gsgs gsCN vovovo vovovoCN vovovo vovovo gs gs gs rs rs rs gs gs gs CNgs gs gs gs gs gs au au au au gs gs gs gs gs pm pm pm pm pm pm gs gs vo vo vo vo vo au au au au gs gs gs gs gs gs gs pm pm pm pm pm pm gs gs vo vo vo vo vo vo au au gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs vo vo vo vo vo vo gs cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs vo vo vo vo gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs vo vo vo vo vo vo cc cc cc cc pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp AC cs cs cs cs pp pp pp gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs vo vo vo vo P2P2 P2 P2 rs rs gs gs rs rs gs gs gs rs rs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs P2 AC AC P2 P2 pp pp pp pppp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp js js js js js js js js js js js P2 P2 P2 pp pppp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp js js js js js js js gs gs gs gs vo vo vo vo vo rsgs rs rs rsgs gs gs gs gs gs tm tmtmtm tm au au au gs gsgsgsgs gs gs gs gs CN cs cs cs cs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs CN vo vo vo vo cc cc cc cc cc gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs cs cs cs cs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gsgs gs gsgs gs gs gs gsgs gs gsgs vo vo gs gs gs gs gs cs cs cs cs cs pp pp pppppppppppp pp pp cc cc cc cc gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs pp pp pppp pp pp pp gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs auauauauauauauauauauau gs PP PP PP MATCH LINE (L4-01) MATCH LINE (L4-02) 7 CORNUS STOLONIFERA 6 JUNIPERUS COMM. 'ALPINE CARPET' 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 1 CORNUS NATTALLII 3 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 1 CORNUS NATTALLII 1 CORNUS NATTALLII 1 ACER CIRCINATUM 1 ACER CIRCINATUM 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 2 RIBES SANGUINEUM 2 PINUS NIGRA 1 PINUS NIGRA 5 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 4 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 5 JUNIPERUS COMM. 'ALPINE CARPET' 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 6 CORNUS STOLONIFERA 2 RIBES SANGUINEUM 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 2 RIBES SANGUINEUM 5 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 5 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 2 RIBES SANGUINEUM 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 2 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 1 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 4 JUNIPERUS COMM. 'ALPINE CARPET' 27 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 3 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 1 PINUS NIGRA 1 PINUS NIGRA 1 PINUS NIGRA 3 JUNIPERUS COMM. 'ALPINE CARPET' 11 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 1 PARROTIA PERSICA 5 RIBES SANGUINEUM 9 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 4 COTINUS COGG. 'ROYAL PURPLE' 6 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 4 CORNUS STOLONIFERA 11 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 1 PINUS NIGRA 12 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 9 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 6 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 2 ARBUTUS UNEDO 'COMPACTA' 2 ARBUTUS UNEDO 'COMPACTA' 6 POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM 4 CORNUS STOLONIFERA 12 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 4 COTINUS COGG. 'ROYAL PURPLE' 6 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 1 CORNUS NATTALLII 3 COTINUS COGG. 'ROYAL PURPLE' 10 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 7 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 2 ARBUTUS UNEDO 'COMPACTA' 2 ARBUTUS UNEDO 'COMPACTA' 6 POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM 2 COTINUS COGG. 'ROYAL PURPLE' 1 PINUS NIGRA 12 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 6 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 4 COTINUS COGG. 'ROYAL PURPLE' 4 CORNUS STOLONIFERA 8 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 3 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 4 COTINUS COGG. 'ROYAL PURPLE' 1 CORNUS NATTALLII 2 ARBUTUS UNEDO 'COMPACTA' 10 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 1 PINUS NIGRA 6 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 1 PINUS NIGRA 1 TAXUS x MEDIA 'HICKSII' 2 POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM 1 TAXUS x MEDIA 'HICKSII' 2 POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM 1 TAXUS x MEDIA 'HICKSII' 2 POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM 1 TAXUS x MEDIA 'HICKSII' 2 POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM 1 TAXUS x MEDIA 'HICKSII' 16 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 16 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 10 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 1 ACER CIRCINATUM 13 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 24 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 2 ARBUTUS UNEDO 'COMPACTA' 9 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 2 ARBUTUS UNEDO 'COMPACTA' 5 TAXUS x MEDIA 'HICKSII' 1 PARROTIA PERSICA 1 PARROTIA PERSICA 5 ARBUTUS UNEDO 'COMPACTA'5 ARBUTUS UNEDO 'COMPACTA' 6 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 11 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 4 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 12 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 47 CORNUS STOLONIFERA (CONTINUES ON L4-02) CLOVER LAWN CLOVER LAWN CLOVER LAWN CLOVER LAWN CLOVER LAWN GRASS LAWN GRASS LAWN GRASS LAWN GRASS LAWN GRASS LAWN GRASS LAWN PL O T D A T E : Se p t e m b e r 1 3 , 2 0 2 3 T I M E : 1: 1 8 P M F U L L P A T H A N D F I L E N A M E : D: \ P R O J E C T S \ D 2 0 - 0 0 8 8 1 0 4 A V E M A P L E R I D G E \ 5 0 0 - D E L I V \ L A N D \ 0 1 - T B \ L 4 - 0 1 . D W G P L O T S Y L E T A B L E : -- - - Project No. Check Scale (may be photo reduced) 0 1inch 10mm0 Drawing Title Project Leader Drawing No. Consultants This drawing shall not be used for construction purposes until the seal appearing hereon is signed and dated by the Landscape Architect. DATE ISSUED FOR Architectural: Arborist: Civil: Structural: Mechanical: Electrical: This drawing has been prepared solely for the use of the CLIENT and there are no representations of any kind made by Donald V. S. Duncan to any party with whom Donald V. S. Duncan has not entered into a contract. 603 - 220 Eleventh Street New Westminster BC Canada V3M 6N9 778-791-4323 dvsduncan@gmail.com 2020-12-11 DP DrawnE Revision Maple Ridge # 2019-013-RZ All dimensions shall be confirmed on site and discrepancies reported immediately. Required setbacks shall govern in all cases. DVSDuncan DVSDuncan Residential Development 24156 - 104 Avenue Maple Ridge BC Prepared for: Sommet Investments Ltd. 2526 E 40th Avenue Vancouver BC V5R 2V9 20-0088 2021-08-10 DP 2021-11-08 DP 2021-12-17 DP 2023-09-13 DP L4-01 PLANTING PLAN 01 L4-01 PLANTING PLAN - NORTHERN PORTION SCALE 1:100 P2 P2 P2P2THTHP2P2P2P2P2THP2P2P2 gs gs 6 7 8 910111213 14 15 16 6.00 6.00 7. 5 0 6.30 5. 5 0 visitor 1 42.20 visitor 3 visitor 4 visitor 5 6.44 6.15 visitor 2 2. 5 4 GT vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs cs gs gs cs rs rs rs rs rs rs GT au au au pm tm tm tm tm tm cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs pmpm pmpm pmpm cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cscscscscscscscscscscs js jsjsjsjs js jsjsjsjs cscs pp pp pp pp pp pp cc cc cc cc cc cc vovovo vovovogs gsgs gs gs CN vovovo vovovogs gs gsgs gsCN gs gs gs au au au au gs gs gs pm pm pm pm pm pm gs gs vo vo vo au au pm pm pm pm pm pm cc cc cc cc cc cc pp pp pp pp pp pp pp pp cs gs gs gs gsgsgsgsgs gs gs gs vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo cc pp pp pp pp pp pp cs jw jw jw jw jw jw jw jw gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs GT P2 rs rs gs gs gs rs rs gs gs gs rs rs gs gs gs cs vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo gs gs rs rs gsgs gs rs rs gsgs gs rs rs gsgs gs rs rs gsgs gs rs rs gsgs gs gs gs gs gs CNgs gs CN gs CNgs gs CN pm pm pm pm pmpmpmpmpmpmpmpmpm pm pm jw jw jw jw jw jw jw jw jw jw jwjw cc jw jw pp pp pp pp pp pp pp cc jw jw jw cc jw pp jw P2 rs rs gs gs gs gs gs rs rs rs rs rsrs cc cc cc cc cccc GT vo cs gs CN vo cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cscscscscscs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs cscs gs CN gs gs gsgs rs rs rs rs vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vovo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vo vovo vo vo vo vo vo gsgs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gsgs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gs gsgs gs gs cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cscscs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cscs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs cs P2 P2 TH P2 1 GLEDITSIA TRIACANTHOS 3 ARBUTUS UNEDO 'COMPACTA' 16 POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM 15 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 10 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 6 RIBES SANGUINEUM 24 CORNUS STOLONIFERA 6 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 7 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 13 CORNUS STOLONIFERA 1 GLEDITSIA TRIACANTHOS 13 JUNIPERUS HORIZONTALIS 'WILTONII' 13 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 14 JUNIPERUS HORIZONTALIS 'WILTONII' 8 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 5 RIBES SANGUINEUM 2 RIBES SANGUINEUM 6 COTINUS COGG. 'ROYAL PURPLE' 9 COTINUS COGG. 'ROYAL PURPLE' 1 PINUS NIGRA 1 PINUS NIGRA 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 4 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 6 POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM 36 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 4 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 1 CORNUS NATTALLII 3 COTINUS COGG. 'ROYAL PURPLE' 3 COTINUS COGG. 'ROYAL PURPLE' 6 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' MATCH LINE (L4-01) MATCH LINE (L4-02) 11 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 1 GLEDITSIA TRIACANTHOS 2 RIBES SANGUINEUM 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 1 CORNUS NATTALLII 2 ARBUTUS UNEDO 'COMPACTA' 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 1 CORNUS NATTALLII 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 2 RIBES SANGUINEUM 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 2 RIBES SANGUINEUM 7 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 1 CORNUS NATTALLII 1 GLEDITSIA TRIACANTHOS 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 2 RIBES SANGUINEUM 1 CORNUS NATTALLII 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 2 RIBES SANGUINEUM 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 1 CORNUS NATTALLII 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 1 CORNUS NATTALLII 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 1 CORNUS NATTALLII 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 2 RIBES SANGUINEUM 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 2 RIBES SANGUINEUM 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 3 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 2 RIBES SANGUINEUM 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 6 POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM 3 VACCINIUM OVATUM 'THUNDERBIRD' 5 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 2 ARBUTUS UNEDO 'COMPACTA' 2 ARBUTUS UNEDO 'COMPACTA' 2 POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM 2 POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM 1 TAXUS x MEDIA 'HICKSII' 1 TAXUS x MEDIA 'HICKSII' 2 POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM 1 TAXUS x MEDIA 'HICKSII' 1 TAXUS x MEDIA 'HICKSII'1 TAXUS x MEDIA 'HICKSII' 5 JUNIPERUS COMM. 'ALPINE CARPET'1 TAXUS x MEDIA 'HICKSII'6 PINUS MUGO 'PUMILIO' 2 CORNUS STOLONIFERA 47 CORNUS STOLONIFERA (CONTINUES ON L4-01) CLOVER LAWN GRASS LAWN GRASS LAWN GRASS LAWN GRASS LAWN GRASS LAWN GRASS LAWN GRASS LAWN GRASS LAWN 5 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 9 COTINUS COGG. 'ROYAL PURPLE' 45 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 16 VACCINIUM OVATUM 19 CORNUS STOLONIFERA 21 GAULTHERIA SHALLON 7 COTINUS COGG. 'ROYAL PURPLE' 3 PINUS NIGRA 3 CORNUS STOLONIFERA 3 CORNUS STOLONIFERA 2 PINUS N.1 THUJA 3 PINUS NIGRA 2 CORNUS STOLONIFERA 2 PINUS N.1 THUJA 2 CORNUS STOLONIFERA 3 PINUS NIGRA 1 PINUS NIGRA 2 PINUS NIGRA 1 THUJA PLICATA PL O T D A T E : Se p t e m b e r 1 3 , 2 0 2 3 T I M E : 1: 2 3 P M F U L L P A T H A N D F I L E N A M E : D: \ P R O J E C T S \ D 2 0 - 0 0 8 8 1 0 4 A V E M A P L E R I D G E \ 5 0 0 - D E L I V \ L A N D \ 0 1 - T B \ L 4 - 0 2 . D W G P L O T S Y L E T A B L E : -- - - Project No. Check Scale (may be photo reduced) 0 1inch 10mm0 Drawing Title Project Leader Drawing No. Consultants This drawing shall not be used for construction purposes until the seal appearing hereon is signed and dated by the Landscape Architect. DATE ISSUED FOR Architectural: Arborist: Civil: Structural: Mechanical: Electrical: This drawing has been prepared solely for the use of the CLIENT and there are no representations of any kind made by Donald V. S. Duncan to any party with whom Donald V. S. Duncan has not entered into a contract. 603 - 220 Eleventh Street New Westminster BC Canada V3M 6N9 778-791-4323 dvsduncan@gmail.com 2020-12-11 DP DrawnE Revision Maple Ridge # 2019-013-RZ All dimensions shall be confirmed on site and discrepancies reported immediately. Required setbacks shall govern in all cases. DVSDuncan DVSDuncan Residential Development 24156 - 104 Avenue Maple Ridge BC Prepared for: Sommet Investments Ltd. 2526 E 40th Avenue Vancouver BC V5R 2V9 20-0088 2021-08-10 DP 2021-11-08 DP 2021-12-17 DP 2023-09-13 DP L4-02 PLANTING PLAN 01 L4-02 PLANTING PLAN - SOUTHERN PORTION SCALE 1:100 OF SODDED AREA USED FOR PERIMETER FULL ROW OF SOD TO BE SL O P E DO W N DO W N SL O P E PLANTING AREA OR WALKWAY SOD TO BE LAID CLOSELY PACKED TOGETHER, JOINTS IN ADJACENT ROWS SHALL BE STAGGERED COMPACTED SUBGRADE FLUSH WITH PAVED AREA (IF APPLICABLE) SOD FLUSH WITH CURBS (IF APPLICABLE) PLAN VIEW OF SOD LAYOUT AND EDGING NOT TO SCALE SECTION THROUGH SOD SOIL LEVEL: TO BE SLIGHTLY HIGHER THAN SURROUNDING GRADE TO ALLOW FOR BACKFILL SETTLING. UNDISTURBED NATIVE SOIL PRUNE ONLY DEAD, BROKEN, OR DISEASED LIMBS TO MAINTAIN NATURAL FORM OF SHRUB. 75mm MIN. DEPTH BARK MULCH OR APPROVED EQUAL. TAPER MULCH TO BASE OF SHRUB. REESTABLISH ANY DAMAGED SEED / SOD. POTTED ROOT CONIFEROUS OR DECIDUOUS SHRUB MIN. 450 mm BACK OF PLANTING BED EDGE Less than 100mm caliper (optional) SPADE CUT EDGE 100 TYP. GALVANIZED GUY WIRE No. 11 MIN. POSITIONED ABOVE FIRST STRONG BRANCHES. NEW 2 PLY / 12mm, REINFORCED BLACK RUBBER HOSE OR APPROVED EQUAL. POSITIONEDAPPROX. 3/5 HT. FOR ALL TREES. WIRE DOES NOT GO AROUND TREE. USE THREE (3) 50mm X 50mm X 2500mm LNG. STUDDED HEAVYWEIGHT T-POSTS (7.5 POUND). ALL EXPOSED PORTIONS OF TREE STAKE TO BE FREE OF RUST AND PRIMED. TREE STAKE SET MIN. 900mm INTO UNDISTURBED SOIL W/ ONE ON SIDE OF PREVAILING WINDS. STAKES ARE TO BE REMOVED AFTER ONE GROWING SEASON. 3X ROOT BALL DIAMETER 10 0 n.t.s.STAKING PLAN TAMP TOP SOIL AROUND ROOTBALL BASE FIRMLY WITH FOOT PRESSURE SO THAT ROOT BALL DOES NOT SHIFT. DO NOT ALLOW AIR POCKETS TO FORM WHEN BACKFILLING. B&B ROOTBALL n.t.s.DETAIL TOPSOIL, REFER TO TOP SOIL SPECS. 400mm COMPACTED LOAM BELOW ROOT BALL. 75mm MIN. DEPTH BARK MULCH OR APPROVED EQUAL OVER EXPOSED ROOTBALL. TAPER MULCH TO BASE OF TREE. MULCH STARTING 50mm FROM ROOT FLARE (TRUNK) & EXTENDING THE HOLE. PRUNE ONLY DEAD, BROKEN, OR DISEASED TREE LIMBS TO MAINTAIN NATURAL FORM OF TREE. IF TREE IS IN WIRE BASKET, CUT AND REMOVED STRAPPING AND THE HORIZONTAL/ VERTICAL WIRES OF THE BASKET TO A MIN. DEPTH OF 200mm FROM TOP OF ROOTBALL. PULL BACK BURLAP TO MIN. DEPTH. UNDISTURBED NATIVE SOIL SCARIFY WALL OF TREE WELL. EVERGREEN CONIFEROUS BROADLEAF DECIDUOUS * ANGLE STAKES $7ƒ SLOPE TOPSOIL FROM ROOT BALL TO EDGE OF HOLE TO FORM WELL. SINGLE LEADER (unless multistem species is specified) DO NOT DAMAGE OR CUT LEADER 150 REMOVE CONTAINER AND LOOSEN ROOTS OF POTBOUND PLANTS BY SCORING OR PULLING. 45 0 M I N . 450mm MIN. DEPTH LIGHTLY COMPACTED TOPSOIL REFER TO TOP SOIL SPECS. 15 0 M I N . 300mm MIN. DEPTH LIGHTLY COMPACTED TOPSOIL REFER TO TOP SOIL SPECS. 60 0 M I N . PL O T D A T E : Se p t e m b e r 1 3 , 2 0 2 3 T I M E : 1: 0 8 P M F U L L P A T H A N D F I L E N A M E : D: \ P R O J E C T S \ D 2 0 - 0 0 8 8 1 0 4 A V E M A P L E R I D G E \ 5 0 0 - D E L I V \ L A N D \ 0 1 - T B \ L 5 - 0 1 . D W G P L O T S Y L E T A B L E : -- - - Project No. Check Scale (may be photo reduced) 0 1inch 10mm0 Drawing Title Project Leader Drawing No. Consultants This drawing shall not be used for construction purposes until the seal appearing hereon is signed and dated by the Landscape Architect. DATE ISSUED FOR Architectural: Arborist: Civil: Structural: Mechanical: Electrical: This drawing has been prepared solely for the use of the CLIENT and there are no representations of any kind made by Donald V. S. Duncan to any party with whom Donald V. S. Duncan has not entered into a contract. 603 - 220 Eleventh Street New Westminster BC Canada V3M 6N9 778-791-4323 dvsduncan@gmail.com 2020-12-11 DP DrawnE Revision Maple Ridge # 2019-013-RZ All dimensions shall be confirmed on site and discrepancies reported immediately. Required setbacks shall govern in all cases. DVSDuncan DVSDuncan Residential Development 24156 - 104 Avenue Maple Ridge BC Prepared for: Sommet Investments Ltd. 2526 E 40th Avenue Vancouver BC V5R 2V9 20-0088 2021-08-10 DP 2021-11-08 DP 2021-12-17 DP 2023-09-13 DP L5-01 DETAILS 02 L5-01 TYPICAL TREE INSTALLATION SCALE 1:20 01 L5-01 TYPICAL SHRUB INSTALLATION SCALE 1:20 03 L5-01 TYPICAL LAWN INSTALLATION SCALE 1:20 10 2 5 150 2500 MAX. NOTES: 1.ALL PORTIONS OF FENCE, INCLUDING FOUNDATIONS, TO BE WITHIN PRIVATE PROPERTY. 2.ALL TIMBER SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED HEM / FIR AS NOTED. ALL TIMBER TO BE STANDARD OR BETTER AND FREE OF CHECKS, SPLITS, WARPS OR OPEN KNOTS. 3.SET FENCE POSTS IN CONCRETE FOOTING WITH MIN. OF 1/3 POST LENGTH. 4.POST HOLES TO HAVE 300mm DIA. 5.ENTRY TO BE IN-SWING GATE COMPLETE WITH LATCH. 6.ALL HARDWARE AND METAL FIXTURES TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED. 7.ALL PRESSURE TREATED WOOD TO BE PAINTED MIN. 2 COATS TO MATCH TRIM OF ADJACENT ROW HOME & ACCORDING TO ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS. FRONT ELEVATION PLAN VIEW = GATE ENTRANCE 50 x 100 P/T HEM/FIR END PICKET 50 x 100 P/T HEM/FIR HORIZONTAL RAIL /w GALV. STEEL HINGE & GATE LATCH 50 x 100 P/T HEM/FIR END PICKET 25 x 50 P/T HEM/FIR PICKET 88 0 894 50 x 100 P/T HEM/FIR BRACE SINGLE GATE INTERIOR 50 x 100 P/T HEM/FIR HORIZONTAL RAIL /w GALV. STEEL HINGE 95 0 50 88 0 50 x 100 P/T HEM/FIR TOP RAIL 300 70 0 10 0 1015 1800 O.C. 17 5 0 80 50 18 0 0 10 0 25x100 P/T HEM/FIR RAIL (PUBLIC SIDE) 25x100 P/T HEM/FIR RAIL (PRIVATE SIDE) 25x150 CEDAR FENCE BOARDS 50x150 P/T HEM/FIR TOP RAIL 100x100 P/T HEM/FIR POST C.I.P. CONC. FOUNDATION FINISH GRADE 25x150 P/T HEM/FIR RETAINER (PUBLIC SIDE) 25x150 P/T HEM/FIR RAIL (PRIVATE SIDE)50 95 0 25x150 P/T HEM/FIR RETAINER (PUBLIC SIDE) 25x150 P/T HEM/FIR RAIL (PRIVATE SIDE) WOODEN POST CAPS 400 90 0 10 0 27 0 0 1200 25x100 P/T HEM/FIR BRACE (PRIVATE SIDE) 50x100 P/T HEM/FIR GRATE FRAME TYP. (MAX.)GATE 25 x 50 P/T HEM/FIR FENCE PICKETS 50 x 100 P/T HEM/FIR HORIZONTAL RAIL 50 x 100 P/T HEM/FIR HORIZONTAL RAIL 100 x 100 P/T HEM/FIR FENCE POST C.I.P. CONCRETE FOUNDATION 300 FENCE POSTS IN CONCRETE FOOTING (TYP.) - WITHIN PRIVATE PROPERTY SECTION 10 0 0 70 0 10 0 76 100 x 100 P/T HEM/FIR GATE POST (75mm TALLER THAN FENCE POSTS) 50 x 100 P/T HEM/FIR TOP RAIL TYPICAL POST DETAIL 25 x 50 P/T HEM/FIR FENCE PICKETS PL 10 7 5 47 5 20 5 12 5 SECTION @ GRADE & ON WALL INTERIOR ELEVATION - GATE ENTRANCE NOTES: 1.ALL PORTIONS OF FENCE, INCLUDING FOUNDATIONS, TO BE WITHIN PRIVATE PROPERTY. 2.ALL TIMBER SHALL BE WESTERN RED CEDAR OR PRESSURE TREATED HEM / FIR AS NOTED. ALL TIMBER TO BE STANDARD OR BETTER AND FREE OF CHECKS, SPLITS, WARPS OR OPEN KNOTS. 3.SET FENCE POSTS IN CONCRETE FOOTING WITH MIN. OF 1/3 POST LENGTH. 4.POST HOLES TO HAVE 400mm DIA. 5.ENTRY TO BE OUT-SWING GATE COMPLETE WITH LATCH. 6.ALL HARDWARE AND METAL FIXTURES TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED. 7.FENCE TO BE UNSTAINED/UNPAINTED. 1200 10 7 0 100 TYP.TYP. 84 100mm DIA. STEEL TOP RAIL 12mm DIA. STEEL PICKET 100mm x 100mm STEEL POST 150mm x 150mm STEEL PLATE 150 4 x 10mm DIA. GALV. STEEL BOLTS c/w WASHERS & LEAD ANCHORS C.I.P. CONCRETE WALL AS PER ENG. FRONT ELEVATION SECTION NOTES: 1.PRIOR TO FABRICATION, THE FABRICATOR SHALL CONFIRM ASBUILT DIMENSIONS TO ENSURE PROPER FIT OF ALL COMPONENTS. 2.ALL STEEL TO BE GALVANIZED AND PAINTED WITH MINIMUM THREE COATS OF RUST RESISTANT PAINT - COLOUR: BLACK. 3.ALL SURFACES TO BE FREE OF SHARP EDGES. WELDS AND CUTS TO BE GROUND SMOOTH. EDGES AND CORNERS TO HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 5mm. 4.ALL ANCHOR BOLTS ATTACHING RAILING AND POSTS TO CONCRETE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH LEAD ANCHORS. HEAVY GRADE GALV. STEEL POST SHOE 4 x 10mm DIA. GALV. STEEL BOLTS c/w GALV. WASHERS & NUTS C.I.P. CONCRETE WALL AS PER ENG. C.I.P. CONCRETE FOUNDATION PL O T D A T E : Se p t e m b e r 1 3 , 2 0 2 3 T I M E : 1: 0 8 P M F U L L P A T H A N D F I L E N A M E : D: \ P R O J E C T S \ D 2 0 - 0 0 8 8 1 0 4 A V E M A P L E R I D G E \ 5 0 0 - D E L I V \ L A N D \ 0 1 - T B \ L 5 - 0 2 . D W G P L O T S Y L E T A B L E : -- - - Project No. Check Scale (may be photo reduced) 0 1inch 10mm0 Drawing Title Project Leader Drawing No. Consultants This drawing shall not be used for construction purposes until the seal appearing hereon is signed and dated by the Landscape Architect. DATE ISSUED FOR Architectural: Arborist: Civil: Structural: Mechanical: Electrical: This drawing has been prepared solely for the use of the CLIENT and there are no representations of any kind made by Donald V. S. Duncan to any party with whom Donald V. S. Duncan has not entered into a contract. 603 - 220 Eleventh Street New Westminster BC Canada V3M 6N9 778-791-4323 dvsduncan@gmail.com 2020-12-11 DP DrawnE Revision Maple Ridge # 2019-013-RZ All dimensions shall be confirmed on site and discrepancies reported immediately. Required setbacks shall govern in all cases. DVSDuncan DVSDuncan Residential Development 24156 - 104 Avenue Maple Ridge BC Prepared for: Sommet Investments Ltd. 2526 E 40th Avenue Vancouver BC V5R 2V9 20-0088 2021-08-10 DP 2021-11-08 DP 2021-12-17 DP 2023-09-13 DP L5-02 DETAILS 02 L5-02 WOODEN BARRIER FENCE SCALE 1:20 01 L5-02 WOODEN PICKET FENCE SCALE 1:20 03 L5-02 STEEL GUARD RAIL FENCE SCALE 1:20 15 0 1% CROSS-SLOPE 10 0 EXPANSION JOINT TO BEFILLED w/ BITUMINOUS FIBRE BOARD (W.R.MEADOWS OR EQUIVOLENT) @ BUILDING ZIP STRIP @ 1500mm O.C. 24156 - 104 STREET 450 2700 10 0 50 50 12 0 0 70 0 50 15 0 200 1900 2700 25 25 50 C.I.P. CONCRETE FINISH: SANDBLASTED COLOUR: NATURAL MANUFACTURED STONE FACING TO MATCH ARCH. FINISH CARVED WOODEN SIGNS INSET INTO LEDGE STONE ALLOW 10mm AIR SPACE ON ALL SIDES C.I.P. CONCRETE FINISH: SANDBLASTED COLOUR: NATURAL 2700 2700 SIDE VIEW SIGN - FRONT ELEVATION FEATURE WALL - FRONT ELEVATION 550 350 11 0 0 15 0 SECTION 34" MINUS CRUSH GRAVEL - TAMPED 200 150   ƒ   ƒ PROJECT NAME 10 0 10 0 1% CROSS-SLOPE 2% CROSS-SLOPE CONCRETE STEPPING STONES MANUFACTURER: ABBOTSFORD CONCRETE MODEL: HYDRAPRESS DOLOUR: NATURAL 102 x 102 MW13.3/MW13.3 102 x 102 MW13.3/MW13.3 600 ZIP STRIP @ 1500mm O.C. PAVER EDGING STRIP CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS PATTERN: SEE LAYOUT DRAWING COLOUR: SEE LAYOUT DRAWING 5mm CLEAR CRUSH OPEN GRADED BEDDING COURSE @ 50mm DEPTH 20mm CLEAR CRUSH OPEN GRADED AGGREGATE UPPER SUB-BASE @ 100mm DEPTHNON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE NILEX 4510 OR EQUIVOLENT GEOTEXTILE BROUGHT UP TO CURB AND CUT FLUSH WITH SURFACE OF PAVERS EXPANSION JOINT TO BEFILLED w/ BITUMINOUS FIBRE BOARD (W.R.MEADOWS OR EQUIVOLENT) @ BUILDING 31 0 100mm DIA. PERF. PVC DRAIN TILE 50 100GROUND LEVEL TO BE FLUSH w/ SURFACE OF PAVER 34" MINUS COMPACTED GRAVEL BED 100 10 0 SECTION / IN LAWN AREA PLAN VIEW / TYPICAL SPACING PRECAST CONCRETE SLABS SIZE: 406 x 406 (16" x 16") FINISH: EXPOSED AGGREGATE 10 0 AQUAPAVE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS PATTERN: AS PER LAYOUT PLAN COLOUR: AS PER LAYOUT PLAN 5mm CLEAR CRUSH OPEN GRADED BEDDING COURSE @ 50mm DEPTH 20mm CLEAR CRUSH OPEN GRADED AGGREGATE UPPER SUB-BASE @ 200mm DEPTHNON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE NILEX 4510 OR EQUIVOLENT TYPICAL 150mm X 200mm CONCRETE CURB REBAR TO BE CONTINUOUS CONTROL BREAKS EVERY 4000mm PL O T D A T E : Se p t e m b e r 1 3 , 2 0 2 3 T I M E : 1: 0 9 P M F U L L P A T H A N D F I L E N A M E : D: \ P R O J E C T S \ D 2 0 - 0 0 8 8 1 0 4 A V E M A P L E R I D G E \ 5 0 0 - D E L I V \ L A N D \ 0 1 - T B \ L 5 - 0 3 . D W G P L O T S Y L E T A B L E : -- - - Project No. Check Scale (may be photo reduced) 0 1inch 10mm0 Drawing Title Project Leader Drawing No. Consultants This drawing shall not be used for construction purposes until the seal appearing hereon is signed and dated by the Landscape Architect. DATE ISSUED FOR Architectural: Arborist: Civil: Structural: Mechanical: Electrical: This drawing has been prepared solely for the use of the CLIENT and there are no representations of any kind made by Donald V. S. Duncan to any party with whom Donald V. S. Duncan has not entered into a contract. 603 - 220 Eleventh Street New Westminster BC Canada V3M 6N9 778-791-4323 dvsduncan@gmail.com 2020-12-11 DP DrawnE Revision Maple Ridge # 2019-013-RZ All dimensions shall be confirmed on site and discrepancies reported immediately. Required setbacks shall govern in all cases. DVSDuncan DVSDuncan Residential Development 24156 - 104 Avenue Maple Ridge BC Prepared for: Sommet Investments Ltd. 2526 E 40th Avenue Vancouver BC V5R 2V9 20-0088 2021-08-10 DP 2021-11-08 DP 2021-12-17 DP 2023-09-13 DP L5-03 DETAILS 01 L5-03 IDENTITY SIGNAGE SCALE 1:20 02 L5-03 C.I.P. CONCRETE PAVING SCALE 1:20 03 L5-03 CONCRETE UNIT PAVING STONE WALKWAY SCALE 1:20 04 L5-03 UPHILL BACKYARD PATIO & DRAINAGE STONES SCALE 1:20 05 L5-03 PRECAST CONCRETE STEPPING STONES SCALE 1:20 06 L5-03 PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVER APRON SCALE 1:20 20 0 102 x 102 MW13.3/MW13.3 323323 MIN. DIST. TO EDGE OF SLAB 323 10 0 POURED IN PLACE CONCRETE PAD 150 FRANCIS ANDREW L21-BR32 PL O T D A T E : Se p t e m b e r 1 3 , 2 0 2 3 T I M E : 1: 1 0 P M F U L L P A T H A N D F I L E N A M E : D: \ P R O J E C T S \ D 2 0 - 0 0 8 8 1 0 4 A V E M A P L E R I D G E \ 5 0 0 - D E L I V \ L A N D \ 0 1 - T B \ L 5 - 0 4 . D W G P L O T S Y L E T A B L E : -- - - Project No. Check Scale (may be photo reduced) 0 1inch 10mm0 Drawing Title Project Leader Drawing No. Consultants This drawing shall not be used for construction purposes until the seal appearing hereon is signed and dated by the Landscape Architect. DATE ISSUED FOR Architectural: Arborist: Civil: Structural: Mechanical: Electrical: This drawing has been prepared solely for the use of the CLIENT and there are no representations of any kind made by Donald V. S. Duncan to any party with whom Donald V. S. Duncan has not entered into a contract. 603 - 220 Eleventh Street New Westminster BC Canada V3M 6N9 778-791-4323 dvsduncan@gmail.com 2020-12-11 DP DrawnE Revision Maple Ridge # 2019-013-RZ All dimensions shall be confirmed on site and discrepancies reported immediately. Required setbacks shall govern in all cases. DVSDuncan DVSDuncan Residential Development 24156 - 104 Avenue Maple Ridge BC Prepared for: Sommet Investments Ltd. 2526 E 40th Avenue Vancouver BC V5R 2V9 20-0088 2021-08-10 DP 2021-11-08 DP 2021-12-17 DP 2023-09-13 DP L5-04 DETAILS 01 L5-04 HABITAT STEPPERS SCALE 1:20 02 L5-04 HABITAT PLAYHOUSE SCALE 1:20 03 L5-04 WISHBONE BATEMAN CHAIR SCALE 1:20 04 L5-04 ABBOTSFORD VILLA STONE PAVING SCALE 1:20 05 L5-04 BICYCLE RACK SCALE 1:20 Page 1 of 11 City of Maple Ridge TO: Advisory Design Panel MEETING DATE: October 18, 2023 FILE NO: 2023-264-DP SUBJECT: 24070 128 Avenue and 24195 Fern Crescent PURPOSE: An Advisory Design Panel application has been submitted for the above-referenced property to permit the construction of a Townhouse development proposing 49 units in a CD zone based on the RM-1 (Townhouse Residential) zone. A rezoning application for single family lots has been given a First Reading. Legislative Services will advise as to the process of whether the current bylaw will be amended or superseded. An OCP amendment will also be required to support the CD zone. BACKGROUND: Applicant: Jagdeep Mann Legal Description: LOT 18; SEC 22; TWP 12; NWD; PL NWP11363 LOT 19; SEC 22; TWP 12; NWD; PL NWP11363 OCP: Existing: RMEDHI (Medium/High Density) and 7% of the lot at 24070 128 Avenue is Neighborhoods Park Proposed: Medium/High Density Zoning: Existing: RS-3 (Single Detached Rural Residential) Proposed: CD Zone based on RM-1 zone Surrounding Uses: North: Use: Residential Zone: RS-3 (Single Detached Rural Residential) Designation: Conservation and Tourist Commercial South: Use: Residential Zone: RS-3 (Single Detached Rural Residential) Designation: 75% (Low/Medium Density Residential) - 17% (Medium Density Residential) - 9% (Low Density Residential) 7.4 Page 2 of 11 East: Use: Residential Zone: RS-3 (Single Detached Rural Residential) Designation: Estate Suburban Residential West: Use: Vacant Zone: (Single Detached Rural Residential) Designation: Neighborhood Park Existing Use of Property: Residential Proposed Use of Property: Townhouse Site Area (Net): 0.836 HA Access: Fern Crescent Street Servicing requirement: Urban Standard DEVELOPMENT PERMIT AREA: Pursuant to Section 8 of the Official Community Plan, this proposal is subject to the Multi-Family Development Permit Guidelines. The purpose of a Multi-Family Development Permit is to enhance existing neighbourhoods with compatible housing styles that meet diverse needs and minimize potential conflicts on neighbouring land uses. The Key Guideline Concepts are as follows: 1. New development into established areas should respect private spaces, and incorporate local neighbourhood elements in building form, height, architectural features and massing. 2. Transitional development should be used to bridge areas of low and high densities, through means such as stepped building heights, or low-rise ground oriented housing located to the periphery of a higher density developments. 3. Large scale developments should be clustered and given architectural separation to foster a sense of community and improve visual attractiveness. 4. Pedestrian circulation should be encouraged with attractive streetscapes attained through landscaping, architectural details, appropriate lighting and by directing parking underground where possible or away from public view through screened parking structures or surface parking located to the rear of the property. The applicant has provided a design rationale and has completed the Multi-Family Residential Development Permit Guidelines checklist, both of which are attached to this report. COMMENTS: PLANNING DEPARTMENT- DEVELOPMENT A. Outstanding Applications Staff confirms that a Development Permit application and a Development Variance Permit application have been submitted and the following applications are still outstanding. 1. Official Community Plan (Silver Valley Area Plan) Amendment Application a. An OCP (Silver Valley Area Plan) Amendment application is required as per Application Submission Checklist to amend the permit density from 40 u/ha to 59 u/ha. Page 3 of 11 B. Municipal Approval Requirements Upon receiving a revised submission and following endorsement by Planning, Engineering, Parks, Environmental, and Fire departments the following municipal approval requirements will follow: 1. Repeal First Reading -First and second Reading: a. Legislative Services will advise as to the process of whether the current bylaw will be amended or superseded. 2. Advisory Design Panel a. This application is required to be reviewed and endorsed by the Advisory Design Panel. 3. Development Information Meeting a. A Development Information Meeting will be required to be held by the applicant for this application as per the Development Information Meetings, Policy No: 6.20. 4. Public Hearing a. A Public Hearing will be required for the Rezoning and the OCP Amendment applications. C. Development Permit Application Comments The following comments are not intended to be exhaustive. Additional comments may apply. 1. Drawing Submission a. Staff requires a signed and sealed digital copy of all required drawings along with a signed paper copy to be submitted as per the Drawing Submission Details document. 2. Required Signage a. Posting of a development sign is required as per the Development Sign Policy, Policy No: 6.21. 3. Rezoning a. Staff consider supporting the proposed reduction in setbacks. b. A table showing the FSR calculation, per Zoning Bylaw, refers to the areas and measurements that have been excluded from FSR to be provided in data sheet. c. Allowable Floor Space Ratio under RM-1 zone is 0.6 times the lot area. For properties designated as Major Corridor Residential in OCP or fronting a major corridor an amount not to exceed 0.15 times the lot area may be added to the Floor Space Ratio for provision of a cash contribution at a rate of $344.46 per square meter ($32.00 per square foot). Under the RM-1 zone the maximum allowable FSR for the subject properties is 0.75. It is staff’s understanding that a relaxation of FSR is requested from 0.75 to permit an increase in FSR to 0.89. Staff proposes that should council approve this relaxation that it be addressed through the CD Zoning Bylaw. d. Proposed building height to be calculated as per the City of Maple Ridge Zoning Bylaw and to be included in data sheet. If any variance is requested to allowable building height per Zoning bylaw to be stated in data sheet. Staff will review the requested variance. e. Under RM-1 zone, common open area(s) shall be provided based on the following ratios: 45.0 square meters for each townhouse dwelling unit with 3 or more bedrooms; and 30.0 square meters for each townhouse dwelling unit with less than 3 bedrooms. f. Under RM-1 zone, outdoor amenity area(s) shall be provided based on the ratio of 5.0 square meters per townhouse dwelling unit. This area may form part of the common open area requirement. g. The proposed amenity areas on the north-east and south-east corners are located poorly. Staff require that these areas be converted to private outdoor areas. h. As per the information provided by the Atelier Pacific Architecture Inc. the current development proposes a shortfall of 1832.42 m2 of common open area as well as 100.2 m2 of outdoor amenity area. It is staff’s understanding that the applicant has made an offer of a voluntary cash contribution of $195,000 to area park improvements in lieu of the common open area and outdoor amenity shortfall. The previous Director of Planning has confirmed that staff will forward the application to council based on this proposal. This proposal is subject to the approval of Council. 4. Official Community Plan Page 4 of 11 a. Both properties are located within the Horse Hamlet of Silver valley Area Plan. The OCP land use designation for the property located at 24195 Fern Crescent is RMEDHI (Medium/High Density Residential which permits 18 – 40 u/ha). The OCP land use designation for the property at 24070 128 Avenue is 93% RMEDHI (Medium/High Density Residential) and 7% NPARK (Neighborhood Park). The RMEDHI (Medium/High Density Residential) land use designation supports a townhouse residential development under RM-1 zone. b. The Silver valley Area Plan indicates that residential densities are to range from 18-40 units per net hectare for the RMEDHI (Medium/High Density Residential) land use designation in the hamlet areas. c. Permitted density is calculated based on net developable area. Please submit a dimensioned annotated legal survey plan showing this calculation. Staff estimates, based on the information provided by atelier pacific architecture inc., allowable density for this site is maximum 33-34 dwelling units (net site areas of 0.836*40). The proposed density of 49 townhouse dwelling units per 0.836 Ha exceeds the allowable density described in Silver Valley Area Plan by 15 units. d. A proposal of 49 townhouse dwelling units per 0.836 Ha will exceed the allowable density under the Silver Valley Area Plan. An OCP amendment (Area Plan Amendment), will be required to permit the density increase subject to council approval. 5. Landscaping and Screening a. Landscape drawings to be provided in accordance with Landscaping and Fencing Regulations, Section 405 of Zoning Bylaw. b. Landscape screen and fencing plan and any other landscaping requirements to be provided as per Landscaping and Fencing Regulations, Section 405 of Zoning Bylaw. c. A 1.0m landscape strip along the entire west property line adjacent to the neighborhood park is required. d. The proposed walkway along the west property line to be kept. See the marked-up plan, item #1 attached to this memo (Appendix I). e. The proposed walkway between Block 1 and Block 2 to be kept. See the marked-up plan, item #2 attached to this memo (Appendix I). f. The proposed walkway between Block 7 and Block 8 to be kept. See the marked-up plan, item #3 attached to this memo (Appendix I). g. The proposed walkway between Block 8 and Block 9 to be kept and blocked for future use. See the marked-up plan, item #4 attached to this memo (Appendix I). h. The proposed walkway between Block 2 and Block 3 to be kept. See the marked-up plan, item #5 attached to this memo (Appendix I). i. The proposed walkways between block 9 and the east property line to be removed. See the marked- up plan, item #6 attached to this memo (Appendix I). j. The proposed walkways between block 3 and the east property line can be removed. See the marked-up plan, item #7 attached to this memo (Appendix I). k. The proposed center walkway to be relocated adjacent to road-boulevard. A minimum 1.2m walkway, 1.0m landscape strip and fence between the townhouse dwelling units’ rear yard and the landscape strip are required. Consolidated remaining depth into rear yards. 6. Parking and Loading a. Dimensions for all garage interiors to be provided. b. Dimensions for all parking stalls to be provided. c. A swept path analysis for strata road movement to be provided by a professional engineer. d. Provide unobstructed access to and egress from visitor stall 9. e. A breakdown of Small Car stalls, Electrical Vehicle charging infrastructure, and accessible parking spaces breakdown to be provided as per the City of Maple Ridge Off-Street Zoning Bylaw. 7. Additional Comments a. Include neighboring properties building footprints and/or their potential future property lines in the Site Plan. b. Provide variations in the roof forms and building facades. c. Provide step back, balconies and terrace areas on the above the ground floors to create articulation on the south elevation of Block 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, and 9. Page 5 of 11 d. Provide step back, balconies and terrace areas on the above the ground floors to create articulation on the north elevation of Block 4, 5 and 6. e. Use a variety of colors, roof lines, architectural features, and building materials. f. Proposed large areas of unvaried and monotonous materials are highly discouraged. g. Block 1 North-Elevation labeling to be corrected to Block 1-South Elevation. Block 1 South Elevation labeling to be corrected to Block 1 North-Elevation. Please double check all elevations labeling to ensure they are labeled correctly. h. Multi-Family Development Permit Area Guidelines checklist to be completed and submitted by the project architect. COMMUNITY PLANNING 1. Density a. The properties are largely designated as Medium High Density Residential which under the Silver Valley Area Plan aligns with a number of residential forms, including the townhouse form. Based on a review of the provided project data sheet, the FSR of the site is high – it’s above what is permitted under the 0.75 FSR under the RM-1 Zone. It is staff’s understanding that a relaxation of FSR is requested from 0.75 to permit an increase in FSR to 0.89. Should council approve this relaxation, staff proposes that it be addressed through the CD Zoning Bylaw. 2. Site Design a. Some concerns or additional information will be required regarding the proposed outdoor amenity areas and common open areas. The private spaces per unit are intended to be able to be used. b. Looking for confirmation that Blocks 4 – 6 have usable private space for residents? What is the depth of these spaces? c. Looking for clarification between the common area and private outdoor areas shown for Blocks 7 – 9. d. Please confirm that the garages are in line with the RM-1 requirements by providing dimensions on all drawings, in addition to providing space for bike storage as well as garbage / recycling facilities. Council is very much interested in ensuring that there are spaces for these uses so further facilitate active transportation options. e. Please confirm on the landscape plan that planted areas will be irrigated to assist with plant survival rate. 3. Housing a. Based on the Housing Needs Report completed in 2021, there is a desire for developments that can provide a range of housing choice for future residents. In particular, units with universally accessible design elements as well as larger family-friendly units with 3 or more bedrooms. Please provide the dimensions for all proposed bedrooms and include a breakdown of which bedrooms can accommodate a queen versus twin-sized bed for each of the eight dwellings. 4. Parking a. Schedule F of the Off-Street Parking and Loading Bylaw outlines requirements for the provision of electric vehicle charging infrastructure. Additionally, charging infrastructure for e-bikes or e- scooters will need to be considered. b. Note that a report was recently brought to Council in July proposing updates to the City’s Off- Street Parking and Loading Bylaw, which proposed new requirements for EV charging and accessible parking spaces. Depending on the timing of the application, the proposed development may be subject to new off-street parking and loading requirements. In line with the anticipated updates, a minimum of one visitor parking space should be van accessible. 5. Green Infrastructure a. The development should consider the City’s objectives regarding green infrastructure and climate resiliency, namely in the areas of rainwater management, energy management, green building components, and the overall urban ecology created or supported through the development. Examples of best practices include the retention of existing natural assets (e.g., trees and vegetation), minimization of impervious paved surfaces, and the implementation of native/drought-resistant species, rain gardens, swales, and other green infrastructure treatments that can support the storage and natural drainage of stormwater run-off. Page 6 of 11 6. Additional Comment a. Would like to see additional attention to detail on massing, materials and colours used to break up the blocks. ENVIRONMENTAL DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A. Development Proposed a. The proposal is for 49-unit townhouse development under a CD Zone based on the RM-1 zone. This change of use has not been presented to Council. B. Environmental Considerations 1. Watercourse Protection Development Permit a. Not applicable as there are no watercourses within 50 m of Development. 2. Natural Features Development Permit a. Not applicable as there are no slopes greater than 15% on the property. 3. Wildfire Management a. Wildfire Management Permit is required, and a wildfire Hazard DP Area Assessment Report have been submitted and reviewed (Diamond Head May 26, 2022) b. Wildfire prescriptions do not appear to impact any environmental features. 4. Tree Management An Arborist Report/Tree Management Plan, prepared by Koome Urban Forestry and dated Jan 31, 2023, revised July 20, 2023 has been submitted and reviewed. The following items pertain to tree requirements: a. The Arborist Report meets the requirements for the development application. b. Trees on neighbouring properties appear to be impacted from development design. A number of off-site trees in the SE corner are proposed for removal. Property owner consent from 24169 Fern Crescent is required for these removals. If consent is not given, then site design must be revised to accommodate these trees. c. Significant trees (> 50 cm diameter and in good condition) are expected to be retained on site; or $1800 cash-in-lieu compensation for each significant tree that will not be retained. If there is to be any attempt to retain any of the larger healthy trees on site, it should likely be the large healthy spruce (tag #451) and/or the two hemlock (#188 and #456), which could be made into an amenity area, with the loss of one or two units. Currently the amenity areas appear to be only on the east side of the site next to the Fern Cres ROW, and only where units will not fit, which seems unacceptable. d. In order to retain some sense of the forested nature that has always been a part of this area, there should be a concerted effort to have the road frontages of 128 Ave and Fern Cres well treed. This will require removal of the existing trees and replanting of a planned future canopy for the road frontage. The existing row of cedar along the Fern Cres frontage are drought stressed and historically topped for line clearance; and those along 128 Ave cannot be retained with the new road dedication. e. A Tree Permit will be required for the removal, protection and/or compensation of trees. The Permit application can be submitted at any time, but the Tree Permit will not be issued until the Rezoning, Subdivision, and Development Permits have been approved. f. The 0.85 hectare developable area will require the planting, retention or compensation of no less than 34 trees to meet City tree canopy targets. These trees will be included in the landscape drawings for the DP or a cash-in-lieu amount of $600 per tree taken for planting trees elsewhere. g. All Engineering Servicing and Building design is to be coordinated with tree retention/protection, landscaping and Stormwater management planning. 5. Stormwater Management plans a. Stormwater management plans must prove out Tier A with regards to topsoil amendments and pervious surfaces; as well as B and C b. Permeable area and greenspace is to be provided as per the Zoning Bylaw Page 7 of 11 c. Stormwater Management plans must be coordinated with existing protected trees, grading, watercourses, drainages and landscaping plans. 6. Landscaping Plans a. Landscape Plans, prepared by M2, dated June 6, 2023, have been submitted and reviewed. b. There appears to be sufficient tree planting to meet tree canopy targets. c. Trees along the 128 Ave road frontage must be coordinated with the Street Tree Plan. Street trees along this stretch will be expected to be a large canopy tree in keeping with the historical forested feel along this route. d. Street Trees along Fern Cres will also need to reflect a forested nature of the streetscape; landscape trees along this road frontage will need to be coordinated with the street tree plan. 7. Green Infrastructure a. Not required 8. Invasive Species a. Applicant must retain a professional to identify if/what invasive plant species are on site. An Invasive Species Management Plan is required if found on site. Letter requested from a qualified professional confirming status of any invasive species on site. 9. Agricultural Land Reserve a. Not applicable FIRE DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 1. Construction Fire Safety Plan a. Construction safety plan is required to be prepared and submitted to the fire department for review and acceptance as per British Columbia Building Code 2018, Division B, Section 8.1 and British Columbia Fire Code (BCFC) 2018, Division B, Section 5.6. This applies to buildings, parts of buildings, and associated areas undergoing construction. b. Construction safety plan to be reviewed and accepted by fire department prior to issuance of building permit. c. A pre-construction meeting itemizing how the construction fire safety plan will be implemented is required. Contact Fire Department to co-ordinate. d. Other items may be required as identified in the construction fire safety plan. 2. Architectural Plans Required a. For pre-incident planning purposes, PDF’s of a site plan can be emailed to fireprevention@mapleridge.ca b. Site plan to include locations of fire related infrastructure such as fire department connection, fire hydrant(s), fire alarm panel(s), sprinkler room, standpipe connections, etc. Include lane measurements and overhead obstruction clearances for review and acceptance. 3. Sprinkler and Alarm System a. A Fire sprinkler system must be installed as per By-Law No. 6184-2003 b. Where residential projects with individual exterior exits do not have a fire alarm system, the following requirements are requested: c. Individual sprinkler flow switches must be provided for each unit d. Strobe lights must be provided outside the main entry to each unit e. Sprinkler flow shall activate both the smoke alarms and the strobe light 4. Fire Department Access a. All fire department access routes must be designed and rated for the following specifications. b. Minimum of 39,000Kg with a minimum force of 100 P.S.I c. Turning radius of vehicle - Inside radius R = 35' 6" - Outside radius R = 53'. Swept path drawing requested. d. Lane to be posted “FIRE LANE – NO PARKING” − Be a minimum carriage way of 6 metres in width. e. Overhead roof at main entrance to have an overhead clearance not less than 5 metres and clearance to be posted with visible permanent signage. f. Required hammerhead turnaround to be 6 m wide and 8 metres in depth. 5. Private Fire Hydrants Page 8 of 11 a. Location of private hydrant shown on page A-1.04 (07-21-2023) is approved. b. Private hydrants are to be painted yellow (Colour Your World TBL OP14/8413). Hose caps and top to be white in colour. c. Minimum 1 metre from property line, walls, railing or any other obstructions. d. Measures are to be in place to ensure landscaping or winter weather conditions do not limit access and visibility. 6. Address Visibility a. Ensure address is always visible from the street and visible and in all weather conditions. b. If a free-standing sign is installed, ensure building address is included on the sign. c. Townhome developments to have site map installed at main entrance(s) that denote layout of development and unit numbers. Signage to be installed and large enough so that it is legible from within vehicles approaching. In addition, internal directional signage is required at intersections within the development. d. Ensure unit number is displayed on near the main entrance and on the back by the garage door. 7. Additional Notes a. It does not appear to achieve the 45 metres from truck to primary front entrance. On page A-1.04 it shows distances going to a couple units. The path of travel shown doesn’t account for fencing between yards and it doesn’t show it going to the actual front door location. b. We recommend making the road large enough to get the truck down the north road. That should help meet code compliance and achieve a more practical emergency response location. c. A public hydrant at near location on drawing page A-1.04 (07-21-2023) is approved. ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS A. Development Permit Comments a. The preliminary Stormwater Management Plan (SMP) prepared by McElhanney dated June 23, 2023, does not sufficiently address Tier A for the retention of rainwater on-site. The plan shows only 23% of Tier A being achieved, which is not adequate. Landscaping must be proposed that can be incorporated to achieve Tier A using the area of topsoil. Please have the applicant’s civil engineer revise to include landscaping. It is acknowledged that the soils in this area can support infiltration on this site. This department must have an acceptable preliminary SMP prior to proceeding to Advisory Design Panel. b. Designer must allocate on-site space for the private transformer. Please show location with dimensions, labelled on all drawings c. Avoid cross connecting rainwater falling on driveway ramp to sanitary sewer system. B. Development Variance Permit Comments a. Engineering currently does not have comment on the proposed zoning variances as they are not servicing related. C. Rezoning Comments Deficient Services Which Could be Provided by Rezoning Servicing Agreement Are: 1. Ditch Enclosure a. The ditches on 128 Avenue and /Fern Crescent will be required to be enclosed with the road improvements. This may trigger provincial or federal environmental approvals and should be reviewed by the applicant's professionals and the City's environmental division. It is recommended that the applicant engage a qualified professional to complete an assessment. 2. Road a. 128 Avenue is required to be widened to meet arterial road standard across the frontage of the site. Further discussion needs to be had to determine the ultimate cross section given that this is also the core of the Horse Hamlet. It is anticipated that a parking lane will replace a travel lane to address the future commercial and park use. Fern Crescent is required to be constructed to a collector road standard across the frontage of the site due to proposed multi-family land use. It is recognized that there are single family homes proposed to the south so the road design should Page 9 of 11 anticipate transition to a local road south of the proposed new road that will border the south property line of this site. The applicant's engineer will need to review both rods according to section R11 of the City's design criteria manual as construction and asphalt overlay design shall be based on the analysis of the results of the Benkleman Beam tests and test holes carried out on the existing road. That analysis can be submitted with the civil design package. Access from 128 Avenue is not permitted under the City's access management policy. 3. Road Dedication Required a. 128 Avenue is part of Translink's Major Road Network (MRN), which generally requires a standard arterial road right of way (ROW) of 26m. Currently there appears to exist a 20m ROW. Following further discussion between the City of Maple Ridge and McElhanney, it has been determined that only 1.0m of dedication is needed to allow for additional boulevard space and 0.3m of buffer space between the asphalt MUP and the north property line. This is to achieve a modified ultimate road ROW of 22.0m. A Silver Valley arterial standard does not apply to this road. b. Fern Crescent is a 20m ROW which meets the current bylaw requirements. No dedication is required. c. A corner truncation is required at the Fern Crescent/128 Avenue intersection and at the future Fern Crescent/ 127B Road intersection though that future 127B Road is still under review. 4. Sidewalk a. Sidewalks are required along both road frontages and are to be separated from the curb. 5. Sanitary a. There is an existing 750 mm sanitary main along 128 Avenue. A sanitary main is required to be constructed along Fern Crescent to service this development and the future development of the lands to the south unless it can be clearly demonstrated that the lands can be serviced from the existing subdivision from the west. b. The applicant will be required to have the City's sanitary sewer system modelled at their cost to confirm sizing and downstream capacity. Any upgrades identified through this analysis that are required to support the development will need to be included in the civil design package and constructed at the applicant's cost. The following list of consultants have been preapproved to use the City's model: Aplin & Martin, GeoAdvice, Waterstreet, Wedler, and WSP. The City will accept applications from other consultants upon proven experience with modeling. The analysis report must be forwarded to this department for review prior to the submission of design drawings. These reports can take up to 3 months to review so it is suggested that this work begin as soon as possible to avoid delaying drawing acceptance. 6. Storm Sewer/Drainage a. There is no storm main along 128 Avenue and Fern Crescent and this development will be required to construct along both frontages. A catchment analysis must be provided with the civil design drawings and must consider climate change. b. A revised stormwater management plan (SMP) has been provided. See comment regarding the preliminary SMP under the Development Permit Review comments. The Tier B & C calculations have not been reviewed in detail at this stage but are acceptable at this stage to allow the project to move forward. The detention tank must be accounted for in the building design to ensure no conflict with parking, etc. in the parkade. That revised plan was insufficient as it did not fully explain how each tier of the City's 3 tier criteria as outlined in the City's Design Criteria Manual and the Watercourse Protection Bylaw will be achieved. Given the soils in this area it is expected that the runoff of the rooftops and all impervious areas, including public and private roads, will be directed to in-ground infiltrators. 7. Street Lighting a. Street lighting is required along 128 Avenue and Fern Crescent. A street light design will be required with formal 1st drawing submission. The applicant's lighting professional can contact this department for specific fixture information. b. The streetlights are to be fed from a BC Hydro junction box and not directly from a dip off a pole. 8. Street Trees Page 10 of 11 a. A street tree design for both frontages is required and must be separate from the on-site landscaping plan. 9. Underground Wiring a. The site must be serviced by underground utilities – no aerial servicing is permitted. 10. Watermain a. There is an existing watermain on 128 Avenue that does not meet minimum size requirement and will required to be upgraded across the frontage of the site. The size is to be determined by an analysis report. The existing main on Fern Crescent is 200mm which meets minimum current standards but is also subject to analysis. The water service for the site should be taken from the main on Fern Crescent. b. The applicant will be required to have the City's water system modelled at their cost to confirm sizing and downstream capacity. Any upgrades identified through this analysis that are required to support the development will need to be included in the civil design package and constructed at the applicant's cost. The following list of consultants have been preapproved to use the City's model: Aplin & Martin, GeoAdvice, Waterstreet, Wedler, and WSP. The City will accept applications from other consultants upon proven experience with modeling. The analysis report must be forward to this department for review prior to the submission of design drawings. These reports can take up to 3 months to review so it is suggested that this work begin as soon as possible to avoid delaying drawing acceptance. 11. Building Removal Required a. The existing buildings will have to be removed and a demolition permit will be required through the Building department. Prior to issuance of the demolition permit all existing services will need to be permanently disconnected. Disconnection requests can be made to the Customer Service Engineering department and please allow at least 6 weeks processing prior to demolition. 12. DCC Forgiveness Possible a. Development Cost Charge Bylaw No. 7320-2017 includes one project that may apply to works to be constructed in support of zoning. As no DCCs are payable at the zoning stage this department will review at the Building Permit stage to give consideration to a reduction to the highways portion under DCC project LTC 7163-Highways for improvements along 128 Avenue Any reduction applies to the payor of the DCC's, which may not be the same company which undertakes the construction works. 13. Fire Prevention Bylaw a. If underground fuel storage tank(s) is present on the properties, they will need to be removed per City Fire Prevention Bylaw. 14. Geotechnical Considerations a. Engineering is not aware of any geotechnical issues associated with this property. Geotechnical report by Able Geotechnical Ltd. was included in the referral package. All works must be completed in accordance with developer geotechnical report. b. See additional comments under Roads. 15. Latecomer Charge Payable a. No. 16. Latecomer Agreement a. Some of the identified works above may qualify under the City’s current Excess Capacity/Extended Services Policy. This should be reviewed by the applicant’s engineer who can discuss with this department at the time of design submission. 17. Environment a. The proposed ditch infills may require senior agency approvals. Also, if upgrades to any downstream creek outfalls is needed that may also require approvals. 18. Servicing Estimate a. The applicant's civil engineer will be required to provide a sealed estimate of the servicing works once an accepted off-site design has been provided. 19. Conversion of Overhead Utilities Page 11 of 11 a. All overhead utilities along Fern Crescent will need to be converted to underground along the site's frontage. The utilities on 128 Avenue are along the north side of the road and do not required conversion. b. The BC Hydro drawings must be accepted by the City prior to approval of the development to ensure there are no conflicts. 20. Watercourse Policy a. YES. All construction involved with the development of the subdivision must comply with the Watercourse Protection Bylaw. 21. Other Requirements a. The applicant has submitted an updated arborist report that reflects the proposed change to a townhouse development site. b. An erosion and sediment control plan for the off-site works must be included in the civil design package. c. The applicant's civil engineer is to submit 3 sealed full-sized copies and a pdf copy to this department. The design engineer must provide a covering memo confirming that the design conforms in all respects to the City's Design and Construction Documents and with the Master Municipal Construction Documents. If there are exceptions requested those must be itemized and a rational provided for staff consideration and review. Additional items to the above may be identified once the detailed design drawings are submitted. d. The City has recently updated its design criteria and the applicant's engineer should consult the City's website for the most up to date criteria. e. Once the design drawings are accepted this department will generate the rezoning servicing agreement. PARKS DEPARTMENT COMMENTS Parks Department comments in regard to the August 4, 2023 DP and DVP applications for the 49 unit townhouse proposal includes the following a. Provide a landscaped buffer (minimum 1m wide) between the park and the adjacent walkways. b. Grading at the property and park interface should provide as smooth a transition as possible. c. If there are retaining walls over 4’ in height, then terracing of the wall on the applicant’s property is requested. At a minimum, one walkway connection into the park should be provided (one is shown) and this should meet accessibility guidelines. CONCLUSION: The Planning Department requests that the Advisory Design Panel provide comments on the development proposal. _________________________________________ Prepared by: Maryam Lotfi / Planner The following appendices are attached hereto: Appendix A: Subject Map Appendix B: Cover Letters (Signed) from Architect and Landscape Architect plus a Design Rationale Appendix C: ADP Submission Form Appendix D: ADP Applicant Checklist (signed by Architect) Appendix E: Development Data Sheet (signed by Architect) Appendix F: DP Area Guidelines Checklist Appendix G: Architectural Plans Appendix H: Landscaping Plans Appendix I: Marked-up Plan Suggested by Planning Department DATE: Oct 4, 2023FILE: 2023-264-DP ^PLANNING DEPARTMENT 12885 24245 12900 1 2 8 8 4 12901 12908 24197 24033 2 4 0 3 2 24027 24058 24096 24186 24072 24098 24055 2 411 0 2 4 1 2 4 24184 24188 24090 24063 24065 24076 24064 24026 24019 24099 24059 24043 24083 24052 24195 24042 24025 24091 24090 24230 12892 24250 12893 24145 24069 12909 24223 24200 24017 24022 24082 24077 24026 24040 24062 2 4 0 3 8 24150 24190 24048 24086 24115 24169 24075 24070 24050 24074 24035 24138 24053 24037 24052 24095 24162 24056 FERN C RES 128 AVE MILL ST 127B AVE 127A AVE ´ Scale: 1:2,500 BY: DT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent Subject Properties July 21, 2023 City of Maple Ridge Department of Planning 11995 Haney Place Maple Ridge, B.C. V2X 6A9 Attn: Chuck Goddard, Director of Planning Dear Sir: Re: 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge – Proposed Townhouse Multi-Family Residential Development Second Reading Submission Please see enclosed the second reading submission package for the above site. The site is within the Horse Hamlet of the Silver Valley Area Plan. The Plan envisions a mixed- use, walkable community of commercial and residential uses, anticipated to accommodate 240 residential units in two tightly compacted neighborhoods surrounded by eco-clusters nestled into a beautiful natural landscape. This proposal seeks to provide a contemporary architectural aesthetic and simple building forms, to place more visual emphasis on the incredible natural features of the area. Context: The subject development site is comprised of a single RS-3 zoned property, with an OCP land-use designation of Medium/High Density Residential. The property is located at the southwest corner of 128th Avenue and Fern Crescent and has a total lot area of approximately .85 hectares or 2.09 acres (8,500 square meters) in area. The site is gently sloped and sloping in an east direction towards Fern Crescent. There are existing single family-dwellings and accessory structures situated on the subject properties. Coniferous trees line the perimeter of the subject properties with deciduous and coniferous trees scattered throughout the interior portions. 2 Re: 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge – Proposed Townhouse Multi-Family Residential Development Second Reading Submission The property is bordered by: • to the north, Limen Group and existing single-family development • to the east, existing single-family development • to the west, existing single-family development • to the south, single family lots and the Alouette River Form of Development: The proposed project would require rezoning to CD (Based on RM-1) to accommodate the proposed townhouse development. The proposal includes the following: • 49 three- storey family sized townhomes. • Each building is grouped into 2-to-6-unit blocks. • Townhouses facing municipal streets will have an enhanced streetscape with a rowhouse aesthetic, with each unit having ground floor street access. • Each of the units has an enclosed car garage (side by side). • All visitors’ parking spaces are at grade. The number of visitor parking stalls are provided to meet and exceed the off-street parking bylaw, to ensure little/no impact on the neighboring community. • Site main access would be from Fern Crescent along the east property line. • Usable open space for each unit will be provided at grade. • This site is immediately adjacent to and linked with an existing neighborhood park. A linear greenspace is interlinked through a walkable path system that is connected with the existing park to the west of the property that will provide residents with a sufficient area for recreation and leisure as well as connection with the surrounding community. Please note that a variance has been requested for a shortage of outdoor common area. • Sustainability is paramount for this development and will incorporate Level 2 EV stalls as well as plug-ins for electric bicycles. Visitor parking stalls will also be equipped with Level 2 EV as well as 4 visitor stalls with EV charging units. • There are five-unit types, approximately 1,120 square feet to 1,785 square feet in area, all with a minimum of three bedrooms, suitable for family units. All units have access to private outdoor space at grade. The proposed project conforms to the development and design principles of community building and a denser urban environment as outlined in the Maple Ridge Official 3 Re: 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge – Proposed Townhouse Multi-Family Residential Development Second Reading Submission Community Plan for multi-residential buildings as well as Multi-Family Development Permit Area Guidelines. The form of development is guided by the four cornerstone principles of the Maple Ridge Official Community Plan: 1. Environment First: Significant environmental features are proposed to respect the existing landscape. Sufficient setbacks are proposed to provide a protective buffer for the unit entries as well as quiet, desirable private yards along 128th Street,127B Avenue and Fern Crescent. Furthermore, the design and siting of buildings protects access to natural features and views, enhancing privacy and livability. 2. Sustainable Approaches: Sustainability forms the design backbone of this project and incorporates the following: • Densification/efficient use of land to reduce urban sprawl and encourage the creation of walkable communities. • level 2 rough-ins for EV stalls in each townhouse unit. • power in each garage for electric bicycle charging. • level 2 rough-ins for EV stalls at all visitor parking stalls. • EV charging stations at 4 visitor parking stalls. • Walking paths through the site, interconnected with the adjacent park on the west and neighboring community to encourage alternate means of mobility (foot/bicycles) • site storm detention system to reduce impact on existing storm sewer system. • site water infiltration through permeable surfaces where possible, bio- swales. • extensive use of recycled construction and finishing materials, including locally produced materials where possible. • construction waste material recycling program to GVRD standards • All electric buildings – i.e. no dependency on gas (fossil fuels for heating, hot water) 4 Re: 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge – Proposed Townhouse Multi-Family Residential Development Second Reading Submission 3. Adaptability: The development provides the different housing types and sizes to achieve diverse population and affordable housing. The unit variety will allow: • Different unit types to accommodate families at different stages of aging. • Covered decks and patios provide usable outdoor areas even during inclement weather. 4. Healthy & Integrated Community: Design and siting of green spaces that encourage areas of outdoor activity and responds to the recreational needs of the community. Development Form and Character: A contemporary architectural rowhouse aesthetic is proposed throughout the site with building forms, massing, materials, and color selected to support the concept. Each building is designed with three storey volumes with a gable roof to create variations in building form and massing. The building façade is articulated with projected bays, timber posts, recessed planes to reduce the visual length of each building. Each townhouse unit fronting onto the public roads at 128th street ,127B Avenue and Fern Crescent will have a rowhouse look, including: • An entry porch and front door with feature lighting. Each entry is recessed and covered by a roof to help define individual entries. • A sidewalk and fence connect the unit to the municipal sidewalk and street. Each unit would have an entry gate and addressing/feature lighting. • Each building is firmly grounded with the use of a cultured stone base. The materials are non-combustible plank cladding with exposed and stained heavy timber elements. In summary, we believe this townhouse development project meets the city’s goal of urban infill sites that increase density through sustainable and livable strategies. 5 Re: 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge – Proposed Townhouse Multi-Family Residential Development Second Reading Submission We look forward to working with the city staff through the design development and development permit application process. If you have any questions or comments, please call. Regards, JESSIE ARORA Principal, Architect AIBC SAA, MAA, AAA, OAA, RA Oct 4, 2023 City of Maple Ridge Department of Planning 11995 Haney Place Maple Ridge, B.C. V2X 6A9 Attn: Maryam Lofti Dear Sir: Re: 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge – Proposed Townhouse Multi-Family Residential Development -ADP The subject development site is comprised of a single RS-3 zoned property, with an OCP land-use designation of Medium/High Density Residential. The property is located at the southwest corner of 128th Avenue and Fern Crescent and has a total lot area of approximately .85 hectares or 2.09 acres (8,500 square meters) in area. The property is bordered by:  to the north, Limen Group and existing single-family development  to the east, existing single-family development  to the west, existing single-family development  to the south, single family lots and the Alouette River The proposed project would require rezoning to CD (Based on RM-1) to accommodate the proposed townhouse development. The proposal includes the following:  49 three- storey family sized townhomes.  Each building is grouped into 2-to-6-unit blocks.  Townhouses facing municipal streets will have an enhanced streetscape with a rowhouse aesthetic, with each unit having ground floor street access.  Each of the units has an enclosed car garage (side by side).  All visitors’ parking spaces are at grade. The number of visitor parking stalls are provided to meet and exceed the off-street parking bylaw, to ensure little/no impact on the neighboring community. 2 Re: 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge – Proposed Townhouse Multi-Family Residential Development -ADP  Site main access would be from Fern Crescent along the east property line.  Usable open space for each unit will be provided at grade.  This site is immediately adjacent to and linked with an existing neighborhood park. A linear greenspace is interlinked through a walkable path system that is connected with the existing park to the west of the property that will provide residents with a sufficient area for recreation and leisure as well as connection with the surrounding community. Please note that a variance has been requested for a shortage of outdoor common area.  Sustainability is paramount for this development and will incorporate Level 2 EV stalls as well as plug-ins for electric bicycles. Visitor parking stalls will also be equipped with Level 2 EV as well as 4 visitor stalls with EV charging units.  There are five-unit types, approximately 1,120 square feet to 1,785 square feet in area, all with a minimum of three bedrooms, suitable for family units. All units have access to private outdoor space at grade. The proposed project conforms to the development and design principles of community building and a denser urban environment as outlined in the Maple Ridge Official Community Plan for multi-residential buildings as well as Multi-Family Development Permit Area Guidelines. A contemporary architectural rowhouse aesthetic is proposed throughout the site with building forms, massing, materials, and color selected to support the concept. Each building is designed with three storey volumes with a gable roof to create variations in building form and massing. Roof decks are introduced to Block 4/5/6 to achieve shortage of the outdoor common area. The building façade is articulated with projected bays, timber posts, recessed planes to reduce the visual length of each building. Each townhouse unit fronting onto the public roads at 128th street ,127B Avenue and Fern Crescent will have a rowhouse look, including:  An entry porch and front door with feature lighting. Each entry is recessed and covered by a roof to help define individual entries.  A sidewalk and fence connect the unit to the municipal sidewalk and street. Each unit would have an entry gate and addressing/feature lighting. 3 Re: 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge – Proposed Townhouse Multi-Family Residential Development -ADP  Each building is firmly grounded with the use of a cultured stone base. The materials are non-combustible plank cladding with exposed and stained heavy timber elements. In summary, we believe this townhouse development project meets the city’s goal of urban infill sites that increase density through sustainable and livable strategies. We look forward to working with the city staff through the design development and development permit application process. If you have any questions or comments, please call. Regards, JESSIE ARORA Principal, Architect AIBC SAA, MAA, AAA, OAA, RA October 04, 2023 City of Maple Ridge Attention: Planning Department To whom it may concern, Re: Design Rationale for 24195 Fern Crescent + 24070 128 Ave Maple Ridge , BC The Townhome project at 24195 Fern Crescent and 24070 128th Ave has been meticulously designed to optimize the utilization of available space and create a harmonious connection between private and public areas along the street interface. Distinctive pavement features have been incorporated at the driveway and pedestrian entrances to enhance the connection between private and public streetscape. The landscaping plan encompasses a variety of trees, seasonal shrubs, ground covers and perennials, which will not only provide a pleasant aesthetic but also offer a passive shading for the units facing south. The inclusion of trees also adds to the overall natural beauty to the enhancement of wildlife habitat. In addition to these features, permeable paving will be integrated into the site to facilitate additional on-site infiltration, promoting sustainable water management practices. Furthermore, a high-efficiency design-build irrigation system will be provided as an integral part of the development. The current site layout has been thoughtfully arranged to facilitate safe vehicular and pedestrian circulation where possible. We firmly believe that the proposed design optimally utilizes the site’s potential, incorporates numerous sustainability features, and complements the character and aesthetics of the local neighbourhood. Regards, Meredith Mitchell M2 Landscape Architecture The City  schedule making y ADP subm ADP thro Applicati Name of  File num Address  Current Z Seeking t Architect Submissi Architect Landscap Other Pro Note.: Th developm taken fro bulletin,  Major  per th build Group A (Pa Group B (Pa Group C Res Group D & E Group F (F1 Adv of Maple Rid es for submis your submiss mission pack ough your Fil ion Informa Applicant   ber   of site   Zone    to appear be t Informatio on will be p t   pe Architect  ofessional (S he Architects ments to the om AIBC Bull click here.  Occupancy  he current  ing codes  art 3)   art 3)   sidential  E   : Part 3)   isory Des dge Advisory ssion deadlin sion, contact kage for you le Manager w tion:  _________ _________ _________ _________ efore the AD on:  resented to  _________ _________ State Name  s are require e ADP that a letin 31 Build Public Assem Hospital, San Home for the Aged  Institutional  Hotel or sim Commercial  Industrial  sign Pane y Design Pan ne dates and t your File M ur project. Fo well in adva __________ __________ __________ ___ Propose DP on this da ADP by:  __________ __________ & Role) ____ ed to prepar re in the Ma dings Requir Use  mbly  natorium, or  e  ilar occupancy  el Submis nel (ADP) me d for the min Manager to e orward your nce of the d ___________ _____  ___________ ed Zone ____ ate ________ ___________ ___________ __________ re plans and ajor Occupan ring the Serv Type services − any o exce − any b exce − all sc − any b capa − any b − any b − any b − any b − any b ssion Req eets monthly nimum subm establish wh r complete s deadline date __________ __________ __________ __________ ________  _______  ___________ to attend a ncy categori vices of an A es of Building or s of an architect one‐storey build eeding 9 m or gro building of more eeding 235 m²; a chools, any size building (exclud acity exceeding 1 building with gro building contain building contain building with gro building with gro uest Form y.Refer to t mission requ at constitute ubmission p e.  __  __  __  __  __________ nd to presen es cited in th Architect. Fo r Parts of Buildin t under section 6 Act.   ding with an uns oss area exceed e than one store and  ing veterinary h 12 beds  oss area exceed ning 5 or more d ning 11 or more g oss area exceed oss area exceed m  he attached irements. Be es a complet package for t ____  nt all  he Table bel r the entire  ng requiring the 60 of the Archit supported span  ing 275 m²;  ey with gross are ospital) with a  ing 470 m²  welling units  guest rooms  ing 470 m²  ing 470 m²    efore  te  the  ow  e  ects  ea  CITY OF MAPLE RIDGE ADVISORY DESIGN PANEL 2019 APPLICANT SCHEDULE Meeting Date Applicant Deadline January 16, 2019 December 17, 2018 February 20, 2019 January 28, 2019 March 20, 2019 February 25, 2019 April 17, 2019 March 25, 2019 May 15, 2019 April 18, 2019 June 19, 2019 May 27, 2019 July 17, 2019 June 24, 2019 NO AUGUST MEETING September 18, 2019 August 26, 2019 October 16, 2019 September 23, 2019 November 20, 2019 October 28, 2019 NO DECEMBER MEETING DEVELOPMENT DATA SHEET Existing /Proposed Zone _____________ Date Prepared __________ Proposed (Complies or state variance needed) Required Development Data Minimum Required or Maximum Allowed LOT AREA* (in square metres) Gross Total Less Road Widening / Truncations Less Park Net Total LOT COVERAGE (in % of net lot area) Total Site Coverage SETBACKS (in metres) Front Rear Side #1 (N,S,E, or W) Side #2 (N,S,E, or W) Side #3 (N, S, E or W) SETBACKS – Underground Structures (in metres) Front Rear Side #1 (N,S,E, or W) Side #2 (N,S,E, or W) Side #3 (N, S, E or W) BUILDING HEIGHT (in metres/storeys) Principal Accessory NUMBER OF RESIDENTIAL UNITS Bachelor One Bedroom Two Bedroom Three Bedroom + Total GROSS FLOOR AREA (in square metres) Residential Retail Commercial Office Commercial Other Commercial (Type _________________) Institutional Industrial TOTAL GROSS FLOOR AREA * If the development site consists of more than one lot, lot dimensions pertain to the entire site. RS-3 /CD (based on RM-1)03-10-2023 1000 8537.28 -160.68 -- 1000 8376 N/A N/A 7.50 5.00 (East/Fern Crescent) 7.50 4.00 (West/Park) 6.00 4.50 (North/128th Street) 7.50 5.70 (South/Neighbour) -- -- -- -- -- -- 9.50 9.50 -- -- -- -- -49 -49 5025.96 (0.60 FSR)9717.01 -- -- -- -- -- 5025.96 (0.60 FSR)9717.01 Proposed (Complies or variance needed?) OTHER – state YES or NO for each. If YES describe on separate sheet. Heritage Site Tree Survey/Assessment Provided Watercourse/Steep Slopes Covenants, Stat ROW & Easements I hereby certify that all the above information is true and correct. I acknowledge that any error or omissions are the sole responsibility of the undersigned and not the Development and Environmental Services Department. Prepared by: ___________________________ __________________________________ Print Name (Please print form and sign above) NOTE: To be prepared by an Architect for ADP Submission or by an owner/agent (applicant) for Development Application. Required Development Data Minimum Required or Maximum Allowed DENSITY # of units/ha (gross) # of units/ha (net) Gross Floor Area Floor Space Ratio (net) AMENITY SPACE (area in square metres) Common Activity Area Useable Open Space PARKING (number of spaces) Residential and Multi-Residential Uses Multi-Residential Town Centre (Bach Units) Multi-Residential Town Centre (1 Bdr Units) Multi-Residential Town Centre (Added Bdr) Commercial Uses Educational & Assembly Uses Institutional Use Industrial Use Business Park Uses Comprehensive Other Number of spaces for visitors TOTAL NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES Number of total for disabled Number of total (and %) small cars % Number of total (and %) tandem spaces % TOTAL OFF STREET LOADING SPACE(S) BICYCLE PARKING (number of spaces) Short Term Bicycle Parking Long Term Bicycle Parking -- -- 5025.96 (0.60 FSR)9717.01 -7401.21 245 SM 118.70 SM 2205 SM 477.68 SM 98 98 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 9.8 10 108 108 2 2 -1 -- -- -7 -- No Yes No No Jessie Arora - Architect - - Pursuant with Section 8.7 of the Official Community Plan, multi-family developments will be assessed against the following form and character guidelines. This checklist is intended to aid in the review of multi-family development permits and is to be completed by the architect of record for the project. It is noted that the project will also be reviewed for consistency with the guidelines by the Planning Department staff and the Advisory Design Panel. Key Guideline Concepts Consistent Yes No If No, provide justification for inconsistency 1. New development into established areas should respect private spaces, and incorporate local neighbourhood elements in building form, height, itectural features and massing. arch 2. Transitional development should be used to bridge areas of low and high densities, through means such as stepped building heights, or low rise ground oriented housing located to the periphery of a higher density developments. 3. Large scale developments should be clustered and given architectural separation to foster a sense of community, and improve visual attractiveness. 4. Pedestrian circulation should be encouraged with attractive streetscapes attained through landscaping, architectural details, appropriate lighting and by directing parking underground where possible or away from public view through screened parking structures or surface parking located to the rear of the property. Guidelines Consistent Yes No If No, provide justification for inconsistency A. Building Design, Massing, and Siting 1. Design and siting of buildings should take advantage of natural features or views and should enhance privacy and livability. 2. Residential buildings should front or appear to front onto public roads through the use of appropriate treatment of exteriors, through direct pedestrian access to individual units from the public street/sidewalk, or through the provision of pedestrian walkways linked to the street. Street frontages should be emphasized by incorporating Multi-Family Development Permit Area Guidelines - 1 - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes differentiated front, side and rear oriented facades, with a minimum two storey facade on the fronting street to foster a human scale. Buildings that are designed with an end wall or unit adjacent to a public street should design the end unit with the pedestrian entry facing the street. At significant intersections, the definition of corners should be reinforced by buildings that front on both streets and incorporate corner cuts. 3. Higher density dwellings should be sited adjacent to major streets in order to minimize access problems and to provide a transition to lower density uses. 4. Multi-family developments adjacent to lower density or single detached residential dwellings should: a) be consistent in form and massing with the surrounding area; b) be sited adjacent to major streets to provide a transition to lower density uses; c) concentrate density to the centre of the development or towards a non-residential boundary and locate lower density components adjacent to lower density residential uses; d) create a transition in building mass and form towards the setbacks of the adjacent neighbourhood; e) minimize access conflicts; f) be designed to maximize privacy and minimize views onto adjoining sites, particularly for portions of the development abutting the side yards of adjacent single detached residential uses. 5. Larger buildings, roof forms and building frontages should include design elements and features to: a) provide variation in the facades to help reduce the visual length of individual buildings; b) have the appearance of a series of smaller buildings, or as identifiable parts of a larger concept; and c) incorporate components that express strong unit identity and incorporate direct access to grade for ground-floor units. 6. New multi-family developments should use design themes, architectural features and elements of the surrounding neighbourhood by incorporating common elements such as form, scale, massing and proportion into the design as a means to reinforce neighbourhood stability. Examples include: a) the articulation of facades, using where appropriate, elements such as porches, chimneys, projections, recesses, and balconies; - 2 - Yes Yes Yes Yes b) the placement, size, shape and number of doors and windows; c) the location and visual appearance of garages and/or parking facilities; d) the selection of appropriate and compatible roof forms; and e) the design of hard and soft landscaping. 7. The exposed undersides of balconies and porches that are visible from a street or public walkway should be covered with exterior finishes to provide a finished appearance to public view. 8. Developments are encouraged to use the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEEDS) standards in the design of buildings. Techniques such as rain gardens, vegetated swales, separation of impervious surfaces, installing below surface infiltration beds and tree box filters, and redirecting water from drain pipes into vegetated areas are encouraged. 9. Variation in individual unit designs is encouraged to provide visual interest and avoid significant repetition either within a row of townhouses, or between adjacent rows of units. 10. Garage doors should not face public streets. Where front facing garage doors are unavoidable, the impact of garage doors on the public realm should be mitigated by: a) designing residential units with enough width to include attractive entrances and windows between garages; b) recessing garage doors behind the main building facade; c) keeping a sufficient width in residential units to allow the creation of attractive entrances and fenestration between garages. d) grouping garage doors in pairs between adjacent units to allow building entrances and facades more prominence on the street; e) providing interior spaces that overlook the street; f) separating and orienting unit entrances to the street; g) providing individual pedestrian walkways linked to the street; h) including design details such as transom windows or glazing in garage doors; i) a comprehensive landscape plan that identifies how the visual impact of garage doors from the street will be mitigated. 11. Landscaping of rooftops is encouraged where possible, to provide shared or private outdoor space - 3 - Yes Yes Yes Yes for residents and to provide attractive views for residents and passersby. B. Vehicle Access, Parking and Circulation 1. Parking and servicing should be located underground or to the rear of buildings, with access from lanes wherever possible. Where lane access is not possible, access should be from streets via narrow driveways to minimize the impact on streetscape appearance and disruption to pedestrian movement. 2. Parking structures should be adequately screened and architecturally compatible with the rest of the building. Large surface parking areas should be divided into smaller sections to avoid a monotonous appearance with landscaping strips, trees, building edges, pedestrian pathways, and pavement treatment to enhance their visual appearance. 3. Developments with large parking areas should provide a direct pedestrian pathway system through the parking area to facilitate convenient and safe pedestrian access between building entrances, parked cars, and sidewalks of adjoining streets. Features such as special landscaping with trees and benches, overhead weather protection and distinct paving should be incorporated where appropriate. Pedestrian movement should be designed to avoid any obstruction by parked vehicles. 4. Shared vehicle access between adjoining sites should be considered where access for parking at the rear of the property is limited. Joint or shared access should also be considered between adjoining developments to minimize disruption of pedestrian sidewalks and to maximize landscaping and permeable surfaces. Integration of driving aisles and pedestrian walkways between adjacent sites is also strongly encouraged. 5. Locate parking spaces allocated for people with disabilities as close as possible to the main entrance to a building. 6. Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles should be incorporated into the design of all parking facilities with convenient, safe, identifiable and universally accessible access routes to building entrances, lobbies or other principal areas of buildings, and to grade level from any underground or above ground parking structures. 7. To increase safety, consider using electronic security devices and monitoring systems as a - 4 - Roof decks on Block 4/5/6 Yes Yes Each building is grouped 2 to 6 blocks Yes Landscape features are proposed to achieve walkable paths, convenient and safe access N/A Yes Yes Accessible Stall is provided between block 1 and block 2 supplement to natural surveillance opportunities in parking structures and parking areas. 8.The amount of asphalt surfaces in parking areas should be minimized by integrating a variety of paving materials such as concrete, decorative pavers, etc. or by using alternate surface treatments. 9.Road grades, streets, lanes, and driveways should conform to the existing grades as closely as possible to ensure minimal disruption of slopes and vegetation. On steep terrain, roads should be aligned, wherever possible, to run parallel rather than counter to, natural contours and existing grades. C. Landscaping and Open Space 1.Landscaping both within and outside the development should: a)provide definition for pedestrian corridors; b)delineate private and semi private space from public space; c)provide adequate screening between private outdoor spaces; d)present a pleasing street image; e)provide suitable buffering between public road and privacy areas; f)soften the transition between adjacent land uses; g)provide a buffer between residential and non- residential land uses; h)create interesting views and focal points into and out of the site; i)reinforce design continuity with neighbouring properties, the scale and massing of buildings, and the streetscape by providing consistency in street trees, plant materials, and other landscaping elements. 2.Landscape drawings for development applications should include, but are not limited to, the following information: a)the location of mature and existing trees to be retained or removed, b)the location of all protective tree fencing; c)a grading plan or cross section indicating finished grade; and d)a drainage plan for the site. 3.Street trees will be a required component of all development. Incorporate deciduous tree species into streetfront landscaping to define site boundaries, to enhance public space, and to permit light penetration in winter. - 5 - Yes Yes Yes Yes No Further information for existing trees will be provided at later stages for the project. 4.Energy efficiency and conservation should be considered in the design of landscaped areas and in the selection of plant material. This can be accomplished through: a)using native and/or drought-resistant species; b)designing the landscaping to moderate the effect of wind; c)providing shade in summer; d)allowing natural drainage to occur throughout the site; e)allowing daylight into buildings; and f)redirecting water from rooftop runoff and downspouts into vegetated areas or rain barrels for later irrigation use. g)Maintain continuous landscaping along abutting streets and minimize the number of interruptions such as driveways and parking entrances. Continue the sidewalk pavement across driveways and parking entrances. 5.Maintain continuous landscaping along abutting streets and minimize the number of interruptions such as driveways and parking entrances. Continue the sidewalk pavement across driveways and parking entrances. 6.Create visual landmarks on significant street corners and at locations of high visibility. Provide landscaping and consider incorporating features such as flag poles, banners, visual art, ornamental trees, fountains, architectural elements, and landscape structures. 7.Any portion of a building site left vacant for future development should be landscaped consistent with the landscape plan for the overall site. The minimum ground surface treatment should be lawn. Where possible, the natural state should be retained for those portions of a property not being developed. 8.Identify, preserve and incorporate stands of mature trees into the overall site landscaping design. Retain unique tree species, significant vegetation, natural landscape features and nesting areas on a site wherever possible. To attain this objective, prior to the design of a project, a detailed survey prepared by a qualified professional indicating the location and condition of existing trees and vegetation on a site should be conducted and provided to the District as part of the development application process. 9.Existing vegetation should be enhanced with new planting wherever construction activity has destroyed vegetation. Replanting with indigenous - 6 - Yes Yes No Ornamental trees are located at main focal entries. No Not applicable No Existing tree management plan will be provided at later stage of project. or native species is encouraged. 10.Consider incorporating rain gardens and vegetated swales into parking lot landscaping to increase the natural absorption of rainwater runoff from paved areas into the ground. 11.The height and location of a landscape screen should ensure that: a)privacy to adjacent properties is adequately protected; b)driving site lines are maintained from adjacent roads, manoeuvring aisles, parking lots; and c)the quality of the streetscape and outdoor living spaces is enhanced. 12.Maximize the amount of landscaped areas and minimize the amount of impervious paved surfaces to increase the natural absorption of rainwater on a site. D. Universally Accessible Design 1.All non-vehicular routes should be fully accessible. Sidewalks and pathways should be wide enough for wheelchair/scooters and should include a tactile strip for the visually impaired. Curb-cuts and curb let-downs should be provided in appropriate locations to facilitate safe, convenient, and direct access from parking spaces to buildings for people with disabilities. 2.Building entries should be: a)clearly addressed with large numbers visible from the street; b)directly accessed from the street without stairs; c)provided with level areas measuring a minimum of 1.5m x 1.5m (4.9 ft. x 4.9 ft.) both inside and outside of doorways; and d)provided with weather protection, exterior lighting, and power-assisted door openers. E. Refuse, Recycling and Service Areas 1.Integrate vents, mechanical rooms, mechanical equipment, and elevator penthouses into the roof design or screen with materials and finishes compatible with the overall architectural design. 2.The design of a roof, placement of mechanical units and satellite dishes, etc. should take into account views of the roof from adjacent buildings. 3.Garbage containers and recycling bins must be: a)easily accessible; - 7 - Yes No No No Yes Yes Couple of steps in front of unit patios since no unit is adaptable.N/A N/A Yes Yes Yes No Other measures havebeen reviewed in coordination w/arch and civil. b)appropriately sized for the building occupants; c)contained within roofed/walled enclosures; d)incorporated into the overall design of the development; or e)screened from public view and weatherproof and animal-resistant within the boundaries of each site. 4.Service areas should be internalized within the development. For developments with multiple buildings, common refuse, recycling and service areas are to be provided. Storage areas should be located to be convenient and readily accessible from most buildings or units on the site. Avoid direct exposure from public streets and allow for adequate manoeuvring space for removal vehicles. 5.Enclose or screen all exterior mechanical units or equipment, including roof top units, equipment, and satellite dishes within upper floors or structures that from part of the overall design of a development. 6.Locate building ventilation systems away from pedestrian areas, residential units, and outdoor spaces to minimize noise and exhaust in these areas and locate less sensitive land uses closer to sources of noise. 7.Buildings should be designed and constructed maximize sound attenuation: a)between units; b)between public roads and units; and c)between adjacent land uses and units. F. Signage and Lighting 1.All signage must conform to the Maple Ridge Sign Bylaw. In the event of a conflict between the Maple Ridge Sign Bylaw and these guidelines, the latter shall take precedent. 2.Signage design, materials and message should be integrated and complement the scale and architectural detail of the building. 3.Pedestrian level lighting is encouraged along all pedestrian routes and pedestrian plazas. The lighting should be pedestrian focused. 4.Lighting should be designed so as to have no direct source of light visible from the public right-of-way or adjacent residential land. Care should be taken to ensure that lighting glare does not pose a nuisance to adjacent residences, pedestrians, or motorists. - 8 - Yes Please refer to landscape drawings. Yes Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A Yes G. Bicycle Parking and Storage 1. Short term and long term bicycle parking facilities should be considered for all developments. Short term bicycle parking should be in well-lit locations and clearly visible from a main building entrance and/or public roads with bicycle racks made of sturdy, theft-resistant material that is securely anchored to the floor or ground. Longer term bicycle storage areas provided as part of a parking structure should be located close to elevators and access points. Date:____________________________ Architect Name/Company ___________________________________ Municipal File No. _________________________ Plan Description: _______________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ Project No. ________________________________ Signature __________________________________ - 9 - Yes Atelier Pacific Architecture Inc. 04-10- 2023 49 three storey family size townhomes Short term bike area is proposed. Please refer to landscape dwgs. 2023-264-DP - 24070 128 AVENUE & 24195 FERN CRESCENT 128 AVENUE FE R N C R E S C E N T DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/64" = 1'-0" A-0.00 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS COVER PAGE PROPOSED TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 AVENUE & 24195 FERN CRESCENT , MAPLE RIDGE, BRITISH COLUMBIA PROJECT INFO LEGAL DESCRIPTION: LT 19; SEC 22; TWP 12; NWD; PL NWP11363 LT 18; SEC 22; TWP 12; NWD; PL NWP11363 CIVIC ADDRESS: 24070 128 AVENUE & 24195 FERN CRESCENT, MAPLE RIDGE, BRITISH COLUMBIA ZONING INFORMATION: ZONE: EXISTING:RS - 3 PROPOSED:CD (BASED ON RM-1) LOT AREA: GROSS SITE AREA - 2.10 AC. / 8,537.28 SM DEDICATIONS -0.04 AC. / 160.68 SM (Road Dedication + Corner Truncation) NET SITE AREA -2.06 AC. / 8,376.60 SQM PROJECT DIRECTORY CLIENT:WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS LTD. 19951 80A Avenue, LANGLEY, B.C. V6E 3V6 CONTACT: Jag Mann T: 604-807-9441 jag@woodlockdevelopments.ca ARCHITECTURAL :ATELIER PACIFIC ARCHITECTURE INC. 350 - 10851 SHELLBRIDGE WAY RICHMOND, BC V6X 3Z6 CONTACT: JESSIE ARORA T 604-284-5194 jessie@atelierpacific.com SURVEY :BENNETT LAND SURVEYING LTD. 203-15310 103 A Avenue, SURREY, BC V3R 5Y5 T 604-582-0717 mikeb@bennettsurveys.com CIVIL:MC ELHANNEY 13450 102nd Avenue, SURREY, B.C. V3T 5X3 CONTACT: Jason Rosevear T: 604-683-8521 jrosevear@mcelhanney.com GEOTECHNICAL :ABLE GEOTECHNICAL LTD. 15580 79A AVENUE, SURREY, BC V3S 8R8 CONTACT: Tegbir S. Bajwa T: 778-995-2404 tegbir@ablegeo.com LANDSCAPE:M2 LANDSCAPE 220- 26 Lorne Mews, New Westminster, B.C. V3M 3L7 CONTACT: Meredith Mitchell T: 604-553-0044 meredith.mitchell@m2la.com ARBORIST :KOOME URBAN FORESTRY 1163 The High Street, Unit 305 COQUITLAM, BC V3B 7W2 CONTACT: Kelly Koome T: 778-885-6777 kelly.koome@urbanforestry.ca WILDFIRE:DIAMOND HEAD CONSULTING LTD. 3559 Commercial, VANCOUVER, BC V5N 4E8 CONTACT: Conor Corbett T 604-733-4886 conor@diamondheadconsulting.com LOCATION MAP SHEET NO.SHEET NAME A-3.01A ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 1 A-3.01B ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 1 A-3.02A ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 2 A-3.02B ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 2 A-3.03A ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 3 A-3.03B ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 3 A-3.04A ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 4 A-3.04B ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 4 A-3.05A ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 5 A-3.05B ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 5 A-3.06A ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 6 A-3.06B ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 6 A-3.07A ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 7 A-3.07B ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 7 A-3.08A ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 8 A-3.08B ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 8 A-3.09A ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 9 A-3.09B ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 9 A-3.10A ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 10 A-4.01 SECTIONS - BLOCK 1 & 2 A-4.02 SECTIONS - BLOCK 3 & 4 A-4.03 SECTIONS - BLOCK 5 & 6 A-4.04 SECTIONS - BLOCK 7 & 8 A-4.05 SECTIONS - BLOCK 9 & 10 A-5.1 3d VIEWS A-5.2 3D VIEWS SHEET LIST SHEET NO.SHEET NAME A-0.00 COVER PAGE A-0.01 CONTEXT PLAN A-0.02 CONTEXT PHOTOS A-0.03 DESIGN RATIONALE A-0.04 DEVELOPMENT DATA A-0.4A PROJECT VARIANCE A-0.05 SURVEY PLAN A-0.06 MATERIAL LIST A-0.07 BASE PLAN A-1.00 OVERALL SITE PLAN A-1.01 ENLARGED SITE PLAN - WEST A-1.02 ENLARGED SITE PLAN - EAST A-1.03 SITE PLAN/USEABLE OPEN SPACE/PATHWAYS A-1.04 SITE PLAN - VARIANCES A-1.05 FIRE PLAN A-1.06 SITE SECTION A-2.01A FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 1 A-2.01B FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 1 A-2.02A FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 2 A-2.02B FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 2 A-2.03A FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 3 A-2.03B FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 3 A-2.04A FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 4 A-2.04B FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 4 A-2.05A FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 5 A-2.05B FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 5 A-2.06A FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 6 A-2.06B FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 6 A-2.07A FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 7 A-2.07B FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 7 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 + 37.85+ 37.80+ 37.73+ 37.69+ 37.63+ 37.58+ 38.00+ 38.10+ 38.15+ 38.25+ 38.30+ 38.35+ 38.40+ 37.48+ 37.53+ 37.58+ 37.63+ 37.68+ 37.75+ 37.88+ 37.93+ 37.98+ 38.03+ 38.08+ 38.13+ 38.23+ 38.28+ 38.32+ 38.38+ 38.43+ 38.5038.73 ++ 38.502.4%+ 38.50MAX 3:1%MAX 3:1%MAX 3:1%MAX 3:1%14%9.5%+ 37.54+ 37.76+ 37.81+ 38.21+ 38.05+ 39.30+ 39.20+ TS 39.06+ 38.60+ 38.80+ 38.70+ 38.60+ 38.48+ 38.34+ 3802+ 38.02+ 37.92+ 38.07+ EXG 38.67+ EXG 38.61+ INT 37.60+ 37.563%+ INT 37.82+ INT 38.042.1%+ INT 37.75+ INT 37.86+ INT 37.97+ 38.651.4%+ INT 38.14+ INT 38.24+ INT 38.34+ INT 38.44+ INT 38.542.6%3R @ 140MM 2R @ 130MM 5.5% 1R @ 150MM 5.2% 1R @ 180MM 4.7% 1R @ 150MM 5.2% 1R @ 180MM 2%+ 38.633R @ 140MM+ TS 38.02+ BS 37.60+ TS 38.02+ BS 37.75+ TS 38.48+ BS 38.33+ TS 38.60+ BS 38.42+ TS 38.70+ BS 38.55+ TS 38.80+ BS 38.62+ BS 38.692% N.T.S. 128' - 1 25/32"39.06 m37.5237.71SINGLE PEDESTAL PICNIC TABLE (SPPTG-40) TOP VIEW FRONT ELEVATION WHEEL CHAIR ACCESSIBLE ONE SIDEIN GROUND MOUNTINGSKATE BLOCKSSTAINLESS STEEL WEDGE ANCHOR BOLT DOWN KIT (INST- 2.75)GALVANIZED (SPPTWC-40)GALVANIZED & POWDER COATED (SPPTWCGP-40) 19 11/ 1 6 " 12"32 3/1 6 " 40" 40" NOTES:1. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.3. THIS DRAWING IS INTENDED FOR USE BY ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS, CONTRACTORS, CONSULTANTS AND DESIGNPROFESSIONALS FOR PLANNING PURPOSES ONLY. THIS DRAWING MAY NOT BE USED FORCONSTRUCTION.4. ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN WAS CURRENT AT THE TIME OF DEVELOPMENT BUT MUST BE REVIEWED ANDAPPROVED BY THE PRODUCT MANUFACTURER TO BE CONSIDEREDACCURATE.5. CONTRACTOR'S NOTE: FOR PRODUCT AND COMPANY INFORMATION VISIT www.CADdetails.com/info AND ENTERREFERENCE NUMBER 23 002 L1. SPECIFICATIONS:-RE-PLAST™ RECYCLED PLASTIC SLATS-DURABLE "SLICK COATED" COATED STEEL FRAME-LONG LASTING STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE-10 YEAR LIMITED WARRANTYTABLE HEIGHT:30" / 762 MMSEAT HEIGHT:19.6875" / 500 MMSEAT DEPTH:11.5" / 292 MMSEAT LENGTH:36" / 914 MMTABLE TOP:40" X 40" / 1010 MM X 1010 MMTOTAL LENGTH:71" X 71" / 1803 MM X 1803 MMWEIGHT:378 LBS / 171 KGRECYCLED CONTENT:43% RECYCLED CONTENT BY WEIGHT,100% RECYCLABLE ISOMETRIC VIEW SELECT DESIRED DURABLE POWDERCOATED ALUMINUM FRAME: SELECT DESIRED CUSTOMIZED SOLUTIONS: BROWN SLATE SELECT DESIRED RECYCLEDPLASTIC COLORS:BLACKGREYREDWOODWALNUTSAND VICTOR RIDGE IINORDIC LICHEN TIMELESS RUSTGREY GOLDTEXTURED SILVERPRECIOUS SAND GROOVY RED BLACK TEXTUREDEARTH CLAY NOBLE BRONZEMODERN KHAKI FLAME RED PASTEL ORANGE SIGNAL VIOLETTRAFFIC YELLOWULTRAMARINE BLUEWATER BLUEYELLOW GREEN CUSTOM POWDER COATING(SETUP CHARGES MAY APPLY) TABLES .1 CCDC Doc 2 LATEST EDITIONComply with all articles in the General Conditions of Contract in conjunction with this section unless superseded by other Contract Documents..2 B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION, prepared by the B.C. Society of Landscape Architects and the B.C. Landscape & Nursery Association, jointly.Allwork and materials shall meet standards as set out in the B.C. Landscape Standard unless superseded by this specification or as directed byLandscapeArchitect with writteninstruction..3 MASTER MUNICIPAL SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARD DETAILS, LATEST EDITION, prepared by the Consulting Engineers of British Columbia, RoadbuildersandHeavy Construction Association, and the Municipal EngineersDivision.4 STANDARD FOR LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM, LATEST EDITION: Prepared by the Irrigation Industry Association of British Columbia..5 MUNICIPAL BYLAWS AND ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS WHERE NOTED..1 A current (not more than one month) test for all growing medium to be used on this site is required. Provide and pay for testing by an independenttestingfacility pre-approved by the Landscape Architect. Deliver growing medium test results to Landscape Architect for review and approval prior to placement.Refer to Section 3.4 Growing Medium Testing forprocedure..2 Owner reserves the right to test or re-test materials. Contractor responsible to pay for testing if materials do not meet specification..1 Under the terms of the Landscape Architect's Contract with the Owner and where the Landscape Architect is the designated reviewer, the LandscapeArchitect will observe construction as is necessary in their opinion to confirm conformance to the plans and specifications. Contact Owners Representative toarrange for site observation at the appropriate times. Allow two days notice. Observation schedule may include but will not be limited to the following:.1.1 Start Up Site Meeting, General Contract: Prior to any site disturbance, a meeting with the general contractor to review tree preservation issues, generallandscape issues and municipal requirements..1.2 Start Up Site Meeting, Landscape Contract (if separate): At the start of work with Owner's Representative, Site Superintendent and LandscapeContractor; a meeting is to be held to review expected work and to verify the acceptability of the subgrade and general site conditions to the LandscapeContractor. Provide growing medium test results for this meeting..1.3 Progress Site Visits: To observe materials and workmanship as necessary through the course of the work. Review of different aspects of the work maybe dealt with on any single visit. Such elements may include: Site Layout, Rough Grading, Growing Medium - quality, depths, finish grading; Drainage andDrainage Materials; Lawns or Grass areas; Planting -plant material including negotiations with suppliers, nursery inspections, plant sizes, quality, quantity,planting practice and layout, tree support; Mulch; Irrigation Systems; Play Equipment; Site Furniture; and other elements of the site development where theLandscape Architect is the designated reviewer such as: Pedestrian Paving, Fencing, Non-structural walls and slabs, Unit Paving..1.4 Substantial Performance: Review of all work, accounting of all substitutions, deletions; plant counts, preparations of deficiency list, andrecommendations for completion..1.5 Certificate of Completion: Upon the declaration of Substantial Performance, a recommendation for the issuance of the Certificate of Completion will bemade to the Payment Certifier as defined in the contract..1.6 Deficiency Review: Prior to the completion of the holdback period, check for completion of deficiencies. Once completed, a Schedule 'C' will be issed whererequired..1.7 Warranty Review: Prior to the completion of the waranty period (+/- 24months after issuance of the Certificate of Completion), review all warantymaterial and report reccmmendations for waranty replacement..1 Unless otherwise instructed in the Contract Documents, the preparation of the subgrade shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor.Placementof growing medium constitutes acceptance of the subgrade by the Landscape Contractor. Any subsequent corrections to the subgrade required aretheresponsibility of the Landscape Contractor..2 All work and superintendence shall be performed by personnel skilled in landscape contracting. In addition, all personnel applying herbicidesand/orpesticides shall hold a current license issued by the appropriateauthorities..3 A site visit is required to become familiar with site conditions before bidding and before start of work..4 Confirm location of all services before proceeding with any work..5 Notify Landscape Architect of any discrepancies. Obtain approval from Landscape Architect prior to deviating from the plans..6 Take appropriate measures to avoid environmental damage. Do not dump any waste materials into water bodies. Conform with all federal, provincialandlocal statutes andguidelines..7 Collect and dispose of all debris and/or excess material from landscape operations. Keep paved surfaces clean and repair damage resultingfromlandscape work. Repairs are to be completed prior to finalacceptance..8 Where new work connects with existing, and where existing work is altered, make good to match existing undisturbed condition..1 Guarantee all materials and workmanship for a minimum period of two full year from the date of Certificate of Completion..2 Refer to individual sections for specific warranties..1 Other conditions of Contract may apply. Confirm Scope of Work at time of tender..2 Work includes supply of all related items and performing all operations necessary to complete the work in accordance with the drawings andspecificationsand generally consists of thefollowing:.2.1 Retention of Existing Trees where shown on drawings..2.2 Finish Grading and Landscape Drainage..2.3 Supply and placement of growing medium..2.4 Testing of imported growing medium and/or site topsoil,.2.5 Supply and incorporation of additives to meet requirements of soil test and Table One..2.6 Preparation of planting beds, supply of plant material and planting..2.7 Preparation of rough grass areas, supply of materials and seeding..2.8 Preparation of lawn areas, supply of materials and sodding..2.9 Supply and placement of bark mulch..2.10 Maintenance of planted and seeded/sodded areas until accepted by Owner..2.11 SEPARATE PRICE: Establishment Maintenance, Section 3.11..2.12 Other work: Work other than this list, not specified by Landscape Architect. .1 Growing Medium: Conform to BC Landscape Standard for definitions of imported and on-site topsoil. Refer to Table One below. .2 Fertilizer: An organic and/or inorganic compound containing Nitrogen (N), Phosphate (25), and Potash (soluble 2) in proportions required by soil test. .3 Lime: Ground agricultural limestone. Meet requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard. .4 Organic Additive: Commercial compost product to the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION and pre-approved by theLandscapeArchitect. Recommended suppliers: Yardworks, The Answer Garden Products, Fraser Richmond Soils & Fibre, Stream OrganicsManagement..5 Sand: Clean, washed pump sand to meet requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard. .6 Composted Bark Mulch: 10mm (3/8") minus Fir/Hemlock bark chips and fines, free of chunks and sticks, dark brown in colour and free of all soil,stones,roots or other extraneous matter. Fresh orange in colour bark will berejected..7 Herbicides and Pesticides: If used, must conform to all federal, provincial and local statutes. Appliers must hold current licenses issued bytheappropriate authorities in thearea..8 Filter Fabric: A non biodegradable blanket or other filtering membrane that will allow the passage of water but not fine soil particles. (Such as MIRAFI140NL, GEOLON N40 OR AMOCO 4545 or alternate product pre-approved by the LandscapeArchitect.).9 Drainage Piping if required: Schedule 40 PVC nominal sizes. .10 Drain Rock: Clean, round, inert, durable, and have a maximum size of 19mm and containing no material smaller than 10mm. .11 Plant Material: To the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard. Refer to 3.9, Plants and Planting. All plant material must be provided fromacertified disease free nursery. Provide proof ofcertification..12 Sod: Refer to individual sections in this specification. .13 Supplier and installers of segmental block walls to provide engineered drawings for all walls: signed and sealed drawings for all walls, individually,inexcess of 1.2m, or combinations of walls collectively in excess of 1.2m. Installations must be reviewed and signed off by Certified Professional Engineer;inlcudecost of engineering services in Tender price..14 Miscellaneous: Any other material necessary to complete the project as shown on the drawings and described herein. TABLE ONE: PROPERTIES OF GROWING MEDIUM FOR LEVEL 2 GROOMED AND LEVEL 3 MODERATE AREAS Applications Low Traffic Areas.Trees and Large Shrubs High TrafficLawn Areas and PlantersPlanting Areas Growing Medium Types 2L 2H 2PTextureCoarse Gravel:larger than 25mmAll Gravel:larger than 2mm Sand:larger than 0.05mmsmaller than 2.0mmSilt:larger than 0.002mmsmaller than 0.05mmClay:smaller than 0.002mmClay and Silt Combined 0 - 1% 0 - 5% 50 - 80% 10 - 25% 0 - 25% maximum 35% 0 - 1% 0 - 5% 70 - 90% 0 - 15% 0 - 15% maximum 15% 0 - 1% 0 - 5% 40 - 80% 10 - 25% 0 - 25% maximum 35% Percent Of Dry Weight of Total Growing Medium Percent Of Dry Weight of Growing Medium Excluding Gravel Organic Content (coast):3 - 10%3 - 5%10 - 20% Acidity (pH):6.0 - 7.0 6.0 - 7.0 4.5 - 6.5Drainage:Percolation shall be such that no standing water is visible 60 minutes after at least 10 minutes of moderate to heavy rain or irrigation. .1 Prior to any work on site - protect individual trees or plant groupings indicated as retained on landscape plans as vegetation retention areas..1.1 In some instances the Landscape Architect will tag trees or areas to remain. Discuss tree retention areas at a start-up meeting with theLandscapeArchitect..2 A physical barrier must be installed to delineate clearing boundaries. Refer to physical barrier detail. If detail not provided, comply with localmunicipalrequirements..3 No machine travel through or within vegetation retention areas or under crowns of trees to be retained is allowed..4 Do not stockpile soil, construction materials, or excavated materials within vegetation retention areas..5 Do not park, fuel or service vehicles within vegetation retention areas..6 No debris fires, clearing fires or trash burning shall be permitted within vegetation retention areas..7 No excavations, drain or service trenches nor any other disruption shall be permitted within vegetation retention areas without a review of theproposedencroachment by the LandscapeArchitect..8 Do not cut branches or roots of retained trees without the approval of the Landscape Architect..9 Any damage to existing vegetation intended for preservation will be subject to evaluation by an I.S.A. Certified Arborist using the "Guide forPlantAppraisal", LATESTEDITION..9.1 Replacement planting of equivalent value to the disturbance will be required. The cost of the evaluation and of the replacement planting will betheresponsibility of the General Contractor and or the person(s) responsible for the disturbance..10 In municipalities with specific tree retention/replacement bylaws ensure compliance to bylaws..11 In situations where required construction may disturb existing vegetation intended for preservation, contact Landscape Architect for review priortocommencingconstruction.PART ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS1.1 REFERENCES1.2 TESTING1.4 SITE REVIEW1.5 WORKMANSHIP1.6 WARRANTIES2.1 SCOPE OF WORK 2.2 MATERIALS PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT3.1 RETENTION OF EXISTING TREES.1 Ensure subgrade is prepared to conform to depths specified in Section 3.5, Growing Medium Supply, below. Where planting is indicated close toexistingtrees, prepare suitable planting pockets for material indicated on the planting plan. Shape subgrade to eliminate free standing water and conform to thesitegrading and drainageplan..2 On slopes in excess of 3:1 trench subgrade across slope to 150mm (6") minimum at 1.5m (5 ft.) intervals minimum..3 Scarify the entire subgrade immediately prior to placing growing medium. Re-cultivate where vehicular traffic results in compaction duringtheconstruction procedures. Ensure that all planting areas are smoothly contoured after light compaction to finishedgrades..4 Eliminate standing water from all finished grades. Provide a smooth, firm and even surface and conform to grades shown on the Landscape Drawings.Donot exceed maximum and minimum gradients defined by the B.C. LandscapeStandard..5 Construct swales true to line and grade, smooth and free of sags or high points. Minimum slope 2%, maximum side slopes 10%. Assure positive drainagetocollectionpoints..6 Slope not to exceed the following maximums: Rough Grass 3:1, Lawn 4:1, Landscape plantings 2:1..7 Finished soil/mulch elevation at building to comply with municipal requirements..8 Inform Landscape Architect of completion of finish grade prior to placement of seed, sod, plants or mulch.3.2 GRADES.1 Related Work: Growing medium and Finish Grading, Grass areas, Trees Shrubs and Groundcovers, Planters, Crib Walls..2 Work Included: Site finish grading and surface drainage. Installation of any drainage systems detailed on landscape plans. Note: Catch basins shownonlandscape plans for coordination only, confirm scope of work prior tobid..2.1 Coordinate all landscape drainage work with rest of site drainage, Refer to engineering drawings and specifications for connections and otherdrainagework..2.2 Determine exact location of all existing utilities and structures and underground utilities prior to commencing work, which may not be located ondrawingsand conduct work so as to prevent interruption of service or damage to them. Protect existing structures and utility services and be responsible fordamagecaused..2.3 Planter drains on slab: Refer to Section 3.10, Installing Landscapes on Structures..3 Execution.3.1 Do trenching and backfilling in accordance with engineering details and specifications..3.2 Lay drains on prepared bed, true to line and grade with inverts smooth and free of sags or high points. Ensure barrel of each pipe is in contact withbedthroughout fulllength..3.3 Commence laying pipe at outlet and proceed in upstream direction..3.4 Lay perforated pipes with perforations at 8pm and 4pm positions..3.5 Make joints tight in accordance with manufacturer's directions..3.6 Do not allow water to flow through the pipes during construction except as approved by Engineer..3.7 Make watertight connections to existing drains, new or existing manholes or catchbasins where indicated or as directed by Landscape Architect..3.8 Plug upstream ends of pipe with watertight clean out caps..3.9 Surround and cover pipe with drain rock in uniform 150mm layers to various depths as shown in details, minimum 100mm..3.10 Cover drain rock with non-woven filter cloth lap all edges and seams minimum 150mm..3.11 Assure positive drainage..3.12 Back fill remainder of trench as indicated..3.13 Protect subdrains from floatation during installation..1 Submit representative sample of growing medium proposed for use on this project to an independent laboratory. Provide test results to LandscapeArchitect prior to placing. Test results to include:.1.1 Physical properties, % content of gravel, sand, silt, clay and organics..1.2 Acidity PH and quantities of lime or sulphur required to bring within specified range..1.3 Nutrient levels of principle and trace elements and recommendations for required soil amendments..1.4 Carbon/Nitrogen level.3.3 LANDSCAPE DRAINAGE3.4 GROWING MEDIUM TESTING3.5 GROWING MEDIUM SUPPLY AND PLACEMENT.1 Supply all growing medium required for the performance of the Contract. Do not load, transport or spread growing medium when it is so wet thatitsstructure is likely to bedamaged..2 Supply all growing medium admixtures as required by the soil test. Amended growing medium must meet the specification for growing medium as definedinTable One for the variousareas..2.1 Thoroughly mix required amendments into the full depth of the growing medium..2.2 Special mixes may be required for various situations. Refer to drawing notes for instructions..3 Place the amended growing medium in all grass and planting areas. Spread growing medium in uniform layers not exceeding 6" (150mm), overunfrozensubgrade free of standing water..4 Minimum depths of growing medium placed and compacted to 80%:.4.1 On-grade:.4.1.1 Seeded and sodded lawn....................................................12" (300mm).4.1.2 Mass planted shrubs & groundcovers..........................30" (760mm).4.1.3 Groundcover only areas, if defined on plan................12" (300mm).4.1.4 Tree & large shrub pits.....................................................depth to conform to depth of rootball - width shall be at least twice the width of the root ballwithsaucer shapedsides..4.2 On-Slab:.4.2.1 Irrigated lawn........................................................................9" (210mm).4.2.2 Groundcover areas.............................................................12" (300mm).4.2.3 Lawn without automatic irrigation................................12" (300mm).4.2.4 Shrub & groundcover areas...........................................15" (380mm).4.2.5 Trees and specimen shrubs*..........................................30" (760mm) over columns and/or edge of slab (verify column locations on-site for tree locations.).4.2.6 Depth noted includes 1" to 2" (25-50mm) sand over filter fabric.4.2.7 Maximum 18" depth growing medium except where mounded for trees over column points. .5 Manually spread growing medium/planting soil around existing trees, shrubs and obstacles. .6 In perimeter seeded grass areas, feather growing medium out to nothing at edges and blend into existing grades. .7 Finished grades shall conform to the elevations shown on landscape and site plans..1 General: Rough grass areas are noted on the drawings as "Rough Grass". Treat all areas defined as rough grass between all property lines of theprojectincluding all boulevards to edge of roads andlanes..2 Preparation of Surfaces: To B.C. Landscape Standard Class 3 Areas (Rough grass) Section 7.1.1.3.2.1 Clean existing soil by mechanical means of debris over 50mm in any dimension..2.2 Roughly grade surfaces to allow for maintenance specified and for positive drainage. .3 Time of Seeding: Seed from early spring (generally April 1st) to late fall (September 15th) of each year. Further extensions may be obtainedonconcurrence of the LandscapeArchitect..4 Seed Supply & Testing: All seed must be obtained from a recognized seed supplier and shall be No. 1 grass mixture delivered in containers bearingthefollowinginformation:.4.1 Analysis of the seed mixture.4.2 Percentage of each seed type .5 Seed Mixture: All varieties shall be rated as strong performers in the Pacific Northwest and are subject to client approval. 70% Creeping Red Fescue 20% Annual Rye 5% Saturn Perennial Rye 5% Kentucky Bluegrass For Wildflower Areas use a mixture of Wildflowers with Hard Fescues (Terralink Coastal Wildflowers) with Hard Fescue or pre-approved alternate. .6 Fertilizer: Mechanical seeding: Apply a complete synthetic slow-release fertilizer with maximum 35% water soluble nitrogen and a formulation ratioof18-18-18 - 50% sulphur urea coated , 112 kg/ha(100lbs/acre) using a mechanicalspreader..7 Seeding: Apply seed at a rate of 112k/H (100lbs /acre) with a mechanical spreader. Incorporate seed into the top 1/4" (6mm) of soil and lightly compact. .8 Acceptance: Provide adequete protection of the seeded areas until conditions of acceptance have been met. Comply with Section 3.7 Hydroseeding. 3.6 ROUGH GRASS AREA - SEEDING PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT - CONT3.8 LAWN AREAS - SODDINGGrass - public parks, industrial and institutional sitesLawn, all areas noted on drawings as lawn in urbandevelopment sites including boulevard grassTABLE 2 SPECIFIED TURFGRASS BY AREARough GrassDescriptionSPECIALCLASS 3CLASS 2CLASS 1Area see hydroseedingNo. 2 StandardNo. 1 PremiumQuality Grade Kentucky Blue for sun, Fescues for shadeMajor Speciessame.1 General: Treat all areas defined as lawn areas on the landscape plan between all property lines of the project including all boulevards to edge ofroadsandlanes..2 Growing Medium: Comply with Section 2.2.1, Growing Medium. Prior to sodding, request an inspection of the finished grade, and depth and conditionofgrowing medium by the LandscapeArchitect..3 Time of Sodding: Sod from April 1st to October 1st. Further extensions may be obtained on concurrence of the Landscape Architect..4 Sod Supply: Conform to all conditions of B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 8, B.C. Standard for Turfgrass Sod..5 Specified Turfgrass by area: Refer to Table 2 below..6 Lime: The lime shall be as defined in Section 2.2.3, Materials. Apply at rates recommended in required soil test. Refer to Section 3.4 for method..7 Fertilizer: Refer to Section 2.2.2 Materials. Apply specified fertilizer at rates shown in the required soil test. Apply with a mechanical spreader.Cultivate into growing medium 48 hours prior to sodding. Apply separately fromlime..8 Sodding: Prepare a smooth, firm, even surface for laying sod. Lay sod staggered with sections closely butted, without overlapping or gaps, smoothandeven with adjoining areas and roll lightly. Water to obtain moisture penetration of 3" to 4" (7 - 10cm). Comply with requirements of BC LandscapeStandardSection 8, BC Standard for TurfgrassSod..9 Maintenance: Begin maintenance immediately after sodding and continue for 60 days after Substantial Completion and until accepted by the Owner.Protect sodded areas from damage with temporary wire or twine fences complete with signage until lawn is taken over by the Owner. Water to obtainmoisturepenetration of 3" to 4" (7-10cm) at intervals necessary to maintain sufficient growth. Keep grass cut at height of between 1-1/2" (4cm) and 2" (5cm).Provideadequate protection of sodded areas against damage until the turf has been taken over by Owner. Repair any damaged areas, re-grade as necessary.Aeration may be required if in the Landscape Architect's opinion, drainage through the sod base medium isimpaired..10 Acceptance of Lawn Areas: The turf shall be reasonably well established, with no apparent dead spots or bare spots and shall be reasonably freeofweeds (to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13 Maintenance Level 2 (Appearance). Use herbicides if necessary for weed removal unless other conditionsofcontract forbid their use. After the lawn has been cut at least twice, areas meeting the conditions above will be taken over by theOwner.3.9 PLANTS AND PLANTING.1 Conform to planting layout as shown on Landscape Plans..2 Obtain approval of Landscape Architect for layout and preparation of planting prior to commencement of planting operations..3 Make edge of beds with smooth clean defined lines..4 Time of Planting:.4.1 Plant trees, shrubs and groundcovers only during periods that are normal for such work as determined by local weather conditions whenseasonalconditions are likely to ensure successful adaptation of plants to their newlocation..5 Standards:.5.1 All plant material shall conform to the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION, unless exceeded by drawing Plant Schedule orthisspecification..5.1.1 Refer to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 9, Plants and Planting and in Section 12, BCLNA Standard for Container Grown Plants for minimum standards..5.1.2 Refer to Plant Schedule for specific plant and container sizes and comply with requirements..5.2 Plant material obtained from areas with less severe climatic conditions shall be grown to withstand the site climate..6 Review:.6.1 Review at the source of supply and/or collection point does not prevent subsequent rejection of any or all planting stock at the site. .7 Availability:.7.1 Area of search includes the Vancouver Island. Refer to Plant Schedule for any extension of area..7.2 Supply proof of the availability of the specified plant material within 30 days of the award of the Contract..8 Substitution:.8.1 Obtain written approval of the Landscape Architect prior to making any substitutions to the specified material. Non-approved substitutions willberejected..8.2 Allow a minimum of 5 days prior to delivery for request to substitute..8.3 Substitutions are subject to BC Landscape Standard - definition of Conditions of Availability. .9 Plant Species & Location:.9.1 Plants shall be true to name and of the height, calliper and size of root ball as shown on the landscape/site plan plant schedule. Calliper of trees istobe taken 6" (15cm) above grade..9.2 Plant all specified species in the location as shown on the landscape drawings. Notify Landscape Architect if conflicting rock orunderground/overheadservices are encountered..9.3 Deviation of given planting location will only be allowed after review of the proposed deviation by the Landscape Architect. .10 Excavation:.10.1 Trees and large shrubs: Excavate a saucer shaped tree pit to the depth of the rootball and to at least twice the width of the rootball. Assurethatfinished grade is at the original grade the tree was grownat..11 Drainage of Planting Holes:.11.1 Provide drainage of planting pits where required. ie. on sloped conditions, break out the side of the planting pit to allow drainage down slope; and inflatconditions, mound to raise the rootball above impervious layer. Notify the Landscape Architect where the drainage of planting holes islimited..12 Planting and Fertilizing Procedures:.12.1 Plant all trees and shrubs with the roots placed in their natural growing position. If burlapped, loosen around the top of the ball and cut away orfoldunder. Do not pull burlap from under the ball. Carefully remove containers without injuring the rootballs. After settled in place, cut twine. For wirebaskets,clip and remove top three rows ofwire..12.2 Fillthe planting holes by gently firming the growing medium around the root system in 6" (15cm) layers. Settle the soil with water. Add soil asrequiredto meet finish grade. Leave no air voids. When 2/3 of the topsoil has been placed, apply fertilizer as recommended by the required soil test at thespecifiedrates..12.3 Where planting is indicated adjacent to existing trees, use special care to avoid disturbance of the root system or natural grades of such trees..12.4 Where trees are in lawn areas, provide a clean cut mulched 900mm (3 ft.) diameter circle centered on the tree. .13 Staking of Trees:.13.1 Use two 2"x2"x5' stakes, unless superseded by municipal requirements. Set stakes minimum 2 ft. in soil. Do not drive stake through rootball..13.2 Leave the tree carefully vertical..13.3 Tie with pre-approved commercial, flat woven polypropylene fabric belt, minimum width 19mm (3/4"). Approved product: ArborTie - availablefromDeepRoot..13.4 Coniferous Trees over 6 ft. height: Guy with three 2-strand wires (11 gauge). Drive three stakes equidistant around the tree completely below grade..13.5 Trees 6 ft.+ on Wood or Concrete Decks: Guy as above using three deadmen (min. 2'x2"x4") buried to the maximum possible depth instead of stakes..13.6 Mark all guy wires with visible flagging material. .14 Pruning:.14.1 Limit pruning to the minimum necessary to remove dead or injured branches. Preserve the natural character of the plants, do not cut the leader.Useonly clean, sharp tools. Make all cuts clean and cut to the branch collar leaving no stubs. Shape affected areas so as not to retain water. Removedamagedmaterial. .15 Mulching:.15.1 Mulch all planting areas with an even layer of mulch to 2-1/2 - 3" (65 - 75mm) depth. Confirm placement of mulch in areas labeled "Groundcover Area"ondrawings. Mulch a 3 ft. (900mm) diameter circle around trees in lawn areas, leave a cleanedge..16 Acceptance:.16.1 The establishment of all plant material is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor. .17 Plant Material Maintenance:.17.1 Maintain all plant material for 60 days after landscape work has received a Certificate of Completion..17.2 Watering: Conform to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13.3.2 - Watering and generally as follows:.17.2.1 Water to supplement natural rainfall such that the soil moisture content is kept to 50% to 100% of field capacity. Water to the full depth of therootzone each time. The Owner is responsible to supply water at no extra cost to the Contract. Confirm source of water prior to beginningwork..17.3 Use appropriate measures to combat pests or diseases damaging plant material. Comply with all local governing statutes and guidelines forchemicalcontrol..17.4 Plant material which fails to survive shall be replaced in the next appropriate season as determined by the Landscape Architect..17.5 Repair tree guards, stakes, and guy wires, when necessary..17.6 Maintain areas relatively weed free. (Appearance level 2, B.C. Landscape Standard, Chapter 13)..17.7 Maintain mulch to specified depths. .18 Plant Warranty:.18.1 Replace all unsatisfactory plant material except those designated "Specimen" for a period of ONE(1) year after the Certificate of Completion. Replaceallunsatisfactory plant material designated "Specimen" for a period of two (2) years after the Certificate of Completion. Replace all unsatisfactory treesandshrubs and continue to replace these until the specified number is complete and satisfactory to the Landscape Architect. Such replacement shall be subjecttothe notification, inspection and approval as specified for the original planting, and shall not constitute an extra to theContract..18.2 Those Plants, identified as hardy within one zone of the Canada Department of Agriculture tonal class for the area, specified by theLandscapeArchitect and installed by the Landscape Contractor which are killed through below normal temperatures (below the average of the extrememinimumtemperatures officially recorded in the area concerned, in the last 10 years), will not be replaced without cost of replacement borne by theOwner..18.3 A review may be requested during the latter part of the warranty growing season. All plant material showing well developed foliage, healthygrowthand bud forming, will then be takenover. 3.10 INSTALLING LANDSCAPE ON STRUCTURES.1 Verify that drainage and protection material is completely installed and acceptable before beginning work. Contact Landscape Architect for instructionsifnot inplace..2 Coordinate work with construction of planters and planter drainage..2.1 Verify that planter drains are in place and positive drainage to roof drains is present prior to placing any drain rock or soil..3 Provide clean out at all through-slab drain locations . Use 300mm min. dia. PVC Pipe filled with drain rock unless specific drawing detail shown..4 Install drain rock evenly to a minimum depth of 4" (100mm)or alternate sheet drain if specified. Install sheet drain as per manufacturer's recommendations..5 Cover drain rock (or alternate sheet drain if specified on drawing details) with filter fabric lapping 6" (150mm) at all edges. Obtain approval ofdrainagesystem prior to placing growingmedium..6 Place an even layer of 25 - 50mm clean washed pump sand over filter fabric..7 Place growing medium to depths specified in Section 3.5 above for various surface treatments. Refer to Drawing details for any light weight fillerrequiredto alter grade. Use Styrofoam block over drain rock shaped to provide smooth surface transition at edges. Butt each piece tightly together and coverwithfilter fabric to prevent soil from migratingdownward.PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT - CONT.1 Intent: The intent of "establishment" maintenance is to provide sufficient care to newly installed plant material for a relatively short period of timetoensure or increase the long term success of the planting. The objective is the adaptation of plants to a new site in order to obtain the desired effectfromthe planting while reducing the rate of failure and unnecessary work associated with improper establishment. Establishment of maintenance proceduresapplyto all new and retained vegetation including cultivated turfgrass areas and new trees andshrubs..2 Maintenance Period: Provide maintenance of installed landscaping for 12 months following substantial completion..3 Related Standards and Legislation: B.C. Landscape Standard, latest edition; Fertilizer Code., B.C. Pesticide Control Act..4 Site Review: In addition to the inspections at substantial completion, at final progress draw application, and at the end of the guarantee period,thereshould be three other reviews during the 12 months attended by the Contractor and a designated representative of the Owner. Maintain a logbookandreporting procedures and submit to the designatedrepresentative..5 Scheduling: Prepare a schedule of anticipated visits and submit to designated representative at start-up. Maintenance operations shall be carriedoutpredominately during the growing season between March 1st and November 30th, however visits at other times of the year may berequired..6 Maintenance Level: Comply with B. C. Landscape Standard, Section 13, Table 7, Maintenance Level "Medium"..7 Materials: Comply with Part Two of this specification..7.1 Fertilizers: To the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard. Formulations and rates as required by soil testing..8 Plant Material Establishment:.8.1 Watering: During the first growing season, water new plants at least every ten (10) days between April 1st and July 31st, and every twenty (20)daysbetween August 1st and September 15th. Minimum 25 gallons per tree per application. During the second growing season, water new plants at leasteverytwenty days between April 1 and July 31 and once between August 1st and September 31st. Apply water at a rate and duration such that the watercontentreaches field capacity to the full depth of the growing medium. Apply water again when the water content reaches 25% of field capacity. Provide andirrigatewith water in the event that any automatic irrigation system malfunctions or has not been completely installed. Scheduled applications of water shallbemissed only when rainfall has penetrated the soil fully asrequired..8.2 Mulch: Maintain mulches in the original areas and to the original depths..8.3 Weed Control: Remove all weeds from all areas at least once per month during the growing season by hoeing or cultivation to a maximum depth of80mm,hand-pulling, or, if necessary, by the use ofherbicides..8.4 Pest and Disease Control: Inspect all planted areas for pests and diseases periodically and at least every two months during the growing season byanexperienced person. Carry out treatment for pests or diseases promptly and consistently for maximum effectiveness. Comply with all B.C. PesticideControlAct and municipalrequirements..8.5 Tree Support: Maintain stakes, guy wires and ties one full growing season. Check ties at least every two months to ensure that they are not causingadepression in the bark. Loosen, repair or replace ties as necessary. Remove all stakes guy wires and ties after the first growing season except wherelargetrees require continuing support in the opinion of the Landscape Architect. All flagging of guy wires shall be visible and in goodrepair..8.6 Pruning: Inspect all trees and shrubs at least every two months during the growing season; prune to remove all dead, weak or diseased wood.Maintainthe natural shape of the plant. Carry out clipping or shaping only if required in the maintenance contract for specific varieties orconditions..8.7 Fertilizing: Once during the twelve month period of establishment maintenance fertilize shrubs, trees and groundcovers according to soilanalysisrequirements..9 Grass Areas Establishment:.9.1 Watering: Use hoses and sprinklers, irrigation systems or other methods to apply water to Class 1 and Class 2 grassed areas (B.C. LandscapeStandard,Section 7, Lawns and Grasses) such that the grass is maintained in a turgid condition. Supply and irrigate with water in the event of any irrigationsystemmalfunction, or incomplete installation at no expense to the owner. Apply water to prevent packing or erosion of the soil. Apply water at a rate anddurationso that the water content in the growing medium reaches field capacity to the full depth of the growing medium. Apply water again when the watercontentreaches 25% of fieldcapacity..9.2 Weed, Insect and Disease Control: Inspect grass areas each time they are mowed for weeds, insect pests, and diseases and treat promptlywhennecessary by appropriate manual methods, or by the use of chemicals in compliance with the B.C.S.L.A./B.C.L.N.A. Landscape Standards latest edition.Killbroadleafed weeds in grassed areas by a general application of a suitable herbicide if the weed population exceeds 10 Broadleaf weeds or 50 annual weedsorweedy grasses per 40 square meters. This application shall reduce the weed population tozero..9.3 Fertilizing: According to soil analysis..9.4 Liming According to soil analysis.9.5 Mowing and Trimming - All areas: The first four cuts shall be a sharp rotary type mower. Excess grass clipping shall be removed after each cut. Mowallgrassed areas with a sharp reel or rotary mower when the grass reaches a height of 60mm. Mow to a height of 40mm. Edge with a mechanical verticalcuttingedger once per year in March. Remove all grass clippings after eachcut..9.6 Aeration: Aeration not required in the first growing season. If necessary, in the second growing season, aerate in early May with a suitablemechanicalcorer. Core to a depth of 100mm. (4"), and removecores..9.7 Repairs: Re-grade, re-seed or re-sod when necessary to restore damaged or failing grass areas. Match the grass varieties in the surrounding area.Re-sod, if required, throughout the growing season. Re-seed between April 1st and April 15th or between September 1st and September 15th.Protectre-seeded areas and keep moist until the firstmowing. 3.11 ESTABLISHMENT MAINTENANCE (Provide a separate price for this section)PART TWO SCOPE OF WORK.1 Any alternate products differing from that contained in the contract documents must be pre-approved by the Landscape Architect..2 Submittals to consist of product sample or manufacturer's product description.1.3 SUBMITTALS 3.7 HYDROSEEDING.1 May be used as an alternate to mechanical seeding in rough grass areas. .2 May not be used in areas of lawn unless pre-approved by the Landscape Architect prior to bidding. .3 Preparation and Growing Medium:.3.1 In areas of Rough Grass: Comply with Section 3.6 Rough Grass..3.2 Where approved for use in areas of lawn, comply with Section 3.8 Lawn Areas: Sodding. .4 Protection: Ensure that fertilizer in solution does not come in contact with the foliage of any trees, shrubs, or other susceptible vegetation. Donotspray seed or mulch on objects not expected to grow grass. Protect existing site equipment, roadways, landscaping, reference points, monuments,markersand structures from damage. Where contamination occurs, remove seeding slurry to satisfaction of and by means approved by the LandscapeArchitect.5 Mulch shall consist of virgin wood fibre or recycled paper fibre designed for hydraulic seeding and dyed for ease of monitoring application. If usingrecycledpaper material for wood fibre substitute use 135% (by weight). Conform to B.C. Landscape Standard for mulchrequirements..6 Water: Shall be free of any impurities that may have an injurious effect on the success of seeding or may be harmful to the environment. .7 Equipment: Use industry standard hydraulic seeder/mulcher equipment with the tank volume certified by an identification plate or sticker affixed inplainview on the equipment. The hydraulic seeder/mulcher shall be capable of sufficient agitation to mix the material into a homogenous slurry and to maintaintheslurry in a homogenous state until it is applied. The discharge pumps and gun nozzles shall be capable of applying the materials uniformly over thedesignatedarea. .8 Application Rate:.8.1 Seed Mixture: 136 kg/ha (125 lbs/acre).8.2 Fertilizer: 112 kg/ha (100 lbs/acre).8.3 Coastal Wildflower Mix: Where specified, apply (31 lbs/acre) (1/4 lb.: 1 lb. of grass seed).8.4 Notes:.8.4.1 At the time of Tender provide a complete chart of all components of the mix proposed including mulch, tackifier, water etc. Sloped sitesrequiretackifier..8.4.2 Fertilizer:.8.4.2.1 Rough Grass: If a soil analysis is available, comply with results..8.4.2.2 Lawn: Where hydroseeding is approved, comply with soil analysis recommendations..9 Accurately measure the quantities of each of the materials to be charged into the tank either by mass or by a commonly accepted systemofmass-calibrated volume measurements. The materials shall be added to the tank while it is being filled with water, in the following sequence; seed, fertilizer.Thoroughly mix into a homogenous slurry. After charging, add no water or other material to the mixture. Do not leave slurry in the tank for more thanfour(4)hours..10 Distribute slurry uniformly over the surface of the area to be hydroseeded. Blend application into previous applications and existing grass areas toformuniformsurfaces..11 Clean up: Remove all materials and other debris resulting from seeding operations from the job site..12 Maintenance: Begin maintenance immediately after seeding and continue for 60 days after Substantial Completion and until accepted by the Owner.Re-seed at three week intervals where germination has failed. Protect seeded areas from damage with temporary wire or twine fences complete withsignageuntil grass area is taken over by the Owner. Water in sufficient quantities to ensure deep penetration and at frequent intervals to maintain vigorousgrowthuntil grass is taken over by the Owner. It is the Owner's responsibility to supply water at no extra cost to theContract..13 Acceptance of the Rough Grass Areas: Proper germination of all specified grass species is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor. Thegrassshall be reasonably well established, with no apparent dead or bare spots and shall be reasonably free of weeds (to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section13Maintenance Level 4 (Open space). Sixty days after substantial completion, areas meeting the conditions above will be taken over by the Owner. Areasseededin Fall will be accepted in Spring one month after start of growing season, provided that the above conditions for acceptance arefulfilled..18.4 For all plant material, the Landscape Architect reserves the right to extend the Contractor's responsibility for another growing season if, in hisopinion,leaf development and growth is not sufficient to ensure future satisfactory growth..18.5 Where the Owner is responsible for plant maintenance and has not provided adequate maintenance, the plant replacement section of the contract maybedeclared void. The Landscape Architect shall determine whether maintenance has been satisfactory using the B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13, Maintenanceas the guide. The required maintenance standard is a minimum of Level Three - Medium. Refer to Section 3.11, Establishment Maintenance..18.6 The Landscape Contractor is responsible to replace any plant material or repair any construction included in the Contract that is damaged or stolenuntil the issuance of the Certificate of Completion..18.7 Deviation from the specifications may require extension of the Warranty Period as determined by the Landscape Architect. Canadian System of Soil Classification Textural Class: "Loamy Sand" to "Sandy Loam". Organic Content (interior):3 - 5%3 - 5%15 - 20% 1.65 .30 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" MIN. 6'-0" FROM BUILDING, TYP SHRUBS15" MIN FORTREES36" MIN FOR NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE: 3"99/16" 1'-6" VARIES LENGHTS OF 3FT - 4.5 FT. 6" DRIP STRIIP & PLANTING OVER SLAB TOPSOIL DEPTH AS PER SPEC. ON SCARIFIEDSUBGRADE. FILL WITH TOPSOIL 2/3RDS FULLAND REMOVE STRAPPING AND 1/3 TOP OFBURLAP. CUT ALL BINDING MATERIAL.GRADE TO TOPS OF CURBS, WALKS, ANDDRIVEWAYS ETC. FOR TREES LARGER THAN 65mmCALIPER USE 75 mm ∅ STAKESFOR SMALLER TREES USE50 mm ∅ STAKES SET TREE PLUMB. USE 2 ROUNDSTAKES, EACH SET 800mmBELOW GRADE & 1200mmABOVE GRADE. SCARIFY SIDES ANDBOTTOM OF TREE PITPRIOR TO PLANTING. DO NOT CUT LEADER TREE STAKES TO BE ALIGNEDPARALLEL TO SIDEWALK/ROAD. ROOT BALL WIDTH PLUS600mm (MIN EACH SIDE) 300mm MIN. OF TOPSOIL AROUNDROOT BALL. COMPACTED TO 85%STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY. STAKES DO NOT PENETRATE OR DAMAGE ROOT BALL. 50mm DEEP SAUCER FORMED IN TOPSOILFOR INITIAL FIRST YEAR WATERING. 50mm WIDE GREEN VINYLBANDING ATTACHED TOSTAKE WITH SHINGLE NAILS. BARK MULCH ON TOP. 1:25TYPICAL DECIDUOUS TREE DETAILL-11 TRP-05 SPECIFIED. PLACE UNIFORMLYAROUND ROOT MASSFERTILIZER TABLETS ASBOTTOM OF ROOT MASSBETWEEN MIDDLE ANDPREPARED PLANTING SOILEXISTING UNDISTURBED SOIL 3" MULCH LAYERMULCH 3" FROM STEMS SPREAD 3 TO 5 TIMES WIDTHOF ROOTBALL HEIGHT SOD LAWN6" SOIL (OR 9" OF SOILFOR POOR DRAINAGE AREA).SUBGRADE COMPACTEDTO 95% M.P.D. AS MOWING STRIP ALONG LENGTH OF RIVER ROCK 2x8 P.T. HEM./FIR WOOD EDGE DRAIN FABRIC FOOTING/DRAINAGE;SEE ARCH.DRAIN STRIP STAKE EVERY 1.20m O.C. 2X4 STAKE; 0.45m DEPTH NAME: CLASSIC STANDARD SERIESSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:87_8" X 47__16 " X 23_8"COLOUR: 80% NATURAL 20% CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADEMIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTSMIN. 1" OF BEDDING SANDCLASSIC STANDARD PAVER NAME: PIAZZA SERIES TYPE 1SUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:235_8" X 315__16" X 315__16"COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONSCOMPACTED SUBGRADEMIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTSMIN. 1" OF BEDDING SANDPIAZZA SERIES TYPE 1 PAVERADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. NAME:TEXADA HYDRAPRESSED SLABSUPPLIER: BELGARDSIZE:24" X 24" X 2".COULOUR: NATURALPATTERN: STACKED BOND ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONSCOMPACTED SUBGRADEMIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTSMIN. 1" OF BEDDING SANDTEXADA HYDRAPRESSED SLABADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN 100MM DIA. PERFORATED DRAINLINE WITH FILTER FABRICTIE INTO STORM SYSTEM 100MM DEPTH DRAIN ROCK300MM DEPTH FIBAR RESILIENTSURFACE ON FILTER FABRIC 2% SLOPE SUBGRADE TO DRAIN COMPACTED SUBGRADECOMPACTED GRANULAR BASE150MM WIDE CONCRETE CURB NAME: CLASSIC STANDARD SERIESSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:87_8" X 47__16 " X 31_8 "COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADEMIN.6" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR VEHICULAR AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTSMIN. 1" OF BEDDING SANDCLASSIC STANDARD PAVERADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN NAME: AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE PAVERSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:83_4" X 45__16 " X 31_8 "COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN PAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS 20MM (3/4") CLEAR CRUSH OPENGEOTEXTILE- INBITEX1_4" GAP (TYP)5MM (1/4") CLEAR CRUSH OPENAQUAPAVE PERMEABLE PAVERS(80MM VEHICULAR DEPTH)CONCRETE EDGE RESTRAINT REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN GRADED AGGREGATE SUB-BASEGRADED AGGREGATE SUB-BASE AT VISITOR PARKING STALL LOCATIONS, RUNNING BONDNATURAL COLOURDRAINAGE TO BE COORDINATED WITH CIVIL ENGINEER AP SC1000 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ON BOTTOMAND SIDES OF OPEN GRADED BASE SONOTUBES FOOTING;12" DIA.BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER BRIDGE WITH U SHAPE STEEL BAR;BY STRUCTURAL ENGINWEER LASER CUT METAL;EMBEDDED IN CONCRETEARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE;POLISHED FINISH BACK OF REVEALPAINTED WHITE REINFORCED BYSTRUCTURAL ENGINEER BOULDERS TO BE SELECTEDBY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.VARYING SIZES. BURY1_3 ON BOULDERBEDDING SANDADJACENT PLANTING ADJACENT CONCRETE WALKWAY HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTS MIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND CLASSIC STANDARD PAVER SAWN (BOTTOM AND TOP) BASALT.SLAB BENCH. SAND-BLASTED TOPWITH NATURAL MOSSGROWTH ON SIDES.2"-3" DIA. MEXICAN BLACK PEBBLES. COMPACTED SUBGRADEMIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS 2X12 CARVEDP.T. BRACES6x6 CEDAR POSTS 4" CHAMFER CUTON LATTICE 2X12 BRACE 6X6 POST 2" NOTCH BEAMWITH JOIST 2X8 BEAM2X6 JOIST CONCRETE SLAB 2X12 CARVEDP.T. BRACES6x6 CEDAR POSTS 2X4 P.T. LATTICE @ 12" O.C.2X4 P.T. BEAMS CONCRETE SLAB TOP CAP 4" CHAMFER CUTON LATTICE 2X12 BRACE 6X6 POST 2" NOTCH BEAMWITH JOIST 2X8 BEAM2X6 JOIST 2"X2" STEEL TRELLIS;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 6"X8" STEEL BEAM;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH.TEMPERED GLASS ROOFWEATHERPROOF 8"X8" STEEL POST;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 2"X2" STEEL TRELLIS;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH.6"X8" STEEL BEAM;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 8"X8" STEEL POST;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. BASEPLATE WITH ANCHOR 10' 18'-9" 13'-9" NAMEADDRESS+ 38.018%+TW 38.01+BW 38.01+TS 38.01+BS 38.01PLANTED SIZE / REMARKSCOMMON NAMEBOTANICAL NAMEPLANT SCHEDULEKEYQTYTREE7ABIES FRASERIFRASER FIR4ACER GRISEUMPAPERBARK MAPLE6CM CAL; 1.8M STD; B&B15ACER PALMATUM 'SANGO KAKU'CORAL BARK MAPLE#7 POT; 1M SPRD3CORNUS NUTALLIIPACIFIC DOGWOOD6CM CAL; B&B20LIQUIDAMBAR STYRACIFLUA 'WORPLESDON'WORPLESDON SWEET GUM6CM CAL; 2M STD; B&B18STYRAX JAPONICUSJAPANESE SNOWBELLSPECIFY HT UP TO 3M; 6M CAL.NOTES: * PLANT SIZES IN THIS LIST ARE SPECIFIED ACCORDING TO THE BC LANDSCAPE STANDARD, LATEST EDITION. CONTAINER SIZES SPECIFIED AS PER CNTA STANDARDS. BOTHPLANT SIZE AND CONTAINER SIZE ARE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZES. * REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEFINED CONTAINER MEASUREMENTS AND OTHER PLANT MATERIALREQUIREMENTS. * SEARCH AND REVIEW: MAKE PLANT MATERIAL AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONAL REVIEW BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AT SOURCE OF SUPPLY. AREA OF SEARCH TO INCLUDELOWER MAINLAND AND FRASER VALLEY. * SUBSTITUTIONS: OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO MAKING ANY SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE SPECIFIEDMATERIAL. UNAPPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE REJECTED. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF FIVE DAYS PRIOR TO DELIVERY FOR REQUEST TO SUBSTITUTE. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TOBC LANDSCAPE STANDARD - DEFINITION OF CONDITIONS OF AVAILABILITY.ALL PLANT MATERIAL MUST BE PROVIDED FROM CERTIFIED DISEASE FREE NURSERY. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION UPON REQUEST. 23 0026CM CAL; 1.8M STD; B&B PLANTED SIZE / REMARKSCOMMON NAMEBOTANICAL NAMEPLANT SCHEDULEKEYQTYSHRUB81AZALEA JAPONICA 'GIRARD'S PLEASANT WHITE'AZALEA; WHITE#2 POT; 25CM277BUXUS SEMPERVIRENSCOMMON BOXWOOD#2 POT; 25CM66EUPHORBIA CHARACIAS 'DWARF'DWARF MEDITERRANEAN SPURGE#3 POT; 50CM52HYDRANGEA PANICULATA 'LIME LIGHT'LIME LIGHT HYDRANGEA; LIMEGREEN-PINK#2 POT; 50CM148HYPERICUM CALYCINUMST JONS WORT#2 POT40RHODODENDRON 'HOTEI'RHODODENDRON; CANARY YELLOW #3 POT; 50CM37SALIX PURPUREA 'NANA'PURPLE OSIER#2 POT; 40CM75VIBURNUM DAVIDIIDAVID'S VIBURNUM#2 POT; 30CMPERENNIAL8ANEMONE 'HONORINE JOBERT'WINDFLOWER 15CM POT182LAVENDULA ANGUSTIFOLIAENGLISH LAVENDER#1 POTGC120BLECHNUM SPICANTDEERFERN #1 POT; 20CM95POLYSTICHUM MUNITUMWESTERN SWORD FERN#1 POT; 20CMNOTES: * PLANT SIZES IN THIS LIST ARE SPECIFIED ACCORDING TO THE BC LANDSCAPE STANDARD, LATEST EDITION. CONTAINER SIZES SPECIFIED AS PER CNTA STANDARDS. BOTHPLANT SIZE AND CONTAINER SIZE ARE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZES. * REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEFINED CONTAINER MEASUREMENTS AND OTHER PLANT MATERIALREQUIREMENTS. * SEARCH AND REVIEW: MAKE PLANT MATERIAL AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONAL REVIEW BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AT SOURCE OF SUPPLY. AREA OF SEARCH TO INCLUDELOWER MAINLAND AND FRASER VALLEY. * SUBSTITUTIONS: OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO MAKING ANY SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE SPECIFIEDMATERIAL. UNAPPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE REJECTED. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF FIVE DAYS PRIOR TO DELIVERY FOR REQUEST TO SUBSTITUTE. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TOBC LANDSCAPE STANDARD - DEFINITION OF CONDITIONS OF AVAILABILITY.ALL PLANT MATERIAL MUST BE PROVIDED FROM CERTIFIED DISEASE FREE NURSERY. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION UPON REQUEST. 23 002 4'-11" [1.50] 4'-7" [1.40] 10' [3.00] 4'-11" [1.50] 4'-11" [1.50] 3' [0.90] 8' [2.40] 11' [3.40] 7'-3" [2.20]11'-1" [3.40] 4'-113/16" 8'-4" 1'-31/2"13'-4"12'-10"9'-6" 9'-2" 4" 4" 16'-01/16"1'-35/8" 1'-111/4" 9'-515/16"13'-43/8" 1'-111/2" 1'-41/8"19'-93/4" 20'-31/8"24'-19/16" 8'-4" 1'-31/2"4" 4" 24'-07/8"23'-67/8"20'-3" 9'-2" GRADE AT PROPERTY LINE.4. STEP FENCE IN EQUAL SEGMENTS TO FOLLOWTO OWNER FOR PREAPPROVAL PRIOR TOCOLOUR TO MATCH ARCH.; PROVIDE SAMPLECOATS PREMIUM WEATHERPROOFING STAIN,3. STAIN ALL EXPOSED SURFACES WITH TWO2. ALL FASTENERS HOTDIPPED GALVANIZED1. ALL WOOD P.T. HEM/FIRCOMPACTED SUBGRADEUNDER EACH POST NOTES: CONCRETEFOOTING(TYP)6" DRAINGRAVELUNDER EACHPOST POSTSECTION 2X10 4X4 P.T. POST 1X4 ACCENT STRIP 1X6 VERTICAL 2X6 BARGE BOARD UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE MAX 8'-0" O.C. 6' 12"2X4 NAILER2X4 RAIL, ANGLED 1% 1X4 NAILER APPLICATION PREPARED SLAB BY OTHERS2.0" SAND LAYER9" FOR GRASS COVER ROOTBALLMOUND TO 970 SERIES BENCH BY MAGLINHTTPS://WWW.MAGLIN.COM/PRODUCTS/BENCH/MLB870SERIES.HTML STACKED PT. 2X8WOOD EDGERRIVER ROCK IN 12"WIDE DRAIN STRIPPREPARED SLAB BYOTHERS DETAIL AT 404L12 1-1/2" SQ. METAL POST5' O.C.1" SQ TOP RAIL 1" SQ. BOTTOM RAIL 3/4" SQ. PICKETS4"2" 2"3"7.691" (REAR PATIO); BLACK COLOR336" ALUMINUM RAIL FENCE WITH GATEL51/2"=1'-0" 3'-6" 450 300250 ELEVATION PLAN VIEW PERGOLA TYPE 1 4'-91/8" 8'-41/8" 2'-415/16"1'-61/2" 4'-97/8" 8'-41/8" 2'-41/8"3'-117/16" 3'-3.36"3.955"3.955" 4" MAX. 10 10 6 ENTRY SIGNAGEL41/2"=1'-0" 3'-6"3'-6" 8'3'-2"4'-10"8" 2" 3'-4"1'-10"2" 1'-6"1'-1"2'-10"1'1' 1'-10" 1'-101/8" 2'-11" 1'-71/4"15/8" ∅41/2" 2/3 BOULDER1/3 BOULDER 5'-10" 2'-87/8" 1'-101/2"63/8" 1'-55/8" 1'-413/16" K-221 4 LADE N A LAVA T O R Y VITRE O U S C H I N A K-221 4 LADE N A LAVA T O R Y VITR E O U S C H I N A M2 JOB NUMBER: M2 JOB NUMBER:HAMVHAAEL1S1Y GCCPOU UP UP UP UPUP PROPOSED 127B AVE. EXTENSION 128th STREET FE R N C R E S C E N T OUTDOOR AREA308.90 SQ.FT. COMMON AREA246.13 SQ.FT.COMMON AREA302 SQ.FT. COMMON AREA 141.27 SQ.FT. ADJACENT LOT/ SINGLE FAMILY PARK FUTURE ROAD BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVEBALCONY ABOVEBALCONY ABOVEBALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BAL C O N Y A B O V E BAL C O N Y A B O V E COMMON AREA 133.29 SQ.FT. SUBJECT SITE DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 1/32" = 1'-0" A-0.01 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS CONTEXT PLAN 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 1 4 3 2 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A-0.02 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS CONTEXT PHOTOS 1 2 3 4 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P AA-0.03 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS DESIGN RATIONALE • • • • • • • • • • • • • • DESIGN RATIONALE: The site is within the Horse Hamlet of Silver Valley Area Plan. The plan envisions a mixed-use, walkable community of commercial and residential uses, anticipated to accommodate 240 residential units in two tightly compacted neighborhoods surrounded by eco-clusters nestled into a beautiful natural landscape. This proposal seeks to provide a contemporary architectural aesthetic and simple building forms, to place more visual emphasis on the incredible natural features of the area. CONTEXT: The subject development site is comprised of a single RS-3 zoned property, with an OCP land-use designation of Medium/High Density Residential. The property is located at the southwest corner of 128th Avenue and Fern Crescent and has a total lot area of approximately .85 hectares or 2.09 acres (8,500 square meters) in area.The site is gently sloped and sloping in an east direction towards Fern Crescent.There are existing single family-dwellings and accessory structures situated on the subject properties. Coniferous trees line the perimeter of the subject properties with deciduous and coniferous trees scattered throughout the interior portions. The property is bordered by: to the north, Limen Group and existing single-family development to the east, existing single-family development to the west, existing single-family development to the south, single family lots and the Alouette River FORM OF DEVELOPMENT: The proposed project would require rezoning to CD (Based on RM-1) to accommodate the proposed townhouse development. The proposal includes the following: 49 three- storey family sized townhomes. Each building is grouped into 2-to-6-unit blocks. Townhouses facing municipal streets will have an enhanced streetscape with a rowhouse aesthetic, with each unit having ground floor street access. Each of the units has an enclosed car garage (side by side). All visitors’ parking spaces are at grade. The number of visitor parking stalls are provided to meet and exceed the off-street parking bylaw, to ensure little/no impact on the neighboring community. Site main access would be from Fern Crescent along the east property line. Usable open space for each unit will be provided at grade. This site is immediately adjacent to and linked with an existing neighborhood park. A linear greenspace is interlinked through a walkable path system that is connected with the existing park to the west of the property that will provide residents with a sufficient area for recreation and leisure as well as connection with the surrounding community. Please note that a variance has been requested for a shortage of outdoor common area. Sustainability is paramount for this development and will incorporate Level 2 EV stalls as well as plug-ins for electric bicycles. Visitor parking stalls will also be equipped with Level 2 EV as well as 4 visitor stalls with EV charging units. There are five-unit types, approximately 1376 square feet to 1634 square feet in area, all with a minimum of three bedrooms, suitable for family units. All units have access to private outdoor space at grade. The proposed project conforms to the development and design principles of community building and a denser urban environment as outlined in the Maple Ridge Official Community Plan for multi-residential buildings as well as Multi-Family Development Permit Area Guidelines. 1. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The form of development is guided by the four cornerstone principles of the Maple Ridge Official Community Plan: Environment First: Significant environmental features are proposed to respect the existing landscape. Sufficient setbacks are proposed to provide a protective buffer for the unit entries as well as quiet, desirable private yards along 128th Street,127B Avenue and Fern Crescent. Furthermore, the design and siting of buildings protects access to natural features and views, enhancing privacy and livability. 2.Sustainable Approaches: Sustainability forms the design backbone of this project and incorporates the following: Densification/efficient use of land to reduce urban sprawl and encourage the creation of walkable communities. level 2 rough-ins for EV stalls in each townhouse unit. power in each garage for electric bicycle charging. level 2 rough-ins for EV stalls at all visitor parking stalls. EV charging stations at 4 visitor parking stalls. Walking paths through the site, interconnected with the adjacent park on the west and neighboring community to encourage alternate means of mobility (foot/bicycles) site storm detention system to reduce impact on existing storm sewer system. site water infiltration through permeable surfaces where possible, bio-swales. extensive use of recycled construction and finishing materials, including locally produced materials where possible. construction waste material recycling program to GVRD standards All electric buildings – i.e. no dependency on gas (fossil fuels for heating, hot water) 3.Adaptability: The development provides the different housing types and sizes to achieve diverse population and affordable housing. The unit variety will allow: Different unit types to accommodate families at different stages of aging. Covered decks and patios provide usable outdoor areas even during inclement weather. 4.Healthy & Integrated Community: Design and siting of green spaces that encourage areas of outdoor activity and responds to the recreational needs of the community. Development Form and Character: A contemporary architectural rowhouse aesthetic is proposed throughout the site with building forms, massing, materials, and color selected to support the concept. Each building is designed with three storey volumes with a gable roof to create variations in building form and massing. The building façade is articulated with projected bays, timber posts, recessed planes to reduce the visual length of each building. Each townhouse unit fronting onto the public roads at 128th street ,127B Avenue and Fern Crescent will have a rowhouse look, including: An entry porch and front door with feature lighting. Each entry is recessed and covered by a roof to help define individual entries. A sidewalk and fence connect the unit to the municipal sidewalk and street. Each unit would have an entry gate and addressing/feature lighting. Each building is firmly grounded with the use of a cultured stone base. The materials are non- combustible plank cladding with exposed and stained heavy timber elements. 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P AA-0.04 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS DEVELOPMENT DATA 2023 10 03 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P AA-0.4A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS PROJECT VARIANCE PROJECT VARIANCES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. • • • LIST OF SETBACK VARIANCE REQUIRED: FRONT SETBACK-EAST (FERN CRESCENT) REQUIRED: 7.50 M (24.61 FT) PROPOSED:5.00 M (16.41 FT) REAR SETBACK - WEST (PARK) REQUIRED: 7.50 M (24.61 FT) PROPOSED:4.00 M (13.12 FT) EXTERIOR LOT LINE-NORTH (128th STREET) REQUIRED: 6.00 M (19.69 FT) PROPOSED:4.5 M (14.76 FT) INTERIOR LOT LINE-SOUTH (127B AVENUE & NEIGHBOUR) REQUIRED: 7.50 M (24.61 FT) PROPOSED: 5.70 M (18.70 FT) PROJECTION INTO SETBACKS BALCONY PROJECTION (LEVEL 2) NORTH (128th STREET) REQUIRED: 0.6 M (1.96 FT) PROPOSED: 2.1 M (6.89 FT) SOUTH (127B AVENUE & ADJACENT PROPERTY) REQUIRED: 0.6 M (1.96 FT) PROPOSED: 1.0 M (3.28 FT) EAST (FERN CRESCENT) REQUIRED: 0.6 M (1.96 FT) PROPOSED: 1.7 M (5.58 FT) 2023 10 03 A ADP SUBMISSION PROPOSED ROOF DECK FOR BLOCK 4/5/6: The private roof decks proposed on Block 4/5/6 are aim to achieve the shortage on common areas/amenity.The staircase located on rooftops are not included into the calculations towards the building height as per previous precedent projects therefore no height variance is requested for Block 4/5/6. 10/04/2023 Sn Sn Sn Sn Sn Sn WM H Sn G G SCALE 1 : 500 02550 m Terra PacificTopographic Survey Plan Of LotWoodlock Developments 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent New Westminster District Plan 11363 Rem 18 And Lot 19 Section 22 Township 12 Maple Ridge, BC 3333 . 5 3 4 34 . 5 3535 . 5 3 6 3 6 . 5 37 37 . 5 38 32 . 5 3232.53536 35.5 36.537.5 37 37. 5 37 37.5 37 . 5 37 . 5 37.5 3 7 . 5 37 37.5 38 38.5 38 38.5 38. 5 38. 5 39 38. 5 38.5 39 39 3 9 39 3 9 39 . 5 37 38 38 37.533.5 35.70 113.11 63 . 4 8 95.5235.70 60 . 9 7 60 . 9 7 General: This plan shows the location of visible features only, and does not indicate buried services that may exist on or around the subject site. Features shown without dimensions should be confirmed with Terra Pacific Land Surveying Ltd Building location based on survey ties to visible exterior surfaces unless otherwise noted. Trees species and dimensions should be confirmed by qualified arborist. shaded area is not an indication of drip line location unless specifically labeled. The location of Trees and Hedges shown is not an indication of ownership. A more detailed survey of the trunk location would be required to confirm exact location with reference to property lines. 190 1769 1770 N/T 1719 17 1 8 171 7 17 1 6 171 4 171 5 17 1 3 171 2 17 1 0 1711 N/T Top Of S l o p e37.8137.5237.8438.1537.7237.6937.7137.7137.6237.8837.8337.6837.4637.3737.3537.3337.2637.3137.3637.2837.3137.2637.3037.4337.57Botto m O f S l o p e Vertical Pipe 100∅Lid Elev.=32.73 Cedar HedgeCedar Hedge Ce d a r H e d g e 202122232425 26 27 2813141516171819 1211109876 54321 127A Avenue 127B Avenue 127B Avenue 29 303132.85Inv. Elev.=32.63300∅ Concrete Inv. Elev.=31.28 400∅ ConcreteInv. Elev.=32.85 300∅ Concrete Inv. Elev.=33.87 300∅ Concrete Inv. Elev.=36.72300∅ Concrete Inv. Elev.=36.82300∅ Concrete Inv. Elev.=37.70 250∅ SteelInv. Elev.=37.62250∅ Steel Inv. Elev.=34.41300∅ PVC Inv. Elev.=35.13 300∅ ConcreteInv. Elev.=35.19300∅ Concrete Inv. Elev.=35.39300∅ Concrete Inv. Elev.=35.42300∅ Concrete Ga t e Gate Wood Fence38.8232.6439.9339.1139.0732.8232.5832.25Chainlink Fence38.9739.6739.0938.3638.9938.9237.6837.8132.7139.0238.9738.9138.95ManholeRim Elev.=38.98 Concrete MHLid Elev.=37.3935.6238.8738.9337.8337.6537.6837.7037.4937.4237.3437.3337.1236.7236.6736.7436.6036.6336.3836.1135.7035.4035.3335.1635.0934.8234.4933.8933.0932.8532.6231.9031.5231.27Ditch Ditch Ditch DitchDitchDitch Sanitary MH Rim Elev.=32.68 Sanitary MH Rim Elev.=36.77 Sanitary MHRim Elev.=38.88 Sanitary MHRim Elev.=37.64 Sanitary MH Rim Elev.=35.98 Sanitary ICLid Elev.=32.5637.63Septic Lid Concrete Headwall Concrete Headwall ConcreteHeadwallConcreteHeadwall Concrete Headwall Concrete Headwall ConcreteHeadwallConcreteHeadwall Concrete Headwall Rock Headwall Rock Headwalls38.1338.7439.0439.0438.9739.0139.4339.1338.9138.7238.9539.0039.0439.0638.6438.4638.3638.1938.1037.9537.8837.8337.6937.6537.5737.4637.3237.1837.0436.8736.6536.4436.2835.9835.9435.9635.5735.1734.6633.8133.0632.7532.6932.7735.8935.0438.0038.7538.7338.3638.1438.0437.9537.9737.7237.7137.7135.9435.8835.6535.6035.2638.8638.7738.8338.9138.5438.3637.8137.9637.97Wir e F e n c e Wire Fence Wire F e n c e Wire Fence Metal Fence Metal Fence39.2439.0138.9238.9439.0839.0939.1338.9938.9038.8938.8738.9539.11Edg e O f G r a v e l Edge Of G r a v e l Edge Of Pavement Ed g e O f P a v e m e n t Edg e O f P a v e m e n t Edge Of Pavem e n t Edge Of Pavement Edge Of P a v e m e n t Edge Of Pav e m e n t39.0335.9532.5532.6935.0638.0338.1638.2238.2138.2638.6938.7139.0338.9638.9738.9738.9638.9738.9839.0538.9738.8838.9538.9838.9738.9538.9639.0239.0239.0239.0239.0038.9539.0039.3939.4439.0139.1438.9838.8138.6038.9038.8738.8838.9139.0139.0338.9738.9938.9838.9638.8638.7638.5738.5038.3938.3638.2238.2938.1138.0537.9838.0337.9237.8637.8537.8437.8037.7037.7937.6537.6637.6037.5737.4737.5237.4237.3837.2837.2337.1037.1036.9136.9736.8336.7736.5636.6236.4336.3436.1636.2336.1535.9635.8435.7635.7035.6735.6335.8235.5135.4435.0235.0834.5333.6832.9532.6932.6732.7232.7032.6332.7232.6432.6132.3132.6732.7032.6932.5432.6832.9033.0433.7034.5938.6738.5838.8838.8138.7838.8038.7838.8038.8038.5838.5738.5838.6038.5738.5738.5738.5438.5138.5037.3935.7336.0634.7938.9837.4337.3137.3037.2336.1236.1836.2236.2036.1335.9035.8535.7335.6435.0434.9134.9134.8834.7838.6638.7038.7938.8538.9638.9238.9238.9238.9138.8838.8538.8138.8038.7238.7338.7138.7138.6438.7838.7938.6637.2937.2437.4437.5737.5837.5037.5237.3737.33Asphalt Driveway Gr a v e l Dr i v e w a y AsphaltDrivewayGravelPath Asphalt Driveway37.3535.8534.9934.5933.3833.3632.2438.1638.0437.2136.1636.0735.7834.9838.1238.1438.0338.0338.0138.2338.0637.9137.7837.9438.0237.7637.6737.7737.7137.5737.4837.5337.1337.3137.2037.9037.1537.0037.4837.7336.8536.6337.3836.7037.0036.7236.4436.1736.5635.9436.0535.5835.6635.3935.3733.5033.8934.1133.5832.3032.5732.5932.7133.2232.8732.3932.0532.23Top Of Bank Ditch Top Of Bank Ditch Top Of Bank D i t c h Top Of Bank Ditch38.5938.5938.4038.1438.9838.5538.1538.1438.4038.2438.3438.6338.0838.6038.3938.6438.5737.9938.2138.6338.6438.7437.4837.6237.4837.5437.5137.5037.4337.3137.48Existing Building Existing Dwelling Existing Dwelling Existing Dwelling Existing Shop39.0438.2738.2838.0338.0637.8637.5337.9438.6038.6538.3938.4438.2738.1637.7537.7537.6537.4637.6137.5636.9736.8737.4638.8038.9638.5238.4138.8738.9237.8138.8137.3637.5237.6137.5937.4237.8135.6438.9039.0433.5037.3237.34Storm MH Rim Elev.=36.76 Storm MHRim Elev.=39.91 Storm MHRim Elev.=32.70 Storm ICLid Elev.=33.82 UtilityVent Pipe37.3035.9436.90Area=Area=Area= 440.0m² Area= Area=Area=Area=Area=Area=Area=Area=Area=Area=Area=Area= 255.0m² Area= Area=Area=Area=Area=Area=Area=Area=Area=Area=Area=Area=Area= 255.0m²255.0m²255.0m²255.0m²255.0m²255.0m²255.0m²255.0m²255.0m²255.0m²255.0m²255.0m² 305.2m²255.2m²255.2m²255.2m²255.2m²255.2m²255.2m²255.2m²255.2m²255.2m²255.2m²255.2m²390.2m² 1008.1m² Proposed tree covenant Asphalt 5x5 3x3 3x3 15.0 m R/W D.V.P.* Benchmark Notes:Certified Correct Land Surveying Ltd 22371 St. Anne Avenue, Maple Ridge, BC Phone: 604-463-2509 Fax: 604-463-4501 Benchmark Notes:Drawing Title:Client: Project: Elevations Are Geodetic Referred to Monument: 88H4346 Monument Elevation: 87.598 m Located At: Intersection of 125th Avenue & Survey Control Monument Legend: Tree (Tied At Point Of Entry Into The Ground) Ground Elevation Fire Hydrant Edge Of Asphalt Catch Basin Ditch (Swale) Lamp Standard Lawn Drain Manhole Power Pole Inspection Chamber Guy Wire Water Valve Power Pole With Light Sign Gas Meter Gas Valve Certified Correct This Day Of28th September, 2021. Mike Bernemann, BCLS Ansell Street Datum: CVD28GVRD2018 Notes: All Trees Larger Than 20cm∅ (Measured At 1.4m Above Grade) Have Been Surveyed And Shown On This Plan. Contours are shown at 0.5 m intervals. Property dimensions shown are derived from current legal survey. Offsets to property lines are not to be used to define boundaries. Property: Refer to current certificate(s) of title for additional, existing or pending charges. Paper Size: 22" x 42.5" Date: July 9, 2021 File: MR21-908TOPO_with sub overlay_REV Revised: September 28, 2021 9.18 15.29 6. 0 1 12.259.18 6. 0 0 6. 0 0 15 . 0 0 6.2 56. 0 0 9.189.189.189.189.189.189.189.189.18 27 . 7 8 27 . 7 8 27 . 7 8 27 . 7 8 27 . 7 8 27 . 7 8 27 . 7 8 27 . 7 8 27 . 7 8 27 . 7 8 27 . 7 8 9.189.189.189.189.18 23 . 9 2 9.18 27 . 7 8 9.18 9.18 27 . 7 8 9.18 9.18 27 . 7 8 9.18 9.20 27 . 7 8 9.18 9.389.389.389.389.389.389.389.389.389.389.38 18.44 6. 0 0 7.57 4.80 25 . 3 1 15 . 0 0 15 . 0 0 33 . 1 9 6.00 6.00 6.41 22 . 2 0 27 . 1 9 27 . 1 9 27 . 1 9 27 . 2 0 27 . 2 0 27 . 2 0 27 . 2 0 27 . 2 0 27 . 2 0 27 . 2 0 27 . 2 0 27 . 2 0 11.43 9.38 9.38 9.38 9.38 9.38 9.38 9.38 9.38 9.38 9.38 9.38 a=7.85r=5.00 7.72%3.92%1.07%4.80%2.03%5.46%0.95%4.68%5.70%4.95%7.59%8.68%1.92%6.51%0.17%4.96%0.93%5.84%5.38%4.31%4.21%0.08%7.41%3.29%6.55%2.40%8.11%3.63%9.61%6.14%1.10%5.61%0.61%6.32%1.29%4.31%4.60%6.62%1.48%3.20%0.44%6.34%3.92%6.76%4.28%1.38%6.17%1.48%1.63%5.21%0.16%7.14%1.72%7.57%1.74%3.45%0.38%1.00%0.58%4.17%5.62%1.39%6.42%1.85%4.80%7.68%2.28%7.37%3.16%8.17%0.89%5.91%1.74%6.62%2.01%7.02%2.49%7.46%3.12%8.08%1.67%4.50%2.72%4.87%1.77%6.70%2.24%7.05%2.87%7.66%3.50%8.28%3.97%8.81%7.14%9.32%5.24%6.63%1.69%EXS5EXS1EXS2EXS3EXS4EX. 750mm∅ SANEX. 750mm∅ SANEX. 750mm∅ SANEX. 750mm∅ SAN37.7337.6637.6037.8037.8237.9137.9438.0238.0538.1438.1738.2638.3238.4138.4238.5138.5438.6338.6538.7438.7738.8638.8838.9839.0939.1739.1939.2839.3139.3839.4239.5037.6137.7637.9138.0638.2138.3638.5138.8138.9639.1139.4139.2639.4639.3238.3438.4238.5038.6139.1839.4339.3337.9037.7138.1538.4037.3937.4637.5437.6237.7037.7837.8637.9438.0238.1038.1838.2638.7038.6038.4238.9539.0039.2039.4039.5539.5538.2838.2538.1038.0037.8237.5837.6337.6937.7337.8037.8538.0538.0738.1238.1838.2538.3238.3838.4238.4338.5037.3537.4837.5237.5337.5737.5837.6237.6437.6837.6937.7337.7537.7837.9337.9437.9737.9938.0338.0538.0938.1338.1738.1838.2238.2438.2838.2938.3338.4338.3838.3238.2838.2338.1338.0838.0337.9837.9337.8837.7537.6837.6337.5837.5337.4837.3937.4137.4537.4737.5137.5537.5837.6137.6337.6637.7637.8037.8137.8437.8637.9037.9237.9637.9738.0238.0338.0638.1038.1538.1638.2038.2238.2638.2838.3138.3238.3738.3939.2438.9138.4838.4638.8539.0539.1338.8338.8639.2639.2139.2139.2539.32???38.2738.4838.5938.1937.4837.5437.5837.6237.6837.7237.7637.8237.8837.9237.9538.0138.0638.1439.3038.98LANE 2LANE 11.526.406.30200mm∅ W/M200mm∅ W/M200mm∅ W/M200mm∅ W/M200mm∅ W/M200mm∅ W/M200mm∅ W/M200mm∅ W/M200mm∅ W/M300mm∅ STM300mm∅ STM300mm∅ STM300mm∅ STMD3D4D5D6D7D8D1D2EX.D9600mm∅ STM600mm∅ STM600mm∅ STM600mm∅ STM600mm∅ STM600mm∅ STM450mm∅ STM450mm∅ STM200mm∅ SAN200mm∅ SAN200mm∅ SAN200mm∅ SAN1+001+502+002+45.133+003+504+004+40.8130+0030+28.8340+0040+28.82HHVISITOR-5VISITOR-4VISITOR-8VISITOR-3VISITOR-2VISITOR-6VISITOR-7VISITOR-1VISITOR-10VISITOR-9AMENITYAREANEW FIREHYDRANTUPUPCORNERTRUNCATIONBLDG 4BLDG 1BLDG 2BLDG 3BLDG 5BLDG 6BLDG 10BLDG 7BLDG 8BLDG 9NEW PROPERTY LINEEXISTING PROPERTY LINECOMMON AREACOMMON AREAAMENITYAREAS/WSIDEWALK1.5 M WIDECOMMONAREAS/WS/WS/WS/WS/WS/WAccessibleS/WELEC.ELEC.ELEC.ELEC.COMMONAREACOMMONAREACOMMONAREAELEC.S/WCOMMONAREATH ENTRYTH ENTRYTH ENTRYPMTELEC.PMTFUTUREROADS.CCOMMON AREACOMMON AREACOMMON AREAS/WS/W5m setbackEXS2EX. 750mm∅ SANEXS3EX. 750mm∅ SANEXS4EX. 750mm∅ SANEXS5EXS12D3D4600mm∅ STMD6600mm∅ STMD7600mm∅ STMD8600mm∅ STM600mm∅ STMD5D1D2450mm∅ STM450mm∅ STMICTIE-IN300mm∅ STMS6S7S9S10S11200mm∅ SAN0+801+001+502+002+503+003+504+004+5 05+005+21.305+005+506+006+07.65 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/64" = 1'-0" A-0.05 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS SURVEY PLAN 3/64" = 1'-0"A-0.05 SURVEY1 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 COLOR & MATERIALS 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR- (DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-0.06 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS MATERIAL LIST 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 FRONT ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 SIDE ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 45454646 9.8 m 32' - 0" 9.1 m 30' - 0" 0.6 m 2' - 0" UNIT D 4444 37.73m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 5 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2 92:12 2:12 7D7D7F7F7G7G7H7H7I7I7J7J 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 13.6 m 44' - 8"40.8 m 134' - 0"UNIT F UNIT *7E7E 37.58 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 37.85 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 1 2 9 6 3 :::46:46:4:4:4:4:53:53:54:54:55:55 :56:56:57:57:58:58:59:59UNIT F UNIT F UNIT F UNIT F 10/04/2023 127B AVE. 128th STREET FE R N C R E S C E N T NEW PROPERTY LINEEXISTING PROPERTY LINE ADJACENT LOT/ SINGLE DWELLING UNITS PA R K FUTURE ROAD 131.2 m 430' - 6" 61 . 0 m 20 0 ' - 0 1 / 2 " 63 . 6 m 20 8 ' - 6 " P R O P E R T Y L I N E PROPERTY LINE P R O P E R T Y L I N E 4.0 m SETBACK 13' - 1 1/2" 4. 5 m 14 ' - 9 " 1. 0 m DE D I C A T I O N 3' - 3 1 / 2 " 148.8 m 488' - 2 1/2" 5. 5 m SE T B A C K 18 ' - 0 1 / 2 " 5.0 mSETBA C K 16' - 5" 5.0 mSETBA C K 16' - 5" 5. 7 m SE T B A C K 18 ' - 8 1 / 2 " 4.0 m SETBACK 13' - 1 1/2" DEDICATION DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 1/16" = 1'-0" A-0.07 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS BASE PLAN 1/16" = 1'-0" 1 Base Plan 2023 10 03 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 LANDSCAPE PLAN L1 JUNE 06, 2023 1/16''=1'-0" JC JC MLTM LANDSCAPE PLAN L1 JUNE 06, 2023 1/16''=1'-0" JC JC MLTM UP UP UP UPUP K-221 4 LADE N A LAVA T O R Y VITR E O U S C H I N A SCALE (A)1:16 DATE:25/05/2015 PART NO:MLB970-PC(X)WEIGHT:101.560LBS TITLE:BENCH, 970, HDPCTHE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWINGIS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MAGLIN SITE FURNITUREINC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS AWHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OFMAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC. IS PROHIBITED. MAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC.WWW.MAGLIN.COMTEL.: 800-716-5506FAX: 877-260-9393 CADdetails.com www.wishboneltd.com WISHBONE SITE FURNISHINGS#210-27090 GLOUCESTER WAYLANGLEY, BC V4W 3Y5TOLL FREE: 1-866-626-0476PHONE: (604) 626-0476 23 002 L1PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT ©2023 CADDETAILS.COM LTD.REVISION DATE 10/04/2023 SCALE (A)1:16 DATE:25/05/2015PART NO:MLB970-PC(X)WEIGHT:101.560LBS TITLE:BENCH, 970, HDPCTHE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWINGIS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MAGLIN SITE FURNITUREINC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS AWHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OFMAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC. IS PROHIBITED.MAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC.WWW.MAGLIN.COMTEL.: 800-716-5506FAX: 877-260-9393 G G G G G G G G G G G HA HA HA HA HA HA HA HA HA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1S1 G G G G G G E E E E E E E E E E E G GG G G G G G S1 S1 S1S1 S1 G G G S1 G G G GGG G G G GG E E Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V PO UUUUPOPOUUUPOPOPOPOPOPOUUUUPOPOPOPOUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU POPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOA A A A A A A A A A U UU UU UUUUUUU PO POPOPO PO POPO G G Y Y Y Y Y Y Y HAMHAM HAM Y HAM HAM HAM AGG G G G G G G G G A A A A A AAAAAAAAAAAAAA E E EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE L1 V V U U U U U U UU U U U U U U V K-221 4 LADE N A LAVA T O R Y VITR E O U S C H I N A L1 HA HA HA HA HA SCALE (A)1:16 DATE:25/05/2015PART NO:MLB970-PC(X)WEIGHT:101.560LBSTITLE:BENCH, 970, HDPCTHE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWINGIS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MAGLIN SITE FURNITUREINC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS AWHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OFMAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC. IS PROHIBITED.MAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC.WWW.MAGLIN.COMTEL.: 800-716-5506FAX: 877-260-9393 YYY HAHA HAHA HAHA L1 S1 S1 S1 S1 EEEAAEAA L1 S1S1S1S1 G GL1G GG A E EEAAA L1 L1 L1 E E L1 L1 E E E E E E E L1 L1 E E E E E E E E E E E S1S1 S1 S1 S1 E E E E E E E E E S1S1S1S1 L1 E L1 L1GGS1S1S1S1 Y Y POPO POPO Y Y PO PO Y Y Y Y POPO Y Y PO PO Y U Y Y Y POPOPO U Y Y PO PO Y Y PO PO Y Y Y Y PO PO Y Y POPO U A GG HA HA G G G G G G HAS1 S1 L1L1GG G G G G G G G G L1 E EE E G G G G G G G S1 CC CCCC Y Y Y Y YHAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM Y Y Y Y YYY HAM HAM HAM Y Y Y Y YYY Y Y Y Y YYY Y Y Y YY HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM G G G G GG G G G G G G Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y E E E E E E E E E G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 HA HA HA HA HA HA L1 L1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 CC CC S1 S1 CCCCCC HAM HA HA HA HA HA HA HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM Y Y G Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y HAM HA HA M2 JOB NUMBER: M2 JOB NUMBER:HAM VHAAEL1S1Y GCCPOU G G G G G G GG G G G G L1 L1 L1 L1L1L1S1 S1 S1 EEEEEEEEEE GGGGGGGGGG EEEEEEEEEEEEEE G G G GGG GGGG AAAAAAAAAAAAEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE L1 L1 E E E E E E E EEEE L1L1L1 S1S1S1S1EEEES1S1 S1S1 EEEEE EEEE GG GGGS1S1 GS1S1 S1S1 ES1S1 L1L1L1 EEE GG G U PO U POPOPOPOPOUUUEEUUUU POPO POPO S1 S1 S1 S1 G S1 S1 S1 U U U U U S1S1UU S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 G G G E U U U U PO PO PO PO PO E EPO PO POS1S1S1S1 G G PO PO S1S1 G G G G GUUU S1 S1 G G G G U U POPOPO PO PO U U U U US1S1S1S1S1S1 G G G G G PO PO PO PO PO S1 S1 S1 S1 UU S1S1S1 U U S1 S1 S1 U U U U U U U UUUUU POPOPO PO PO U U U U U PO PO PO PO PO U U U U GGGUS1S1S1UUUUUU POPOPOPO U U U U HAM HAM+ 37.85+ 37.80+ 37.73+ 37.69+ 37.63+ 37.58+ 38.00+ 38.10+ 38.15+ 38.25+ 38.30+ 38.35+ 38.40+ 37.48+ 37.53+ 37.58+ 37.63+ 37.68+ 37.75+ 37.88+ 37.93+ 37.98+ 38.03+ 38.08+ 38.13+ 38.23+ 38.28+ 38.32+ 38.38+ 38.43+ 38.5038.73 ++ 38.22+ 37.90+37.59+ 38.502.4%+ 38.50+38.17+38.08+38.04+37.99+37.94+37.86+37.50+ 39.50+ 39.32MAX 3:1%MAX 3:1%MAX 3:1%MAX 3:1%+ 37.54+ 37.76+ 37.81+ 38.21+ 38.05+37.55+37.63+37.69+37.73+38.12+ 38.27+ 38.38+ 38.47+ 38.53+ 38.34+ 3802+ 38.02+ 38.07+ EXG 38.67+ EXG 38.61+ INT 37.60+ 37.563%+ INT 37.82+ INT 38.042.1%+ INT 37.75+ INT 37.86+ INT 37.97+ 38.651.4%+ INT 38.14+ INT 38.24+ INT 38.34+ INT 38.44+ INT 38.541R @ 170MM+ 38.63+ TS 38.02BS 37.85++ TS 38.02+ 37.85+ 37.80+ 37.73+ 37.69+ 37.63+ 37.58+ 37.76+ 37.95+ 37.82+ INT 37.68BS 37.68+2R @ 170MM1R @ 150MM+ TS 38.02BS 37.87+1:3 SLOPE+ 38.412.7%SLOPE 1:3 SLOPE+ 38.311:3 SLOPE+ 38.513.5% SLOPE+ 38.611:3 SLOPE1:3 SLOPE 3.5% SLOPE+ 38.713.5%SLOPE 2.31%SLOPE 1:3 SLOPE+ 38.901R @ 150MM+ TS 39.06BS 38.91++ EXG 39.27+ EXG 38.971:3 SLOPE+ 38.882R @ 150MM+ TS 39.20BS 38.90+1:3 SLOPE+ 38.942R @ 150MM+ TS 39.30BS 39.00+2.31%SLOPE 1:3 SLOPE+ 39.241R @ 150MM+ TS 39.40BS 39.25++ 37.76354 3/4 [9011.95] N.T.S. 128' - 1 25/32"39.06 m37.5237.71SINGLE PEDESTAL PICNIC TABLE (SPPTG-40) TOP VIEW FRONT ELEVATION WHEEL CHAIR ACCESSIBLE ONE SIDE IN GROUND MOUNTINGSKATE BLOCKSSTAINLESS STEEL WEDGE ANCHOR BOLT DOWN KIT (INST- 2.75) GALVANIZED (SPPTWC-40)GALVANIZED & POWDER COATED (SPPTWCGP-40) 19 11/ 1 6 " 12"32 3/16 " 40" 40" NOTES:1. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.3. THIS DRAWING IS INTENDED FOR USE BY ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS, CONTRACTORS, CONSULTANTS AND DESIGNPROFESSIONALS FOR PLANNING PURPOSES ONLY. THIS DRAWING MAY NOT BE USED FORCONSTRUCTION.4. ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN WAS CURRENT AT THE TIME OF DEVELOPMENT BUT MUST BE REVIEWED ANDAPPROVED BY THE PRODUCT MANUFACTURER TO BE CONSIDEREDACCURATE.5. CONTRACTOR'S NOTE: FOR PRODUCT AND COMPANY INFORMATION VISIT www.CADdetails.com/info AND ENTERREFERENCE NUMBER 23 002 L1. SPECIFICATIONS:-RE-PLAST™ RECYCLED PLASTIC SLATS-DURABLE "SLICK COATED" COATED STEEL FRAME-LONG LASTING STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE-10 YEAR LIMITED WARRANTYTABLE HEIGHT:30" / 762 MMSEAT HEIGHT:19.6875" / 500 MMSEAT DEPTH:11.5" / 292 MMSEAT LENGTH:36" / 914 MMTABLE TOP:40" X 40" / 1010 MM X 1010 MMTOTAL LENGTH:71" X 71" / 1803 MM X 1803 MMWEIGHT:378 LBS / 171 KGRECYCLED CONTENT:43% RECYCLED CONTENT BY WEIGHT,100% RECYCLABLE ISOMETRIC VIEW SELECT DESIRED DURABLE POWDERCOATED ALUMINUM FRAME: SELECT DESIRED CUSTOMIZED SOLUTIONS: BROWN SLATE SELECT DESIRED RECYCLEDPLASTIC COLORS:BLACKGREYREDWOOD WALNUTSAND VICTOR RIDGE II NORDIC LICHEN TIMELESS RUSTGREY GOLD TEXTURED SILVER PRECIOUS SAND GROOVY RED BLACK TEXTURED EARTH CLAY NOBLE BRONZEMODERN KHAKI FLAME RED PASTEL ORANGE SIGNAL VIOLET TRAFFIC YELLOWULTRAMARINE BLUE WATER BLUEYELLOW GREEN CUSTOM POWDER COATING(SETUP CHARGES MAY APPLY) TABLES .1 CCDC Doc 2 LATEST EDITIONComply with all articles in the General Conditions of Contract in conjunction with this section unless superseded by other Contract Documents..2 B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION, prepared by the B.C. Society of Landscape Architects and the B.C. Landscape & Nursery Association, jointly.Allwork and materials shall meet standards as set out in the B.C. Landscape Standard unless superseded by this specification or as directed byLandscapeArchitect with writteninstruction..3 MASTER MUNICIPAL SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARD DETAILS, LATEST EDITION, prepared by the Consulting Engineers of British Columbia, RoadbuildersandHeavy Construction Association, and the Municipal EngineersDivision.4 STANDARD FOR LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM, LATEST EDITION: Prepared by the Irrigation Industry Association of British Columbia..5 MUNICIPAL BYLAWS AND ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS WHERE NOTED..1 A current (not more than one month) test for all growing medium to be used on this site is required. Provide and pay for testing by an independenttestingfacility pre-approved by the Landscape Architect. Deliver growing medium test results to Landscape Architect for review and approval prior to placement.Refer to Section 3.4 Growing Medium Testing forprocedure..2 Owner reserves the right to test or re-test materials. Contractor responsible to pay for testing if materials do not meet specification..1 Under the terms of the Landscape Architect's Contract with the Owner and where the Landscape Architect is the designated reviewer, the LandscapeArchitect will observe construction as is necessary in their opinion to confirm conformance to the plans and specifications. Contact Owners Representative toarrange for site observation at the appropriate times. Allow two days notice. Observation schedule may include but will not be limited to the following:.1.1 Start Up Site Meeting, General Contract: Prior to any site disturbance, a meeting with the general contractor to review tree preservation issues, generallandscape issues and municipal requirements..1.2 Start Up Site Meeting, Landscape Contract (if separate): At the start of work with Owner's Representative, Site Superintendent and LandscapeContractor; a meeting is to be held to review expected work and to verify the acceptability of the subgrade and general site conditions to the LandscapeContractor. Provide growing medium test results for this meeting..1.3 Progress Site Visits: To observe materials and workmanship as necessary through the course of the work. Review of different aspects of the work maybe dealt with on any single visit. Such elements may include: Site Layout, Rough Grading, Growing Medium - quality, depths, finish grading; Drainage andDrainage Materials; Lawns or Grass areas; Planting -plant material including negotiations with suppliers, nursery inspections, plant sizes, quality, quantity,planting practice and layout, tree support; Mulch; Irrigation Systems; Play Equipment; Site Furniture; and other elements of the site development where theLandscape Architect is the designated reviewer such as: Pedestrian Paving, Fencing, Non-structural walls and slabs, Unit Paving..1.4 Substantial Performance: Review of all work, accounting of all substitutions, deletions; plant counts, preparations of deficiency list, andrecommendations for completion..1.5 Certificate of Completion: Upon the declaration of Substantial Performance, a recommendation for the issuance of the Certificate of Completion will bemade to the Payment Certifier as defined in the contract..1.6 Deficiency Review: Prior to the completion of the holdback period, check for completion of deficiencies. Once completed, a Schedule 'C' will be issed whererequired..1.7 Warranty Review: Prior to the completion of the waranty period (+/- 24months after issuance of the Certificate of Completion), review all warantymaterial and report reccmmendations for waranty replacement..1 Unless otherwise instructed in the Contract Documents, the preparation of the subgrade shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor.Placementof growing medium constitutes acceptance of the subgrade by the Landscape Contractor. Any subsequent corrections to the subgrade required aretheresponsibility of the Landscape Contractor..2 All work and superintendence shall be performed by personnel skilled in landscape contracting. In addition, all personnel applying herbicidesand/orpesticides shall hold a current license issued by the appropriateauthorities..3 A site visit is required to become familiar with site conditions before bidding and before start of work..4 Confirm location of all services before proceeding with any work..5 Notify Landscape Architect of any discrepancies. Obtain approval from Landscape Architect prior to deviating from the plans..6 Take appropriate measures to avoid environmental damage. Do not dump any waste materials into water bodies. Conform with all federal, provincialandlocal statutes andguidelines..7 Collect and dispose of all debris and/or excess material from landscape operations. Keep paved surfaces clean and repair damage resultingfromlandscape work. Repairs are to be completed prior to finalacceptance..8 Where new work connects with existing, and where existing work is altered, make good to match existing undisturbed condition..1 Guarantee all materials and workmanship for a minimum period of two full year from the date of Certificate of Completion..2 Refer to individual sections for specific warranties..1 Other conditions of Contract may apply. Confirm Scope of Work at time of tender..2 Work includes supply of all related items and performing all operations necessary to complete the work in accordance with the drawings andspecificationsand generally consists of thefollowing:.2.1 Retention of Existing Trees where shown on drawings..2.2 Finish Grading and Landscape Drainage..2.3 Supply and placement of growing medium..2.4 Testing of imported growing medium and/or site topsoil,.2.5 Supply and incorporation of additives to meet requirements of soil test and Table One..2.6 Preparation of planting beds, supply of plant material and planting..2.7 Preparation of rough grass areas, supply of materials and seeding..2.8 Preparation of lawn areas, supply of materials and sodding..2.9 Supply and placement of bark mulch..2.10 Maintenance of planted and seeded/sodded areas until accepted by Owner..2.11 SEPARATE PRICE: Establishment Maintenance, Section 3.11..2.12 Other work: Work other than this list, not specified by Landscape Architect..1 Growing Medium: Conform to BC Landscape Standard for definitions of imported and on-site topsoil. Refer to Table One below..2 Fertilizer: An organic and/or inorganic compound containing Nitrogen (N), Phosphate (25), and Potash (soluble 2) in proportions required by soil test..3 Lime: Ground agricultural limestone. Meet requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard..4 Organic Additive: Commercial compost product to the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION and pre-approved by theLandscapeArchitect. Recommended suppliers: Yardworks, The Answer Garden Products, Fraser Richmond Soils & Fibre, Stream OrganicsManagement..5 Sand: Clean, washed pump sand to meet requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard..6 Composted Bark Mulch: 10mm (3/8") minus Fir/Hemlock bark chips and fines, free of chunks and sticks, dark brown in colour and free of all soil,stones,roots or other extraneous matter. Fresh orange in colour bark will berejected..7 Herbicides and Pesticides: If used, must conform to all federal, provincial and local statutes. Appliers must hold current licenses issued bytheappropriate authorities in thearea..8 Filter Fabric: A non biodegradable blanket or other filtering membrane that will allow the passage of water but not fine soil particles. (Such as MIRAFI140NL, GEOLON N40 OR AMOCO 4545 or alternate product pre-approved by the LandscapeArchitect.).9 Drainage Piping if required: Schedule 40 PVC nominal sizes..10 Drain Rock: Clean, round, inert, durable, and have a maximum size of 19mm and containing no material smaller than 10mm..11 Plant Material: To the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard. Refer to 3.9, Plants and Planting. All plant material must be provided fromacertified disease free nursery. Provide proof ofcertification..12 Sod: Refer to individual sections in this specification..13 Supplier and installers of segmental block walls to provide engineered drawings for all walls: signed and sealed drawings for all walls, individually,inexcess of 1.2m, or combinations of walls collectively in excess of 1.2m. Installations must be reviewed and signed off by Certified Professional Engineer;inlcudecost of engineering services in Tenderprice..14 Miscellaneous: Any other material necessary to complete the project as shown on the drawings and described herein.TABLE ONE: PROPERTIES OF GROWING MEDIUM FOR LEVEL 2 GROOMED AND LEVEL 3 MODERATE AREASApplicationsLow Traffic Areas.Trees and Large Shrubs High TrafficLawn Areas and PlantersPlanting AreasGrowing Medium Types 2L 2H 2PTextureCoarse Gravel:larger than 25mmAll Gravel:larger than 2mmSand:larger than 0.05mmsmaller than 2.0mmSilt:larger than 0.002mmsmaller than 0.05mmClay:smaller than 0.002mmClay and Silt Combined 0 - 1%0 - 5%50 - 80%10 - 25%0 - 25%maximum 35%0 - 1%0 - 5%70 - 90%0 - 15%0 - 15%maximum 15%0 - 1%0 - 5%40 - 80%10 - 25%0 - 25%maximum 35%Percent Of Dry Weight of Total Growing MediumPercent Of Dry Weight of Growing Medium Excluding GravelOrganic Content (coast):3 - 10%3 - 5%10 - 20%Acidity (pH):6.0 - 7.0 6.0 - 7.0 4.5 - 6.5Drainage:Percolation shall be such that no standing water is visible 60 minutes after at least 10 minutes of moderate to heavy rain or irrigation..1 Prior to any work on site - protect individual trees or plant groupings indicated as retained on landscape plans as vegetation retention areas..1.1 In some instances the Landscape Architect will tag trees or areas to remain. Discuss tree retention areas at a start-up meeting with theLandscapeArchitect..2 A physical barrier must be installed to delineate clearing boundaries. Refer to physical barrier detail. If detail not provided, comply with localmunicipalrequirements..3 No machine travel through or within vegetation retention areas or under crowns of trees to be retained is allowed..4 Do not stockpile soil, construction materials, or excavated materials within vegetation retention areas..5 Do not park, fuel or service vehicles within vegetation retention areas..6 No debris fires, clearing fires or trash burning shall be permitted within vegetation retention areas..7 No excavations, drain or service trenches nor any other disruption shall be permitted within vegetation retention areas without a review of theproposedencroachment by the LandscapeArchitect..8 Do not cut branches or roots of retained trees without the approval of the Landscape Architect..9 Any damage to existing vegetation intended for preservation will be subject to evaluation by an I.S.A. Certified Arborist using the "Guide forPlantAppraisal", LATESTEDITION..9.1 Replacement planting of equivalent value to the disturbance will be required. The cost of the evaluation and of the replacement planting will betheresponsibility of the General Contractor and or the person(s) responsible for the disturbance..10 In municipalities with specific tree retention/replacement bylaws ensure compliance to bylaws..11 In situations where required construction may disturb existing vegetation intended for preservation, contact Landscape Architect for review priortocommencingconstruction.PART ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS1.1 REFERENCES1.2 TESTING1.4 SITE REVIEW1.5 WORKMANSHIP1.6 WARRANTIES2.1 SCOPE OF WORK2.2 MATERIALS PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT3.1 RETENTION OF EXISTING TREES.1 Ensure subgrade is prepared to conform to depths specified in Section 3.5, Growing Medium Supply, below. Where planting is indicated close toexistingtrees, prepare suitable planting pockets for material indicated on the planting plan. Shape subgrade to eliminate free standing water and conform to thesitegrading and drainageplan..2 On slopes in excess of 3:1 trench subgrade across slope to 150mm (6") minimum at 1.5m (5 ft.) intervals minimum..3 Scarify the entire subgrade immediately prior to placing growing medium. Re-cultivate where vehicular traffic results in compaction duringtheconstruction procedures. Ensure that all planting areas are smoothly contoured after light compaction to finishedgrades..4 Eliminate standing water from all finished grades. Provide a smooth, firm and even surface and conform to grades shown on the Landscape Drawings.Donot exceed maximum and minimum gradients defined by the B.C. LandscapeStandard..5 Construct swales true to line and grade, smooth and free of sags or high points. Minimum slope 2%, maximum side slopes 10%. Assure positive drainagetocollectionpoints..6 Slope not to exceed the following maximums: Rough Grass 3:1, Lawn 4:1, Landscape plantings 2:1..7 Finished soil/mulch elevation at building to comply with municipal requirements..8 Inform Landscape Architect of completion of finish grade prior to placement of seed, sod, plants or mulch.3.2 GRADES.1 Related Work: Growing medium and Finish Grading, Grass areas, Trees Shrubs and Groundcovers, Planters, Crib Walls..2 Work Included: Site finish grading and surface drainage. Installation of any drainage systems detailed on landscape plans. Note: Catch basins shownonlandscape plans for coordination only, confirm scope of work prior tobid..2.1 Coordinate all landscape drainage work with rest of site drainage, Refer to engineering drawings and specifications for connections and otherdrainagework..2.2 Determine exact location of all existing utilities and structures and underground utilities prior to commencing work, which may not be located ondrawingsand conduct work so as to prevent interruption of service or damage to them. Protect existing structures and utility services and be responsible fordamagecaused..2.3 Planter drains on slab: Refer to Section 3.10, Installing Landscapes on Structures..3 Execution.3.1 Do trenching and backfilling in accordance with engineering details and specifications..3.2 Lay drains on prepared bed, true to line and grade with inverts smooth and free of sags or high points. Ensure barrel of each pipe is in contact withbedthroughout fulllength..3.3 Commence laying pipe at outlet and proceed in upstream direction..3.4 Lay perforated pipes with perforations at 8pm and 4pm positions..3.5 Make joints tight in accordance with manufacturer's directions..3.6 Do not allow water to flow through the pipes during construction except as approved by Engineer..3.7 Make watertight connections to existing drains, new or existing manholes or catchbasins where indicated or as directed by Landscape Architect..3.8 Plug upstream ends of pipe with watertight clean out caps..3.9 Surround and cover pipe with drain rock in uniform 150mm layers to various depths as shown in details, minimum 100mm..3.10 Cover drain rock with non-woven filter cloth lap all edges and seams minimum 150mm..3.11 Assure positive drainage..3.12 Back fill remainder of trench as indicated..3.13 Protect subdrains from floatation during installation..1 Submit representative sample of growing medium proposed for use on this project to an independent laboratory. Provide test results to LandscapeArchitect prior to placing. Test results to include:.1.1 Physical properties, % content of gravel, sand, silt, clay and organics..1.2 Acidity PH and quantities of lime or sulphur required to bring within specified range..1.3 Nutrient levels of principle and trace elements and recommendations for required soil amendments..1.4 Carbon/Nitrogen level.3.3 LANDSCAPE DRAINAGE3.4 GROWING MEDIUM TESTING3.5 GROWING MEDIUM SUPPLY AND PLACEMENT.1 Supply all growing medium required for the performance of the Contract. Do not load, transport or spread growing medium when it is so wet thatitsstructure is likely to bedamaged..2 Supply all growing medium admixtures as required by the soil test. Amended growing medium must meet the specification for growing medium as definedinTable One for the variousareas..2.1 Thoroughly mix required amendments into the full depth of the growing medium..2.2 Special mixes may be required for various situations. Refer to drawing notes for instructions..3 Place the amended growing medium in all grass and planting areas. Spread growing medium in uniform layers not exceeding 6" (150mm), overunfrozensubgrade free of standingwater..4 Minimum depths of growing medium placed and compacted to 80%:.4.1 On-grade:.4.1.1 Seeded and sodded lawn....................................................12" (300mm).4.1.2 Mass planted shrubs & groundcovers..........................30" (760mm).4.1.3 Groundcover only areas, if defined on plan................12" (300mm).4.1.4 Tree & large shrub pits.....................................................depth to conform to depth of rootball - width shall be at least twice the width of the root ballwithsaucer shapedsides..4.2 On-Slab:.4.2.1 Irrigated lawn........................................................................9" (210mm).4.2.2 Groundcover areas.............................................................12" (300mm).4.2.3 Lawn without automatic irrigation................................12" (300mm).4.2.4 Shrub & groundcover areas...........................................15" (380mm).4.2.5 Trees and specimen shrubs*..........................................30" (760mm) over columns and/or edge of slab (verify column locations on-site for tree locations.).4.2.6 Depth noted includes 1" to 2" (25-50mm) sand over filter fabric.4.2.7 Maximum 18" depth growing medium except where mounded for trees over column points..5 Manually spread growing medium/planting soil around existing trees, shrubs and obstacles..6 In perimeter seeded grass areas, feather growing medium out to nothing at edges and blend into existing grades..7 Finished grades shall conform to the elevations shown on landscape and site plans..1 General: Rough grass areas are noted on the drawings as "Rough Grass". Treat all areas defined as rough grass between all property lines of theprojectincluding all boulevards to edge of roads andlanes..2 Preparation of Surfaces: To B.C. Landscape Standard Class 3 Areas (Rough grass) Section 7.1.1.3.2.1 Clean existing soil by mechanical means of debris over 50mm in any dimension..2.2 Roughly grade surfaces to allow for maintenance specified and for positive drainage..3 Time of Seeding: Seed from early spring (generally April 1st) to late fall (September 15th) of each year. Further extensions may be obtainedonconcurrence of the LandscapeArchitect..4 Seed Supply & Testing: All seed must be obtained from a recognized seed supplier and shall be No. 1 grass mixture delivered in containers bearingthefollowinginformation:.4.1 Analysis of the seed mixture.4.2 Percentage of each seed type.5 Seed Mixture: All varieties shall be rated as strong performers in the Pacific Northwest and are subject to client approval. 70% Creeping Red Fescue 20% Annual Rye 5% Saturn Perennial Rye 5% Kentucky Bluegrass For Wildflower Areas use a mixture of Wildflowers with Hard Fescues (Terralink Coastal Wildflowers) with Hard Fescue or pre-approved alternate..6 Fertilizer: Mechanical seeding: Apply a complete synthetic slow-release fertilizer with maximum 35% water soluble nitrogen and a formulation ratioof18-18-18 - 50% sulphur urea coated , 112 kg/ha(100lbs/acre) using a mechanicalspreader..7 Seeding: Apply seed at a rate of 112k/H (100lbs /acre) with a mechanical spreader. Incorporate seed into the top 1/4" (6mm) of soil and lightly compact..8 Acceptance: Provide adequete protection of the seeded areas until conditions of acceptance have been met. Comply with Section 3.7 Hydroseeding.3.6 ROUGH GRASS AREA - SEEDING PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT - CONT3.8 LAWN AREAS - SODDINGGrass - public parks, industrial and institutional sitesLawn, all areas noted on drawings as lawn in urbandevelopment sites including boulevard grassTABLE 2 SPECIFIED TURFGRASS BY AREARough GrassDescriptionSPECIALCLASS 3CLASS 2CLASS 1Area see hydroseedingNo. 2 StandardNo. 1 PremiumQuality Grade Kentucky Blue for sun, Fescues for shadeMajor Speciessame.1 General: Treat all areas defined as lawn areas on the landscape plan between all property lines of the project including all boulevards to edge ofroadsandlanes..2 Growing Medium: Comply with Section 2.2.1, Growing Medium. Prior to sodding, request an inspection of the finished grade, and depth and conditionofgrowing medium by the LandscapeArchitect..3 Time of Sodding: Sod from April 1st to October 1st. Further extensions may be obtained on concurrence of the Landscape Architect..4 Sod Supply: Conform to all conditions of B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 8, B.C. Standard for Turfgrass Sod..5 Specified Turfgrass by area: Refer to Table 2 below..6 Lime: The lime shall be as defined in Section 2.2.3, Materials. Apply at rates recommended in required soil test. Refer to Section 3.4 for method..7 Fertilizer: Refer to Section 2.2.2 Materials. Apply specified fertilizer at rates shown in the required soil test. Apply with a mechanical spreader.Cultivate into growing medium 48 hours prior to sodding. Apply separately fromlime..8 Sodding: Prepare a smooth, firm, even surface for laying sod. Lay sod staggered with sections closely butted, without overlapping or gaps, smoothandeven with adjoining areas and roll lightly. Water to obtain moisture penetration of 3" to 4" (7 - 10cm). Comply with requirements of BC LandscapeStandardSection 8, BC Standard for TurfgrassSod..9 Maintenance: Begin maintenance immediately after sodding and continue for 60 days after Substantial Completion and until accepted by the Owner.Protect sodded areas from damage with temporary wire or twine fences complete with signage until lawn is taken over by the Owner. Water to obtainmoisturepenetration of 3" to 4" (7-10cm) at intervals necessary to maintain sufficient growth. Keep grass cut at height of between 1-1/2" (4cm) and 2" (5cm).Provideadequate protection of sodded areas against damage until the turf has been taken over by Owner. Repair any damaged areas, re-grade as necessary.Aeration may be required if in the Landscape Architect's opinion, drainage through the sod base medium isimpaired..10 Acceptance of Lawn Areas: The turf shall be reasonably well established, with no apparent dead spots or bare spots and shall be reasonably freeofweeds (to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13 Maintenance Level 2 (Appearance). Use herbicides if necessary for weed removal unless other conditionsofcontract forbid their use. After the lawn has been cut at least twice, areas meeting the conditions above will be taken over by theOwner.3.9 PLANTS AND PLANTING.1 Conform to planting layout as shown on Landscape Plans..2 Obtain approval of Landscape Architect for layout and preparation of planting prior to commencement of planting operations..3 Make edge of beds with smooth clean defined lines..4 Time of Planting:.4.1 Plant trees, shrubs and groundcovers only during periods that are normal for such work as determined by local weather conditions whenseasonalconditions are likely to ensure successful adaptation of plants to their newlocation..5 Standards:.5.1 All plant material shall conform to the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION, unless exceeded by drawing Plant Schedule orthisspecification..5.1.1 Refer to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 9, Plants and Planting and in Section 12, BCLNA Standard for Container Grown Plants for minimum standards..5.1.2 Refer to Plant Schedule for specific plant and container sizes and comply with requirements..5.2 Plant material obtained from areas with less severe climatic conditions shall be grown to withstand the site climate..6 Review:.6.1 Review at the source of supply and/or collection point does not prevent subsequent rejection of any or all planting stock at the site..7 Availability:.7.1 Area of search includes the Vancouver Island. Refer to Plant Schedule for any extension of area..7.2 Supply proof of the availability of the specified plant material within 30 days of the award of the Contract..8 Substitution:.8.1 Obtain written approval of the Landscape Architect prior to making any substitutions to the specified material. Non-approved substitutions willberejected..8.2 Allow a minimum of 5 days prior to delivery for request to substitute..8.3 Substitutions are subject to BC Landscape Standard - definition of Conditions of Availability..9 Plant Species & Location:.9.1 Plants shall be true to name and of the height, calliper and size of root ball as shown on the landscape/site plan plant schedule. Calliper of trees istobe taken 6" (15cm) abovegrade..9.2 Plant all specified species in the location as shown on the landscape drawings. Notify Landscape Architect if conflicting rock orunderground/overheadservices areencountered..9.3 Deviation of given planting location will only be allowed after review of the proposed deviation by the Landscape Architect..10 Excavation:.10.1 Trees and large shrubs: Excavate a saucer shaped tree pit to the depth of the rootball and to at least twice the width of the rootball. Assurethatfinished grade is at the original grade the tree was grownat..11 Drainage of Planting Holes:.11.1 Provide drainage of planting pits where required. ie. on sloped conditions, break out the side of the planting pit to allow drainage down slope; and inflatconditions, mound to raise the rootball above impervious layer. Notify the Landscape Architect where the drainage of planting holes islimited..12 Planting and Fertilizing Procedures:.12.1 Plant all trees and shrubs with the roots placed in their natural growing position. If burlapped, loosen around the top of the ball and cut away orfoldunder. Do not pull burlap from under the ball. Carefully remove containers without injuring the rootballs. After settled in place, cut twine. For wirebaskets,clip and remove top three rows ofwire..12.2 Fillthe planting holes by gently firming the growing medium around the root system in 6" (15cm) layers. Settle the soil with water. Add soil asrequiredto meet finish grade. Leave no air voids. When 2/3 of the topsoil has been placed, apply fertilizer as recommended by the required soil test at thespecifiedrates..12.3 Where planting is indicated adjacent to existing trees, use special care to avoid disturbance of the root system or natural grades of such trees..12.4 Where trees are in lawn areas, provide a clean cut mulched 900mm (3 ft.) diameter circle centered on the tree..13 Staking of Trees:.13.1 Use two 2"x2"x5' stakes, unless superseded by municipal requirements. Set stakes minimum 2 ft. in soil. Do not drive stake through rootball..13.2 Leave the tree carefully vertical..13.3 Tie with pre-approved commercial, flat woven polypropylene fabric belt, minimum width 19mm (3/4"). Approved product: ArborTie - availablefromDeepRoot..13.4 Coniferous Trees over 6 ft. height: Guy with three 2-strand wires (11 gauge). Drive three stakes equidistant around the tree completely below grade..13.5 Trees 6 ft.+ on Wood or Concrete Decks: Guy as above using three deadmen (min. 2'x2"x4") buried to the maximum possible depth instead of stakes..13.6 Mark all guy wires with visible flagging material..14 Pruning:.14.1 Limit pruning to the minimum necessary to remove dead or injured branches. Preserve the natural character of the plants, do not cut the leader.Useonly clean, sharp tools. Make all cuts clean and cut to the branch collar leaving no stubs. Shape affected areas so as not to retain water. Removedamagedmaterial..15 Mulching:.15.1 Mulch all planting areas with an even layer of mulch to 2-1/2 - 3" (65 - 75mm) depth. Confirm placement of mulch in areas labeled "Groundcover Area"ondrawings. Mulch a 3 ft. (900mm) diameter circle around trees in lawn areas, leave a cleanedge..16 Acceptance:.16.1 The establishment of all plant material is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor..17 Plant Material Maintenance:.17.1 Maintain all plant material for 60 days after landscape work has received a Certificate of Completion..17.2 Watering: Conform to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13.3.2 - Watering and generally as follows:.17.2.1 Water to supplement natural rainfall such that the soil moisture content is kept to 50% to 100% of field capacity. Water to the full depth of therootzone each time. The Owner is responsible to supply water at no extra cost to the Contract. Confirm source of water prior to beginningwork..17.3 Use appropriate measures to combat pests or diseases damaging plant material. Comply with all local governing statutes and guidelines forchemicalcontrol..17.4 Plant material which fails to survive shall be replaced in the next appropriate season as determined by the Landscape Architect..17.5 Repair tree guards, stakes, and guy wires, when necessary..17.6 Maintain areas relatively weed free. (Appearance level 2, B.C. Landscape Standard, Chapter 13)..17.7 Maintain mulch to specified depths..18 Plant Warranty:.18.1 Replace all unsatisfactory plant material except those designated "Specimen" for a period of ONE(1) year after the Certificate of Completion. Replaceallunsatisfactory plant material designated "Specimen" for a period of two (2) years after the Certificate of Completion. Replace all unsatisfactory treesandshrubs and continue to replace these until the specified number is complete and satisfactory to the Landscape Architect. Such replacement shall be subjecttothe notification, inspection and approval as specified for the original planting, and shall not constitute an extra to theContract..18.2 Those Plants, identified as hardy within one zone of the Canada Department of Agriculture tonal class for the area, specified by theLandscapeArchitect and installed by the Landscape Contractor which are killed through below normal temperatures (below the average of the extrememinimumtemperatures officially recorded in the area concerned, in the last 10 years), will not be replaced without cost of replacement borne by theOwner..18.3 A review may be requested during the latter part of the warranty growing season. All plant material showing well developed foliage, healthygrowthand bud forming, will then be takenover.3.10 INSTALLING LANDSCAPE ON STRUCTURES.1 Verify that drainage and protection material is completely installed and acceptable before beginning work. Contact Landscape Architect for instructionsifnot inplace..2 Coordinate work with construction of planters and planter drainage..2.1 Verify that planter drains are in place and positive drainage to roof drains is present prior to placing any drain rock or soil..3 Provide clean out at all through-slab drain locations . Use 300mm min. dia. PVC Pipe filled with drain rock unless specific drawing detail shown..4 Install drain rock evenly to a minimum depth of 4" (100mm)or alternate sheet drain if specified. Install sheet drain as per manufacturer's recommendations..5 Cover drain rock (or alternate sheet drain if specified on drawing details) with filter fabric lapping 6" (150mm) at all edges. Obtain approval ofdrainagesystem prior to placing growingmedium..6 Place an even layer of 25 - 50mm clean washed pump sand over filter fabric..7 Place growing medium to depths specified in Section 3.5 above for various surface treatments. Refer to Drawing details for any light weight fillerrequiredto alter grade. Use Styrofoam block over drain rock shaped to provide smooth surface transition at edges. Butt each piece tightly together and coverwithfilter fabric to prevent soil from migratingdownward.PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT - CONT.1 Intent: The intent of "establishment" maintenance is to provide sufficient care to newly installed plant material for a relatively short period of timetoensure or increase the long term success of the planting. The objective is the adaptation of plants to a new site in order to obtain the desired effectfromthe planting while reducing the rate of failure and unnecessary work associated with improper establishment. Establishment of maintenance proceduresapplyto all new and retained vegetation including cultivated turfgrass areas and new trees andshrubs..2 Maintenance Period: Provide maintenance of installed landscaping for 12 months following substantial completion..3 Related Standards and Legislation: B.C. Landscape Standard, latest edition; Fertilizer Code., B.C. Pesticide Control Act..4 Site Review: In addition to the inspections at substantial completion, at final progress draw application, and at the end of the guarantee period,thereshould be three other reviews during the 12 months attended by the Contractor and a designated representative of the Owner. Maintain a logbookandreporting procedures and submit to the designatedrepresentative..5 Scheduling: Prepare a schedule of anticipated visits and submit to designated representative at start-up. Maintenance operations shall be carriedoutpredominately during the growing season between March 1st and November 30th, however visits at other times of the year may berequired..6 Maintenance Level: Comply with B. C. Landscape Standard, Section 13, Table 7, Maintenance Level "Medium"..7 Materials: Comply with Part Two of this specification..7.1 Fertilizers: To the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard. Formulations and rates as required by soil testing..8 Plant Material Establishment:.8.1 Watering: During the first growing season, water new plants at least every ten (10) days between April 1st and July 31st, and every twenty (20)daysbetween August 1st and September 15th. Minimum 25 gallons per tree per application. During the second growing season, water new plants at leasteverytwenty days between April 1 and July 31 and once between August 1st and September 31st. Apply water at a rate and duration such that the watercontentreaches field capacity to the full depth of the growing medium. Apply water again when the water content reaches 25% of field capacity. Provide andirrigatewith water in the event that any automatic irrigation system malfunctions or has not been completely installed. Scheduled applications of water shallbemissed only when rainfall has penetrated the soil fully asrequired..8.2 Mulch: Maintain mulches in the original areas and to the original depths..8.3 Weed Control: Remove all weeds from all areas at least once per month during the growing season by hoeing or cultivation to a maximum depth of80mm,hand-pulling, or, if necessary, by the use ofherbicides..8.4 Pest and Disease Control: Inspect all planted areas for pests and diseases periodically and at least every two months during the growing season byanexperienced person. Carry out treatment for pests or diseases promptly and consistently for maximum effectiveness. Comply with all B.C. PesticideControlAct and municipalrequirements..8.5 Tree Support: Maintain stakes, guy wires and ties one full growing season. Check ties at least every two months to ensure that they are not causingadepression in the bark. Loosen, repair or replace ties as necessary. Remove all stakes guy wires and ties after the first growing season except wherelargetrees require continuing support in the opinion of the Landscape Architect. All flagging of guy wires shall be visible and in goodrepair..8.6 Pruning: Inspect all trees and shrubs at least every two months during the growing season; prune to remove all dead, weak or diseased wood.Maintainthe natural shape of the plant. Carry out clipping or shaping only if required in the maintenance contract for specific varieties orconditions..8.7 Fertilizing: Once during the twelve month period of establishment maintenance fertilize shrubs, trees and groundcovers according to soilanalysisrequirements..9 Grass Areas Establishment:.9.1 Watering: Use hoses and sprinklers, irrigation systems or other methods to apply water to Class 1 and Class 2 grassed areas (B.C. LandscapeStandard,Section 7, Lawns and Grasses) such that the grass is maintained in a turgid condition. Supply and irrigate with water in the event of any irrigationsystemmalfunction, or incomplete installation at no expense to the owner. Apply water to prevent packing or erosion of the soil. Apply water at a rate anddurationso that the water content in the growing medium reaches field capacity to the full depth of the growing medium. Apply water again when the watercontentreaches 25% of fieldcapacity..9.2 Weed, Insect and Disease Control: Inspect grass areas each time they are mowed for weeds, insect pests, and diseases and treat promptlywhennecessary by appropriate manual methods, or by the use of chemicals in compliance with the B.C.S.L.A./B.C.L.N.A. Landscape Standards latest edition.Killbroadleafed weeds in grassed areas by a general application of a suitable herbicide if the weed population exceeds 10 Broadleaf weeds or 50 annual weedsorweedy grasses per 40 square meters. This application shall reduce the weed population tozero..9.3 Fertilizing: According to soil analysis..9.4 Liming According to soil analysis.9.5 Mowing and Trimming - All areas: The first four cuts shall be a sharp rotary type mower. Excess grass clipping shall be removed after each cut. Mowallgrassed areas with a sharp reel or rotary mower when the grass reaches a height of 60mm. Mow to a height of 40mm. Edge with a mechanical verticalcuttingedger once per year in March. Remove all grass clippings after eachcut..9.6 Aeration: Aeration not required in the first growing season. If necessary, in the second growing season, aerate in early May with a suitablemechanicalcorer. Core to a depth of 100mm. (4"), and removecores..9.7 Repairs: Re-grade, re-seed or re-sod when necessary to restore damaged or failing grass areas. Match the grass varieties in the surrounding area.Re-sod, if required, throughout the growing season. Re-seed between April 1st and April 15th or between September 1st and September 15th.Protectre-seeded areas and keep moist until the firstmowing.3.11 ESTABLISHMENT MAINTENANCE (Provide a separate price for this section)PART TWO SCOPE OF WORK.1 Any alternate products differing from that contained in the contract documents must be pre-approved by the Landscape Architect..2 Submittals to consist of product sample or manufacturer's product description.1.3 SUBMITTALS 3.7 HYDROSEEDING.1 May be used as an alternate to mechanical seeding in rough grass areas..2 May not be used in areas of lawn unless pre-approved by the Landscape Architect prior to bidding..3 Preparation and Growing Medium:.3.1 In areas of Rough Grass: Comply with Section 3.6 Rough Grass..3.2 Where approved for use in areas of lawn, comply with Section 3.8 Lawn Areas: Sodding..4 Protection: Ensure that fertilizer in solution does not come in contact with the foliage of any trees, shrubs, or other susceptible vegetation. Donotspray seed or mulch on objects not expected to grow grass. Protect existing site equipment, roadways, landscaping, reference points, monuments,markersand structures from damage. Where contamination occurs, remove seeding slurry to satisfaction of and by means approved by the LandscapeArchitect.5 Mulch shall consist of virgin wood fibre or recycled paper fibre designed for hydraulic seeding and dyed for ease of monitoring application. If usingrecycledpaper material for wood fibre substitute use 135% (by weight). Conform to B.C. Landscape Standard for mulchrequirements..6 Water: Shall be free of any impurities that may have an injurious effect on the success of seeding or may be harmful to the environment..7 Equipment: Use industry standard hydraulic seeder/mulcher equipment with the tank volume certified by an identification plate or sticker affixed inplainview on the equipment. The hydraulic seeder/mulcher shall be capable of sufficient agitation to mix the material into a homogenous slurry and to maintaintheslurry in a homogenous state until it is applied. The discharge pumps and gun nozzles shall be capable of applying the materials uniformly over thedesignatedarea..8 Application Rate:.8.1 Seed Mixture: 136 kg/ha (125 lbs/acre).8.2 Fertilizer: 112 kg/ha (100 lbs/acre).8.3 Coastal Wildflower Mix: Where specified, apply (31 lbs/acre) (1/4 lb.: 1 lb. of grass seed).8.4 Notes:.8.4.1 At the time of Tender provide a complete chart of all components of the mix proposed including mulch, tackifier, water etc. Sloped sitesrequiretackifier..8.4.2 Fertilizer:.8.4.2.1 Rough Grass: If a soil analysis is available, comply with results..8.4.2.2 Lawn: Where hydroseeding is approved, comply with soil analysis recommendations..9 Accurately measure the quantities of each of the materials to be charged into the tank either by mass or by a commonly accepted systemofmass-calibrated volume measurements. The materials shall be added to the tank while it is being filled with water, in the following sequence; seed, fertilizer.Thoroughly mix into a homogenous slurry. After charging, add no water or other material to the mixture. Do not leave slurry in the tank for more thanfour(4)hours..10 Distribute slurry uniformly over the surface of the area to be hydroseeded. Blend application into previous applications and existing grass areas toformuniformsurfaces..11 Clean up: Remove all materials and other debris resulting from seeding operations from the job site..12 Maintenance: Begin maintenance immediately after seeding and continue for 60 days after Substantial Completion and until accepted by the Owner.Re-seed at three week intervals where germination has failed. Protect seeded areas from damage with temporary wire or twine fences complete withsignageuntil grass area is taken over by the Owner. Water in sufficient quantities to ensure deep penetration and at frequent intervals to maintain vigorousgrowthuntil grass is taken over by the Owner. It is the Owner's responsibility to supply water at no extra cost to theContract..13 Acceptance of the Rough Grass Areas: Proper germination of all specified grass species is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor. Thegrassshall be reasonably well established, with no apparent dead or bare spots and shall be reasonably free of weeds (to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section13Maintenance Level 4 (Open space). Sixty days after substantial completion, areas meeting the conditions above will be taken over by the Owner. Areasseededin Fall will be accepted in Spring one month after start of growing season, provided that the above conditions for acceptance arefulfilled..18.4 For all plant material, the Landscape Architect reserves the right to extend the Contractor's responsibility for another growing season if, in hisopinion,leaf development and growth is not sufficient to ensure future satisfactory growth..18.5 Where the Owner is responsible for plant maintenance and has not provided adequate maintenance, the plant replacement section of the contract maybedeclared void. The Landscape Architect shall determine whether maintenance has been satisfactory using the B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13, Maintenanceas the guide. The required maintenance standard is a minimum of Level Three - Medium. Refer to Section 3.11, Establishment Maintenance..18.6 The Landscape Contractor is responsible to replace any plant material or repair any construction included in the Contract that is damaged or stolenuntil the issuance of the Certificate of Completion..18.7 Deviation from the specifications may require extension of the Warranty Period as determined by the Landscape Architect.Canadian System of Soil Classification Textural Class: "Loamy Sand" to "Sandy Loam".Organic Content (interior):3 - 5%3 - 5%15 - 20% 1.65 .30 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" MIN. 6'-0" FROM BUILDING, TYP SHRUBS15" MIN FORTREES36" MIN FOR NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE: 3" 99/16" 1'-6" VARIES LENGHTS OF 3FT - 4.5 FT. 6" DRIP STRIIP & PLANTING OVER SLAB TOPSOIL DEPTH AS PER SPEC. ON SCARIFIEDSUBGRADE. FILL WITH TOPSOIL 2/3RDS FULLAND REMOVE STRAPPING AND 1/3 TOP OFBURLAP. CUT ALL BINDING MATERIAL.GRADE TO TOPS OF CURBS, WALKS, ANDDRIVEWAYS ETC. FOR TREES LARGER THAN 65mmCALIPER USE 75 mm ∅ STAKESFOR SMALLER TREES USE50 mm ∅ STAKES SET TREE PLUMB. USE 2 ROUNDSTAKES, EACH SET 800mmBELOW GRADE & 1200mmABOVE GRADE. SCARIFY SIDES ANDBOTTOM OF TREE PITPRIOR TO PLANTING. DO NOT CUT LEADER TREE STAKES TO BE ALIGNEDPARALLEL TO SIDEWALK/ROAD. ROOT BALL WIDTH PLUS600mm (MIN EACH SIDE) 300mm MIN. OF TOPSOIL AROUNDROOT BALL. COMPACTED TO 85%STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY. STAKES DO NOT PENETRATE OR DAMAGE ROOT BALL. 50mm DEEP SAUCER FORMED IN TOPSOILFOR INITIAL FIRST YEAR WATERING. 50mm WIDE GREEN VINYLBANDING ATTACHED TOSTAKE WITH SHINGLE NAILS. BARK MULCH ON TOP. 1:25TYPICAL DECIDUOUS TREE DETAIL L-11 TRP-05 SPECIFIED. PLACE UNIFORMLYAROUND ROOT MASSFERTILIZER TABLETS AS BOTTOM OF ROOT MASSBETWEEN MIDDLE AND PREPARED PLANTING SOILEXISTING UNDISTURBED SOIL 3" MULCH LAYERMULCH 3" FROM STEMS SPREAD 3 TO 5 TIMES WIDTHOF ROOTBALL HEIGHT SOD LAWN6" SOIL (OR 9" OF SOILFOR POOR DRAINAGE AREA).SUBGRADE COMPACTEDTO 95% M.P.D. AS MOWING STRIP ALONG LENGTH OF RIVER ROCK 2x8 P.T. HEM./FIR WOOD EDGE DRAIN FABRIC FOOTING/DRAINAGE;SEE ARCH.DRAIN STRIP STAKE EVERY 1.20m O.C. 2X4 STAKE; 0.45m DEPTH NAME: CLASSIC STANDARD SERIESSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:87_8" X 47__16 " X 23_8"COLOUR: 80% NATURAL 20% CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADEMIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTSMIN. 1" OF BEDDING SANDCLASSIC STANDARD PAVER NAME: PIAZZA SERIES TYPE 1SUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:235_8" X 315__16" X 315__16"COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTSMIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND PIAZZA SERIES TYPE 1 PAVERADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. NAME:TEXADA HYDRAPRESSED SLABSUPPLIER: BELGARDSIZE:24" X 24" X 2".COULOUR: NATURALPATTERN: STACKED BOND ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTS MIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND TEXADA HYDRAPRESSED SLABADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN 100MM DIA. PERFORATED DRAINLINE WITH FILTER FABRICTIE INTO STORM SYSTEM 100MM DEPTH DRAIN ROCK300MM DEPTH FIBAR RESILIENTSURFACE ON FILTER FABRIC 2% SLOPE SUBGRADE TO DRAIN COMPACTED SUBGRADECOMPACTED GRANULAR BASE150MM WIDE CONCRETE CURB NAME: CLASSIC STANDARD SERIESSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:87_8" X 47__16 " X 31_8 "COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADEMIN.6" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR VEHICULAR AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTSMIN. 1" OF BEDDING SANDCLASSIC STANDARD PAVERADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN NAME: AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE PAVERSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:83_4" X 45__16 " X 31_8 "COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN PAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS 20MM (3/4") CLEAR CRUSH OPENGEOTEXTILE- INBITEX 1_4" GAP (TYP)5MM (1/4") CLEAR CRUSH OPEN AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE PAVERS(80MM VEHICULAR DEPTH) CONCRETE EDGE RESTRAINT REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN GRADED AGGREGATE SUB-BASE GRADED AGGREGATE SUB-BASE AT VISITOR PARKING STALL LOCATIONS, RUNNING BONDNATURAL COLOURDRAINAGE TO BE COORDINATED WITH CIVIL ENGINEER AP SC1000 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ON BOTTOMAND SIDES OF OPEN GRADED BASE SONOTUBES FOOTING;12" DIA.BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER BRIDGE WITH U SHAPE STEEL BAR;BY STRUCTURAL ENGINWEER LASER CUT METAL;EMBEDDED IN CONCRETEARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE;POLISHED FINISH BACK OF REVEALPAINTED WHITE REINFORCED BYSTRUCTURAL ENGINEER BOULDERS TO BE SELECTEDBY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.VARYING SIZES. BURY1_3 ON BOULDERBEDDING SAND ADJACENT PLANTING ADJACENT CONCRETE WALKWAY HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTS MIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND CLASSIC STANDARD PAVER SAWN (BOTTOM AND TOP) BASALT.SLAB BENCH. SAND-BLASTED TOPWITH NATURAL MOSSGROWTH ON SIDES.2"-3" DIA. MEXICAN BLACK PEBBLES. COMPACTED SUBGRADEMIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS 2X12 CARVEDP.T. BRACES6x6 CEDAR POSTS 4" CHAMFER CUTON LATTICE 2X12 BRACE 6X6 POST 2" NOTCH BEAMWITH JOIST 2X8 BEAM2X6 JOIST CONCRETE SLAB 2X12 CARVEDP.T. BRACES6x6 CEDAR POSTS 2X4 P.T. LATTICE @ 12" O.C. 2X4 P.T. BEAMS CONCRETE SLAB TOP CAP 4" CHAMFER CUTON LATTICE 2X12 BRACE 6X6 POST 2" NOTCH BEAMWITH JOIST 2X8 BEAM2X6 JOIST 2"X2" STEEL TRELLIS;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 6"X8" STEEL BEAM;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. TEMPERED GLASS ROOFWEATHERPROOF 8"X8" STEEL POST;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 2"X2" STEEL TRELLIS;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 6"X8" STEEL BEAM;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 8"X8" STEEL POST;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. BASEPLATE WITH ANCHOR 10' 18'-9" 13'-9" NAME ADDRESS+ 38.018%+TW 38.01+BW 38.01+TS 38.01+BS 38.01PLANTED SIZE / REMARKSCOMMON NAMEBOTANICAL NAMEPLANT SCHEDULEKEYQTYTREE7ABIES FRASERI FRASER FIR4ACER GRISEUM PAPERBARK MAPLE 6CM CAL; 1.8M STD; B&B15ACER PALMATUM 'SANGO KAKU'CORAL BARK MAPLE #7 POT; 1M SPRD3CORNUS NUTALLII PACIFIC DOGWOOD 6CM CAL; B&B20LIQUIDAMBAR STYRACIFLUA 'WORPLESDON'WORPLESDON SWEET GUM 6CM CAL; 2M STD; B&B18STYRAX JAPONICUS JAPANESE SNOWBELL SPECIFY HT UP TO 3M; 6M CAL.NOTES: * PLANT SIZES IN THIS LIST ARE SPECIFIED ACCORDING TO THE BC LANDSCAPE STANDARD, LATEST EDITION. CONTAINER SIZES SPECIFIED AS PER CNTA STANDARDS. BOTHPLANT SIZE AND CONTAINER SIZE ARE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZES. * REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEFINED CONTAINER MEASUREMENTS AND OTHER PLANT MATERIALREQUIREMENTS. * SEARCH AND REVIEW: MAKE PLANT MATERIAL AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONAL REVIEW BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AT SOURCE OF SUPPLY. AREA OF SEARCH TO INCLUDELOWER MAINLAND AND FRASER VALLEY. * SUBSTITUTIONS: OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO MAKING ANY SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE SPECIFIEDMATERIAL. UNAPPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE REJECTED. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF FIVE DAYS PRIOR TO DELIVERY FOR REQUEST TO SUBSTITUTE. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TOBC LANDSCAPE STANDARD - DEFINITION OF CONDITIONS OF AVAILABILITY.ALL PLANT MATERIAL MUST BE PROVIDED FROM CERTIFIED DISEASE FREE NURSERY. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION UPON REQUEST. 23 0026CM CAL; 1.8M STD; B&B PLANTED SIZE / REMARKSCOMMON NAMEBOTANICAL NAMEPLANT SCHEDULEKEYQTYSHRUB81AZALEA JAPONICA 'GIRARD'S PLEASANT WHITE'AZALEA; WHITE #2 POT; 25CM277BUXUS SEMPERVIRENSCOMMON BOXWOOD #2 POT; 25CM66EUPHORBIA CHARACIAS 'DWARF'DWARF MEDITERRANEAN SPURGE#3 POT; 50CM52HYDRANGEA PANICULATA 'LIME LIGHT'LIME LIGHT HYDRANGEA; LIMEGREEN-PINK#2 POT; 50CM148HYPERICUM CALYCINUMST JONS WORT #2 POT40RHODODENDRON 'HOTEI'RHODODENDRON; CANARY YELLOW #3 POT; 50CM37SALIX PURPUREA 'NANA'PURPLE OSIER #2 POT; 40CM75VIBURNUM DAVIDII DAVID'S VIBURNUM #2 POT; 30CMPERENNIAL8ANEMONE 'HONORINE JOBERT'WINDFLOWER 15CM POT182LAVENDULA ANGUSTIFOLIAENGLISH LAVENDER #1 POTGC120BLECHNUM SPICANT DEERFERN #1 POT; 20CM95POLYSTICHUM MUNITUMWESTERN SWORD FERN #1 POT; 20CMNOTES: * PLANT SIZES IN THIS LIST ARE SPECIFIED ACCORDING TO THE BC LANDSCAPE STANDARD, LATEST EDITION. CONTAINER SIZES SPECIFIED AS PER CNTA STANDARDS. BOTHPLANT SIZE AND CONTAINER SIZE ARE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZES. * REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEFINED CONTAINER MEASUREMENTS AND OTHER PLANT MATERIALREQUIREMENTS. * SEARCH AND REVIEW: MAKE PLANT MATERIAL AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONAL REVIEW BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AT SOURCE OF SUPPLY. AREA OF SEARCH TO INCLUDELOWER MAINLAND AND FRASER VALLEY. * SUBSTITUTIONS: OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO MAKING ANY SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE SPECIFIEDMATERIAL. UNAPPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE REJECTED. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF FIVE DAYS PRIOR TO DELIVERY FOR REQUEST TO SUBSTITUTE. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TOBC LANDSCAPE STANDARD - DEFINITION OF CONDITIONS OF AVAILABILITY.ALL PLANT MATERIAL MUST BE PROVIDED FROM CERTIFIED DISEASE FREE NURSERY. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION UPON REQUEST. 23 002 4'-8" [1.40] 10' [3.00] 4'-11" [1.50] 4'-11" [1.50] 3' [0.90] 8' [2.40] 11' [3.40] 11'-3" [3.40]11'-1" [3.40] 4'-7" [1.40] 8'-4" 1'-31/2"13'-4"12'-10"9'-6" 9'-2" 4" 4" 16'-01/16"1'-35/8" 1'-111/4" 9'-515/16" 13'-43/8" 1'-111/2" 1'-41/8"19'-93/4" 20'-31/8"24'-19/16" 8'-4" 1'-31/2"4" 4" 24'-07/8"23'-67/8"20'-3" 9'-2" GRADE AT PROPERTY LINE.4. STEP FENCE IN EQUAL SEGMENTS TO FOLLOW TO OWNER FOR PREAPPROVAL PRIOR TOCOLOUR TO MATCH ARCH.; PROVIDE SAMPLECOATS PREMIUM WEATHERPROOFING STAIN,3. STAIN ALL EXPOSED SURFACES WITH TWO2. ALL FASTENERS HOTDIPPED GALVANIZED1. ALL WOOD P.T. HEM/FIR COMPACTED SUBGRADEUNDER EACH POST NOTES: CONCRETEFOOTING(TYP) 6" DRAINGRAVELUNDER EACHPOST POSTSECTION 2X10 4X4 P.T. POST 1X4 ACCENT STRIP 1X6 VERTICAL 2X6 BARGE BOARD UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE MAX 8'-0" O.C. 6' 12" 2X4 NAILER2X4 RAIL, ANGLED 1% 1X4 NAILER APPLICATION PREPARED SLAB BY OTHERS2.0" SAND LAYER 9" FOR GRASS COVER ROOTBALLMOUND TO 970 SERIES BENCH BY MAGLINHTTPS://WWW.MAGLIN.COM/PRODUCTS/BENCH/MLB870SERIES.HTML STACKED PT. 2X8WOOD EDGERRIVER ROCK IN 12"WIDE DRAIN STRIP PREPARED SLAB BYOTHERS DETAIL AT 404L12 1-1/2" SQ. METAL POST5' O.C.1" SQ TOP RAIL 1" SQ. BOTTOM RAIL 3/4" SQ. PICKETS 4"2" 2"3" 7.691" (REAR PATIO); BLACK COLOR336" ALUMINUM RAIL FENCE WITH GATEL51/2"=1'-0" 3'-6" 450 300250 ELEVATION PLAN VIEW PERGOLA TYPE 1 4'-91/8" 8'-41/8" 2'-415/16"1'-61/2" 4'-97/8" 8'-41/8" 2'-41/8" 3'-117/16" 3'-3.36"3.955"3.955" 4" MAX. 10 10 6 ENTRY SIGNAGEL41/2"=1'-0" 3'-6"3'-6" 8'3'-2"4'-10"8" 2" 3'-4"1'-10" 2" 1'-6"1'-1"2'-10"1'1' 1'-10" 1'-101/8" 2'-11" 1'-71/4"15/8" ∅41/2" 2/3 BOULDER 1/3 BOULDER 5'-10" 2'-87/8" 1'-101/2"63/8" 1'-55/8" 1'-413/16" SOD SODSODSODSODSODSOD 128TH STREET FE R N C R E S C E N T 127B AVE. FUTURE ROAD ADJACENT LOT/ SINGLE DWELLING UNITS BLOCK 1 BLOCK 2 BLOCK 3 BLOCK 4 BLOCK 5 BLOCK 6 BLOCK 10 BLOCK 9 PARK MAIN ACCESS CIP CONCRETE SLABS W GRAVELJOINTS VISITOR PARKING STALLS, AQUAPAVE PERMEABLECONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 80MM THICKNESS; RUNNING BOND PATTERN, NATURAL COLOUR. TYP. 3FT H. ALUMINUMPICKET FENCE 6FT H. WOOD FENCE 2' X 2' TEXADACONCRETE PAVER 24'0 8'8'4'16'4' SCALE: 1/16"=1'-0" SCALE: 1/32"=1'-0" 24'0 8'8'4'16'4' 2.44m.2.44m.1.22m.1.22m.0 4.88m.7.32m. 2.44m.2.44m.1.22m.1.22m.0 4.88m.7.32m. AMENITY AREA 1 AMENITY AREA 2 GRADING LEGEND (IN METERS)EXISTING GRADE PROPOSED FINISHED GRADE TOP OF WALL BOTTOM OF WALL SLOPE HARDSCAPE LEGEND SOD LAWN FURNITURE LEGEND970 SERIES BENCHBY MAGLINSEE DETAIL X/XXRETAINING WALL LEGEND CUSTOM CIP CONCRETEBENCH W/WOOD TOPSEE DETAIL X/XX 500 SERIES BIKE RACKBY MAGLIN NAME:CLASSIC STANDARD SERIESSUPPLIER: BELGARD PAVERSSIZE:87_8" X 4 7__16" X 31_8"COLOUR: 80% NATURAL 20% CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND AGGREGATE TOP OF STAIR BOTTOM OF STAIR SINGLE PEDESTALPICNIC TABLE SPPTG-40BY WISHBONE DETAIL X/XX CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOREST SHOP NRO407BY KOMPAN TOT TOWNFENCELEGEND 3' H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE ELEVATION BY CIVIL 6FT H. WOOD FENCE NAME:TEXADA HYDRAPRESSED SLAB SUPPLIER: BELGARD PAVERSSIZE:24" X 24" X 2". COULOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: STACKED BOND OR CIPSTAMPED CONCRETEIN 2' X 2' PATTERN WOOD CHIPS PAGE INDEXL1LANDSCAPE PLANL2AMENITY PLANL3SHRUB PLANL4GRADING PLANL5LIGHTING PLANL6DETAILSL7DETAILS 2L8SPECIFICATIONS NO. OF REPLACEMENT TREES 34 ONSITE REPLACEMENT TREES LITESTICK- LED STICK LIGHTING(REFER TO ELECTRICAL) ACCENT LIGTH FIXTURE TBDW/TILT MOUNTING LIGHTING LEGEND 1X8 1' MIN 1/2" BEDDING SAND 1.3" DRAINAGE MAT- NILEX GRS(BOTTOM BLACK) SLAB BY OTHERS TOP OF PAVERS TO MATCHFINISHED GRADE WATERPROOF MEMBRANEBY OTHERS(ARCHITECTURAL BUILT UPSEE ARCH DETAILS) COMPACTED GRAVEL TO 90%DEPTH VARIES AS PER GRADE PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE UNIPAVERS; RUNNING BONDPATTERN - DESERT SANDCOLOUR SOD LAWN12" PREPARED PLANTING SOILPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONSNOTE: SHRUB & GROUNDCOVER PLANTING DETAIL 2% 18" NAME:AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE PAVER SUPPLIER: BELGARD PAVERSSIZE:83_4" X 4 5__16" X 31_8" COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND 1050 TRASH CONTAINERS BY MAGLIN. SEE DETAIL X/XX HARVEST TABLE BY CLIENT CUSTOM OUTDOORKITCHEN/BBQ BY CLIENT DECORATIVE BOULDERS 18 REMOVAL OF CITY STRADDLING 2' X 2' TEXADA PAVERSCOLOUR: NATURALPATTERN: STALKED BOND VISITOR PARKING STALLS, AQUAPAVE PERMEABLECONCRETE UNIT PAVERS80MM THICKNESS; RUNNING BOND PATTERN, NATURAL COLOUR. TYP. 3FT H. ALUMINUMPICKET FENCE 2' X 2' TEXADA PAVERSCOLOUR: NATURALPATTERN: STALKED BOND BASALT BENCHEXISTING PROPERTY LINE NEW PROPERTY LINE TRELLIS BIKE RACK BY MAGLIN ENTRY SIGN ENTRY FEATURE PAVER ABBOTSFORD CONCRETE UNITPAVERS 80MM THICKNESS;RUNNING BOND PATTERN, SAND COLOUR. FOREST SHOPNRO407 BY KOMPAN TOT-TOWN SLIDE BY BIGTOYS 2' X 2' TEXADA PAVERS COLOUR: NATURAL PATTERN: STALKED BOND 12 REMOVAL OF OFFSITE AND STRADDLING NO. OF TREES PROPOSED 0 TBD ON LOCATION 0 TBD ON LOCATION 67 PROPOSED TREES ON SITE HARVEST TABLE & OUTDOOR KITCHEN BY CLIENT FIRE HYDRANTVISITOR PARKING STALLS,AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 80MM THICKNESS; RUNNING BONDPATTERN, NATURAL COLOUR. TYP. 970 BACKED BENCH BY MAGLIN SODSODSODSODSOD BLOCK 8 ABBOTSFORD CONCRETE UNIT PAVER 60MM THICKNESS;PATTERN: RUNNING BOND COLOUR: CHARCOAL DECORATIVE BASALTBOULDERS 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE ELEVATION BY ARCH BLOCK 4 PARK 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE SOD 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE SINGLE PEDESTAL PICNIC TABLE BY WISHBONE CUSTOM CONCRETEBENCH W/WOOD TOP3FT H. ALUMINUMPICKET FENCE CUSTOM CONCRETEBENCH W/WOOD TOP 1:10 38MM X 100 MM BOTTOM OFPICKET FLUSH WITH BOTTOMOF FLAT BAR SEE STRUCTURAL FOR FOOTING REQUIREMENTS 16MM X 38MM FLATALUM. BAR; 100MM O.C. 100MM X 100MMALUM. POSTGATE LATCH 38MM X 100MMALUM. FRAME HINGE M01 CORNER TRUNCATION BLOCK 4 BLOCK 1 BLOCK 2 BLOCK 3 BLOCK 5 BLOCK 6 BLOCK 10 BLOCK 7 BLOCK 8 BLOCK 9 PROPOSED 127B AVE. EXTENSION 128th STREET FE R N C R E S C E N T NEW PROPERTY LINE EXISTING PROPERTY LINE OUTDOOR AREA308.90 SQ.FT. AMENITY AREA879.81 SQ.FT. AMENITY AREA 397.90 SQ.FT. WA L K W A Y VIS I T O R - 5 VI S I T O R - 4 VI S I T O R - 8 VIS I T O R - 3 PARK ACCESS EX'TG DWELLING MAIN ACCESS VIS I T O R - 2 COMMON AREA 182.24 SQ.FT. COMMON AREA 342.29 SQ.FT. 16 . 3 m 53 ' - 5 " 6. 1 m DR I V E A I S L E 20 ' - 0 " 2. 6 m 8' - 8 " 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 12 . 8 m 41 ' - 1 1 " 6. 1 m DR I V E A I S L E 20 ' - 0 " 14 . 9 m 48 ' - 9 " WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y VIS I T O R - 6 VI S I T O R - 7 Ac c e s s i b l e EL E C . EL E C . EL E C . EL E C . COMMON AREA246.13 SQ.FT. COMMON AREA302 SQ.FT. COMMON AREA 131.98 SQ.FT. EL E C . WA L K W A Y COMMON AREA 141.27 SQ.FT. ADJACENT LOT/ SINGLE FAMILY PA R K B-3 D-1 B-2B-1 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 B-8 B-9 B-10 B-11 B-12 B-13 B-14 B-15D-2 D-3 G-3 F-11F-10F-9F-8F-7F-6F-5F-4F-2F-1 F-3 G-1 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-6 A-7 A-8 A-9 E-1 C-6 C-5 C-4 C-3 C-2 C-1 E-2 VI S I T O R - 1 TH ENTRY TH ENTRY PMT EL E C . PMT 60 . 0 m 19 6 ' - 9 " G-2 FUTURE ROAD R 35' - 6 " R 3 5 ' - 6 " R 19 ' - 0 " VI S I T O R - 1 0 VISITO R - 9 Small Ca r COMMON AREA 324.17 SQ.FT. COMMON AREA 317.9 SQ.FT. COMMON AREA 200.1 SQ.FT. 147.1 m 482' - 9" 11 . 5 m 37 ' - 1 0 " 2.5 m 8' - 0 1 / 2 " 6.1 m 20 ' - 0 " 63 . 6 m 20 8 ' - 6 " 2.500 m 8' - 2 7/16" 3.556 m 11' - 8" 2.500 m 8' - 2 7/16" 2.500 m 8' - 2 7/16" 5. 4 9 1 m 18 ' - 0 3 / 1 6 " 5. 5 0 0 m 18 ' - 0 1 7 / 3 2 " 2.533 m 8' - 3 3/4" 2.500 m 8' - 2 7/16"5.5 0 0 m 18 ' - 0 1 7 / 3 2 " 2.4 3 8 m 8' - 0 " 4.877 m 16' - 0" 3.556 m 11' - 8" WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y NEW FIRE HYDRANT 5.5 0 0 m 18 ' - 0 1 7 / 3 2 " 5.5 0 0 m 18 ' - 0 1 7 / 3 2 " 1: 1 2 2: 1 2 2: 1 2 2: 1 2 2: 1 2 4: 1 2 3: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 2: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 2: 1 2 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 4: 1 2 2: 1 2 3: 1 2 BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE 1: 1 2 BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVEBALCONY ABOVEBALCONY ABOVEBALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE NEW FIRE HYDRANT BAL C O N Y A B O V E BAL C O N Y A B O V E 4.0 m SETBACK 13' - 1 1/2" 5.0 mSETBA C K 16' - 5" 4. 5 m SE T B A C K 14 ' - 9 " 5.0 mSETBA C K 16' - 5" 5. 7 m SE T B A C K 18 ' - 8 1 / 2 " 4.0 m SETBACK 13' - 1 1/2" 1. 0 m DE D I C A T I O N 3' - 3 1 / 2 " 4. 5 m SE T B A C K 14 ' - 9 " 5. 7 m SE T B A C K 18 ' - 8 1 / 2 " 1.5M SIDEWALK 3.0M SIDEWALK 3. 0 m 1. 5 m 1.5M BOULEVARD COMMON AREA 231.84 SQ.FT. COMMON AREA 133.29 SQ.FT. 1: 1 2 126' - 3 3/4" 38.50 m126' - 1" 38.43 m 125' - 11 1/32" 38.38 m 125' - 8 21/32"38.32 m 125' - 7 3/32"38.28 m125' - 5 1/8"38.23 m 125' - 1 3/16" 38.13 m 124' - 11 7/32"38.08 m124' - 3 11/32" 37.88 m 124' - 5 5/16" 37.93 m 124' - 7 1/16" 37.97 m 124' - 9 1/4"38.03 m 125' - 0 25/32" 38.12 m 125' - 3 5/32" 38.18 m 125' - 5 29/32" 38.25 m 125' - 8 21/32" 38.32 m 125' - 11 1/32"38.38 m 128' - 11 1/4"39.30 m 123' - 7 15/32"37.68 m123' - 5 1/2"37.63 m123' - 3 17/32" 37.58 m 122' - 11 19/32"37.48 m 123' - 3 17/32"37.58 m 123' - 5 1/2"37.63 m 123' - 7 27/32" 37.69 m 123' - 9 7/16"37.73 m 124' - 0 3/16" 37.80 m 124' - 2 5/32"37.85 m 123' - 9 7/16"37.73 m 123' - 1 9/16"37.53 m 124' - 10 1/32"38.05 m 124' - 10 13/16" 38.07 m 126' - 0 19/32" 38.42 m 2: 1 2 127' - 10 21/32" 38.98 m 0:12 124' - 0 31/32" 37.82 m 125' - 0"38.10 m 124' - 8 1/16"38.00 m 125' - 5 29/32"38.25 m 125' - 7 3/32"38.28 m 126' - 0 19/32" 38.42 m 126' - 7 11/16" 38.60 m 126' - 11 5/8"38.70 m 127' - 5 17/32" 38.85 m 127' - 9 15/32"38.95 m 127' - 11 7/16" 39.00 m 128' - 7 5/16" 39.20 m 129' - 9 3/32" 39.55 m 129' - 3 3/16" 39.40 m 129' - 9 3/32"39.55 m 39.34m39.14m38.56m38.42m37.96m 37.72m 37.94m 37.99m 38.21m 38.32m 38.52m38.19m 38.39m 4: 1 2 39.20m 39.30m38.70m 38.80m38.60m38.48m38.02m38.02m37.92m 37.58m 37.63m 37.69m 37.73m 37.80m 37.85m 38.00m 38.05m 38.10m 38.15m 38.25m 38.30m 38.85m 38.40m 38.50m38.43m38.38m38.32m38.28m38.23m38.13m38.08m38.03m37.98m37.93m37.88m37.75m37.68m37.63m37.58m37.53m 125' - 0 25/32" 38.12 m 125' - 3 5/32"38.18 m Ba l c o n y P r o j e c t i o n 0.9 m 5. 7 m SE T B A C K 18 ' - 8 1 / 2 " Ba l c o n y p r o j e c t i o n 0. 9 m 39.06m 39.40m Ba l c o n y P r o j e c t i o n 0. 9 m Ba l c o n y p r o j e c t i o n 0.9 m 37.82m 4. 5 m SE T B A C K 14 ' - 9 " Balcony P r o j e c t i o n 1.7 m 5.0 mSETBA C K 16' - 5" 4.0 m SETBACK 13' - 1 1/2" 38.02m 38.34m 39.69m 38.60m 8" x 8" column DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 1" = 20'-0" A-1.00 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS OVERALL SITE PLAN 1" = 20'-0"A-1.00 Site Plan1 2023 10 03 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 UP UP UP K-22 1 4 LADE N A LAVA T O R Y VITR E O U S C H I N A SCALE (A)1:16 DATE:25/05/2015 PART NO:MLB970-PC(X) WEIGHT:101.560LBS TITLE:BENCH, 970, HDPCTHE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWINGIS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MAGLIN SITE FURNITUREINC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS AWHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OFMAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC. IS PROHIBITED. MAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC.WWW.MAGLIN.COMTEL.: 800-716-5506FAX: 877-260-9393 CADdetails.com www.wishboneltd.com WISHBONE SITE FURNISHINGS#210-27090 GLOUCESTER WAYLANGLEY, BC V4W 3Y5TOLL FREE: 1-866-626-0476PHONE: (604) 626-0476 23 002 L1PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT ©2023 CADDETAILS.COM LTD.REVISION DATE 10/04/2023 SCALE (A)1:16 DATE:25/05/2015 PART NO:MLB970-PC(X)WEIGHT:101.560LBS TITLE:BENCH, 970, HDPCTHE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWINGIS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MAGLIN SITE FURNITUREINC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS AWHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OFMAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC. IS PROHIBITED. MAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC.WWW.MAGLIN.COMTEL.: 800-716-5506FAX: 877-260-9393 G G G G G G G G G G G HA HA HA HA HA HA HA HA HA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1S1 G G G G G G E E E E E E E E E E E G GG G G G G G S1 S1 S1S1 S1 G G G S1 G G G GGG G G G GG E E Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V PO UUUUPOPOUUUPOPOPOPOPOPOUUUUPOPOPOPOUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU POPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOA A A A A A A A A A U UU UU UUUUUUU PO POPOPO PO POPO G G Y Y Y Y Y Y Y HAM HAM HAM Y HAM HAM HAM AGG G G G G G G G G A A A A A AAAAAAAAAAAAAA E E EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE L1 V V U U U U U U UU U U U U U U V K-2214LADENALAVATORYVITREOUS CHINA L1 HA HA HA HA HA SCALE (A)1:16 DATE:25/05/2015 PART NO:MLB970-PC(X) WEIGHT:101.560LBSTITLE:BENCH, 970, HDPCTHE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWINGIS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MAGLIN SITE FURNITUREINC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS AWHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OFMAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC. IS PROHIBITED.MAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC.WWW.MAGLIN.COMTEL.: 800-716-5506FAX: 877-260-9393 YYY HAHA HAHA HAHA L1 S1 S1 S1 S1 EEEAAEAA L1 S1S1S1S1 G GL1G GG A E EEAAA L1 L1 L1 E E L1 L1 E E E E E E E L1 L1 E E E E E E E E E E E S1S1 S1 S1 S1 E E E E E E E E E S1S1S1S1 L1 E L1 L1GGS1S1 S1 S1 Y Y POPO POPO Y Y PO PO Y Y Y Y POPO Y Y PO PO Y U Y Y Y POPOPO U Y Y PO PO Y Y PO PO Y Y Y Y PO PO Y Y POPO U A GG HA HA G G G G G G HAS1 S1 L1L1GG G G G G G G G G L1 E EE E G G G G G G G S1 CC CCCC Y Y Y Y YHAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM Y Y Y Y YYY HAM HAM HAM Y Y Y Y YYY Y Y Y Y YYY Y Y Y YY HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM G G G G GG G G G G G G Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y E E E E E E E E E G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 HA HA HA HA HA HA L1 L1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 CC CC S1 S1 CC CC CC HAM HA HA HA HA HA HA HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM Y Y G Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y HAM HA HA M2 JOB NUMBER:M2 JOB NUMBER:HAMVHAAEL1S1YGCCPOU G G G G G G GG G G G G L1 L1 L1 L1L1L1S1 S1 S1 EEEEEEEEEE GGGGGGGGGG EEEEEEEEEEEEEE G G G GGG GGGG AAAAAAAAAAAAEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE L1 L1 E E E E E E E EEEE L1L1L1 S1S1S1S1EEEES1S1 S1S1 EEEEE EEEE GG GGGS1S1 GS1S1 S1S1 ES1S1 L1L1L1 EEE GG G U PO U POPOPOPOPOUUU E E UUUU PO PO PO PO S1 S1 S1 S1 G S1 S1 S1 U U U U U S1S1UU S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 G G G E U U U U PO PO PO PO PO E E PO PO POS1S1S1S1 G G PO PO S1S1 G G G G GUUU S1 S1 G G G G U U POPOPO PO PO U U U U US1S1S1S1S1S1 G G G G G PO PO PO PO PO S1 S1 S1 S1 UU S1S1S1 U U S1 S1 S1 U U U U U U U UUUUU POPOPO PO PO U U U U U PO PO PO PO PO U U U U GGGUS1S1S1UUUUUU POPOPOPO U U U U HAM HAM 354 3/4 [9011.95] N.T.S. 128' - 1 25/32"39.06 m37.5237.71SINGLE PEDESTAL PICNIC TABLE (SPPTG-40) TOP VIEW FRONT ELEVATION WHEEL CHAIR ACCESSIBLE ONE SIDE IN GROUND MOUNTINGSKATE BLOCKSSTAINLESS STEEL WEDGE ANCHOR BOLT DOWN KIT (INST- 2.75) GALVANIZED (SPPTWC-40)GALVANIZED & POWDER COATED (SPPTWCGP-40) 19 1 1 / 1 6 " 12" 32 3 / 1 6 " 40" 40" NOTES:1. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.3. THIS DRAWING IS INTENDED FOR USE BY ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS, CONTRACTORS, CONSULTANTS AND DESIGNPROFESSIONALS FOR PLANNING PURPOSES ONLY. THIS DRAWING MAY NOT BE USED FORCONSTRUCTION.4. ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN WAS CURRENT AT THE TIME OF DEVELOPMENT BUT MUST BE REVIEWED ANDAPPROVED BY THE PRODUCT MANUFACTURER TO BE CONSIDEREDACCURATE.5. CONTRACTOR'S NOTE: FOR PRODUCT AND COMPANY INFORMATION VISIT www.CADdetails.com/info AND ENTERREFERENCE NUMBER 23 002 L1. SPECIFICATIONS:-RE-PLAST™ RECYCLED PLASTIC SLATS-DURABLE "SLICK COATED" COATED STEEL FRAME-LONG LASTING STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE-10 YEAR LIMITED WARRANTYTABLE HEIGHT:30" / 762 MMSEAT HEIGHT:19.6875" / 500 MMSEAT DEPTH:11.5" / 292 MMSEAT LENGTH:36" / 914 MMTABLE TOP:40" X 40" / 1010 MM X 1010 MMTOTAL LENGTH:71" X 71" / 1803 MM X 1803 MMWEIGHT:378 LBS / 171 KGRECYCLED CONTENT:43% RECYCLED CONTENT BY WEIGHT,100% RECYCLABLE ISOMETRIC VIEW SELECT DESIRED DURABLE POWDERCOATED ALUMINUM FRAME: SELECT DESIRED CUSTOMIZED SOLUTIONS: BROWN SLATE SELECT DESIRED RECYCLEDPLASTIC COLORS:BLACKGREYREDWOOD WALNUTSAND VICTOR RIDGE II NORDIC LICHEN TIMELESS RUSTGREY GOLD TEXTURED SILVER PRECIOUS SAND GROOVY RED BLACK TEXTURED EARTH CLAY NOBLE BRONZEMODERN KHAKI FLAME RED PASTEL ORANGE SIGNAL VIOLET TRAFFIC YELLOWULTRAMARINE BLUE WATER BLUEYELLOW GREEN CUSTOM POWDER COATING(SETUP CHARGES MAY APPLY) TABLES .1 CCDC Doc 2 LATEST EDITIONComply with all articles in the General Conditions of Contract in conjunction with this section unless superseded by other Contract Documents..2 B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION, prepared by the B.C. Society of Landscape Architects and the B.C. Landscape & Nursery Association, jointly.Allwork and materials shall meet standards as set out in the B.C. Landscape Standard unless superseded by this specification or as directed byLandscapeArchitect with writteninstruction..3 MASTER MUNICIPAL SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARD DETAILS, LATEST EDITION, prepared by the Consulting Engineers of British Columbia, RoadbuildersandHeavy Construction Association, and the Municipal EngineersDivision.4 STANDARD FOR LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM, LATEST EDITION: Prepared by the Irrigation Industry Association of British Columbia..5 MUNICIPAL BYLAWS AND ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS WHERE NOTED..1 A current (not more than one month) test for all growing medium to be used on this site is required. Provide and pay for testing by an independenttestingfacility pre-approved by the Landscape Architect. Deliver growing medium test results to Landscape Architect for review and approval prior to placement.Refer to Section 3.4 Growing Medium Testing forprocedure..2 Owner reserves the right to test or re-test materials. Contractor responsible to pay for testing if materials do not meet specification..1 Under the terms of the Landscape Architect's Contract with the Owner and where the Landscape Architect is the designated reviewer, the LandscapeArchitect will observe construction as is necessary in their opinion to confirm conformance to the plans and specifications. Contact Owners Representative toarrange for site observation at the appropriate times. Allow two days notice. Observation schedule may include but will not be limited to the following:.1.1 Start Up Site Meeting, General Contract: Prior to any site disturbance, a meeting with the general contractor to review tree preservation issues, generallandscape issues and municipal requirements..1.2 Start Up Site Meeting, Landscape Contract (if separate): At the start of work with Owner's Representative, Site Superintendent and LandscapeContractor; a meeting is to be held to review expected work and to verify the acceptability of the subgrade and general site conditions to the LandscapeContractor. Provide growing medium test results for this meeting..1.3 Progress Site Visits: To observe materials and workmanship as necessary through the course of the work. Review of different aspects of the work maybe dealt with on any single visit. Such elements may include: Site Layout, Rough Grading, Growing Medium - quality, depths, finish grading; Drainage andDrainage Materials; Lawns or Grass areas; Planting -plant material including negotiations with suppliers, nursery inspections, plant sizes, quality, quantity,planting practice and layout, tree support; Mulch; Irrigation Systems; Play Equipment; Site Furniture; and other elements of the site development where theLandscape Architect is the designated reviewer such as: Pedestrian Paving, Fencing, Non-structural walls and slabs, Unit Paving..1.4 Substantial Performance: Review of all work, accounting of all substitutions, deletions; plant counts, preparations of deficiency list, andrecommendations for completion..1.5 Certificate of Completion: Upon the declaration of Substantial Performance, a recommendation for the issuance of the Certificate of Completion will bemade to the Payment Certifier as defined in the contract..1.6 Deficiency Review: Prior to the completion of the holdback period, check for completion of deficiencies. Once completed, a Schedule 'C' will be issed whererequired..1.7 Warranty Review: Prior to the completion of the waranty period (+/- 24months after issuance of the Certificate of Completion), review all warantymaterial and report reccmmendations for waranty replacement..1 Unless otherwise instructed in the Contract Documents, the preparation of the subgrade shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor.Placementof growing medium constitutes acceptance of the subgrade by the Landscape Contractor. Any subsequent corrections to the subgrade required aretheresponsibility of the Landscape Contractor..2 All work and superintendence shall be performed by personnel skilled in landscape contracting. In addition, all personnel applying herbicidesand/orpesticides shall hold a current license issued by the appropriateauthorities..3 A site visit is required to become familiar with site conditions before bidding and before start of work..4 Confirm location of all services before proceeding with any work..5 Notify Landscape Architect of any discrepancies. Obtain approval from Landscape Architect prior to deviating from the plans..6 Take appropriate measures to avoid environmental damage. Do not dump any waste materials into water bodies. Conform with all federal, provincialandlocal statutes andguidelines..7 Collect and dispose of all debris and/or excess material from landscape operations. Keep paved surfaces clean and repair damage resultingfromlandscape work. Repairs are to be completed prior to finalacceptance..8 Where new work connects with existing, and where existing work is altered, make good to match existing undisturbed condition..1 Guarantee all materials and workmanship for a minimum period of two full year from the date of Certificate of Completion..2 Refer to individual sections for specific warranties..1 Other conditions of Contract may apply. Confirm Scope of Work at time of tender..2 Work includes supply of all related items and performing all operations necessary to complete the work in accordance with the drawings andspecificationsand generally consists of thefollowing:.2.1 Retention of Existing Trees where shown on drawings..2.2 Finish Grading and Landscape Drainage..2.3 Supply and placement of growing medium..2.4 Testing of imported growing medium and/or site topsoil,.2.5 Supply and incorporation of additives to meet requirements of soil test and Table One..2.6 Preparation of planting beds, supply of plant material and planting..2.7 Preparation of rough grass areas, supply of materials and seeding..2.8 Preparation of lawn areas, supply of materials and sodding..2.9 Supply and placement of bark mulch..2.10 Maintenance of planted and seeded/sodded areas until accepted by Owner..2.11 SEPARATE PRICE: Establishment Maintenance, Section 3.11..2.12 Other work: Work other than this list, not specified by Landscape Architect..1 Growing Medium: Conform to BC Landscape Standard for definitions of imported and on-site topsoil. Refer to Table One below..2 Fertilizer: An organic and/or inorganic compound containing Nitrogen (N), Phosphate (25), and Potash (soluble 2) in proportions required by soil test..3 Lime: Ground agricultural limestone. Meet requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard..4 Organic Additive: Commercial compost product to the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION and pre-approved by theLandscapeArchitect. Recommended suppliers: Yardworks, The Answer Garden Products, Fraser Richmond Soils & Fibre, Stream OrganicsManagement..5 Sand: Clean, washed pump sand to meet requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard..6 Composted Bark Mulch: 10mm (3/8") minus Fir/Hemlock bark chips and fines, free of chunks and sticks, dark brown in colour and free of all soil,stones,roots or other extraneous matter. Fresh orange in colour bark will berejected..7 Herbicides and Pesticides: If used, must conform to all federal, provincial and local statutes. Appliers must hold current licenses issued bytheappropriate authorities in thearea..8 Filter Fabric: A non biodegradable blanket or other filtering membrane that will allow the passage of water but not fine soil particles. (Such as MIRAFI140NL, GEOLON N40 OR AMOCO 4545 or alternate product pre-approved by the LandscapeArchitect.).9 Drainage Piping if required: Schedule 40 PVC nominal sizes..10 Drain Rock: Clean, round, inert, durable, and have a maximum size of 19mm and containing no material smaller than 10mm..11 Plant Material: To the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard. Refer to 3.9, Plants and Planting. All plant material must be provided fromacertified disease free nursery. Provide proof ofcertification..12 Sod: Refer to individual sections in this specification..13 Supplier and installers of segmental block walls to provide engineered drawings for all walls: signed and sealed drawings for all walls, individually,inexcess of 1.2m, or combinations of walls collectively in excess of 1.2m. Installations must be reviewed and signed off by Certified Professional Engineer;inlcudecost of engineering services in Tenderprice..14 Miscellaneous: Any other material necessary to complete the project as shown on the drawings and described herein.TABLE ONE: PROPERTIES OF GROWING MEDIUM FOR LEVEL 2 GROOMED AND LEVEL 3 MODERATE AREASApplicationsLow Traffic Areas.Trees and Large Shrubs High TrafficLawn Areas and PlantersPlanting AreasGrowing Medium Types 2L 2H 2PTextureCoarse Gravel:larger than 25mmAll Gravel:larger than 2mmSand:larger than 0.05mmsmaller than 2.0mmSilt:larger than 0.002mmsmaller than 0.05mmClay:smaller than 0.002mmClay and Silt Combined 0 - 1%0 - 5%50 - 80%10 - 25%0 - 25%maximum 35%0 - 1%0 - 5%70 - 90%0 - 15%0 - 15%maximum 15%0 - 1%0 - 5%40 - 80%10 - 25%0 - 25%maximum 35%Percent Of Dry Weight of Total Growing MediumPercent Of Dry Weight of Growing Medium Excluding GravelOrganic Content (coast):3 - 10%3 - 5%10 - 20%Acidity (pH):6.0 - 7.0 6.0 - 7.0 4.5 - 6.5Drainage:Percolation shall be such that no standing water is visible 60 minutes after at least 10 minutes of moderate to heavy rain or irrigation..1 Prior to any work on site - protect individual trees or plant groupings indicated as retained on landscape plans as vegetation retention areas..1.1 In some instances the Landscape Architect will tag trees or areas to remain. Discuss tree retention areas at a start-up meeting with theLandscapeArchitect..2 A physical barrier must be installed to delineate clearing boundaries. Refer to physical barrier detail. If detail not provided, comply with localmunicipalrequirements..3 No machine travel through or within vegetation retention areas or under crowns of trees to be retained is allowed..4 Do not stockpile soil, construction materials, or excavated materials within vegetation retention areas..5 Do not park, fuel or service vehicles within vegetation retention areas..6 No debris fires, clearing fires or trash burning shall be permitted within vegetation retention areas..7 No excavations, drain or service trenches nor any other disruption shall be permitted within vegetation retention areas without a review of theproposedencroachment by the LandscapeArchitect..8 Do not cut branches or roots of retained trees without the approval of the Landscape Architect..9 Any damage to existing vegetation intended for preservation will be subject to evaluation by an I.S.A. Certified Arborist using the "Guide forPlantAppraisal", LATESTEDITION..9.1 Replacement planting of equivalent value to the disturbance will be required. The cost of the evaluation and of the replacement planting will betheresponsibility of the General Contractor and or the person(s) responsible for the disturbance..10 In municipalities with specific tree retention/replacement bylaws ensure compliance to bylaws..11 In situations where required construction may disturb existing vegetation intended for preservation, contact Landscape Architect for review priortocommencingconstruction.PART ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS1.1 REFERENCES1.2 TESTING1.4 SITE REVIEW1.5 WORKMANSHIP1.6 WARRANTIES2.1 SCOPE OF WORK2.2 MATERIALS PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT3.1 RETENTION OF EXISTING TREES.1 Ensure subgrade is prepared to conform to depths specified in Section 3.5, Growing Medium Supply, below. Where planting is indicated close toexistingtrees, prepare suitable planting pockets for material indicated on the planting plan. Shape subgrade to eliminate free standing water and conform to thesitegrading and drainageplan..2 On slopes in excess of 3:1 trench subgrade across slope to 150mm (6") minimum at 1.5m (5 ft.) intervals minimum..3 Scarify the entire subgrade immediately prior to placing growing medium. Re-cultivate where vehicular traffic results in compaction duringtheconstruction procedures. Ensure that all planting areas are smoothly contoured after light compaction to finishedgrades..4 Eliminate standing water from all finished grades. Provide a smooth, firm and even surface and conform to grades shown on the Landscape Drawings.Donot exceed maximum and minimum gradients defined by the B.C. LandscapeStandard..5 Construct swales true to line and grade, smooth and free of sags or high points. Minimum slope 2%, maximum side slopes 10%. Assure positive drainagetocollectionpoints..6 Slope not to exceed the following maximums: Rough Grass 3:1, Lawn 4:1, Landscape plantings 2:1..7 Finished soil/mulch elevation at building to comply with municipal requirements..8 Inform Landscape Architect of completion of finish grade prior to placement of seed, sod, plants or mulch.3.2 GRADES.1 Related Work: Growing medium and Finish Grading, Grass areas, Trees Shrubs and Groundcovers, Planters, Crib Walls..2 Work Included: Site finish grading and surface drainage. Installation of any drainage systems detailed on landscape plans. Note: Catch basins shownonlandscape plans for coordination only, confirm scope of work prior tobid..2.1 Coordinate all landscape drainage work with rest of site drainage, Refer to engineering drawings and specifications for connections and otherdrainagework..2.2 Determine exact location of all existing utilities and structures and underground utilities prior to commencing work, which may not be located ondrawingsand conduct work so as to prevent interruption of service or damage to them. Protect existing structures and utility services and be responsible fordamagecaused..2.3 Planter drains on slab: Refer to Section 3.10, Installing Landscapes on Structures..3 Execution.3.1 Do trenching and backfilling in accordance with engineering details and specifications..3.2 Lay drains on prepared bed, true to line and grade with inverts smooth and free of sags or high points. Ensure barrel of each pipe is in contact withbedthroughout fulllength..3.3 Commence laying pipe at outlet and proceed in upstream direction..3.4 Lay perforated pipes with perforations at 8pm and 4pm positions..3.5 Make joints tight in accordance with manufacturer's directions..3.6 Do not allow water to flow through the pipes during construction except as approved by Engineer..3.7 Make watertight connections to existing drains, new or existing manholes or catchbasins where indicated or as directed by Landscape Architect..3.8 Plug upstream ends of pipe with watertight clean out caps..3.9 Surround and cover pipe with drain rock in uniform 150mm layers to various depths as shown in details, minimum 100mm..3.10 Cover drain rock with non-woven filter cloth lap all edges and seams minimum 150mm..3.11 Assure positive drainage..3.12 Back fill remainder of trench as indicated..3.13 Protect subdrains from floatation during installation..1 Submit representative sample of growing medium proposed for use on this project to an independent laboratory. Provide test results to LandscapeArchitect prior to placing. Test results to include:.1.1 Physical properties, % content of gravel, sand, silt, clay and organics..1.2 Acidity PH and quantities of lime or sulphur required to bring within specified range..1.3 Nutrient levels of principle and trace elements and recommendations for required soil amendments..1.4 Carbon/Nitrogen level.3.3 LANDSCAPE DRAINAGE3.4 GROWING MEDIUM TESTING3.5 GROWING MEDIUM SUPPLY AND PLACEMENT.1 Supply all growing medium required for the performance of the Contract. Do not load, transport or spread growing medium when it is so wet thatitsstructure is likely to bedamaged..2 Supply all growing medium admixtures as required by the soil test. Amended growing medium must meet the specification for growing medium as definedinTable One for the variousareas..2.1 Thoroughly mix required amendments into the full depth of the growing medium..2.2 Special mixes may be required for various situations. Refer to drawing notes for instructions..3 Place the amended growing medium in all grass and planting areas. Spread growing medium in uniform layers not exceeding 6" (150mm), overunfrozensubgrade free of standingwater..4 Minimum depths of growing medium placed and compacted to 80%:.4.1 On-grade:.4.1.1 Seeded and sodded lawn....................................................12" (300mm).4.1.2 Mass planted shrubs & groundcovers..........................30" (760mm).4.1.3 Groundcover only areas, if defined on plan................12" (300mm).4.1.4 Tree & large shrub pits.....................................................depth to conform to depth of rootball - width shall be at least twice the width of the root ballwithsaucer shapedsides..4.2 On-Slab:.4.2.1 Irrigated lawn........................................................................9" (210mm).4.2.2 Groundcover areas.............................................................12" (300mm).4.2.3 Lawn without automatic irrigation................................12" (300mm).4.2.4 Shrub & groundcover areas...........................................15" (380mm).4.2.5 Trees and specimen shrubs*..........................................30" (760mm) over columns and/or edge of slab (verify column locations on-site for tree locations.).4.2.6 Depth noted includes 1" to 2" (25-50mm) sand over filter fabric.4.2.7 Maximum 18" depth growing medium except where mounded for trees over column points..5 Manually spread growing medium/planting soil around existing trees, shrubs and obstacles..6 In perimeter seeded grass areas, feather growing medium out to nothing at edges and blend into existing grades..7 Finished grades shall conform to the elevations shown on landscape and site plans..1 General: Rough grass areas are noted on the drawings as "Rough Grass". Treat all areas defined as rough grass between all property lines of theprojectincluding all boulevards to edge of roads andlanes..2 Preparation of Surfaces: To B.C. Landscape Standard Class 3 Areas (Rough grass) Section 7.1.1.3.2.1 Clean existing soil by mechanical means of debris over 50mm in any dimension..2.2 Roughly grade surfaces to allow for maintenance specified and for positive drainage..3 Time of Seeding: Seed from early spring (generally April 1st) to late fall (September 15th) of each year. Further extensions may be obtainedonconcurrence of the LandscapeArchitect..4 Seed Supply & Testing: All seed must be obtained from a recognized seed supplier and shall be No. 1 grass mixture delivered in containers bearingthefollowinginformation:.4.1 Analysis of the seed mixture.4.2 Percentage of each seed type.5 Seed Mixture: All varieties shall be rated as strong performers in the Pacific Northwest and are subject to client approval. 70% Creeping Red Fescue 20% Annual Rye 5% Saturn Perennial Rye 5% Kentucky Bluegrass For Wildflower Areas use a mixture of Wildflowers with Hard Fescues (Terralink Coastal Wildflowers) with Hard Fescue or pre-approved alternate..6 Fertilizer: Mechanical seeding: Apply a complete synthetic slow-release fertilizer with maximum 35% water soluble nitrogen and a formulation ratioof18-18-18 - 50% sulphur urea coated , 112 kg/ha(100lbs/acre) using a mechanicalspreader..7 Seeding: Apply seed at a rate of 112k/H (100lbs /acre) with a mechanical spreader. Incorporate seed into the top 1/4" (6mm) of soil and lightly compact..8 Acceptance: Provide adequete protection of the seeded areas until conditions of acceptance have been met. Comply with Section 3.7 Hydroseeding.3.6 ROUGH GRASS AREA - SEEDING PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT - CONT3.8 LAWN AREAS - SODDINGGrass - public parks, industrial and institutional sitesLawn, all areas noted on drawings as lawn in urbandevelopment sites including boulevard grassTABLE 2 SPECIFIED TURFGRASS BY AREARough GrassDescriptionSPECIALCLASS 3CLASS 2CLASS 1Area see hydroseedingNo. 2 StandardNo. 1 PremiumQuality Grade Kentucky Blue for sun, Fescues for shadeMajor Speciessame.1 General: Treat all areas defined as lawn areas on the landscape plan between all property lines of the project including all boulevards to edge ofroadsandlanes..2 Growing Medium: Comply with Section 2.2.1, Growing Medium. Prior to sodding, request an inspection of the finished grade, and depth and conditionofgrowing medium by the LandscapeArchitect..3 Time of Sodding: Sod from April 1st to October 1st. Further extensions may be obtained on concurrence of the Landscape Architect..4 Sod Supply: Conform to all conditions of B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 8, B.C. Standard for Turfgrass Sod..5 Specified Turfgrass by area: Refer to Table 2 below..6 Lime: The lime shall be as defined in Section 2.2.3, Materials. Apply at rates recommended in required soil test. Refer to Section 3.4 for method..7 Fertilizer: Refer to Section 2.2.2 Materials. Apply specified fertilizer at rates shown in the required soil test. Apply with a mechanical spreader.Cultivate into growing medium 48 hours prior to sodding. Apply separately fromlime..8 Sodding: Prepare a smooth, firm, even surface for laying sod. Lay sod staggered with sections closely butted, without overlapping or gaps, smoothandeven with adjoining areas and roll lightly. Water to obtain moisture penetration of 3" to 4" (7 - 10cm). Comply with requirements of BC LandscapeStandardSection 8, BC Standard for TurfgrassSod..9 Maintenance: Begin maintenance immediately after sodding and continue for 60 days after Substantial Completion and until accepted by the Owner.Protect sodded areas from damage with temporary wire or twine fences complete with signage until lawn is taken over by the Owner. Water to obtainmoisturepenetration of 3" to 4" (7-10cm) at intervals necessary to maintain sufficient growth. Keep grass cut at height of between 1-1/2" (4cm) and 2" (5cm).Provideadequate protection of sodded areas against damage until the turf has been taken over by Owner. Repair any damaged areas, re-grade as necessary.Aeration may be required if in the Landscape Architect's opinion, drainage through the sod base medium isimpaired..10 Acceptance of Lawn Areas: The turf shall be reasonably well established, with no apparent dead spots or bare spots and shall be reasonably freeofweeds (to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13 Maintenance Level 2 (Appearance). Use herbicides if necessary for weed removal unless other conditionsofcontract forbid their use. After the lawn has been cut at least twice, areas meeting the conditions above will be taken over by theOwner.3.9 PLANTS AND PLANTING.1 Conform to planting layout as shown on Landscape Plans..2 Obtain approval of Landscape Architect for layout and preparation of planting prior to commencement of planting operations..3 Make edge of beds with smooth clean defined lines..4 Time of Planting:.4.1 Plant trees, shrubs and groundcovers only during periods that are normal for such work as determined by local weather conditions whenseasonalconditions are likely to ensure successful adaptation of plants to their newlocation..5 Standards:.5.1 All plant material shall conform to the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION, unless exceeded by drawing Plant Schedule orthisspecification..5.1.1 Refer to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 9, Plants and Planting and in Section 12, BCLNA Standard for Container Grown Plants for minimum standards..5.1.2 Refer to Plant Schedule for specific plant and container sizes and comply with requirements..5.2 Plant material obtained from areas with less severe climatic conditions shall be grown to withstand the site climate..6 Review:.6.1 Review at the source of supply and/or collection point does not prevent subsequent rejection of any or all planting stock at the site..7 Availability:.7.1 Area of search includes the Vancouver Island. Refer to Plant Schedule for any extension of area..7.2 Supply proof of the availability of the specified plant material within 30 days of the award of the Contract..8 Substitution:.8.1 Obtain written approval of the Landscape Architect prior to making any substitutions to the specified material. Non-approved substitutions willberejected..8.2 Allow a minimum of 5 days prior to delivery for request to substitute..8.3 Substitutions are subject to BC Landscape Standard - definition of Conditions of Availability..9 Plant Species & Location:.9.1 Plants shall be true to name and of the height, calliper and size of root ball as shown on the landscape/site plan plant schedule. Calliper of trees istobe taken 6" (15cm) abovegrade..9.2 Plant all specified species in the location as shown on the landscape drawings. Notify Landscape Architect if conflicting rock orunderground/overheadservices areencountered..9.3 Deviation of given planting location will only be allowed after review of the proposed deviation by the Landscape Architect..10 Excavation:.10.1 Trees and large shrubs: Excavate a saucer shaped tree pit to the depth of the rootball and to at least twice the width of the rootball. Assurethatfinished grade is at the original grade the tree was grownat..11 Drainage of Planting Holes:.11.1 Provide drainage of planting pits where required. ie. on sloped conditions, break out the side of the planting pit to allow drainage down slope; and inflatconditions, mound to raise the rootball above impervious layer. Notify the Landscape Architect where the drainage of planting holes islimited..12 Planting and Fertilizing Procedures:.12.1 Plant all trees and shrubs with the roots placed in their natural growing position. If burlapped, loosen around the top of the ball and cut away orfoldunder. Do not pull burlap from under the ball. Carefully remove containers without injuring the rootballs. After settled in place, cut twine. For wirebaskets,clip and remove top three rows ofwire..12.2 Fillthe planting holes by gently firming the growing medium around the root system in 6" (15cm) layers. Settle the soil with water. Add soil asrequiredto meet finish grade. Leave no air voids. When 2/3 of the topsoil has been placed, apply fertilizer as recommended by the required soil test at thespecifiedrates..12.3 Where planting is indicated adjacent to existing trees, use special care to avoid disturbance of the root system or natural grades of such trees..12.4 Where trees are in lawn areas, provide a clean cut mulched 900mm (3 ft.) diameter circle centered on the tree..13 Staking of Trees:.13.1 Use two 2"x2"x5' stakes, unless superseded by municipal requirements. Set stakes minimum 2 ft. in soil. Do not drive stake through rootball..13.2 Leave the tree carefully vertical..13.3 Tie with pre-approved commercial, flat woven polypropylene fabric belt, minimum width 19mm (3/4"). Approved product: ArborTie - availablefromDeepRoot..13.4 Coniferous Trees over 6 ft. height: Guy with three 2-strand wires (11 gauge). Drive three stakes equidistant around the tree completely below grade..13.5 Trees 6 ft.+ on Wood or Concrete Decks: Guy as above using three deadmen (min. 2'x2"x4") buried to the maximum possible depth instead of stakes..13.6 Mark all guy wires with visible flagging material..14 Pruning:.14.1 Limit pruning to the minimum necessary to remove dead or injured branches. Preserve the natural character of the plants, do not cut the leader.Useonly clean, sharp tools. Make all cuts clean and cut to the branch collar leaving no stubs. Shape affected areas so as not to retain water. Removedamagedmaterial..15 Mulching:.15.1 Mulch all planting areas with an even layer of mulch to 2-1/2 - 3" (65 - 75mm) depth. Confirm placement of mulch in areas labeled "Groundcover Area"ondrawings. Mulch a 3 ft. (900mm) diameter circle around trees in lawn areas, leave a cleanedge..16 Acceptance:.16.1 The establishment of all plant material is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor..17 Plant Material Maintenance:.17.1 Maintain all plant material for 60 days after landscape work has received a Certificate of Completion..17.2 Watering: Conform to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13.3.2 - Watering and generally as follows:.17.2.1 Water to supplement natural rainfall such that the soil moisture content is kept to 50% to 100% of field capacity. Water to the full depth of therootzone each time. The Owner is responsible to supply water at no extra cost to the Contract. Confirm source of water prior to beginningwork..17.3 Use appropriate measures to combat pests or diseases damaging plant material. Comply with all local governing statutes and guidelines forchemicalcontrol..17.4 Plant material which fails to survive shall be replaced in the next appropriate season as determined by the Landscape Architect..17.5 Repair tree guards, stakes, and guy wires, when necessary..17.6 Maintain areas relatively weed free. (Appearance level 2, B.C. Landscape Standard, Chapter 13)..17.7 Maintain mulch to specified depths..18 Plant Warranty:.18.1 Replace all unsatisfactory plant material except those designated "Specimen" for a period of ONE(1) year after the Certificate of Completion. Replaceallunsatisfactory plant material designated "Specimen" for a period of two (2) years after the Certificate of Completion. Replace all unsatisfactory treesandshrubs and continue to replace these until the specified number is complete and satisfactory to the Landscape Architect. Such replacement shall be subjecttothe notification, inspection and approval as specified for the original planting, and shall not constitute an extra to theContract..18.2 Those Plants, identified as hardy within one zone of the Canada Department of Agriculture tonal class for the area, specified by theLandscapeArchitect and installed by the Landscape Contractor which are killed through below normal temperatures (below the average of the extrememinimumtemperatures officially recorded in the area concerned, in the last 10 years), will not be replaced without cost of replacement borne by theOwner..18.3 A review may be requested during the latter part of the warranty growing season. All plant material showing well developed foliage, healthygrowthand bud forming, will then be takenover.3.10 INSTALLING LANDSCAPE ON STRUCTURES.1 Verify that drainage and protection material is completely installed and acceptable before beginning work. Contact Landscape Architect for instructionsifnot inplace..2 Coordinate work with construction of planters and planter drainage..2.1 Verify that planter drains are in place and positive drainage to roof drains is present prior to placing any drain rock or soil..3 Provide clean out at all through-slab drain locations . Use 300mm min. dia. PVC Pipe filled with drain rock unless specific drawing detail shown..4 Install drain rock evenly to a minimum depth of 4" (100mm)or alternate sheet drain if specified. Install sheet drain as per manufacturer's recommendations..5 Cover drain rock (or alternate sheet drain if specified on drawing details) with filter fabric lapping 6" (150mm) at all edges. Obtain approval ofdrainagesystem prior to placing growingmedium..6 Place an even layer of 25 - 50mm clean washed pump sand over filter fabric..7 Place growing medium to depths specified in Section 3.5 above for various surface treatments. Refer to Drawing details for any light weight fillerrequiredto alter grade. Use Styrofoam block over drain rock shaped to provide smooth surface transition at edges. Butt each piece tightly together and coverwithfilter fabric to prevent soil from migratingdownward.PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT - CONT.1 Intent: The intent of "establishment" maintenance is to provide sufficient care to newly installed plant material for a relatively short period of timetoensure or increase the long term success of the planting. The objective is the adaptation of plants to a new site in order to obtain the desired effectfromthe planting while reducing the rate of failure and unnecessary work associated with improper establishment. Establishment of maintenance proceduresapplyto all new and retained vegetation including cultivated turfgrass areas and new trees andshrubs..2 Maintenance Period: Provide maintenance of installed landscaping for 12 months following substantial completion..3 Related Standards and Legislation: B.C. Landscape Standard, latest edition; Fertilizer Code., B.C. Pesticide Control Act..4 Site Review: In addition to the inspections at substantial completion, at final progress draw application, and at the end of the guarantee period,thereshould be three other reviews during the 12 months attended by the Contractor and a designated representative of the Owner. Maintain a logbookandreporting procedures and submit to the designatedrepresentative..5 Scheduling: Prepare a schedule of anticipated visits and submit to designated representative at start-up. Maintenance operations shall be carriedoutpredominately during the growing season between March 1st and November 30th, however visits at other times of the year may berequired..6 Maintenance Level: Comply with B. C. Landscape Standard, Section 13, Table 7, Maintenance Level "Medium"..7 Materials: Comply with Part Two of this specification..7.1 Fertilizers: To the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard. Formulations and rates as required by soil testing..8 Plant Material Establishment:.8.1 Watering: During the first growing season, water new plants at least every ten (10) days between April 1st and July 31st, and every twenty (20)daysbetween August 1st and September 15th. Minimum 25 gallons per tree per application. During the second growing season, water new plants at leasteverytwenty days between April 1 and July 31 and once between August 1st and September 31st. Apply water at a rate and duration such that the watercontentreaches field capacity to the full depth of the growing medium. Apply water again when the water content reaches 25% of field capacity. Provide andirrigatewith water in the event that any automatic irrigation system malfunctions or has not been completely installed. Scheduled applications of water shallbemissed only when rainfall has penetrated the soil fully asrequired..8.2 Mulch: Maintain mulches in the original areas and to the original depths..8.3 Weed Control: Remove all weeds from all areas at least once per month during the growing season by hoeing or cultivation to a maximum depth of80mm,hand-pulling, or, if necessary, by the use ofherbicides..8.4 Pest and Disease Control: Inspect all planted areas for pests and diseases periodically and at least every two months during the growing season byanexperienced person. Carry out treatment for pests or diseases promptly and consistently for maximum effectiveness. Comply with all B.C. PesticideControlAct and municipalrequirements..8.5 Tree Support: Maintain stakes, guy wires and ties one full growing season. Check ties at least every two months to ensure that they are not causingadepression in the bark. Loosen, repair or replace ties as necessary. Remove all stakes guy wires and ties after the first growing season except wherelargetrees require continuing support in the opinion of the Landscape Architect. All flagging of guy wires shall be visible and in goodrepair..8.6 Pruning: Inspect all trees and shrubs at least every two months during the growing season; prune to remove all dead, weak or diseased wood.Maintainthe natural shape of the plant. Carry out clipping or shaping only if required in the maintenance contract for specific varieties orconditions..8.7 Fertilizing: Once during the twelve month period of establishment maintenance fertilize shrubs, trees and groundcovers according to soilanalysisrequirements..9 Grass Areas Establishment:.9.1 Watering: Use hoses and sprinklers, irrigation systems or other methods to apply water to Class 1 and Class 2 grassed areas (B.C. LandscapeStandard,Section 7, Lawns and Grasses) such that the grass is maintained in a turgid condition. Supply and irrigate with water in the event of any irrigationsystemmalfunction, or incomplete installation at no expense to the owner. Apply water to prevent packing or erosion of the soil. Apply water at a rate anddurationso that the water content in the growing medium reaches field capacity to the full depth of the growing medium. Apply water again when the watercontentreaches 25% of fieldcapacity..9.2 Weed, Insect and Disease Control: Inspect grass areas each time they are mowed for weeds, insect pests, and diseases and treat promptlywhennecessary by appropriate manual methods, or by the use of chemicals in compliance with the B.C.S.L.A./B.C.L.N.A. Landscape Standards latest edition.Killbroadleafed weeds in grassed areas by a general application of a suitable herbicide if the weed population exceeds 10 Broadleaf weeds or 50 annual weedsorweedy grasses per 40 square meters. This application shall reduce the weed population tozero..9.3 Fertilizing: According to soil analysis..9.4 Liming According to soil analysis.9.5 Mowing and Trimming - All areas: The first four cuts shall be a sharp rotary type mower. Excess grass clipping shall be removed after each cut. Mowallgrassed areas with a sharp reel or rotary mower when the grass reaches a height of 60mm. Mow to a height of 40mm. Edge with a mechanical verticalcuttingedger once per year in March. Remove all grass clippings after eachcut..9.6 Aeration: Aeration not required in the first growing season. If necessary, in the second growing season, aerate in early May with a suitablemechanicalcorer. Core to a depth of 100mm. (4"), and removecores..9.7 Repairs: Re-grade, re-seed or re-sod when necessary to restore damaged or failing grass areas. Match the grass varieties in the surrounding area.Re-sod, if required, throughout the growing season. Re-seed between April 1st and April 15th or between September 1st and September 15th.Protectre-seeded areas and keep moist until the firstmowing.3.11 ESTABLISHMENT MAINTENANCE (Provide a separate price for this section)PART TWO SCOPE OF WORK.1 Any alternate products differing from that contained in the contract documents must be pre-approved by the Landscape Architect..2 Submittals to consist of product sample or manufacturer's product description.1.3 SUBMITTALS 3.7 HYDROSEEDING.1 May be used as an alternate to mechanical seeding in rough grass areas..2 May not be used in areas of lawn unless pre-approved by the Landscape Architect prior to bidding..3 Preparation and Growing Medium:.3.1 In areas of Rough Grass: Comply with Section 3.6 Rough Grass..3.2 Where approved for use in areas of lawn, comply with Section 3.8 Lawn Areas: Sodding..4 Protection: Ensure that fertilizer in solution does not come in contact with the foliage of any trees, shrubs, or other susceptible vegetation. Donotspray seed or mulch on objects not expected to grow grass. Protect existing site equipment, roadways, landscaping, reference points, monuments,markersand structures from damage. Where contamination occurs, remove seeding slurry to satisfaction of and by means approved by the LandscapeArchitect.5 Mulch shall consist of virgin wood fibre or recycled paper fibre designed for hydraulic seeding and dyed for ease of monitoring application. If usingrecycledpaper material for wood fibre substitute use 135% (by weight). Conform to B.C. Landscape Standard for mulchrequirements..6 Water: Shall be free of any impurities that may have an injurious effect on the success of seeding or may be harmful to the environment..7 Equipment: Use industry standard hydraulic seeder/mulcher equipment with the tank volume certified by an identification plate or sticker affixed inplainview on the equipment. The hydraulic seeder/mulcher shall be capable of sufficient agitation to mix the material into a homogenous slurry and to maintaintheslurry in a homogenous state until it is applied. The discharge pumps and gun nozzles shall be capable of applying the materials uniformly over thedesignatedarea..8 Application Rate:.8.1 Seed Mixture: 136 kg/ha (125 lbs/acre).8.2 Fertilizer: 112 kg/ha (100 lbs/acre).8.3 Coastal Wildflower Mix: Where specified, apply (31 lbs/acre) (1/4 lb.: 1 lb. of grass seed).8.4 Notes:.8.4.1 At the time of Tender provide a complete chart of all components of the mix proposed including mulch, tackifier, water etc. Sloped sitesrequiretackifier..8.4.2 Fertilizer:.8.4.2.1 Rough Grass: If a soil analysis is available, comply with results..8.4.2.2 Lawn: Where hydroseeding is approved, comply with soil analysis recommendations..9 Accurately measure the quantities of each of the materials to be charged into the tank either by mass or by a commonly accepted systemofmass-calibrated volume measurements. The materials shall be added to the tank while it is being filled with water, in the following sequence; seed, fertilizer.Thoroughly mix into a homogenous slurry. After charging, add no water or other material to the mixture. Do not leave slurry in the tank for more thanfour(4)hours..10 Distribute slurry uniformly over the surface of the area to be hydroseeded. Blend application into previous applications and existing grass areas toformuniformsurfaces..11 Clean up: Remove all materials and other debris resulting from seeding operations from the job site..12 Maintenance: Begin maintenance immediately after seeding and continue for 60 days after Substantial Completion and until accepted by the Owner.Re-seed at three week intervals where germination has failed. Protect seeded areas from damage with temporary wire or twine fences complete withsignageuntil grass area is taken over by the Owner. Water in sufficient quantities to ensure deep penetration and at frequent intervals to maintain vigorousgrowthuntil grass is taken over by the Owner. It is the Owner's responsibility to supply water at no extra cost to theContract..13 Acceptance of the Rough Grass Areas: Proper germination of all specified grass species is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor. Thegrassshall be reasonably well established, with no apparent dead or bare spots and shall be reasonably free of weeds (to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section13Maintenance Level 4 (Open space). Sixty days after substantial completion, areas meeting the conditions above will be taken over by the Owner. Areasseededin Fall will be accepted in Spring one month after start of growing season, provided that the above conditions for acceptance arefulfilled..18.4 For all plant material, the Landscape Architect reserves the right to extend the Contractor's responsibility for another growing season if, in hisopinion,leaf development and growth is not sufficient to ensure future satisfactory growth..18.5 Where the Owner is responsible for plant maintenance and has not provided adequate maintenance, the plant replacement section of the contract maybedeclared void. The Landscape Architect shall determine whether maintenance has been satisfactory using the B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13, Maintenanceas the guide. The required maintenance standard is a minimum of Level Three - Medium. Refer to Section 3.11, Establishment Maintenance..18.6 The Landscape Contractor is responsible to replace any plant material or repair any construction included in the Contract that is damaged or stolenuntil the issuance of the Certificate of Completion..18.7 Deviation from the specifications may require extension of the Warranty Period as determined by the Landscape Architect.Canadian System of Soil Classification Textural Class: "Loamy Sand" to "Sandy Loam".Organic Content (interior):3 - 5%3 - 5%15 - 20% 1.65 .30 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" MIN. 6'-0" FROM BUILDING, TYP SHRUBS15" MIN FORTREES36" MIN FOR NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE: 3" 99/16" 1'-6" VARIES LENGHTS OF 3FT - 4.5 FT. 6" DRIP STRIIP & PLANTING OVER SLAB TOPSOIL DEPTH AS PER SPEC. ON SCARIFIEDSUBGRADE. FILL WITH TOPSOIL 2/3RDS FULLAND REMOVE STRAPPING AND 1/3 TOP OFBURLAP. CUT ALL BINDING MATERIAL. GRADE TO TOPS OF CURBS, WALKS, ANDDRIVEWAYS ETC. FOR TREES LARGER THAN 65mmCALIPER USE 75 mm ∅ STAKESFOR SMALLER TREES USE50 mm ∅ STAKES SET TREE PLUMB. USE 2 ROUNDSTAKES, EACH SET 800mmBELOW GRADE & 1200mmABOVE GRADE. SCARIFY SIDES ANDBOTTOM OF TREE PITPRIOR TO PLANTING. DO NOT CUT LEADER TREE STAKES TO BE ALIGNEDPARALLEL TO SIDEWALK/ROAD. ROOT BALL WIDTH PLUS600mm (MIN EACH SIDE) 300mm MIN. OF TOPSOIL AROUNDROOT BALL. COMPACTED TO 85%STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY. STAKES DO NOT PENETRATE OR DAMAGE ROOT BALL. 50mm DEEP SAUCER FORMED IN TOPSOILFOR INITIAL FIRST YEAR WATERING. 50mm WIDE GREEN VINYLBANDING ATTACHED TOSTAKE WITH SHINGLE NAILS. BARK MULCH ON TOP. 1:25 TYPICAL DECIDUOUS TREE DETAIL L-1 1 TRP-05 SPECIFIED. PLACE UNIFORMLYAROUND ROOT MASSFERTILIZER TABLETS AS BOTTOM OF ROOT MASSBETWEEN MIDDLE AND PREPARED PLANTING SOIL EXISTING UNDISTURBED SOIL 3" MULCH LAYERMULCH 3" FROM STEMS SPREAD 3 TO 5 TIMES WIDTHOF ROOTBALL HEIGHT SOD LAWN 6" SOIL (OR 9" OF SOILFOR POOR DRAINAGE AREA) .SUBGRADE COMPACTEDTO 95% M.P.D. AS MOWING STRIP ALONG LENGTH OF RIVER ROCK 2x8 P.T. HEM./FIR WOOD EDGE DRAIN FABRIC FOOTING/DRAINAGE;SEE ARCH.DRAIN STRIP STAKE EVERY 1.20m O.C. 2X4 STAKE; 0.45m DEPTH NAME: CLASSIC STANDARD SERIESSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:87_8" X 47__16 " X 23_8"COLOUR: 80% NATURAL 20% CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTSMIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND CLASSIC STANDARD PAVER NAME: PIAZZA SERIES TYPE 1SUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:235_8" X 315__16" X 315__16"COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTS MIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND PIAZZA SERIES TYPE 1 PAVER ADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. NAME:TEXADA HYDRAPRESSED SLABSUPPLIER: BELGARDSIZE:24" X 24" X 2".COULOUR: NATURALPATTERN: STACKED BOND ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTS MIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND TEXADA HYDRAPRESSED SLAB ADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN 100MM DIA. PERFORATED DRAINLINE WITH FILTER FABRICTIE INTO STORM SYSTEM 100MM DEPTH DRAIN ROCK 300MM DEPTH FIBAR RESILIENTSURFACE ON FILTER FABRIC 2% SLOPE SUBGRADE TO DRAIN COMPACTED SUBGRADE COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE150MM WIDE CONCRETE CURB NAME: CLASSIC STANDARD SERIESSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:87_8" X 47__16 " X 31_8 "COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.6" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR VEHICULAR AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTSMIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND CLASSIC STANDARD PAVER ADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN NAME: AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE PAVERSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:83_4" X 45__16 " X 31_8 "COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN PAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS 20MM (3/4") CLEAR CRUSH OPENGEOTEXTILE- INBITEX 1_4" GAP (TYP)5MM (1/4") CLEAR CRUSH OPEN AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE PAVERS(80MM VEHICULAR DEPTH) CONCRETE EDGE RESTRAINT REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN GRADED AGGREGATE SUB-BASE GRADED AGGREGATE SUB-BASE AT VISITOR PARKING STALL LOCATIONS, RUNNING BONDNATURAL COLOUR DRAINAGE TO BE COORDINATED WITH CIVIL ENGINEER AP SC1000 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ON BOTTOMAND SIDES OF OPEN GRADED BASE SONOTUBES FOOTING;12" DIA.BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER BRIDGE WITH U SHAPE STEEL BAR;BY STRUCTURAL ENGINWEER LASER CUT METAL;EMBEDDED IN CONCRETEARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE;POLISHED FINISH BACK OF REVEALPAINTED WHITE REINFORCED BYSTRUCTURAL ENGINEER BOULDERS TO BE SELECTEDBY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.VARYING SIZES. BURY1_3 ON BOULDERBEDDING SAND ADJACENT PLANTING ADJACENT CONCRETE WALKWAY HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTS MIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND CLASSIC STANDARD PAVER SAWN (BOTTOM AND TOP) BASALT.SLAB BENCH. SAND-BLASTED TOPWITH NATURAL MOSSGROWTH ON SIDES. 2"-3" DIA. MEXICAN BLACK PEBBLES. COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS 2X12 CARVEDP.T. BRACES6x6 CEDAR POSTS 4" CHAMFER CUTON LATTICE 2X12 BRACE 6X6 POST 2" NOTCH BEAMWITH JOIST 2X8 BEAM2X6 JOIST CONCRETE SLAB 2X12 CARVEDP.T. BRACES6x6 CEDAR POSTS 2X4 P.T. LATTICE @ 12" O.C. 2X4 P.T. BEAMS CONCRETE SLAB TOP CAP 4" CHAMFER CUTON LATTICE 2X12 BRACE 6X6 POST 2" NOTCH BEAMWITH JOIST 2X8 BEAM2X6 JOIST 2"X2" STEEL TRELLIS;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 6"X8" STEEL BEAM;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. TEMPERED GLASS ROOFWEATHERPROOF 8"X8" STEEL POST;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 2"X2" STEEL TRELLIS;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 6"X8" STEEL BEAM;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 8"X8" STEEL POST;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. BASEPLATE WITH ANCHOR 10' 18'-9" 13'-9" NAME ADDRESS PLANTED SIZE / REMARKSCOMMON NAMEBOTANICAL NAMEPLANT SCHEDULEKEYQTYTREE7ABIES FRASERI FRASER FIR4ACER GRISEUM PAPERBARK MAPLE 6CM CAL; 1.8M STD; B&B15ACER PALMATUM 'SANGO KAKU'CORAL BARK MAPLE #7 POT; 1M SPRD3CORNUS NUTALLII PACIFIC DOGWOOD 6CM CAL; B&B20LIQUIDAMBAR STYRACIFLUA 'WORPLESDON'WORPLESDON SWEET GUM 6CM CAL; 2M STD; B&B18STYRAX JAPONICUS JAPANESE SNOWBELL SPECIFY HT UP TO 3M; 6M CAL.NOTES: * PLANT SIZES IN THIS LIST ARE SPECIFIED ACCORDING TO THE BC LANDSCAPE STANDARD, LATEST EDITION. CONTAINER SIZES SPECIFIED AS PER CNTA STANDARDS. BOTHPLANT SIZE AND CONTAINER SIZE ARE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZES. * REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEFINED CONTAINER MEASUREMENTS AND OTHER PLANT MATERIALREQUIREMENTS. * SEARCH AND REVIEW: MAKE PLANT MATERIAL AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONAL REVIEW BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AT SOURCE OF SUPPLY. AREA OF SEARCH TO INCLUDELOWER MAINLAND AND FRASER VALLEY. * SUBSTITUTIONS: OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO MAKING ANY SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE SPECIFIEDMATERIAL. UNAPPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE REJECTED. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF FIVE DAYS PRIOR TO DELIVERY FOR REQUEST TO SUBSTITUTE. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TOBC LANDSCAPE STANDARD - DEFINITION OF CONDITIONS OF AVAILABILITY.ALL PLANT MATERIAL MUST BE PROVIDED FROM CERTIFIED DISEASE FREE NURSERY. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION UPON REQUEST.23 0026CM CAL; 1.8M STD; B&BPLANTED SIZE / REMARKSCOMMON NAMEBOTANICAL NAMEPLANT SCHEDULEKEYQTYSHRUB81AZALEA JAPONICA 'GIRARD'S PLEASANT WHITE'AZALEA; WHITE #2 POT; 25CM277BUXUS SEMPERVIRENS COMMON BOXWOOD #2 POT; 25CM66EUPHORBIA CHARACIAS 'DWARF'DWARF MEDITERRANEAN SPURGE #3 POT; 50CM52HYDRANGEA PANICULATA 'LIME LIGHT'LIME LIGHT HYDRANGEA; LIMEGREEN-PINK #2 POT; 50CM148HYPERICUM CALYCINUM ST JONS WORT #2 POT40RHODODENDRON 'HOTEI'RHODODENDRON; CANARY YELLOW #3 POT; 50CM37SALIX PURPUREA 'NANA'PURPLE OSIER #2 POT; 40CM75VIBURNUM DAVIDII DAVID'S VIBURNUM #2 POT; 30CMPERENNIAL8ANEMONE 'HONORINE JOBERT'WINDFLOWER 15CM POT182LAVENDULA ANGUSTIFOLIA ENGLISH LAVENDER #1 POTGC120BLECHNUM SPICANT DEERFERN #1 POT; 20CM95POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM WESTERN SWORD FERN #1 POT; 20CMNOTES: * PLANT SIZES IN THIS LIST ARE SPECIFIED ACCORDING TO THE BC LANDSCAPE STANDARD, LATEST EDITION. CONTAINER SIZES SPECIFIED AS PER CNTA STANDARDS. BOTHPLANT SIZE AND CONTAINER SIZE ARE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZES. * REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEFINED CONTAINER MEASUREMENTS AND OTHER PLANT MATERIALREQUIREMENTS. * SEARCH AND REVIEW: MAKE PLANT MATERIAL AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONAL REVIEW BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AT SOURCE OF SUPPLY. AREA OF SEARCH TO INCLUDELOWER MAINLAND AND FRASER VALLEY. * SUBSTITUTIONS: OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO MAKING ANY SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE SPECIFIEDMATERIAL. UNAPPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE REJECTED. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF FIVE DAYS PRIOR TO DELIVERY FOR REQUEST TO SUBSTITUTE. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TOBC LANDSCAPE STANDARD - DEFINITION OF CONDITIONS OF AVAILABILITY.ALL PLANT MATERIAL MUST BE PROVIDED FROM CERTIFIED DISEASE FREE NURSERY. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION UPON REQUEST.23 002 4'-8" [1.40] 10' [3.00] 4'-11" [1.50] 4'-11" [1.50] 3' [0.90] 8' [2.40] 11' [3.40] 11'-3" [3.40]11'-1" [3.40] 4'-7" [1.40] 8'-4" 1'-31/2"13'-4"12'-10"9'-6" 9'-2" 4" 4" 16'-01/16"1'-35/8" 1'-111/4" 9'-515/16" 13'-43/8" 1'-111/2" 1'-41/8"19'-93/4" 20'-31/8"24'-19/16" 8'-4" 1'-31/2"4" 4" 24'-07/8"23'-67/8"20'-3" 9'-2" GRADE AT PROPERTY LINE.4. STEP FENCE IN EQUAL SEGMENTS TO FOLLOW TO OWNER FOR PREAPPROVAL PRIOR TOCOLOUR TO MATCH ARCH.; PROVIDE SAMPLECOATS PREMIUM WEATHERPROOFING STAIN,3. STAIN ALL EXPOSED SURFACES WITH TWO2. ALL FASTENERS HOTDIPPED GALVANIZED1. ALL WOOD P.T. HEM/FIR COMPACTED SUBGRADEUNDER EACH POST NOTES: CONCRETEFOOTING(TYP) 6" DRAINGRAVELUNDER EACHPOST POSTSECTION 2X10 4X4 P.T. POST 1X4 ACCENT STRIP 1X6 VERTICAL 2X6 BARGE BOARD UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE MAX 8'-0" O.C. 6' 12" 2X4 NAILER2X4 RAIL, ANGLED 1% 1X4 NAILER APPLICATION PREPARED SLAB BY OTHERS 2.0" SAND LAYER 9" FOR GRASS COVER ROOTBALLMOUND TO 970 SERIES BENCH BY MAGLIN HTTPS://WWW.MAGLIN.COM/PRODUCTS/BENCH/MLB870SERIES.HTML STACKED PT. 2X8WOOD EDGERRIVER ROCK IN 12"WIDE DRAIN STRIP PREPARED SLAB BYOTHERS DETAIL AT 404L12 1-1/2" SQ. METAL POST5' O.C.1" SQ TOP RAIL 1" SQ. BOTTOM RAIL 3/4" SQ. PICKETS 4"2" 2" 3" 7.691" (REAR PATIO); BLACK COLOR336" ALUMINUM RAIL FENCE WITH GATEL51/2"=1'-0" 3'-6" 450 300 250 ELEVATION PLAN VIEW PERGOLA TYPE 1 4'-91/8" 8'-41/8" 2'-415/16"1'-61/2" 4'-97/8" 8'-41/8" 2'-41/8" 3'-117/16" 3'-3.36"3.955"3.955" 4" MAX. 10 10 6 ENTRY SIGNAGE L4 1/2"=1'-0" 3'-6"3'-6" 8'3'-2"4'-10"8" 2" 3'-4" 1'-10" 2" 1'-6"1'-1" 2'-10"1'1' 1'-10" 1'-101/8" 2'-11" 1'-71/4"15/8" ∅41/2" 2/3 BOULDER 1/3 BOULDER 5'-10" 2'-87/8" 1'-101/2" 63/8" 1'-55/8" 1'-413/16" SOD SODSODSODSODSODSOD 128TH STREET FE R N C R E S C E N T 127B AVE. FUTURE ROAD ADJACENT LOT/ SINGLE DWELLING UNITS BLOCK 1 BLOCK 2 BLOCK 3 BLOCK 4 BLOCK 5 BLOCK 6 BLOCK 10 BLOCK 9 PARK MAIN ACCESS CIP CONCRETE SLABS W GRAVEL JOINTS VISITOR PARKING STALLS, AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 80MM THICKNESS; RUNNING BOND PATTERN, NATURAL COLOUR. TYP. 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE 6FT H. WOOD FENCE 2' X 2' TEXADA CONCRETE PAVER 24'0 8'8'4'16'4' SCALE: 1/16"=1'-0" SCALE: 1/32"=1'-0" 24'0 8'8'4'16'4' 2.44m.2.44m.1.22m.1.22m.0 4.88m.7.32m. 2.44m.2.44m.1.22m.1.22m.0 4.88m.7.32m. AMENITY AREA 1 AMENITY AREA 2 GRADING LEGEND (IN METERS)EXISTING GRADEPROPOSED FINISHED GRADETOP OF WALLBOTTOM OF WALLSLOPE HARDSCAPE LEGENDSOD LAWN FURNITURE LEGEND970 SERIES BENCHBY MAGLINSEE DETAIL X/XXRETAINING WALL LEGEND CUSTOM CIP CONCRETEBENCH W/WOOD TOPSEE DETAIL X/XX500 SERIESBIKE RACKBY MAGLINNAME:CLASSIC STANDARD SERIESSUPPLIER: BELGARD PAVERSSIZE:8 7_8" X 4 7__16" X 3 1_8"COLOUR: 80% NATURAL 20% CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BONDAGGREGATETOP OF STAIRBOTTOM OF STAIR SINGLE PEDESTALPICNIC TABLE SPPTG-40BY WISHBONEDETAIL X/XXCAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOREST SHOP NRO407BY KOMPANTOT TOWNFENCELEGEND3' H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCEELEVATION BY CIVIL 6FT H. WOOD FENCENAME:TEXADA HYDRAPRESSED SLABSUPPLIER: BELGARD PAVERSSIZE:24" X 24" X 2".COULOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: STACKED BONDOR CIP STAMPED CONCRETEIN 2' X 2' PATTERNWOOD CHIPS PAGE INDEXL1LANDSCAPE PLANL2AMENITY PLANL3SHRUB PLANL4GRADING PLANL5LIGHTING PLANL6DETAILSL7DETAILS 2L8SPECIFICATIONSNO. OF REPLACEMENT TREES34 ONSITE REPLACEMENT TREES LITESTICK- LED STICK LIGHTING(REFER TO ELECTRICAL)ACCENT LIGTH FIXTURE TBDW/TILT MOUNTINGLIGHTING LEGEND 1X8 1' MIN 1/2" BEDDING SAND 1.3" DRAINAGE MAT- NILEX GRS(BOTTOM BLACK) SLAB BY OTHERS TOP OF PAVERS TO MATCHFINISHED GRADE WATERPROOF MEMBRANEBY OTHERS(ARCHITECTURAL BUILT UPSEE ARCH DETAILS) COMPACTED GRAVEL TO 90%DEPTH VARIES AS PER GRADE PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE UNIPAVERS; RUNNING BONDPATTERN - DESERT SANDCOLOUR SOD LAWN 12" PREPARED PLANTING SOIL PAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONSNOTE: SHRUB & GROUNDCOVER PLANTING DETAIL 2% 18" NAME:AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE PAVERSUPPLIER: BELGARD PAVERSSIZE:8 3_4" X 4 5__16" X 3 1_8"COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND 1050 TRASH CONTAINERSBY MAGLIN. SEE DETAIL X/XXHARVEST TABLEBY CLIENTCUSTOM OUTDOORKITCHEN/BBQBY CLIENT DECORATIVE BOULDERS 18 REMOVAL OF CITY STRADDLING 2' X 2' TEXADA PAVERS COLOUR: NATURAL PATTERN: STALKED BOND VISITOR PARKING STALLS, AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 80MM THICKNESS; RUNNING BOND PATTERN, NATURAL COLOUR. TYP. 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE 2' X 2' TEXADA PAVERS COLOUR: NATURAL PATTERN: STALKED BOND BASALT BENCHEXISTING PROPERTY LINE NEW PROPERTY LINE TRELLIS BIKE RACK BY MAGLIN ENTRY SIGN ENTRY FEATURE PAVER ABBOTSFORD CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 80MM THICKNESS; RUNNING BOND PATTERN, SAND COLOUR. FOREST SHOP NRO407 BY KOMPAN TOT-TOWN SLIDE BY BIGTOYS 2' X 2' TEXADA PAVERS COLOUR: NATURAL PATTERN: STALKED BOND 12 REMOVAL OF OFFSITE AND STRADDLING NO. OF TREES PROPOSED0 TBD ON LOCATION0 TBD ON LOCATION67 PROPOSED TREES ON SITE HARVEST TABLE & OUTDOOR KITCHEN BY CLIENT FIRE HYDRANTVISITOR PARKING STALLS, AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 80MM THICKNESS; RUNNING BOND PATTERN, NATURAL COLOUR. TYP. 970 BACKED BENCH BY MAGLIN SODSODSODSODSOD BLOCK 8 ABBOTSFORD CONCRETE UNIT PAVER 60MM THICKNESS; PATTERN: RUNNING BOND COLOUR: CHARCOAL DECORATIVE BASALT BOULDERS 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE ELEVATION BY ARCH BLOCK 4 PARK 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE SOD 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE SINGLE PEDESTAL PICNIC TABLE BY WISHBONE CUSTOM CONCRETE BENCH W/WOOD TOP3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE CUSTOM CONCRETE BENCH W/WOOD TOP 1:10 38MM X 100 MM BOTTOM OFPICKET FLUSH WITH BOTTOMOF FLAT BAR SEE STRUCTURAL FOR FOOTING REQUIREMENTS 16MM X 38MM FLATALUM. BAR; 100MM O.C. 100MM X 100MMALUM. POSTGATE LATCH 38MM X 100MMALUM. FRAME HINGE M01 BLOCK 4 BLOCK 1 BLOCK 7 127B AVE. WA L K W A Y VI S I T O R - 5 VI S I T O R - 4 VI S I T O R - 3 PARK ACCESS 1.5M SIDEWALK CO M M O N A R E A 14 8 . 2 9 S Q . F T . CO M M O N A R E A 35 6 . 5 S Q . F T . WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y VI S I T O R - 6 EL E C . COMMON AREA 148 SQ.FT. EL E C . PARK B-3 D-1 B-2B-1 B-4 B-5 A-1 A-2 A-3 C-3 C-2 C-1 PMT EL E C . 61 . 0 m 20 0 ' - 0 1 / 2 " 1 1 m R 3 5 ' - 6 " R 19 ' - 0 " 2.5 m 8' - 2 1/2" 1.1 m 3' - 5 1/2" 2.5 m 8' - 2 1/2" 5. 5 m 18 ' - 0 " 2.5 m 8' - 3 1/2" 126' - 11 5/8" 38.70 m 126' - 0 19/32" 38.42 m125' - 7 3/32" 38.28 m124' - 8 1/16" 38.00 m 124' - 0 31/32" 37.82 m 125' - 5 29/32" 38.25 m 123' - 3 17/32" 37.58 m 123' - 5 1/2" 37.63 m 123' - 7 15/32" 37.68 m 123' - 9 7/16" 37.73 m 124' - 0 3/16" 37.80 m 124' - 2 5/32" 37.85 m 124' - 10 13/16" 38.07 m 124' - 10 1/32" 38.05 m 122' - 11 19/32" 37.48 m 123' - 1 9/16" 37.53 m 123' - 3 17/32" 37.58 m 123' - 7 15/32" 37.68 m 124' - 3 11/32" 37.88 m 124' - 5 5/16" 37.93 m5. 5 m 18 ' - 0 1 / 2 " 123' - 5 1/2" 37.63 m 6. 5 m 21 ' - 5 " 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 9 m 3' - 0 " 6. 1 m DR I V E A I S L E 20 ' - 0 " 2. 6 m 8' - 8 " 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 2. 0 m 6' - 7 " 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " 1. 0 m 3' - 4 " 6. 1 m DR I V E A I S L E 20 ' - 0 " 0. 9 m 3' - 0 " 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " 4. 2 m 13 ' - 9 " 1. 0 m DE D I C A T I O N 3' - 3 1 / 2 " 6. 1 m 20 ' - 0 " 6. 1 m 20 ' - 0 " 1: 1 2 5. 5 m 18 ' - 0 1 / 2 " 2.5 m 8' - 2 1/2" 5. 5 m 18 ' - 0 1 / 2 " 2.5 m 8' - 2 1/2" BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVEBALCONY ABOVEBALCONY ABOVEBALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE 128th STREET 6.1 M WIDE DRIVEWAY 6.1 M WIDE DRIVEWAY 13' - 1 1/2" 4.0 m SETBACK 5. 7 m 18 ' - 8 1 / 2 " S E T B A C K 4. 5 m 14 ' - 9 " S E T B A C K 4.0 m 13' - 1 1/2" SETBACK D-2 B-6 BLOCK 2 BLOCK 5 BLOCK 8 126' - 7 11/16" 38.60 m A-4 A-5 3.0M SIDEWALK 1.5M BOULEVARD 3. 0 m 9' - 1 0 " 1. 5 m 4' - 1 1 " EXISTING PROPERTY LINE PROPOSED PROPERTY LINE PR O P E R T Y L I N E PROPERTY LINE 4.5M SETBACK LINE 1.0M DEDICATION 5.7M SETBACK LINE 4. 0 M S E T B A C K L I N E 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 3.7 m 12' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 13.6 m 44' - 8" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 3" 6.8 m 22' - 5" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " BALCONY ABOVEBALCONY ABOVE 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 2: 1 2 2: 1 2 4: 1 2 3: 1 2 4: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 2: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 2: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 B-3 D-1 B-2 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7D-2 F-6F-5F-4F-2F-1 F-3 G-1 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6C-3 C-2 C-1 G-2 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 1" = 10'-0" A-1.01 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ENLARGED SITE PLAN - WEST 2023 10 03 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 UPUP K-2214LADEN A LAVAT O R Y VITRE O U S C H I N A SCALE (A)1:16 DATE:25/05/2015 PART NO:MLB970-PC(X)WEIGHT:101.560LBS TITLE:BENCH, 970, HDPCTHE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWINGIS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MAGLIN SITE FURNITUREINC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS AWHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OFMAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC. IS PROHIBITED. MAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC.WWW.MAGLIN.COMTEL.: 800-716-5506FAX: 877-260-9393 CADdetails.com www.wishboneltd.com WISHBONE SITE FURNISHINGS#210-27090 GLOUCESTER WAYLANGLEY, BC V4W 3Y5TOLL FREE: 1-866-626-0476PHONE: (604) 626-0476 23 002 L1PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT ©2023 CADDETAILS.COM LTD.REVISION DATE 10/04/2023 SCALE (A)1:16 DATE:25/05/2015PART NO:MLB970-PC(X)WEIGHT:101.560LBS TITLE:BENCH, 970, HDPCTHE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWINGIS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MAGLIN SITE FURNITUREINC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS AWHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OFMAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC. IS PROHIBITED. MAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC.WWW.MAGLIN.COMTEL.: 800-716-5506FAX: 877-260-9393 G G G G G G G G G G G HA HA HA HA HA HA HA HA HA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1L1L1 L1 L1S1 G G GGGG EEEEEEEEEEE GGG G G G G G S1 S1 S1S1 S1 G G G S1 G G G GGG G G G GG E E YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V PO UUUUPOPOUUUPOPOPOPOPOPOUUUUPOPOPOPOUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU POPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPO POPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOA A A A A A A A A A U UU UU UUUUUUU POPOPOPOPOPOPO G G Y Y Y Y Y Y Y HAM HAM HAM Y HAM HAM HAM AGG G G G G G G G G A A A A A AAAAAAAAAAAAAA E E EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE L1 V V U U U UU U UU U U U U U U V K-2214LADENALAVATORYVITREOUS CHINA L1 HA HA HA HA HA SCALE (A)1:16 DATE:25/05/2015 PART NO:MLB970-PC(X) WEIGHT:101.560LBSTITLE:BENCH, 970, HDPCTHE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWINGIS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MAGLIN SITE FURNITUREINC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS AWHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OFMAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC. IS PROHIBITED.MAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC.WWW.MAGLIN.COMTEL.: 800-716-5506FAX: 877-260-9393 YYY HAHA HAHA HAHA L1 S1 S1 S1 S1 EEEAAEAA L1 S1S1S1S1 G GL1G GG A E EEAAA L1 L1 L1 E E L1 L1 E E E E E E E L1 L1 E E E E E E E EEEE S1S1 S1 S1S1 EEEEE EEEE S1S1S1S1 L1E L1 L1GGS1S1 S1 S1 YY POPOPOPO YY POPO YYYY POPO YY POPO Y U Y Y Y POPOPO U Y Y PO PO Y Y PO PO Y Y Y Y PO PO Y Y POPO U A GG HA HA G G G G G G HAS1 S1 L1L1GG G G G G G G G G L1 E EE E G G G G G G G S1 CC CCCC YYYYYHAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM YYYYYYYHAM HAM HAM YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYHAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM GGGGGGGGGGGGYYYYYYYYY Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y E E E E E E E E E GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG G G G G L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 HA HA HA HA HA HA L1 L1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 CC CC S1S1 CCCCCC HAM HA HA HA HA HA HA HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM YY G YY Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y HAM HA HA M2 JOB NUMBER:M2 JOB NUMBER:HAMVHAAEL1S1YGCCPOU G G G G G G GG G G G G L1 L1 L1 L1L1L1S1 S1 S1 EEEEEEEEEE GGGGGGGGGG EEEEEEEEEEEEEE G G G GGG GGGG AAAAAAAAAAAAEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE L1 L1 E E E E E E E EEEE L1L1L1 S1S1S1S1EEEES1S1 S1S1 EEEEE EEEE GG GGGS1S1 GS1S1 S1S1 ES1S1 L1L1L1 EEE GG G U PO UPOPOPOPOPOUUUEEUUUU PO PO PO PO S1S1S1S1 G S1S1S1 UU UUUS1S1UUS1S1S1S1S1 GGG EUUUUPOPOPOPOPOEEPO POPOS1S1S1S1 GGPO PO S1S1 G G G G GUUU S1 S1 G G G G U U POPOPO PO PO U U U U US1S1S1S1S1S1 G G G G G PO PO PO PO PO S1 S1 S1 S1 UU S1S1S1 U U S1 S1 S1 U U U U U U U UUUUU POPOPO PO PO U U U U U PO PO PO PO PO U U U U GGGUS1S1S1UUUUUU POPOPOPO U U U U HAM HAM 354 3/4 [9011.95] N.T.S. 128' - 1 25/32"39.06 m37.5237.71SINGLE PEDESTAL PICNIC TABLE (SPPTG-40) TOP VIEW FRONT ELEVATION WHEEL CHAIR ACCESSIBLE ONE SIDE IN GROUND MOUNTINGSKATE BLOCKSSTAINLESS STEEL WEDGE ANCHOR BOLT DOWN KIT (INST- 2.75) GALVANIZED (SPPTWC-40)GALVANIZED & POWDER COATED (SPPTWCGP-40) 19 1 1 / 1 6 " 12" 32 3 / 1 6 " 40" 40" NOTES:1. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.3. THIS DRAWING IS INTENDED FOR USE BY ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS, CONTRACTORS, CONSULTANTS AND DESIGNPROFESSIONALS FOR PLANNING PURPOSES ONLY. THIS DRAWING MAY NOT BE USED FORCONSTRUCTION.4. ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN WAS CURRENT AT THE TIME OF DEVELOPMENT BUT MUST BE REVIEWED ANDAPPROVED BY THE PRODUCT MANUFACTURER TO BE CONSIDEREDACCURATE.5. CONTRACTOR'S NOTE: FOR PRODUCT AND COMPANY INFORMATION VISIT www.CADdetails.com/info AND ENTERREFERENCE NUMBER 23 002 L1. SPECIFICATIONS:-RE-PLAST™ RECYCLED PLASTIC SLATS-DURABLE "SLICK COATED" COATED STEEL FRAME-LONG LASTING STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE-10 YEAR LIMITED WARRANTYTABLE HEIGHT:30" / 762 MMSEAT HEIGHT:19.6875" / 500 MMSEAT DEPTH:11.5" / 292 MMSEAT LENGTH:36" / 914 MMTABLE TOP:40" X 40" / 1010 MM X 1010 MMTOTAL LENGTH:71" X 71" / 1803 MM X 1803 MMWEIGHT:378 LBS / 171 KGRECYCLED CONTENT:43% RECYCLED CONTENT BY WEIGHT,100% RECYCLABLE ISOMETRIC VIEW SELECT DESIRED DURABLE POWDERCOATED ALUMINUM FRAME: SELECT DESIRED CUSTOMIZED SOLUTIONS: BROWN SLATE SELECT DESIRED RECYCLEDPLASTIC COLORS:BLACKGREYREDWOOD WALNUTSAND VICTOR RIDGE II NORDIC LICHEN TIMELESS RUSTGREY GOLD TEXTURED SILVER PRECIOUS SAND GROOVY RED BLACK TEXTURED EARTH CLAY NOBLE BRONZEMODERN KHAKI FLAME RED PASTEL ORANGE SIGNAL VIOLET TRAFFIC YELLOWULTRAMARINE BLUE WATER BLUEYELLOW GREEN CUSTOM POWDER COATING(SETUP CHARGES MAY APPLY) TABLES .1 CCDC Doc 2 LATEST EDITIONComply with all articles in the General Conditions of Contract in conjunction with this section unless superseded by other Contract Documents..2 B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION, prepared by the B.C. Society of Landscape Architects and the B.C. Landscape & Nursery Association, jointly.Allwork and materials shall meet standards as set out in the B.C. Landscape Standard unless superseded by this specification or as directed byLandscapeArchitect with writteninstruction..3 MASTER MUNICIPAL SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARD DETAILS, LATEST EDITION, prepared by the Consulting Engineers of British Columbia, RoadbuildersandHeavy Construction Association, and the Municipal EngineersDivision.4 STANDARD FOR LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM, LATEST EDITION: Prepared by the Irrigation Industry Association of British Columbia..5 MUNICIPAL BYLAWS AND ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS WHERE NOTED..1 A current (not more than one month) test for all growing medium to be used on this site is required. Provide and pay for testing by an independenttestingfacility pre-approved by the Landscape Architect. Deliver growing medium test results to Landscape Architect for review and approval prior to placement.Refer to Section 3.4 Growing Medium Testing forprocedure..2 Owner reserves the right to test or re-test materials. Contractor responsible to pay for testing if materials do not meet specification..1 Under the terms of the Landscape Architect's Contract with the Owner and where the Landscape Architect is the designated reviewer, the LandscapeArchitect will observe construction as is necessary in their opinion to confirm conformance to the plans and specifications. Contact Owners Representative toarrange for site observation at the appropriate times. Allow two days notice. Observation schedule may include but will not be limited to the following:.1.1 Start Up Site Meeting, General Contract: Prior to any site disturbance, a meeting with the general contractor to review tree preservation issues, generallandscape issues and municipal requirements..1.2 Start Up Site Meeting, Landscape Contract (if separate): At the start of work with Owner's Representative, Site Superintendent and LandscapeContractor; a meeting is to be held to review expected work and to verify the acceptability of the subgrade and general site conditions to the LandscapeContractor. Provide growing medium test results for this meeting..1.3 Progress Site Visits: To observe materials and workmanship as necessary through the course of the work. Review of different aspects of the work maybe dealt with on any single visit. Such elements may include: Site Layout, Rough Grading, Growing Medium - quality, depths, finish grading; Drainage andDrainage Materials; Lawns or Grass areas; Planting -plant material including negotiations with suppliers, nursery inspections, plant sizes, quality, quantity,planting practice and layout, tree support; Mulch; Irrigation Systems; Play Equipment; Site Furniture; and other elements of the site development where theLandscape Architect is the designated reviewer such as: Pedestrian Paving, Fencing, Non-structural walls and slabs, Unit Paving..1.4 Substantial Performance: Review of all work, accounting of all substitutions, deletions; plant counts, preparations of deficiency list, andrecommendations for completion..1.5 Certificate of Completion: Upon the declaration of Substantial Performance, a recommendation for the issuance of the Certificate of Completion will bemade to the Payment Certifier as defined in the contract..1.6 Deficiency Review: Prior to the completion of the holdback period, check for completion of deficiencies. Once completed, a Schedule 'C' will be issed whererequired..1.7 Warranty Review: Prior to the completion of the waranty period (+/- 24months after issuance of the Certificate of Completion), review all warantymaterial and report reccmmendations for waranty replacement..1 Unless otherwise instructed in the Contract Documents, the preparation of the subgrade shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor.Placementof growing medium constitutes acceptance of the subgrade by the Landscape Contractor. Any subsequent corrections to the subgrade required aretheresponsibility of the Landscape Contractor..2 All work and superintendence shall be performed by personnel skilled in landscape contracting. In addition, all personnel applying herbicidesand/orpesticides shall hold a current license issued by the appropriateauthorities..3 A site visit is required to become familiar with site conditions before bidding and before start of work..4 Confirm location of all services before proceeding with any work..5 Notify Landscape Architect of any discrepancies. Obtain approval from Landscape Architect prior to deviating from the plans..6 Take appropriate measures to avoid environmental damage. Do not dump any waste materials into water bodies. Conform with all federal, provincialandlocal statutes andguidelines..7 Collect and dispose of all debris and/or excess material from landscape operations. Keep paved surfaces clean and repair damage resultingfromlandscape work. Repairs are to be completed prior to finalacceptance..8 Where new work connects with existing, and where existing work is altered, make good to match existing undisturbed condition..1 Guarantee all materials and workmanship for a minimum period of two full year from the date of Certificate of Completion..2 Refer to individual sections for specific warranties..1 Other conditions of Contract may apply. Confirm Scope of Work at time of tender..2 Work includes supply of all related items and performing all operations necessary to complete the work in accordance with the drawings andspecificationsand generally consists of thefollowing:.2.1 Retention of Existing Trees where shown on drawings..2.2 Finish Grading and Landscape Drainage..2.3 Supply and placement of growing medium..2.4 Testing of imported growing medium and/or site topsoil,.2.5 Supply and incorporation of additives to meet requirements of soil test and Table One..2.6 Preparation of planting beds, supply of plant material and planting..2.7 Preparation of rough grass areas, supply of materials and seeding..2.8 Preparation of lawn areas, supply of materials and sodding..2.9 Supply and placement of bark mulch..2.10 Maintenance of planted and seeded/sodded areas until accepted by Owner..2.11 SEPARATE PRICE: Establishment Maintenance, Section 3.11..2.12 Other work: Work other than this list, not specified by Landscape Architect..1 Growing Medium: Conform to BC Landscape Standard for definitions of imported and on-site topsoil. Refer to Table One below..2 Fertilizer: An organic and/or inorganic compound containing Nitrogen (N), Phosphate (25), and Potash (soluble 2) in proportions required by soil test..3 Lime: Ground agricultural limestone. Meet requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard..4 Organic Additive: Commercial compost product to the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION and pre-approved by theLandscapeArchitect. Recommended suppliers: Yardworks, The Answer Garden Products, Fraser Richmond Soils & Fibre, Stream OrganicsManagement..5 Sand: Clean, washed pump sand to meet requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard..6 Composted Bark Mulch: 10mm (3/8") minus Fir/Hemlock bark chips and fines, free of chunks and sticks, dark brown in colour and free of all soil,stones,roots or other extraneous matter. Fresh orange in colour bark will berejected..7 Herbicides and Pesticides: If used, must conform to all federal, provincial and local statutes. Appliers must hold current licenses issued bytheappropriate authorities in thearea..8 Filter Fabric: A non biodegradable blanket or other filtering membrane that will allow the passage of water but not fine soil particles. (Such as MIRAFI140NL, GEOLON N40 OR AMOCO 4545 or alternate product pre-approved by the LandscapeArchitect.).9 Drainage Piping if required: Schedule 40 PVC nominal sizes..10 Drain Rock: Clean, round, inert, durable, and have a maximum size of 19mm and containing no material smaller than 10mm..11 Plant Material: To the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard. Refer to 3.9, Plants and Planting. All plant material must be provided fromacertified disease free nursery. Provide proof ofcertification..12 Sod: Refer to individual sections in this specification..13 Supplier and installers of segmental block walls to provide engineered drawings for all walls: signed and sealed drawings for all walls, individually,inexcess of 1.2m, or combinations of walls collectively in excess of 1.2m. Installations must be reviewed and signed off by Certified Professional Engineer;inlcudecost of engineering services in Tenderprice..14 Miscellaneous: Any other material necessary to complete the project as shown on the drawings and described herein.TABLE ONE: PROPERTIES OF GROWING MEDIUM FOR LEVEL 2 GROOMED AND LEVEL 3 MODERATE AREASApplicationsLow Traffic Areas.Trees and Large Shrubs High TrafficLawn Areas and PlantersPlanting AreasGrowing Medium Types 2L 2H 2PTextureCoarse Gravel:larger than 25mmAll Gravel:larger than 2mmSand:larger than 0.05mmsmaller than 2.0mmSilt:larger than 0.002mmsmaller than 0.05mmClay:smaller than 0.002mmClay and Silt Combined 0 - 1%0 - 5%50 - 80%10 - 25%0 - 25%maximum 35%0 - 1%0 - 5%70 - 90%0 - 15%0 - 15%maximum 15%0 - 1%0 - 5%40 - 80%10 - 25%0 - 25%maximum 35%Percent Of Dry Weight of Total Growing MediumPercent Of Dry Weight of Growing Medium Excluding GravelOrganic Content (coast):3 - 10%3 - 5%10 - 20%Acidity (pH):6.0 - 7.0 6.0 - 7.0 4.5 - 6.5Drainage:Percolation shall be such that no standing water is visible 60 minutes after at least 10 minutes of moderate to heavy rain or irrigation..1 Prior to any work on site - protect individual trees or plant groupings indicated as retained on landscape plans as vegetation retention areas..1.1 In some instances the Landscape Architect will tag trees or areas to remain. Discuss tree retention areas at a start-up meeting with theLandscapeArchitect..2 A physical barrier must be installed to delineate clearing boundaries. Refer to physical barrier detail. If detail not provided, comply with localmunicipalrequirements..3 No machine travel through or within vegetation retention areas or under crowns of trees to be retained is allowed..4 Do not stockpile soil, construction materials, or excavated materials within vegetation retention areas..5 Do not park, fuel or service vehicles within vegetation retention areas..6 No debris fires, clearing fires or trash burning shall be permitted within vegetation retention areas..7 No excavations, drain or service trenches nor any other disruption shall be permitted within vegetation retention areas without a review of theproposedencroachment by the LandscapeArchitect..8 Do not cut branches or roots of retained trees without the approval of the Landscape Architect..9 Any damage to existing vegetation intended for preservation will be subject to evaluation by an I.S.A. Certified Arborist using the "Guide forPlantAppraisal", LATESTEDITION..9.1 Replacement planting of equivalent value to the disturbance will be required. The cost of the evaluation and of the replacement planting will betheresponsibility of the General Contractor and or the person(s) responsible for the disturbance..10 In municipalities with specific tree retention/replacement bylaws ensure compliance to bylaws..11 In situations where required construction may disturb existing vegetation intended for preservation, contact Landscape Architect for review priortocommencingconstruction.PART ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS1.1 REFERENCES1.2 TESTING1.4 SITE REVIEW1.5 WORKMANSHIP1.6 WARRANTIES2.1 SCOPE OF WORK2.2 MATERIALS PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT3.1 RETENTION OF EXISTING TREES.1 Ensure subgrade is prepared to conform to depths specified in Section 3.5, Growing Medium Supply, below. Where planting is indicated close toexistingtrees, prepare suitable planting pockets for material indicated on the planting plan. Shape subgrade to eliminate free standing water and conform to thesitegrading and drainageplan..2 On slopes in excess of 3:1 trench subgrade across slope to 150mm (6") minimum at 1.5m (5 ft.) intervals minimum..3 Scarify the entire subgrade immediately prior to placing growing medium. Re-cultivate where vehicular traffic results in compaction duringtheconstruction procedures. Ensure that all planting areas are smoothly contoured after light compaction to finishedgrades..4 Eliminate standing water from all finished grades. Provide a smooth, firm and even surface and conform to grades shown on the Landscape Drawings.Donot exceed maximum and minimum gradients defined by the B.C. LandscapeStandard..5 Construct swales true to line and grade, smooth and free of sags or high points. Minimum slope 2%, maximum side slopes 10%. Assure positive drainagetocollectionpoints..6 Slope not to exceed the following maximums: Rough Grass 3:1, Lawn 4:1, Landscape plantings 2:1..7 Finished soil/mulch elevation at building to comply with municipal requirements..8 Inform Landscape Architect of completion of finish grade prior to placement of seed, sod, plants or mulch.3.2 GRADES.1 Related Work: Growing medium and Finish Grading, Grass areas, Trees Shrubs and Groundcovers, Planters, Crib Walls..2 Work Included: Site finish grading and surface drainage. Installation of any drainage systems detailed on landscape plans. Note: Catch basins shownonlandscape plans for coordination only, confirm scope of work prior tobid..2.1 Coordinate all landscape drainage work with rest of site drainage, Refer to engineering drawings and specifications for connections and otherdrainagework..2.2 Determine exact location of all existing utilities and structures and underground utilities prior to commencing work, which may not be located ondrawingsand conduct work so as to prevent interruption of service or damage to them. Protect existing structures and utility services and be responsible fordamagecaused..2.3 Planter drains on slab: Refer to Section 3.10, Installing Landscapes on Structures..3 Execution.3.1 Do trenching and backfilling in accordance with engineering details and specifications..3.2 Lay drains on prepared bed, true to line and grade with inverts smooth and free of sags or high points. Ensure barrel of each pipe is in contact withbedthroughout fulllength..3.3 Commence laying pipe at outlet and proceed in upstream direction..3.4 Lay perforated pipes with perforations at 8pm and 4pm positions..3.5 Make joints tight in accordance with manufacturer's directions..3.6 Do not allow water to flow through the pipes during construction except as approved by Engineer..3.7 Make watertight connections to existing drains, new or existing manholes or catchbasins where indicated or as directed by Landscape Architect..3.8 Plug upstream ends of pipe with watertight clean out caps..3.9 Surround and cover pipe with drain rock in uniform 150mm layers to various depths as shown in details, minimum 100mm..3.10 Cover drain rock with non-woven filter cloth lap all edges and seams minimum 150mm..3.11 Assure positive drainage..3.12 Back fill remainder of trench as indicated..3.13 Protect subdrains from floatation during installation..1 Submit representative sample of growing medium proposed for use on this project to an independent laboratory. Provide test results to LandscapeArchitect prior to placing. Test results to include:.1.1 Physical properties, % content of gravel, sand, silt, clay and organics..1.2 Acidity PH and quantities of lime or sulphur required to bring within specified range..1.3 Nutrient levels of principle and trace elements and recommendations for required soil amendments..1.4 Carbon/Nitrogen level.3.3 LANDSCAPE DRAINAGE3.4 GROWING MEDIUM TESTING3.5 GROWING MEDIUM SUPPLY AND PLACEMENT.1 Supply all growing medium required for the performance of the Contract. Do not load, transport or spread growing medium when it is so wet thatitsstructure is likely to bedamaged..2 Supply all growing medium admixtures as required by the soil test. Amended growing medium must meet the specification for growing medium as definedinTable One for the variousareas..2.1 Thoroughly mix required amendments into the full depth of the growing medium..2.2 Special mixes may be required for various situations. Refer to drawing notes for instructions..3 Place the amended growing medium in all grass and planting areas. Spread growing medium in uniform layers not exceeding 6" (150mm), overunfrozensubgrade free of standingwater..4 Minimum depths of growing medium placed and compacted to 80%:.4.1 On-grade:.4.1.1 Seeded and sodded lawn....................................................12" (300mm).4.1.2 Mass planted shrubs & groundcovers..........................30" (760mm).4.1.3 Groundcover only areas, if defined on plan................12" (300mm).4.1.4 Tree & large shrub pits.....................................................depth to conform to depth of rootball - width shall be at least twice the width of the root ballwithsaucer shapedsides..4.2 On-Slab:.4.2.1 Irrigated lawn........................................................................9" (210mm).4.2.2 Groundcover areas.............................................................12" (300mm).4.2.3 Lawn without automatic irrigation................................12" (300mm).4.2.4 Shrub & groundcover areas...........................................15" (380mm).4.2.5 Trees and specimen shrubs*..........................................30" (760mm) over columns and/or edge of slab (verify column locations on-site for tree locations.).4.2.6 Depth noted includes 1" to 2" (25-50mm) sand over filter fabric.4.2.7 Maximum 18" depth growing medium except where mounded for trees over column points..5 Manually spread growing medium/planting soil around existing trees, shrubs and obstacles..6 In perimeter seeded grass areas, feather growing medium out to nothing at edges and blend into existing grades..7 Finished grades shall conform to the elevations shown on landscape and site plans..1 General: Rough grass areas are noted on the drawings as "Rough Grass". Treat all areas defined as rough grass between all property lines of theprojectincluding all boulevards to edge of roads andlanes..2 Preparation of Surfaces: To B.C. Landscape Standard Class 3 Areas (Rough grass) Section 7.1.1.3.2.1 Clean existing soil by mechanical means of debris over 50mm in any dimension..2.2 Roughly grade surfaces to allow for maintenance specified and for positive drainage..3 Time of Seeding: Seed from early spring (generally April 1st) to late fall (September 15th) of each year. Further extensions may be obtainedonconcurrence of the LandscapeArchitect..4 Seed Supply & Testing: All seed must be obtained from a recognized seed supplier and shall be No. 1 grass mixture delivered in containers bearingthefollowinginformation:.4.1 Analysis of the seed mixture.4.2 Percentage of each seed type.5 Seed Mixture: All varieties shall be rated as strong performers in the Pacific Northwest and are subject to client approval. 70% Creeping Red Fescue 20% Annual Rye 5% Saturn Perennial Rye 5% Kentucky Bluegrass For Wildflower Areas use a mixture of Wildflowers with Hard Fescues (Terralink Coastal Wildflowers) with Hard Fescue or pre-approved alternate..6 Fertilizer: Mechanical seeding: Apply a complete synthetic slow-release fertilizer with maximum 35% water soluble nitrogen and a formulation ratioof18-18-18 - 50% sulphur urea coated , 112 kg/ha(100lbs/acre) using a mechanicalspreader..7 Seeding: Apply seed at a rate of 112k/H (100lbs /acre) with a mechanical spreader. Incorporate seed into the top 1/4" (6mm) of soil and lightly compact..8 Acceptance: Provide adequete protection of the seeded areas until conditions of acceptance have been met. Comply with Section 3.7 Hydroseeding.3.6 ROUGH GRASS AREA - SEEDING PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT - CONT3.8 LAWN AREAS - SODDINGGrass - public parks, industrial and institutional sitesLawn, all areas noted on drawings as lawn in urbandevelopment sites including boulevard grassTABLE 2 SPECIFIED TURFGRASS BY AREARough GrassDescriptionSPECIALCLASS 3CLASS 2CLASS 1Area see hydroseedingNo. 2 StandardNo. 1 PremiumQuality Grade Kentucky Blue for sun, Fescues for shadeMajor Speciessame.1 General: Treat all areas defined as lawn areas on the landscape plan between all property lines of the project including all boulevards to edge ofroadsandlanes..2 Growing Medium: Comply with Section 2.2.1, Growing Medium. Prior to sodding, request an inspection of the finished grade, and depth and conditionofgrowing medium by the LandscapeArchitect..3 Time of Sodding: Sod from April 1st to October 1st. Further extensions may be obtained on concurrence of the Landscape Architect..4 Sod Supply: Conform to all conditions of B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 8, B.C. Standard for Turfgrass Sod..5 Specified Turfgrass by area: Refer to Table 2 below..6 Lime: The lime shall be as defined in Section 2.2.3, Materials. Apply at rates recommended in required soil test. Refer to Section 3.4 for method..7 Fertilizer: Refer to Section 2.2.2 Materials. Apply specified fertilizer at rates shown in the required soil test. Apply with a mechanical spreader.Cultivate into growing medium 48 hours prior to sodding. Apply separately fromlime..8 Sodding: Prepare a smooth, firm, even surface for laying sod. Lay sod staggered with sections closely butted, without overlapping or gaps, smoothandeven with adjoining areas and roll lightly. Water to obtain moisture penetration of 3" to 4" (7 - 10cm). Comply with requirements of BC LandscapeStandardSection 8, BC Standard for TurfgrassSod..9 Maintenance: Begin maintenance immediately after sodding and continue for 60 days after Substantial Completion and until accepted by the Owner.Protect sodded areas from damage with temporary wire or twine fences complete with signage until lawn is taken over by the Owner. Water to obtainmoisturepenetration of 3" to 4" (7-10cm) at intervals necessary to maintain sufficient growth. Keep grass cut at height of between 1-1/2" (4cm) and 2" (5cm).Provideadequate protection of sodded areas against damage until the turf has been taken over by Owner. Repair any damaged areas, re-grade as necessary.Aeration may be required if in the Landscape Architect's opinion, drainage through the sod base medium isimpaired..10 Acceptance of Lawn Areas: The turf shall be reasonably well established, with no apparent dead spots or bare spots and shall be reasonably freeofweeds (to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13 Maintenance Level 2 (Appearance). Use herbicides if necessary for weed removal unless other conditionsofcontract forbid their use. After the lawn has been cut at least twice, areas meeting the conditions above will be taken over by theOwner.3.9 PLANTS AND PLANTING.1 Conform to planting layout as shown on Landscape Plans..2 Obtain approval of Landscape Architect for layout and preparation of planting prior to commencement of planting operations..3 Make edge of beds with smooth clean defined lines..4 Time of Planting:.4.1 Plant trees, shrubs and groundcovers only during periods that are normal for such work as determined by local weather conditions whenseasonalconditions are likely to ensure successful adaptation of plants to their newlocation..5 Standards:.5.1 All plant material shall conform to the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION, unless exceeded by drawing Plant Schedule orthisspecification..5.1.1 Refer to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 9, Plants and Planting and in Section 12, BCLNA Standard for Container Grown Plants for minimum standards..5.1.2 Refer to Plant Schedule for specific plant and container sizes and comply with requirements..5.2 Plant material obtained from areas with less severe climatic conditions shall be grown to withstand the site climate..6 Review:.6.1 Review at the source of supply and/or collection point does not prevent subsequent rejection of any or all planting stock at the site..7 Availability:.7.1 Area of search includes the Vancouver Island. Refer to Plant Schedule for any extension of area..7.2 Supply proof of the availability of the specified plant material within 30 days of the award of the Contract..8 Substitution:.8.1 Obtain written approval of the Landscape Architect prior to making any substitutions to the specified material. Non-approved substitutions willberejected..8.2 Allow a minimum of 5 days prior to delivery for request to substitute..8.3 Substitutions are subject to BC Landscape Standard - definition of Conditions of Availability..9 Plant Species & Location:.9.1 Plants shall be true to name and of the height, calliper and size of root ball as shown on the landscape/site plan plant schedule. Calliper of trees istobe taken 6" (15cm) abovegrade..9.2 Plant all specified species in the location as shown on the landscape drawings. Notify Landscape Architect if conflicting rock orunderground/overheadservices areencountered..9.3 Deviation of given planting location will only be allowed after review of the proposed deviation by the Landscape Architect..10 Excavation:.10.1 Trees and large shrubs: Excavate a saucer shaped tree pit to the depth of the rootball and to at least twice the width of the rootball. Assurethatfinished grade is at the original grade the tree was grownat..11 Drainage of Planting Holes:.11.1 Provide drainage of planting pits where required. ie. on sloped conditions, break out the side of the planting pit to allow drainage down slope; and inflatconditions, mound to raise the rootball above impervious layer. Notify the Landscape Architect where the drainage of planting holes islimited..12 Planting and Fertilizing Procedures:.12.1 Plant all trees and shrubs with the roots placed in their natural growing position. If burlapped, loosen around the top of the ball and cut away orfoldunder. Do not pull burlap from under the ball. Carefully remove containers without injuring the rootballs. After settled in place, cut twine. For wirebaskets,clip and remove top three rows ofwire..12.2 Fillthe planting holes by gently firming the growing medium around the root system in 6" (15cm) layers. Settle the soil with water. Add soil asrequiredto meet finish grade. Leave no air voids. When 2/3 of the topsoil has been placed, apply fertilizer as recommended by the required soil test at thespecifiedrates..12.3 Where planting is indicated adjacent to existing trees, use special care to avoid disturbance of the root system or natural grades of such trees..12.4 Where trees are in lawn areas, provide a clean cut mulched 900mm (3 ft.) diameter circle centered on the tree..13 Staking of Trees:.13.1 Use two 2"x2"x5' stakes, unless superseded by municipal requirements. Set stakes minimum 2 ft. in soil. Do not drive stake through rootball..13.2 Leave the tree carefully vertical..13.3 Tie with pre-approved commercial, flat woven polypropylene fabric belt, minimum width 19mm (3/4"). Approved product: ArborTie - availablefromDeepRoot..13.4 Coniferous Trees over 6 ft. height: Guy with three 2-strand wires (11 gauge). Drive three stakes equidistant around the tree completely below grade..13.5 Trees 6 ft.+ on Wood or Concrete Decks: Guy as above using three deadmen (min. 2'x2"x4") buried to the maximum possible depth instead of stakes..13.6 Mark all guy wires with visible flagging material..14 Pruning:.14.1 Limit pruning to the minimum necessary to remove dead or injured branches. Preserve the natural character of the plants, do not cut the leader.Useonly clean, sharp tools. Make all cuts clean and cut to the branch collar leaving no stubs. Shape affected areas so as not to retain water. Removedamagedmaterial..15 Mulching:.15.1 Mulch all planting areas with an even layer of mulch to 2-1/2 - 3" (65 - 75mm) depth. Confirm placement of mulch in areas labeled "Groundcover Area"ondrawings. Mulch a 3 ft. (900mm) diameter circle around trees in lawn areas, leave a cleanedge..16 Acceptance:.16.1 The establishment of all plant material is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor..17 Plant Material Maintenance:.17.1 Maintain all plant material for 60 days after landscape work has received a Certificate of Completion..17.2 Watering: Conform to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13.3.2 - Watering and generally as follows:.17.2.1 Water to supplement natural rainfall such that the soil moisture content is kept to 50% to 100% of field capacity. Water to the full depth of therootzone each time. The Owner is responsible to supply water at no extra cost to the Contract. Confirm source of water prior to beginningwork..17.3 Use appropriate measures to combat pests or diseases damaging plant material. Comply with all local governing statutes and guidelines forchemicalcontrol..17.4 Plant material which fails to survive shall be replaced in the next appropriate season as determined by the Landscape Architect..17.5 Repair tree guards, stakes, and guy wires, when necessary..17.6 Maintain areas relatively weed free. (Appearance level 2, B.C. Landscape Standard, Chapter 13)..17.7 Maintain mulch to specified depths..18 Plant Warranty:.18.1 Replace all unsatisfactory plant material except those designated "Specimen" for a period of ONE(1) year after the Certificate of Completion. Replaceallunsatisfactory plant material designated "Specimen" for a period of two (2) years after the Certificate of Completion. Replace all unsatisfactory treesandshrubs and continue to replace these until the specified number is complete and satisfactory to the Landscape Architect. Such replacement shall be subjecttothe notification, inspection and approval as specified for the original planting, and shall not constitute an extra to theContract..18.2 Those Plants, identified as hardy within one zone of the Canada Department of Agriculture tonal class for the area, specified by theLandscapeArchitect and installed by the Landscape Contractor which are killed through below normal temperatures (below the average of the extrememinimumtemperatures officially recorded in the area concerned, in the last 10 years), will not be replaced without cost of replacement borne by theOwner..18.3 A review may be requested during the latter part of the warranty growing season. All plant material showing well developed foliage, healthygrowthand bud forming, will then be takenover.3.10 INSTALLING LANDSCAPE ON STRUCTURES.1 Verify that drainage and protection material is completely installed and acceptable before beginning work. Contact Landscape Architect for instructionsifnot inplace..2 Coordinate work with construction of planters and planter drainage..2.1 Verify that planter drains are in place and positive drainage to roof drains is present prior to placing any drain rock or soil..3 Provide clean out at all through-slab drain locations . Use 300mm min. dia. PVC Pipe filled with drain rock unless specific drawing detail shown..4 Install drain rock evenly to a minimum depth of 4" (100mm)or alternate sheet drain if specified. Install sheet drain as per manufacturer's recommendations..5 Cover drain rock (or alternate sheet drain if specified on drawing details) with filter fabric lapping 6" (150mm) at all edges. Obtain approval ofdrainagesystem prior to placing growingmedium..6 Place an even layer of 25 - 50mm clean washed pump sand over filter fabric..7 Place growing medium to depths specified in Section 3.5 above for various surface treatments. Refer to Drawing details for any light weight fillerrequiredto alter grade. Use Styrofoam block over drain rock shaped to provide smooth surface transition at edges. Butt each piece tightly together and coverwithfilter fabric to prevent soil from migratingdownward.PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT - CONT.1 Intent: The intent of "establishment" maintenance is to provide sufficient care to newly installed plant material for a relatively short period of timetoensure or increase the long term success of the planting. The objective is the adaptation of plants to a new site in order to obtain the desired effectfromthe planting while reducing the rate of failure and unnecessary work associated with improper establishment. Establishment of maintenance proceduresapplyto all new and retained vegetation including cultivated turfgrass areas and new trees andshrubs..2 Maintenance Period: Provide maintenance of installed landscaping for 12 months following substantial completion..3 Related Standards and Legislation: B.C. Landscape Standard, latest edition; Fertilizer Code., B.C. Pesticide Control Act..4 Site Review: In addition to the inspections at substantial completion, at final progress draw application, and at the end of the guarantee period,thereshould be three other reviews during the 12 months attended by the Contractor and a designated representative of the Owner. Maintain a logbookandreporting procedures and submit to the designatedrepresentative..5 Scheduling: Prepare a schedule of anticipated visits and submit to designated representative at start-up. Maintenance operations shall be carriedoutpredominately during the growing season between March 1st and November 30th, however visits at other times of the year may berequired..6 Maintenance Level: Comply with B. C. Landscape Standard, Section 13, Table 7, Maintenance Level "Medium"..7 Materials: Comply with Part Two of this specification..7.1 Fertilizers: To the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard. Formulations and rates as required by soil testing..8 Plant Material Establishment:.8.1 Watering: During the first growing season, water new plants at least every ten (10) days between April 1st and July 31st, and every twenty (20)daysbetween August 1st and September 15th. Minimum 25 gallons per tree per application. During the second growing season, water new plants at leasteverytwenty days between April 1 and July 31 and once between August 1st and September 31st. Apply water at a rate and duration such that the watercontentreaches field capacity to the full depth of the growing medium. Apply water again when the water content reaches 25% of field capacity. Provide andirrigatewith water in the event that any automatic irrigation system malfunctions or has not been completely installed. Scheduled applications of water shallbemissed only when rainfall has penetrated the soil fully asrequired..8.2 Mulch: Maintain mulches in the original areas and to the original depths..8.3 Weed Control: Remove all weeds from all areas at least once per month during the growing season by hoeing or cultivation to a maximum depth of80mm,hand-pulling, or, if necessary, by the use ofherbicides..8.4 Pest and Disease Control: Inspect all planted areas for pests and diseases periodically and at least every two months during the growing season byanexperienced person. Carry out treatment for pests or diseases promptly and consistently for maximum effectiveness. Comply with all B.C. PesticideControlAct and municipalrequirements..8.5 Tree Support: Maintain stakes, guy wires and ties one full growing season. Check ties at least every two months to ensure that they are not causingadepression in the bark. Loosen, repair or replace ties as necessary. Remove all stakes guy wires and ties after the first growing season except wherelargetrees require continuing support in the opinion of the Landscape Architect. All flagging of guy wires shall be visible and in goodrepair..8.6 Pruning: Inspect all trees and shrubs at least every two months during the growing season; prune to remove all dead, weak or diseased wood.Maintainthe natural shape of the plant. Carry out clipping or shaping only if required in the maintenance contract for specific varieties orconditions..8.7 Fertilizing: Once during the twelve month period of establishment maintenance fertilize shrubs, trees and groundcovers according to soilanalysisrequirements..9 Grass Areas Establishment:.9.1 Watering: Use hoses and sprinklers, irrigation systems or other methods to apply water to Class 1 and Class 2 grassed areas (B.C. LandscapeStandard,Section 7, Lawns and Grasses) such that the grass is maintained in a turgid condition. Supply and irrigate with water in the event of any irrigationsystemmalfunction, or incomplete installation at no expense to the owner. Apply water to prevent packing or erosion of the soil. Apply water at a rate anddurationso that the water content in the growing medium reaches field capacity to the full depth of the growing medium. Apply water again when the watercontentreaches 25% of fieldcapacity..9.2 Weed, Insect and Disease Control: Inspect grass areas each time they are mowed for weeds, insect pests, and diseases and treat promptlywhennecessary by appropriate manual methods, or by the use of chemicals in compliance with the B.C.S.L.A./B.C.L.N.A. Landscape Standards latest edition.Killbroadleafed weeds in grassed areas by a general application of a suitable herbicide if the weed population exceeds 10 Broadleaf weeds or 50 annual weedsorweedy grasses per 40 square meters. This application shall reduce the weed population tozero..9.3 Fertilizing: According to soil analysis..9.4 Liming According to soil analysis.9.5 Mowing and Trimming - All areas: The first four cuts shall be a sharp rotary type mower. Excess grass clipping shall be removed after each cut. Mowallgrassed areas with a sharp reel or rotary mower when the grass reaches a height of 60mm. Mow to a height of 40mm. Edge with a mechanical verticalcuttingedger once per year in March. Remove all grass clippings after eachcut..9.6 Aeration: Aeration not required in the first growing season. If necessary, in the second growing season, aerate in early May with a suitablemechanicalcorer. Core to a depth of 100mm. (4"), and removecores..9.7 Repairs: Re-grade, re-seed or re-sod when necessary to restore damaged or failing grass areas. Match the grass varieties in the surrounding area.Re-sod, if required, throughout the growing season. Re-seed between April 1st and April 15th or between September 1st and September 15th.Protectre-seeded areas and keep moist until the firstmowing.3.11 ESTABLISHMENT MAINTENANCE (Provide a separate price for this section)PART TWO SCOPE OF WORK.1 Any alternate products differing from that contained in the contract documents must be pre-approved by the Landscape Architect..2 Submittals to consist of product sample or manufacturer's product description.1.3 SUBMITTALS 3.7 HYDROSEEDING.1 May be used as an alternate to mechanical seeding in rough grass areas..2 May not be used in areas of lawn unless pre-approved by the Landscape Architect prior to bidding..3 Preparation and Growing Medium:.3.1 In areas of Rough Grass: Comply with Section 3.6 Rough Grass..3.2 Where approved for use in areas of lawn, comply with Section 3.8 Lawn Areas: Sodding..4 Protection: Ensure that fertilizer in solution does not come in contact with the foliage of any trees, shrubs, or other susceptible vegetation. Donotspray seed or mulch on objects not expected to grow grass. Protect existing site equipment, roadways, landscaping, reference points, monuments,markersand structures from damage. Where contamination occurs, remove seeding slurry to satisfaction of and by means approved by the LandscapeArchitect.5 Mulch shall consist of virgin wood fibre or recycled paper fibre designed for hydraulic seeding and dyed for ease of monitoring application. If usingrecycledpaper material for wood fibre substitute use 135% (by weight). Conform to B.C. Landscape Standard for mulchrequirements..6 Water: Shall be free of any impurities that may have an injurious effect on the success of seeding or may be harmful to the environment..7 Equipment: Use industry standard hydraulic seeder/mulcher equipment with the tank volume certified by an identification plate or sticker affixed inplainview on the equipment. The hydraulic seeder/mulcher shall be capable of sufficient agitation to mix the material into a homogenous slurry and to maintaintheslurry in a homogenous state until it is applied. The discharge pumps and gun nozzles shall be capable of applying the materials uniformly over thedesignatedarea..8 Application Rate:.8.1 Seed Mixture: 136 kg/ha (125 lbs/acre).8.2 Fertilizer: 112 kg/ha (100 lbs/acre).8.3 Coastal Wildflower Mix: Where specified, apply (31 lbs/acre) (1/4 lb.: 1 lb. of grass seed).8.4 Notes:.8.4.1 At the time of Tender provide a complete chart of all components of the mix proposed including mulch, tackifier, water etc. Sloped sitesrequiretackifier..8.4.2 Fertilizer:.8.4.2.1 Rough Grass: If a soil analysis is available, comply with results..8.4.2.2 Lawn: Where hydroseeding is approved, comply with soil analysis recommendations..9 Accurately measure the quantities of each of the materials to be charged into the tank either by mass or by a commonly accepted systemofmass-calibrated volume measurements. The materials shall be added to the tank while it is being filled with water, in the following sequence; seed, fertilizer.Thoroughly mix into a homogenous slurry. After charging, add no water or other material to the mixture. Do not leave slurry in the tank for more thanfour(4)hours..10 Distribute slurry uniformly over the surface of the area to be hydroseeded. Blend application into previous applications and existing grass areas toformuniformsurfaces..11 Clean up: Remove all materials and other debris resulting from seeding operations from the job site..12 Maintenance: Begin maintenance immediately after seeding and continue for 60 days after Substantial Completion and until accepted by the Owner.Re-seed at three week intervals where germination has failed. Protect seeded areas from damage with temporary wire or twine fences complete withsignageuntil grass area is taken over by the Owner. Water in sufficient quantities to ensure deep penetration and at frequent intervals to maintain vigorousgrowthuntil grass is taken over by the Owner. It is the Owner's responsibility to supply water at no extra cost to theContract..13 Acceptance of the Rough Grass Areas: Proper germination of all specified grass species is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor. Thegrassshall be reasonably well established, with no apparent dead or bare spots and shall be reasonably free of weeds (to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section13Maintenance Level 4 (Open space). Sixty days after substantial completion, areas meeting the conditions above will be taken over by the Owner. Areasseededin Fall will be accepted in Spring one month after start of growing season, provided that the above conditions for acceptance arefulfilled..18.4 For all plant material, the Landscape Architect reserves the right to extend the Contractor's responsibility for another growing season if, in hisopinion,leaf development and growth is not sufficient to ensure future satisfactory growth..18.5 Where the Owner is responsible for plant maintenance and has not provided adequate maintenance, the plant replacement section of the contract maybedeclared void. The Landscape Architect shall determine whether maintenance has been satisfactory using the B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13, Maintenanceas the guide. The required maintenance standard is a minimum of Level Three - Medium. Refer to Section 3.11, Establishment Maintenance..18.6 The Landscape Contractor is responsible to replace any plant material or repair any construction included in the Contract that is damaged or stolenuntil the issuance of the Certificate of Completion..18.7 Deviation from the specifications may require extension of the Warranty Period as determined by the Landscape Architect.Canadian System of Soil Classification Textural Class: "Loamy Sand" to "Sandy Loam".Organic Content (interior):3 - 5%3 - 5%15 - 20% 1.65 .30 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" MIN. 6'-0" FROM BUILDING, TYP SHRUBS15" MIN FORTREES36" MIN FOR NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE: 3" 99/16" 1'-6" VARIES LENGHTS OF 3FT - 4.5 FT. 6" DRIP STRIIP & PLANTING OVER SLAB TOPSOIL DEPTH AS PER SPEC. ON SCARIFIEDSUBGRADE. FILL WITH TOPSOIL 2/3RDS FULLAND REMOVE STRAPPING AND 1/3 TOP OFBURLAP. CUT ALL BINDING MATERIAL. GRADE TO TOPS OF CURBS, WALKS, ANDDRIVEWAYS ETC. FOR TREES LARGER THAN 65mmCALIPER USE 75 mm ∅ STAKESFOR SMALLER TREES USE50 mm ∅ STAKES SET TREE PLUMB. USE 2 ROUNDSTAKES, EACH SET 800mmBELOW GRADE & 1200mmABOVE GRADE. SCARIFY SIDES ANDBOTTOM OF TREE PITPRIOR TO PLANTING. DO NOT CUT LEADER TREE STAKES TO BE ALIGNEDPARALLEL TO SIDEWALK/ROAD. ROOT BALL WIDTH PLUS600mm (MIN EACH SIDE) 300mm MIN. OF TOPSOIL AROUNDROOT BALL. COMPACTED TO 85%STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY. STAKES DO NOT PENETRATE OR DAMAGE ROOT BALL. 50mm DEEP SAUCER FORMED IN TOPSOILFOR INITIAL FIRST YEAR WATERING. 50mm WIDE GREEN VINYLBANDING ATTACHED TOSTAKE WITH SHINGLE NAILS. BARK MULCH ON TOP. 1:25 TYPICAL DECIDUOUS TREE DETAIL L-1 1 TRP-05 SPECIFIED. PLACE UNIFORMLYAROUND ROOT MASSFERTILIZER TABLETS AS BOTTOM OF ROOT MASSBETWEEN MIDDLE AND PREPARED PLANTING SOIL EXISTING UNDISTURBED SOIL 3" MULCH LAYER MULCH 3" FROM STEMS SPREAD 3 TO 5 TIMES WIDTHOF ROOTBALL HEIGHT SOD LAWN 6" SOIL (OR 9" OF SOILFOR POOR DRAINAGE AREA) .SUBGRADE COMPACTEDTO 95% M.P.D. AS MOWING STRIP ALONG LENGTH OF RIVER ROCK 2x8 P.T. HEM./FIR WOOD EDGE DRAIN FABRIC FOOTING/DRAINAGE;SEE ARCH.DRAIN STRIP STAKE EVERY 1.20m O.C. 2X4 STAKE; 0.45m DEPTH NAME: CLASSIC STANDARD SERIESSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:87_8" X 47__16 " X 23_8"COLOUR: 80% NATURAL 20% CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTS MIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND CLASSIC STANDARD PAVER NAME: PIAZZA SERIES TYPE 1SUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:235_8" X 315__16" X 315__16"COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTS MIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND PIAZZA SERIES TYPE 1 PAVER ADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. NAME:TEXADA HYDRAPRESSED SLABSUPPLIER: BELGARDSIZE:24" X 24" X 2".COULOUR: NATURALPATTERN: STACKED BOND ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTS MIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND TEXADA HYDRAPRESSED SLAB ADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN 100MM DIA. PERFORATED DRAINLINE WITH FILTER FABRICTIE INTO STORM SYSTEM 100MM DEPTH DRAIN ROCK 300MM DEPTH FIBAR RESILIENTSURFACE ON FILTER FABRIC 2% SLOPE SUBGRADE TO DRAIN COMPACTED SUBGRADE COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE150MM WIDE CONCRETE CURB NAME: CLASSIC STANDARD SERIESSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:87_8" X 47__16 " X 31_8 "COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.6" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR VEHICULAR AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTS MIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND CLASSIC STANDARD PAVER ADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN NAME: AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE PAVERSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:83_4" X 45__16 " X 31_8 "COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN PAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS 20MM (3/4") CLEAR CRUSH OPENGEOTEXTILE- INBITEX 1_4" GAP (TYP)5MM (1/4") CLEAR CRUSH OPEN AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE PAVERS(80MM VEHICULAR DEPTH) CONCRETE EDGE RESTRAINT REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN GRADED AGGREGATE SUB-BASE GRADED AGGREGATE SUB-BASE AT VISITOR PARKING STALL LOCATIONS, RUNNING BONDNATURAL COLOUR DRAINAGE TO BE COORDINATED WITH CIVIL ENGINEER AP SC1000 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ON BOTTOMAND SIDES OF OPEN GRADED BASE SONOTUBES FOOTING;12" DIA.BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER BRIDGE WITH U SHAPE STEEL BAR;BY STRUCTURAL ENGINWEER LASER CUT METAL;EMBEDDED IN CONCRETEARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE;POLISHED FINISH BACK OF REVEALPAINTED WHITE REINFORCED BYSTRUCTURAL ENGINEER BOULDERS TO BE SELECTEDBY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.VARYING SIZES. BURY1_3 ON BOULDERBEDDING SAND ADJACENT PLANTING ADJACENT CONCRETE WALKWAY HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTS MIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND CLASSIC STANDARD PAVER SAWN (BOTTOM AND TOP) BASALT.SLAB BENCH. SAND-BLASTED TOPWITH NATURAL MOSSGROWTH ON SIDES.2"-3" DIA. MEXICAN BLACK PEBBLES. COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS 2X12 CARVEDP.T. BRACES6x6 CEDAR POSTS 4" CHAMFER CUTON LATTICE 2X12 BRACE 6X6 POST 2" NOTCH BEAMWITH JOIST 2X8 BEAM2X6 JOIST CONCRETE SLAB 2X12 CARVEDP.T. BRACES6x6 CEDAR POSTS 2X4 P.T. LATTICE @ 12" O.C. 2X4 P.T. BEAMS CONCRETE SLAB TOP CAP 4" CHAMFER CUTON LATTICE 2X12 BRACE 6X6 POST 2" NOTCH BEAMWITH JOIST 2X8 BEAM2X6 JOIST 2"X2" STEEL TRELLIS;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 6"X8" STEEL BEAM;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. TEMPERED GLASS ROOFWEATHERPROOF 8"X8" STEEL POST;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 2"X2" STEEL TRELLIS;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 6"X8" STEEL BEAM;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 8"X8" STEEL POST;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. BASEPLATE WITH ANCHOR 10' 18'-9" 13'-9" NAMEADDRESS PLANTED SIZE / REMARKSCOMMON NAMEBOTANICAL NAMEPLANT SCHEDULEKEYQTYTREE7ABIES FRASERI FRASER FIR4ACER GRISEUM PAPERBARK MAPLE 6CM CAL; 1.8M STD; B&B15ACER PALMATUM 'SANGO KAKU'CORAL BARK MAPLE #7 POT; 1M SPRD3CORNUS NUTALLII PACIFIC DOGWOOD 6CM CAL; B&B20LIQUIDAMBAR STYRACIFLUA 'WORPLESDON'WORPLESDON SWEET GUM 6CM CAL; 2M STD; B&B18STYRAX JAPONICUS JAPANESE SNOWBELL SPECIFY HT UP TO 3M; 6M CAL.NOTES: * PLANT SIZES IN THIS LIST ARE SPECIFIED ACCORDING TO THE BC LANDSCAPE STANDARD, LATEST EDITION. CONTAINER SIZES SPECIFIED AS PER CNTA STANDARDS. BOTHPLANT SIZE AND CONTAINER SIZE ARE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZES. * REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEFINED CONTAINER MEASUREMENTS AND OTHER PLANT MATERIALREQUIREMENTS. * SEARCH AND REVIEW: MAKE PLANT MATERIAL AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONAL REVIEW BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AT SOURCE OF SUPPLY. AREA OF SEARCH TO INCLUDELOWER MAINLAND AND FRASER VALLEY. * SUBSTITUTIONS: OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO MAKING ANY SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE SPECIFIEDMATERIAL. UNAPPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE REJECTED. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF FIVE DAYS PRIOR TO DELIVERY FOR REQUEST TO SUBSTITUTE. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TOBC LANDSCAPE STANDARD - DEFINITION OF CONDITIONS OF AVAILABILITY.ALL PLANT MATERIAL MUST BE PROVIDED FROM CERTIFIED DISEASE FREE NURSERY. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION UPON REQUEST.23 0026CM CAL; 1.8M STD; B&BPLANTED SIZE / REMARKSCOMMON NAMEBOTANICAL NAMEPLANT SCHEDULEKEYQTYSHRUB81AZALEA JAPONICA 'GIRARD'S PLEASANT WHITE'AZALEA; WHITE #2 POT; 25CM277BUXUS SEMPERVIRENS COMMON BOXWOOD #2 POT; 25CM66EUPHORBIA CHARACIAS 'DWARF'DWARF MEDITERRANEAN SPURGE #3 POT; 50CM52HYDRANGEA PANICULATA 'LIME LIGHT'LIME LIGHT HYDRANGEA; LIMEGREEN-PINK #2 POT; 50CM148HYPERICUM CALYCINUM ST JONS WORT #2 POT40RHODODENDRON 'HOTEI'RHODODENDRON; CANARY YELLOW #3 POT; 50CM37SALIX PURPUREA 'NANA'PURPLE OSIER #2 POT; 40CM75VIBURNUM DAVIDII DAVID'S VIBURNUM #2 POT; 30CMPERENNIAL8ANEMONE 'HONORINE JOBERT'WINDFLOWER 15CM POT182LAVENDULA ANGUSTIFOLIA ENGLISH LAVENDER #1 POTGC120BLECHNUM SPICANT DEERFERN #1 POT; 20CM95POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM WESTERN SWORD FERN #1 POT; 20CMNOTES: * PLANT SIZES IN THIS LIST ARE SPECIFIED ACCORDING TO THE BC LANDSCAPE STANDARD, LATEST EDITION. CONTAINER SIZES SPECIFIED AS PER CNTA STANDARDS. BOTHPLANT SIZE AND CONTAINER SIZE ARE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZES. * REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEFINED CONTAINER MEASUREMENTS AND OTHER PLANT MATERIALREQUIREMENTS. * SEARCH AND REVIEW: MAKE PLANT MATERIAL AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONAL REVIEW BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AT SOURCE OF SUPPLY. AREA OF SEARCH TO INCLUDELOWER MAINLAND AND FRASER VALLEY. * SUBSTITUTIONS: OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO MAKING ANY SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE SPECIFIEDMATERIAL. UNAPPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE REJECTED. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF FIVE DAYS PRIOR TO DELIVERY FOR REQUEST TO SUBSTITUTE. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TOBC LANDSCAPE STANDARD - DEFINITION OF CONDITIONS OF AVAILABILITY.ALL PLANT MATERIAL MUST BE PROVIDED FROM CERTIFIED DISEASE FREE NURSERY. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION UPON REQUEST.23 002 4'-8" [1.40] 10' [3.00] 4'-11" [1.50] 4'-11" [1.50] 3' [0.90] 8' [2.40] 11' [3.40] 11'-3" [3.40]11'-1" [3.40] 4'-7" [1.40] 8'-4" 1'-31/2"13'-4"12'-10"9'-6" 9'-2" 4" 4" 16'-01/16"1'-35/8" 1'-111/4" 9'-515/16" 13'-43/8" 1'-111/2" 1'-41/8"19'-93/4" 20'-31/8" 24'-19/16" 8'-4" 1'-31/2"4" 4" 24'-07/8"23'-67/8"20'-3" 9'-2" GRADE AT PROPERTY LINE.4. STEP FENCE IN EQUAL SEGMENTS TO FOLLOW TO OWNER FOR PREAPPROVAL PRIOR TOCOLOUR TO MATCH ARCH.; PROVIDE SAMPLECOATS PREMIUM WEATHERPROOFING STAIN,3. STAIN ALL EXPOSED SURFACES WITH TWO2. ALL FASTENERS HOTDIPPED GALVANIZED1. ALL WOOD P.T. HEM/FIR COMPACTED SUBGRADEUNDER EACH POST NOTES: CONCRETEFOOTING(TYP) 6" DRAINGRAVELUNDER EACHPOST POSTSECTION 2X10 4X4 P.T. POST 1X4 ACCENT STRIP 1X6 VERTICAL 2X6 BARGE BOARD UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE MAX 8'-0" O.C. 6' 12" 2X4 NAILER2X4 RAIL, ANGLED 1% 1X4 NAILER APPLICATION PREPARED SLAB BY OTHERS 2.0" SAND LAYER 9" FOR GRASS COVER ROOTBALLMOUND TO 970 SERIES BENCH BY MAGLINHTTPS://WWW.MAGLIN.COM/PRODUCTS/BENCH/MLB870SERIES.HTML STACKED PT. 2X8WOOD EDGERRIVER ROCK IN 12"WIDE DRAIN STRIP PREPARED SLAB BYOTHERS DETAIL AT 404L12 1-1/2" SQ. METAL POST 5' O.C.1" SQ TOP RAIL 1" SQ. BOTTOM RAIL 3/4" SQ. PICKETS 4"2" 2" 3" 7.691" (REAR PATIO); BLACK COLOR336" ALUMINUM RAIL FENCE WITH GATE L5 1/2"=1'-0" 3'-6" 450 300 250 ELEVATION PLAN VIEW PERGOLA TYPE 1 4'-91/8" 8'-41/8" 2'-415/16"1'-61/2" 4'-97/8" 8'-41/8" 2'-41/8" 3'-117/16" 3'-3.36"3.955"3.955" 4" MAX. 10 10 6 ENTRY SIGNAGEL41/2"=1'-0" 3'-6"3'-6" 8'3'-2"4'-10"8" 2" 3'-4" 1'-10" 2" 1'-6"1'-1" 2'-10"1'1' 1'-10" 1'-101/8" 2'-11" 1'-71/4"15/8" ∅41/2" 2/3 BOULDER 1/3 BOULDER 5'-10" 2'-87/8" 1'-101/2" 63/8" 1'-55/8" 1'-413/16" SOD SODSODSODSODSODSOD 128TH STREET FE R N C R E S C E N T 127B AVE. FUTURE ROAD ADJACENT LOT/ SINGLE DWELLING UNITS BLOCK 1 BLOCK 2 BLOCK 3 BLOCK 4 BLOCK 5 BLOCK 6 BLOCK 10 BLOCK 9 PARK MAIN ACCESS CIP CONCRETE SLABS W GRAVEL JOINTS VISITOR PARKING STALLS, AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 80MM THICKNESS; RUNNING BOND PATTERN, NATURAL COLOUR. TYP. 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE 6FT H. WOOD FENCE 2' X 2' TEXADA CONCRETE PAVER 24'0 8'8'4'16'4' SCALE: 1/16"=1'-0" SCALE: 1/32"=1'-0" 24'0 8'8'4'16'4' 2.44m.2.44m.1.22m.1.22m.0 4.88m.7.32m. 2.44m.2.44m.1.22m.1.22m.0 4.88m.7.32m. AMENITY AREA 1 AMENITY AREA 2 GRADING LEGEND (IN METERS)EXISTING GRADEPROPOSED FINISHED GRADETOP OF WALLBOTTOM OF WALLSLOPE HARDSCAPE LEGENDSOD LAWN FURNITURE LEGEND970 SERIES BENCHBY MAGLINSEE DETAIL X/XXRETAINING WALL LEGEND CUSTOM CIP CONCRETEBENCH W/WOOD TOPSEE DETAIL X/XX500 SERIESBIKE RACKBY MAGLINNAME:CLASSIC STANDARD SERIESSUPPLIER: BELGARD PAVERSSIZE:8 7_8" X 4 7__16" X 3 1_8"COLOUR: 80% NATURAL 20% CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BONDAGGREGATETOP OF STAIRBOTTOM OF STAIR SINGLE PEDESTALPICNIC TABLE SPPTG-40BY WISHBONEDETAIL X/XXCAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOREST SHOP NRO407BY KOMPANTOT TOWNFENCELEGEND3' H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCEELEVATION BY CIVIL 6FT H. WOOD FENCENAME:TEXADA HYDRAPRESSED SLABSUPPLIER: BELGARD PAVERSSIZE:24" X 24" X 2".COULOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: STACKED BONDOR CIP STAMPED CONCRETEIN 2' X 2' PATTERNWOOD CHIPS PAGE INDEXL1LANDSCAPE PLANL2AMENITY PLANL3SHRUB PLANL4GRADING PLANL5LIGHTING PLANL6DETAILSL7DETAILS 2L8SPECIFICATIONSNO. OF REPLACEMENT TREES34 ONSITE REPLACEMENT TREES LITESTICK- LED STICK LIGHTING(REFER TO ELECTRICAL)ACCENT LIGTH FIXTURE TBDW/TILT MOUNTINGLIGHTING LEGEND 1X8 1' MIN 1/2" BEDDING SAND 1.3" DRAINAGE MAT- NILEX GRS(BOTTOM BLACK) SLAB BY OTHERS TOP OF PAVERS TO MATCHFINISHED GRADE WATERPROOF MEMBRANEBY OTHERS(ARCHITECTURAL BUILT UPSEE ARCH DETAILS) COMPACTED GRAVEL TO 90%DEPTH VARIES AS PER GRADE PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE UNIPAVERS; RUNNING BONDPATTERN - DESERT SANDCOLOUR SOD LAWN 12" PREPARED PLANTING SOIL PAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONSNOTE: SHRUB & GROUNDCOVER PLANTING DETAIL 2% 18" NAME:AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE PAVERSUPPLIER: BELGARD PAVERSSIZE:8 3_4" X 4 5__16" X 3 1_8"COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND 1050 TRASH CONTAINERSBY MAGLIN. SEE DETAIL X/XXHARVEST TABLEBY CLIENTCUSTOM OUTDOORKITCHEN/BBQBY CLIENT DECORATIVE BOULDERS 18 REMOVAL OF CITY STRADDLING 2' X 2' TEXADA PAVERS COLOUR: NATURAL PATTERN: STALKED BOND VISITOR PARKING STALLS, AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 80MM THICKNESS; RUNNING BOND PATTERN, NATURAL COLOUR. TYP. 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE 2' X 2' TEXADA PAVERS COLOUR: NATURAL PATTERN: STALKED BOND BASALT BENCHEXISTING PROPERTY LINE NEW PROPERTY LINE TRELLIS BIKE RACK BY MAGLIN ENTRY SIGN ENTRY FEATURE PAVER ABBOTSFORD CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 80MM THICKNESS; RUNNING BOND PATTERN, SAND COLOUR. FOREST SHOP NRO407 BY KOMPAN TOT-TOWN SLIDE BY BIGTOYS 2' X 2' TEXADA PAVERS COLOUR: NATURAL PATTERN: STALKED BOND 12 REMOVAL OF OFFSITE AND STRADDLING NO. OF TREES PROPOSED0 TBD ON LOCATION0 TBD ON LOCATION67 PROPOSED TREES ON SITE HARVEST TABLE & OUTDOOR KITCHEN BY CLIENT FIRE HYDRANT VISITOR PARKING STALLS, AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 80MM THICKNESS; RUNNING BOND PATTERN, NATURAL COLOUR. TYP. 970 BACKED BENCH BY MAGLIN SODSODSODSODSOD BLOCK 8 ABBOTSFORD CONCRETE UNIT PAVER 60MM THICKNESS; PATTERN: RUNNING BOND COLOUR: CHARCOAL DECORATIVE BASALT BOULDERS 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE ELEVATION BY ARCH BLOCK 4 PARK 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE SOD 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE SINGLE PEDESTAL PICNIC TABLE BY WISHBONE CUSTOM CONCRETE BENCH W/WOOD TOP3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE CUSTOM CONCRETE BENCH W/WOOD TOP 1:10 38MM X 100 MM BOTTOM OFPICKET FLUSH WITH BOTTOMOF FLAT BAR SEE STRUCTURAL FOR FOOTING REQUIREMENTS 16MM X 38MM FLATALUM. BAR; 100MM O.C. 100MM X 100MMALUM. POST GATE LATCH 38MM X 100MMALUM. FRAME HINGE M01 R 35 ' - 6 " 8' - 0 1 / 2 " 2.5 m 20 ' - 0 " 6.1 m 2.5 m 8' - 2 1/2" 5. 5 m 18 ' - 0 1 / 2 " 2.4 m 8' - 0 " 4.9 m 16' - 0" 129' - 9" 39.55 m 129' - 3 3/16" 39.40 m 128' - 7 5/16" 39.20 m 127' - 11 7/16" 39.00 m 127' - 9 15/32" 38.95 m127' - 5 17/32" 38.85 m 124' - 10 13/16" 38.07 m 125' - 0 25/32" 38.12 m 125' - 3 5/32" 38.18 m 125' - 5 29/32" 38.25 m 125' - 8 21/32" 38.32 m 125' - 11 1/32" 38.38 m 128' - 11 1/4" 39.30 m 127' - 10 15/32" 38.98 m 126' - 0 19/32" 38.42 m 124' - 5 5/16" 37.93 m 124' - 7 9/32" 37.98 m 124' - 9 1/4" 38.03 m 124' - 11 7/32" 38.08 m 125' - 1 3/16" 38.13 m 125' - 5 1/8" 38.23 m 125' - 8 21/32" 38.32 m 125' - 11 1/32" 38.38 m 126' - 0" 38.40 m 126' - 3 3/4" 38.50 m125' - 7 3/32" 38.28 m 6. 1 m 20 ' - 0 " 6. 1 m 20 ' - 0 1 / 2 " BLOCK 2 BLOCK 3 B-6 B-7 B-8 B-9 B-10 B-11 B-12 B-13 B-14 B-15 D-3 BLOCK 5 BLOCK 6 BLOCK 10 BLOCK 8 BLOCK 9 A-6 A-7 A-8 A-9 E-1 C-6 C-5 C-4 E-2 FE R N C R E S C E N T MAIN ACCESS 128th STREET ADJACENT LOT / SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING VI S I T O R - 8 VI S I T O R - 2 VI S I T O R - 1 VI S I T O R - 1 0 VISITO R - 9 Small C a r BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVEBALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BA L C O N Y A B O V E BA L C O N Y A B O V E 6.1 M WIDE DRIVEWAY 6.1 M WIDE DRIVEWAY 6.1 M WIDE DRIVEWAY 6.1 M W I D E DRIV E W A Y 6.3 m 20' - 7" PMT NEW FIRE HYDRANT 1.5M BOULEVARD 3.0M SIDEWALKEXISTING PROPERTY LINE PROPOSED PROPERTY LINE 1.0M DEDICATION 1. 5 m 4' - 1 1 " 3. 0 m 9' - 1 0 " PROPERTY LINE PR O P E R T Y L I N E 2.7 m 8' - 10 1 / 2 "1.5 m 4' - 11" 2.7 M B O U L E V A R D 1.5 M S I D E W A L K 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.9 m 22' - 6" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 2: 1 2 2: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 2: 1 2 6.8 m 22' - 4" 20.4 m 67' - 0" 3.7 m 12' - 1 1/2" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 3.7 m 12' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 3: 1 2 5: 1 2 4: 1 2 2: 1 2 4: 1 2 4: 1 2 7.3 m 24 ' - 0 1 / 2 " 7.3 m 23 ' - 1 1 1 / 2 " B-6 B-7 B-8 B-9 B-10 B-11 B-12 B-13 B-14 B-15 D-3 G-3 F-11F-10F-9F-8F-7F-6 A-6 A-7 A-8 A-9 E-1 C-6 C-5 C-4 E-2 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 1" = 10'-0" A-1.02 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ENLARGED SITE PLAN - EAST 2023 10 03 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 UP UP UP UPUP A-3.01A 1 A-3.01A 2 A-3.01B2 A-3.01B 1 - A-3.02A 1 A-3.02B 1 A-3.02B2 A-3.03A 1 A-3.03B 1 A-3.03A 2 A-3.03B2 A-3.04A 1 A-3.04B1 A-3.04A 2 A-3.04B 2 A-3.05A 1 A-3.05A 2 A-3.05B 2 A-3.05B1 A-3.06A 1 A-3.06B1 A-3.06A 2 A-3.06B 2 A-3.07A 1 A-3.07A 2 A-3.07B1A-3.07B 2 A-3.08A 1 A-3.08A 2 A-3.08B1A-3.08B 2 A-3.09A 1 A-3.09A 2 A-3.09B1A-3.09B 2 A-3.10A 3 A-3.10A1 A-3.10A 4 BLOCK 4 BLOCK 1 BLOCK 2 BLOCK 3 BLOCK 5 BLOCK 6 BLOCK 10 BLOCK 7 BLOCK 8 BLOCK 9 127B AVE. 128th STREET FE R N C R E S C E N T NEW PROPERTY LINE COMMON AREATOTAL: 2503.4 SQ.FT.COMMON AREA PRIVATE AREA305 SQ.FT. PRIVATE AREA305 SQ.FT. PRIVATE AREA300 SQ.FT. PRIVATE AREA295 SQ.FT.PRIVATE AREA290 SQ.FT. PRIVATE AREA 280 SQ.FT.PRIVATE AREA 268 SQ.FT. PRIVATE AREA310 SQ.FT. PRIVATE AREA305 SQ.FT.PRIVATE AREA305 SQ.FT. PRIVATE AREA305 SQ.FT.PRIVATE AREA300 SQ.FT.PRIVATE AREA315 SQ.FT.PRIVATE AREA305 SQ.FT.PRIVATE AREA300 SQ.FT.PRIVATE AREA 290 SQ.FT. PRIVATE AREA 285 SQ.FT. PRIVATE AREA 280 SQ.FT. AMENITY AREA816 SQ.FT. AMENITY AREA655 SQ.FT. PRIVATEOUTDOORSPACE 507 SQ.FT PRIVATEOUTDOORSPACE 495 SQ.FT PRIVATEOUTDOORSPACE 413 SQ.FT PRIVATEOUTDOORSPACE505 SQ.FT PRIVATEOUTDOORSPACE507.1 SQ.FT PRIVATE OUTDOORSPACE412 SQ.FT PRIVATEOUTDOORSPACE381 SQ.FT PRIVATEOUTDOORSPACE534.2 SQ.FT PRIVATEOUTDOORSPACE 419.90 SQ.FT PRIVATEOUTDOORSPACE 419 SQ.FT PRIVATEOUTDOORSPACE 422 SQ.FT PRIVATEOUTDOORSPACE 358 SQ.FT PRIVATE OUTDOORSPACE506 SQ.FT VI S I T O R - 5 VI S I T O R - 4 VI S I T O R - 8 VI S I T O R - 3 PARK ACCESS SIDEWALK 1.5 M WIDE MAIN ACCESS VI S I T O R - 2 PRIVATE AREA360 SQ.FT. PRIVATE AREA 360 SQ.FT. PRIVATE AREA175 SQ.FT COMMON AREA 148.29 SQ.FT. COMMON AREA356.5 SQ.FT. PRIVATE OUTDOORSPACE410.9 SQ.FT PRIVATEOUTDOORSPACE 415 SQ.FT WA L K W A Y VI S I T O R - 6 VI S I T O R - 7 Ac c e s s i b l e WA L K W A Y EL E C . EL E C . EL E C . EL E C . COMMON AREA357 SQ.FT. COMMON AREA302 SQ.FT. COMMON AREA148 SQ.FT. EL E C . WA L K W A Y COMMON AREA ADJACENT LOT/ SINGLE DWELLING UNITS PARK VI S I T O R - 1 TH ENTRY TH ENTRY TH ENTRY PMT EL E C . PRIVATE AREA175 SQ.FT PRIVATE AREA175 SQ.FT PRIVATE AREA 175 SQ.FT PRIVATE AREA 175 SQ.FT PRIVATE AREA 175 SQ.FT PRIVATE AREA175 SQ.FT PRIVATE AREA175 SQ.FT PRIVATE AREA175 SQ.FT PRIVATE AREA 175 SQ.FT PRIVATE AREA 175 SQ.FT PRIVATE AREA 175 SQ.FT PRIVATE AREA 175 SQ.FT PRIVATE AREA175 SQ.FT PMT FUTURE ROAD VI S I T O R - 1 0 VISITOR - 9 Small C a r COMMON AREA 320 SQ.FT. COMMON AREA 317.9 SQ.FT. COMMON AREA 399.1 SQ.FT. 20 8 ' - 6 " 63 . 6 m NEW FIRE HYDRANT A-3.02A 2 A-3.10A 2 20 ' - 0 " 6. 1 m 20 ' - 0 " 6. 1 m 20 ' - 0 " 6. 1 m 20 ' - 0 " 6. 1 m 20 ' - 0 " 6. 1 m 20 ' - 0 " 6.1 m A-0.06 2 A-0.06 1 - - - - SIDEWALK SID E W A L K DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 1" = 20'-0" A-1.03 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS SITE PLAN/USEABLE OPEN SPACE/PATHWAYS 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 UP UP UP UPUP CORNER TRUNCATION BLOCK 4 BLOCK 1 BLOCK 2 BLOCK 3 BLOCK 5 BLOCK 6 BLOCK 10 BLOCK 7 BLOCK 8 BLOCK 9 PROPOSED 127B AVE. EXTENSION 128th STREET FE R N C R E S C E N T NEW PROPERTY LINE EXISTING PROPERTY LINE WA L K W A Y PARK ACCESS EX'TG DWELLING MAIN ACCESS 16 . 3 m 53 ' - 5 " 6. 1 m DR I V E A I S L E 20 ' - 0 " 2. 6 m 8' - 8 " 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 12 . 8 m 41 ' - 1 1 " 6. 1 m DR I V E A I S L E 20 ' - 0 " 14 . 9 m 48 ' - 9 " WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y EL E C . EL E C . EL E C . EL E C . COMMON AREA357 SQ.FT. COMMON AREA 302 SQ.FT. EL E C . WA L K W A Y ADJACENT LOT/SINGLE FAMILY PA R K B-3 D-1 B-2B-1 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 B-8 B-9 B-10 B-11 B-12 B-13 B-14 B-15D-2 D-3 D-6 B-16B-17B-18B-19B-20B-21B-22B-23B-25B-26 B-24 D-4 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 A-8 A-9 E-1 C-6 C-5 C-4 C-3 C-2 C-1 E-2 TH ENTRY TH ENTRY PMT EL E C . PMT 60 . 0 m 19 6 ' - 9 " D-5 FUTURE ROAD R 35' - 6 " R 3 5 ' - 6 " R 19 ' - 0 " R 19 ' - 0 " 147.1 m 482' - 9" 11 . 5 m 37 ' - 1 0 " 2.5 m 8' - 0 1 / 2 " 6.1 m 20 ' - 0 " 63 . 6 m 20 8 ' - 6 " WA L K W A Y WA L K W A Y NEW FIRE HYDRANT 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE 1: 1 2 BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE BALCONY ABOVE NEW FIRE HYDRANT 4.0 m SETBACK 13' - 1 1/2" 5.0 mSETBA C K 16' - 5" 4. 5 m SE T B A C K 14 ' - 9 " 5.0 mSETBA C K 16' - 5" 5. 7 m SE T B A C K 18 ' - 8 1 / 2 " 4.0 m SETBACK 13' - 1 1/2" 1. 0 m DE D I C A T I O N 3' - 3 1 / 2 " 4. 5 m SE T B A C K 14 ' - 9 " 5. 7 m SE T B A C K 18 ' - 8 1 / 2 " 1.5M SIDEWALK 3.0M SIDEWALK 3. 0 m 1. 5 m 1.5M BOULEVARD 5.0 M BUILDING SETBACK VARIANCE 2.3 M BALCONY PROJECTION VARIANCE 4.5 M BUILDING SETBACK VARIANCE 2.3 M BALCONY PROJECTION VARIANCE 5.7 M BUILDING SETBACK VARIANCE 2.3 M BALCONY PROJECTION VARIANCE 4.0 M BUILDING SETBACK VARIANCE Ba l c o n y P r o j e c t i o n 2. 1 m Ba l c o n y P r o j e c t i o n 1. 5 m Ba l c o n y P r o j e c t i o n 0. 9 m Ba l c o n y P r o j e c t i o n 0. 9 m Ba l c o n y P r o j e c t i o n 0. 9 m Ba l c o n y P r o j e c t i o n 0. 9 m Balcon y P r o j e c t i o n 1.7 m DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 1" = 20'-0" A-1.04 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS SITE PLAN - VARIANCES LEGEND: LINE OF BUILDING SETBACK VARIANCE LINE OF BALONY PROJECTION VARIANCE 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 + 37.85+ 37.80+ 37.73+ 37.69+ 37.63+ 37.58+ 38.00+ 38.10+ 38.15+ 38.25+ 38.30+ 38.35+ 38.40+ 37.48+ 37.53+ 37.58+ 37.63+ 37.68+ 37.75+ 37.88+ 37.93+ 37.98+ 38.03+ 38.08+ 38.13+ 38.23+ 38.28+ 38.32+ 38.38+ 38.43+ 38.5038.73 ++ 38.502.4%+ 38.50MAX 3:1%MAX 3:1%MAX 3:1%MAX 3:1%14%9.5%+ 37.54+ 37.76+ 37.81+ 38.21+ 38.05+ 39.30+ 39.20+ TS 39.06+ 38.60+ 38.80+ 38.70+ 38.60+ 38.48+ 38.34+ 3802+ 38.02+ 37.92+ 38.07+ EXG 38.67+ EXG 38.61+ INT 37.60+ 37.563%+ INT 37.82+ INT 38.042.1%+ INT 37.75+ INT 37.86+ INT 37.97+ 38.651.4%+ INT 38.14+ INT 38.24+ INT 38.34+ INT 38.44+ INT 38.542.6%3R @ 140MM 2R @ 130MM 5.5% 1R @ 150MM 5.2% 1R @ 180MM 4.7% 1R @ 150MM 5.2% 1R @ 180MM 2%+ 38.633R @ 140MM+ TS 38.02+ BS 37.60+ TS 38.02+ BS 37.75+ TS 38.48+ BS 38.33+ TS 38.60+ BS 38.42+ TS 38.70+ BS 38.55+ TS 38.80+ BS 38.62+ BS 38.692% 354 3/4 [9011.95] N.T.S. 128' - 1 25/32"39.06 m37.5237.71SINGLE PEDESTAL PICNIC TABLE (SPPTG-40) TOP VIEW FRONT ELEVATION WHEEL CHAIR ACCESSIBLE ONE SIDE IN GROUND MOUNTINGSKATE BLOCKSSTAINLESS STEEL WEDGE ANCHOR BOLT DOWN KIT (INST- 2.75) GALVANIZED (SPPTWC-40)GALVANIZED & POWDER COATED (SPPTWCGP-40) 19 11 / 1 6 " 12" 32 3 / 1 6 " 40" 40" NOTES:1. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.3. THIS DRAWING IS INTENDED FOR USE BY ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS, CONTRACTORS, CONSULTANTS AND DESIGNPROFESSIONALS FOR PLANNING PURPOSES ONLY. THIS DRAWING MAY NOT BE USED FORCONSTRUCTION.4. ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN WAS CURRENT AT THE TIME OF DEVELOPMENT BUT MUST BE REVIEWED ANDAPPROVED BY THE PRODUCT MANUFACTURER TO BE CONSIDEREDACCURATE.5. CONTRACTOR'S NOTE: FOR PRODUCT AND COMPANY INFORMATION VISIT www.CADdetails.com/info AND ENTERREFERENCE NUMBER 23 002 L1. SPECIFICATIONS:-RE-PLAST™ RECYCLED PLASTIC SLATS-DURABLE "SLICK COATED" COATED STEEL FRAME-LONG LASTING STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE-10 YEAR LIMITED WARRANTYTABLE HEIGHT:30" / 762 MMSEAT HEIGHT:19.6875" / 500 MMSEAT DEPTH:11.5" / 292 MMSEAT LENGTH:36" / 914 MMTABLE TOP:40" X 40" / 1010 MM X 1010 MMTOTAL LENGTH:71" X 71" / 1803 MM X 1803 MMWEIGHT:378 LBS / 171 KGRECYCLED CONTENT:43% RECYCLED CONTENT BY WEIGHT,100% RECYCLABLE ISOMETRIC VIEW SELECT DESIRED DURABLE POWDERCOATED ALUMINUM FRAME: SELECT DESIRED CUSTOMIZED SOLUTIONS: BROWN SLATE SELECT DESIRED RECYCLEDPLASTIC COLORS:BLACKGREYREDWOOD WALNUTSAND VICTOR RIDGE II NORDIC LICHEN TIMELESS RUSTGREY GOLD TEXTURED SILVER PRECIOUS SAND GROOVY RED BLACK TEXTURED EARTH CLAY NOBLE BRONZEMODERN KHAKI FLAME RED PASTEL ORANGE SIGNAL VIOLET TRAFFIC YELLOWULTRAMARINE BLUE WATER BLUEYELLOW GREEN CUSTOM POWDER COATING(SETUP CHARGES MAY APPLY) TABLES .1 CCDC Doc 2 LATEST EDITIONComply with all articles in the General Conditions of Contract in conjunction with this section unless superseded by other Contract Documents..2 B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION, prepared by the B.C. Society of Landscape Architects and the B.C. Landscape & Nursery Association, jointly.Allwork and materials shall meet standards as set out in the B.C. Landscape Standard unless superseded by this specification or as directed byLandscapeArchitect with writteninstruction..3 MASTER MUNICIPAL SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARD DETAILS, LATEST EDITION, prepared by the Consulting Engineers of British Columbia, RoadbuildersandHeavy Construction Association, and the Municipal EngineersDivision.4 STANDARD FOR LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM, LATEST EDITION: Prepared by the Irrigation Industry Association of British Columbia..5 MUNICIPAL BYLAWS AND ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS WHERE NOTED..1 A current (not more than one month) test for all growing medium to be used on this site is required. Provide and pay for testing by an independenttestingfacility pre-approved by the Landscape Architect. Deliver growing medium test results to Landscape Architect for review and approval prior to placement.Refer to Section 3.4 Growing Medium Testing forprocedure..2 Owner reserves the right to test or re-test materials. Contractor responsible to pay for testing if materials do not meet specification..1 Under the terms of the Landscape Architect's Contract with the Owner and where the Landscape Architect is the designated reviewer, the LandscapeArchitect will observe construction as is necessary in their opinion to confirm conformance to the plans and specifications. Contact Owners Representative toarrange for site observation at the appropriate times. Allow two days notice. Observation schedule may include but will not be limited to the following:.1.1 Start Up Site Meeting, General Contract: Prior to any site disturbance, a meeting with the general contractor to review tree preservation issues, generallandscape issues and municipal requirements..1.2 Start Up Site Meeting, Landscape Contract (if separate): At the start of work with Owner's Representative, Site Superintendent and LandscapeContractor; a meeting is to be held to review expected work and to verify the acceptability of the subgrade and general site conditions to the LandscapeContractor. Provide growing medium test results for this meeting..1.3 Progress Site Visits: To observe materials and workmanship as necessary through the course of the work. Review of different aspects of the work maybe dealt with on any single visit. Such elements may include: Site Layout, Rough Grading, Growing Medium - quality, depths, finish grading; Drainage andDrainage Materials; Lawns or Grass areas; Planting -plant material including negotiations with suppliers, nursery inspections, plant sizes, quality, quantity,planting practice and layout, tree support; Mulch; Irrigation Systems; Play Equipment; Site Furniture; and other elements of the site development where theLandscape Architect is the designated reviewer such as: Pedestrian Paving, Fencing, Non-structural walls and slabs, Unit Paving..1.4 Substantial Performance: Review of all work, accounting of all substitutions, deletions; plant counts, preparations of deficiency list, andrecommendations for completion..1.5 Certificate of Completion: Upon the declaration of Substantial Performance, a recommendation for the issuance of the Certificate of Completion will bemade to the Payment Certifier as defined in the contract..1.6 Deficiency Review: Prior to the completion of the holdback period, check for completion of deficiencies. Once completed, a Schedule 'C' will be issed whererequired..1.7 Warranty Review: Prior to the completion of the waranty period (+/- 24months after issuance of the Certificate of Completion), review all warantymaterial and report reccmmendations for waranty replacement..1 Unless otherwise instructed in the Contract Documents, the preparation of the subgrade shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor.Placementof growing medium constitutes acceptance of the subgrade by the Landscape Contractor. Any subsequent corrections to the subgrade required aretheresponsibility of the Landscape Contractor..2 All work and superintendence shall be performed by personnel skilled in landscape contracting. In addition, all personnel applying herbicidesand/orpesticides shall hold a current license issued by the appropriateauthorities..3 A site visit is required to become familiar with site conditions before bidding and before start of work..4 Confirm location of all services before proceeding with any work..5 Notify Landscape Architect of any discrepancies. Obtain approval from Landscape Architect prior to deviating from the plans..6 Take appropriate measures to avoid environmental damage. Do not dump any waste materials into water bodies. Conform with all federal, provincialandlocal statutes andguidelines..7 Collect and dispose of all debris and/or excess material from landscape operations. Keep paved surfaces clean and repair damage resultingfromlandscape work. Repairs are to be completed prior to finalacceptance..8 Where new work connects with existing, and where existing work is altered, make good to match existing undisturbed condition..1 Guarantee all materials and workmanship for a minimum period of two full year from the date of Certificate of Completion..2 Refer to individual sections for specific warranties..1 Other conditions of Contract may apply. Confirm Scope of Work at time of tender..2 Work includes supply of all related items and performing all operations necessary to complete the work in accordance with the drawings andspecificationsand generally consists of thefollowing:.2.1 Retention of Existing Trees where shown on drawings..2.2 Finish Grading and Landscape Drainage..2.3 Supply and placement of growing medium..2.4 Testing of imported growing medium and/or site topsoil,.2.5 Supply and incorporation of additives to meet requirements of soil test and Table One..2.6 Preparation of planting beds, supply of plant material and planting..2.7 Preparation of rough grass areas, supply of materials and seeding..2.8 Preparation of lawn areas, supply of materials and sodding..2.9 Supply and placement of bark mulch..2.10 Maintenance of planted and seeded/sodded areas until accepted by Owner..2.11 SEPARATE PRICE: Establishment Maintenance, Section 3.11..2.12 Other work: Work other than this list, not specified by Landscape Architect..1 Growing Medium: Conform to BC Landscape Standard for definitions of imported and on-site topsoil. Refer to Table One below..2 Fertilizer: An organic and/or inorganic compound containing Nitrogen (N), Phosphate (25), and Potash (soluble 2) in proportions required by soil test..3 Lime: Ground agricultural limestone. Meet requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard..4 Organic Additive: Commercial compost product to the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION and pre-approved by theLandscapeArchitect. Recommended suppliers: Yardworks, The Answer Garden Products, Fraser Richmond Soils & Fibre, Stream OrganicsManagement..5 Sand: Clean, washed pump sand to meet requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard..6 Composted Bark Mulch: 10mm (3/8") minus Fir/Hemlock bark chips and fines, free of chunks and sticks, dark brown in colour and free of all soil,stones,roots or other extraneous matter. Fresh orange in colour bark will berejected..7 Herbicides and Pesticides: If used, must conform to all federal, provincial and local statutes. Appliers must hold current licenses issued bytheappropriate authorities in thearea..8 Filter Fabric: A non biodegradable blanket or other filtering membrane that will allow the passage of water but not fine soil particles. (Such as MIRAFI140NL, GEOLON N40 OR AMOCO 4545 or alternate product pre-approved by the LandscapeArchitect.).9 Drainage Piping if required: Schedule 40 PVC nominal sizes..10 Drain Rock: Clean, round, inert, durable, and have a maximum size of 19mm and containing no material smaller than 10mm..11 Plant Material: To the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard. Refer to 3.9, Plants and Planting. All plant material must be provided fromacertified disease free nursery. Provide proof ofcertification..12 Sod: Refer to individual sections in this specification..13 Supplier and installers of segmental block walls to provide engineered drawings for all walls: signed and sealed drawings for all walls, individually,inexcess of 1.2m, or combinations of walls collectively in excess of 1.2m. Installations must be reviewed and signed off by Certified Professional Engineer;inlcudecost of engineering services in Tenderprice..14 Miscellaneous: Any other material necessary to complete the project as shown on the drawings and described herein.TABLE ONE: PROPERTIES OF GROWING MEDIUM FOR LEVEL 2 GROOMED AND LEVEL 3 MODERATE AREASApplicationsLow Traffic Areas.Trees and Large Shrubs High TrafficLawn Areas and PlantersPlanting AreasGrowing Medium Types 2L 2H 2PTextureCoarse Gravel:larger than 25mmAll Gravel:larger than 2mmSand:larger than 0.05mmsmaller than 2.0mmSilt:larger than 0.002mmsmaller than 0.05mmClay:smaller than 0.002mmClay and Silt Combined 0 - 1%0 - 5%50 - 80%10 - 25%0 - 25%maximum 35%0 - 1%0 - 5%70 - 90%0 - 15%0 - 15%maximum 15%0 - 1%0 - 5%40 - 80%10 - 25%0 - 25%maximum 35%Percent Of Dry Weight of Total Growing MediumPercent Of Dry Weight of Growing Medium Excluding GravelOrganic Content (coast):3 - 10%3 - 5%10 - 20%Acidity (pH):6.0 - 7.0 6.0 - 7.0 4.5 - 6.5Drainage:Percolation shall be such that no standing water is visible 60 minutes after at least 10 minutes of moderate to heavy rain or irrigation..1 Prior to any work on site - protect individual trees or plant groupings indicated as retained on landscape plans as vegetation retention areas..1.1 In some instances the Landscape Architect will tag trees or areas to remain. Discuss tree retention areas at a start-up meeting with theLandscapeArchitect..2 A physical barrier must be installed to delineate clearing boundaries. Refer to physical barrier detail. If detail not provided, comply with localmunicipalrequirements..3 No machine travel through or within vegetation retention areas or under crowns of trees to be retained is allowed..4 Do not stockpile soil, construction materials, or excavated materials within vegetation retention areas..5 Do not park, fuel or service vehicles within vegetation retention areas..6 No debris fires, clearing fires or trash burning shall be permitted within vegetation retention areas..7 No excavations, drain or service trenches nor any other disruption shall be permitted within vegetation retention areas without a review of theproposedencroachment by the LandscapeArchitect..8 Do not cut branches or roots of retained trees without the approval of the Landscape Architect..9 Any damage to existing vegetation intended for preservation will be subject to evaluation by an I.S.A. Certified Arborist using the "Guide forPlantAppraisal", LATESTEDITION..9.1 Replacement planting of equivalent value to the disturbance will be required. The cost of the evaluation and of the replacement planting will betheresponsibility of the General Contractor and or the person(s) responsible for the disturbance..10 In municipalities with specific tree retention/replacement bylaws ensure compliance to bylaws..11 In situations where required construction may disturb existing vegetation intended for preservation, contact Landscape Architect for review priortocommencingconstruction.PART ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS1.1 REFERENCES1.2 TESTING1.4 SITE REVIEW1.5 WORKMANSHIP1.6 WARRANTIES2.1 SCOPE OF WORK2.2 MATERIALS PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT3.1 RETENTION OF EXISTING TREES.1 Ensure subgrade is prepared to conform to depths specified in Section 3.5, Growing Medium Supply, below. Where planting is indicated close toexistingtrees, prepare suitable planting pockets for material indicated on the planting plan. Shape subgrade to eliminate free standing water and conform to thesitegrading and drainageplan..2 On slopes in excess of 3:1 trench subgrade across slope to 150mm (6") minimum at 1.5m (5 ft.) intervals minimum..3 Scarify the entire subgrade immediately prior to placing growing medium. Re-cultivate where vehicular traffic results in compaction duringtheconstruction procedures. Ensure that all planting areas are smoothly contoured after light compaction to finishedgrades..4 Eliminate standing water from all finished grades. Provide a smooth, firm and even surface and conform to grades shown on the Landscape Drawings.Donot exceed maximum and minimum gradients defined by the B.C. LandscapeStandard..5 Construct swales true to line and grade, smooth and free of sags or high points. Minimum slope 2%, maximum side slopes 10%. Assure positive drainagetocollectionpoints..6 Slope not to exceed the following maximums: Rough Grass 3:1, Lawn 4:1, Landscape plantings 2:1..7 Finished soil/mulch elevation at building to comply with municipal requirements..8 Inform Landscape Architect of completion of finish grade prior to placement of seed, sod, plants or mulch.3.2 GRADES.1 Related Work: Growing medium and Finish Grading, Grass areas, Trees Shrubs and Groundcovers, Planters, Crib Walls..2 Work Included: Site finish grading and surface drainage. Installation of any drainage systems detailed on landscape plans. Note: Catch basins shownonlandscape plans for coordination only, confirm scope of work prior tobid..2.1 Coordinate all landscape drainage work with rest of site drainage, Refer to engineering drawings and specifications for connections and otherdrainagework..2.2 Determine exact location of all existing utilities and structures and underground utilities prior to commencing work, which may not be located ondrawingsand conduct work so as to prevent interruption of service or damage to them. Protect existing structures and utility services and be responsible fordamagecaused..2.3 Planter drains on slab: Refer to Section 3.10, Installing Landscapes on Structures..3 Execution.3.1 Do trenching and backfilling in accordance with engineering details and specifications..3.2 Lay drains on prepared bed, true to line and grade with inverts smooth and free of sags or high points. Ensure barrel of each pipe is in contact withbedthroughout fulllength..3.3 Commence laying pipe at outlet and proceed in upstream direction..3.4 Lay perforated pipes with perforations at 8pm and 4pm positions..3.5 Make joints tight in accordance with manufacturer's directions..3.6 Do not allow water to flow through the pipes during construction except as approved by Engineer..3.7 Make watertight connections to existing drains, new or existing manholes or catchbasins where indicated or as directed by Landscape Architect..3.8 Plug upstream ends of pipe with watertight clean out caps..3.9 Surround and cover pipe with drain rock in uniform 150mm layers to various depths as shown in details, minimum 100mm..3.10 Cover drain rock with non-woven filter cloth lap all edges and seams minimum 150mm..3.11 Assure positive drainage..3.12 Back fill remainder of trench as indicated..3.13 Protect subdrains from floatation during installation..1 Submit representative sample of growing medium proposed for use on this project to an independent laboratory. Provide test results to LandscapeArchitect prior to placing. Test results to include:.1.1 Physical properties, % content of gravel, sand, silt, clay and organics..1.2 Acidity PH and quantities of lime or sulphur required to bring within specified range..1.3 Nutrient levels of principle and trace elements and recommendations for required soil amendments..1.4 Carbon/Nitrogen level.3.3 LANDSCAPE DRAINAGE3.4 GROWING MEDIUM TESTING3.5 GROWING MEDIUM SUPPLY AND PLACEMENT.1 Supply all growing medium required for the performance of the Contract. Do not load, transport or spread growing medium when it is so wet thatitsstructure is likely to bedamaged..2 Supply all growing medium admixtures as required by the soil test. Amended growing medium must meet the specification for growing medium as definedinTable One for the variousareas..2.1 Thoroughly mix required amendments into the full depth of the growing medium..2.2 Special mixes may be required for various situations. Refer to drawing notes for instructions..3 Place the amended growing medium in all grass and planting areas. Spread growing medium in uniform layers not exceeding 6" (150mm), overunfrozensubgrade free of standingwater..4 Minimum depths of growing medium placed and compacted to 80%:.4.1 On-grade:.4.1.1 Seeded and sodded lawn....................................................12" (300mm).4.1.2 Mass planted shrubs & groundcovers..........................30" (760mm).4.1.3 Groundcover only areas, if defined on plan................12" (300mm).4.1.4 Tree & large shrub pits.....................................................depth to conform to depth of rootball - width shall be at least twice the width of the root ballwithsaucer shapedsides..4.2 On-Slab:.4.2.1 Irrigated lawn........................................................................9" (210mm).4.2.2 Groundcover areas.............................................................12" (300mm).4.2.3 Lawn without automatic irrigation................................12" (300mm).4.2.4 Shrub & groundcover areas...........................................15" (380mm).4.2.5 Trees and specimen shrubs*..........................................30" (760mm) over columns and/or edge of slab (verify column locations on-site for tree locations.).4.2.6 Depth noted includes 1" to 2" (25-50mm) sand over filter fabric.4.2.7 Maximum 18" depth growing medium except where mounded for trees over column points..5 Manually spread growing medium/planting soil around existing trees, shrubs and obstacles..6 In perimeter seeded grass areas, feather growing medium out to nothing at edges and blend into existing grades..7 Finished grades shall conform to the elevations shown on landscape and site plans..1 General: Rough grass areas are noted on the drawings as "Rough Grass". Treat all areas defined as rough grass between all property lines of theprojectincluding all boulevards to edge of roads andlanes..2 Preparation of Surfaces: To B.C. Landscape Standard Class 3 Areas (Rough grass) Section 7.1.1.3.2.1 Clean existing soil by mechanical means of debris over 50mm in any dimension..2.2 Roughly grade surfaces to allow for maintenance specified and for positive drainage..3 Time of Seeding: Seed from early spring (generally April 1st) to late fall (September 15th) of each year. Further extensions may be obtainedonconcurrence of the LandscapeArchitect..4 Seed Supply & Testing: All seed must be obtained from a recognized seed supplier and shall be No. 1 grass mixture delivered in containers bearingthefollowinginformation:.4.1 Analysis of the seed mixture.4.2 Percentage of each seed type.5 Seed Mixture: All varieties shall be rated as strong performers in the Pacific Northwest and are subject to client approval. 70% Creeping Red Fescue 20% Annual Rye 5% Saturn Perennial Rye 5% Kentucky Bluegrass For Wildflower Areas use a mixture of Wildflowers with Hard Fescues (Terralink Coastal Wildflowers) with Hard Fescue or pre-approved alternate..6 Fertilizer: Mechanical seeding: Apply a complete synthetic slow-release fertilizer with maximum 35% water soluble nitrogen and a formulation ratioof18-18-18 - 50% sulphur urea coated , 112 kg/ha(100lbs/acre) using a mechanicalspreader..7 Seeding: Apply seed at a rate of 112k/H (100lbs /acre) with a mechanical spreader. Incorporate seed into the top 1/4" (6mm) of soil and lightly compact..8 Acceptance: Provide adequete protection of the seeded areas until conditions of acceptance have been met. Comply with Section 3.7 Hydroseeding.3.6 ROUGH GRASS AREA - SEEDING PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT - CONT3.8 LAWN AREAS - SODDINGGrass - public parks, industrial and institutional sitesLawn, all areas noted on drawings as lawn in urbandevelopment sites including boulevard grassTABLE 2 SPECIFIED TURFGRASS BY AREARough GrassDescriptionSPECIALCLASS 3CLASS 2CLASS 1Area see hydroseedingNo. 2 StandardNo. 1 PremiumQuality Grade Kentucky Blue for sun, Fescues for shadeMajor Speciessame.1 General: Treat all areas defined as lawn areas on the landscape plan between all property lines of the project including all boulevards to edge ofroadsandlanes..2 Growing Medium: Comply with Section 2.2.1, Growing Medium. Prior to sodding, request an inspection of the finished grade, and depth and conditionofgrowing medium by the LandscapeArchitect..3 Time of Sodding: Sod from April 1st to October 1st. Further extensions may be obtained on concurrence of the Landscape Architect..4 Sod Supply: Conform to all conditions of B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 8, B.C. Standard for Turfgrass Sod..5 Specified Turfgrass by area: Refer to Table 2 below..6 Lime: The lime shall be as defined in Section 2.2.3, Materials. Apply at rates recommended in required soil test. Refer to Section 3.4 for method..7 Fertilizer: Refer to Section 2.2.2 Materials. Apply specified fertilizer at rates shown in the required soil test. Apply with a mechanical spreader.Cultivate into growing medium 48 hours prior to sodding. Apply separately fromlime..8 Sodding: Prepare a smooth, firm, even surface for laying sod. Lay sod staggered with sections closely butted, without overlapping or gaps, smoothandeven with adjoining areas and roll lightly. Water to obtain moisture penetration of 3" to 4" (7 - 10cm). Comply with requirements of BC LandscapeStandardSection 8, BC Standard for TurfgrassSod..9 Maintenance: Begin maintenance immediately after sodding and continue for 60 days after Substantial Completion and until accepted by the Owner.Protect sodded areas from damage with temporary wire or twine fences complete with signage until lawn is taken over by the Owner. Water to obtainmoisturepenetration of 3" to 4" (7-10cm) at intervals necessary to maintain sufficient growth. Keep grass cut at height of between 1-1/2" (4cm) and 2" (5cm).Provideadequate protection of sodded areas against damage until the turf has been taken over by Owner. Repair any damaged areas, re-grade as necessary.Aeration may be required if in the Landscape Architect's opinion, drainage through the sod base medium isimpaired..10 Acceptance of Lawn Areas: The turf shall be reasonably well established, with no apparent dead spots or bare spots and shall be reasonably freeofweeds (to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13 Maintenance Level 2 (Appearance). Use herbicides if necessary for weed removal unless other conditionsofcontract forbid their use. After the lawn has been cut at least twice, areas meeting the conditions above will be taken over by theOwner.3.9 PLANTS AND PLANTING.1 Conform to planting layout as shown on Landscape Plans..2 Obtain approval of Landscape Architect for layout and preparation of planting prior to commencement of planting operations..3 Make edge of beds with smooth clean defined lines..4 Time of Planting:.4.1 Plant trees, shrubs and groundcovers only during periods that are normal for such work as determined by local weather conditions whenseasonalconditions are likely to ensure successful adaptation of plants to their newlocation..5 Standards:.5.1 All plant material shall conform to the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard, LATEST EDITION, unless exceeded by drawing Plant Schedule orthisspecification..5.1.1 Refer to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 9, Plants and Planting and in Section 12, BCLNA Standard for Container Grown Plants for minimum standards..5.1.2 Refer to Plant Schedule for specific plant and container sizes and comply with requirements..5.2 Plant material obtained from areas with less severe climatic conditions shall be grown to withstand the site climate..6 Review:.6.1 Review at the source of supply and/or collection point does not prevent subsequent rejection of any or all planting stock at the site..7 Availability:.7.1 Area of search includes the Vancouver Island. Refer to Plant Schedule for any extension of area..7.2 Supply proof of the availability of the specified plant material within 30 days of the award of the Contract..8 Substitution:.8.1 Obtain written approval of the Landscape Architect prior to making any substitutions to the specified material. Non-approved substitutions willberejected..8.2 Allow a minimum of 5 days prior to delivery for request to substitute..8.3 Substitutions are subject to BC Landscape Standard - definition of Conditions of Availability..9 Plant Species & Location:.9.1 Plants shall be true to name and of the height, calliper and size of root ball as shown on the landscape/site plan plant schedule. Calliper of trees istobe taken 6" (15cm) abovegrade..9.2 Plant all specified species in the location as shown on the landscape drawings. Notify Landscape Architect if conflicting rock orunderground/overheadservices areencountered..9.3 Deviation of given planting location will only be allowed after review of the proposed deviation by the Landscape Architect..10 Excavation:.10.1 Trees and large shrubs: Excavate a saucer shaped tree pit to the depth of the rootball and to at least twice the width of the rootball. Assurethatfinished grade is at the original grade the tree was grownat..11 Drainage of Planting Holes:.11.1 Provide drainage of planting pits where required. ie. on sloped conditions, break out the side of the planting pit to allow drainage down slope; and inflatconditions, mound to raise the rootball above impervious layer. Notify the Landscape Architect where the drainage of planting holes islimited..12 Planting and Fertilizing Procedures:.12.1 Plant all trees and shrubs with the roots placed in their natural growing position. If burlapped, loosen around the top of the ball and cut away orfoldunder. Do not pull burlap from under the ball. Carefully remove containers without injuring the rootballs. After settled in place, cut twine. For wirebaskets,clip and remove top three rows ofwire..12.2 Fillthe planting holes by gently firming the growing medium around the root system in 6" (15cm) layers. Settle the soil with water. Add soil asrequiredto meet finish grade. Leave no air voids. When 2/3 of the topsoil has been placed, apply fertilizer as recommended by the required soil test at thespecifiedrates..12.3 Where planting is indicated adjacent to existing trees, use special care to avoid disturbance of the root system or natural grades of such trees..12.4 Where trees are in lawn areas, provide a clean cut mulched 900mm (3 ft.) diameter circle centered on the tree..13 Staking of Trees:.13.1 Use two 2"x2"x5' stakes, unless superseded by municipal requirements. Set stakes minimum 2 ft. in soil. Do not drive stake through rootball..13.2 Leave the tree carefully vertical..13.3 Tie with pre-approved commercial, flat woven polypropylene fabric belt, minimum width 19mm (3/4"). Approved product: ArborTie - availablefromDeepRoot..13.4 Coniferous Trees over 6 ft. height: Guy with three 2-strand wires (11 gauge). Drive three stakes equidistant around the tree completely below grade..13.5 Trees 6 ft.+ on Wood or Concrete Decks: Guy as above using three deadmen (min. 2'x2"x4") buried to the maximum possible depth instead of stakes..13.6 Mark all guy wires with visible flagging material..14 Pruning:.14.1 Limit pruning to the minimum necessary to remove dead or injured branches. Preserve the natural character of the plants, do not cut the leader.Useonly clean, sharp tools. Make all cuts clean and cut to the branch collar leaving no stubs. Shape affected areas so as not to retain water. Removedamagedmaterial..15 Mulching:.15.1 Mulch all planting areas with an even layer of mulch to 2-1/2 - 3" (65 - 75mm) depth. Confirm placement of mulch in areas labeled "Groundcover Area"ondrawings. Mulch a 3 ft. (900mm) diameter circle around trees in lawn areas, leave a cleanedge..16 Acceptance:.16.1 The establishment of all plant material is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor..17 Plant Material Maintenance:.17.1 Maintain all plant material for 60 days after landscape work has received a Certificate of Completion..17.2 Watering: Conform to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13.3.2 - Watering and generally as follows:.17.2.1 Water to supplement natural rainfall such that the soil moisture content is kept to 50% to 100% of field capacity. Water to the full depth of therootzone each time. The Owner is responsible to supply water at no extra cost to the Contract. Confirm source of water prior to beginningwork..17.3 Use appropriate measures to combat pests or diseases damaging plant material. Comply with all local governing statutes and guidelines forchemicalcontrol..17.4 Plant material which fails to survive shall be replaced in the next appropriate season as determined by the Landscape Architect..17.5 Repair tree guards, stakes, and guy wires, when necessary..17.6 Maintain areas relatively weed free. (Appearance level 2, B.C. Landscape Standard, Chapter 13)..17.7 Maintain mulch to specified depths..18 Plant Warranty:.18.1 Replace all unsatisfactory plant material except those designated "Specimen" for a period of ONE(1) year after the Certificate of Completion. Replaceallunsatisfactory plant material designated "Specimen" for a period of two (2) years after the Certificate of Completion. Replace all unsatisfactory treesandshrubs and continue to replace these until the specified number is complete and satisfactory to the Landscape Architect. Such replacement shall be subjecttothe notification, inspection and approval as specified for the original planting, and shall not constitute an extra to theContract..18.2 Those Plants, identified as hardy within one zone of the Canada Department of Agriculture tonal class for the area, specified by theLandscapeArchitect and installed by the Landscape Contractor which are killed through below normal temperatures (below the average of the extrememinimumtemperatures officially recorded in the area concerned, in the last 10 years), will not be replaced without cost of replacement borne by theOwner..18.3 A review may be requested during the latter part of the warranty growing season. All plant material showing well developed foliage, healthygrowthand bud forming, will then be takenover.3.10 INSTALLING LANDSCAPE ON STRUCTURES.1 Verify that drainage and protection material is completely installed and acceptable before beginning work. Contact Landscape Architect for instructionsifnot inplace..2 Coordinate work with construction of planters and planter drainage..2.1 Verify that planter drains are in place and positive drainage to roof drains is present prior to placing any drain rock or soil..3 Provide clean out at all through-slab drain locations . Use 300mm min. dia. PVC Pipe filled with drain rock unless specific drawing detail shown..4 Install drain rock evenly to a minimum depth of 4" (100mm)or alternate sheet drain if specified. Install sheet drain as per manufacturer's recommendations..5 Cover drain rock (or alternate sheet drain if specified on drawing details) with filter fabric lapping 6" (150mm) at all edges. Obtain approval ofdrainagesystem prior to placing growingmedium..6 Place an even layer of 25 - 50mm clean washed pump sand over filter fabric..7 Place growing medium to depths specified in Section 3.5 above for various surface treatments. Refer to Drawing details for any light weight fillerrequiredto alter grade. Use Styrofoam block over drain rock shaped to provide smooth surface transition at edges. Butt each piece tightly together and coverwithfilter fabric to prevent soil from migratingdownward.PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT - CONT.1 Intent: The intent of "establishment" maintenance is to provide sufficient care to newly installed plant material for a relatively short period of timetoensure or increase the long term success of the planting. The objective is the adaptation of plants to a new site in order to obtain the desired effectfromthe planting while reducing the rate of failure and unnecessary work associated with improper establishment. Establishment of maintenance proceduresapplyto all new and retained vegetation including cultivated turfgrass areas and new trees andshrubs..2 Maintenance Period: Provide maintenance of installed landscaping for 12 months following substantial completion..3 Related Standards and Legislation: B.C. Landscape Standard, latest edition; Fertilizer Code., B.C. Pesticide Control Act..4 Site Review: In addition to the inspections at substantial completion, at final progress draw application, and at the end of the guarantee period,thereshould be three other reviews during the 12 months attended by the Contractor and a designated representative of the Owner. Maintain a logbookandreporting procedures and submit to the designatedrepresentative..5 Scheduling: Prepare a schedule of anticipated visits and submit to designated representative at start-up. Maintenance operations shall be carriedoutpredominately during the growing season between March 1st and November 30th, however visits at other times of the year may berequired..6 Maintenance Level: Comply with B. C. Landscape Standard, Section 13, Table 7, Maintenance Level "Medium"..7 Materials: Comply with Part Two of this specification..7.1 Fertilizers: To the requirements of the B.C. Landscape Standard. Formulations and rates as required by soil testing..8 Plant Material Establishment:.8.1 Watering: During the first growing season, water new plants at least every ten (10) days between April 1st and July 31st, and every twenty (20)daysbetween August 1st and September 15th. Minimum 25 gallons per tree per application. During the second growing season, water new plants at leasteverytwenty days between April 1 and July 31 and once between August 1st and September 31st. Apply water at a rate and duration such that the watercontentreaches field capacity to the full depth of the growing medium. Apply water again when the water content reaches 25% of field capacity. Provide andirrigatewith water in the event that any automatic irrigation system malfunctions or has not been completely installed. Scheduled applications of water shallbemissed only when rainfall has penetrated the soil fully asrequired..8.2 Mulch: Maintain mulches in the original areas and to the original depths..8.3 Weed Control: Remove all weeds from all areas at least once per month during the growing season by hoeing or cultivation to a maximum depth of80mm,hand-pulling, or, if necessary, by the use ofherbicides..8.4 Pest and Disease Control: Inspect all planted areas for pests and diseases periodically and at least every two months during the growing season byanexperienced person. Carry out treatment for pests or diseases promptly and consistently for maximum effectiveness. Comply with all B.C. PesticideControlAct and municipalrequirements..8.5 Tree Support: Maintain stakes, guy wires and ties one full growing season. Check ties at least every two months to ensure that they are not causingadepression in the bark. Loosen, repair or replace ties as necessary. Remove all stakes guy wires and ties after the first growing season except wherelargetrees require continuing support in the opinion of the Landscape Architect. All flagging of guy wires shall be visible and in goodrepair..8.6 Pruning: Inspect all trees and shrubs at least every two months during the growing season; prune to remove all dead, weak or diseased wood.Maintainthe natural shape of the plant. Carry out clipping or shaping only if required in the maintenance contract for specific varieties orconditions..8.7 Fertilizing: Once during the twelve month period of establishment maintenance fertilize shrubs, trees and groundcovers according to soilanalysisrequirements..9 Grass Areas Establishment:.9.1 Watering: Use hoses and sprinklers, irrigation systems or other methods to apply water to Class 1 and Class 2 grassed areas (B.C. LandscapeStandard,Section 7, Lawns and Grasses) such that the grass is maintained in a turgid condition. Supply and irrigate with water in the event of any irrigationsystemmalfunction, or incomplete installation at no expense to the owner. Apply water to prevent packing or erosion of the soil. Apply water at a rate anddurationso that the water content in the growing medium reaches field capacity to the full depth of the growing medium. Apply water again when the watercontentreaches 25% of fieldcapacity..9.2 Weed, Insect and Disease Control: Inspect grass areas each time they are mowed for weeds, insect pests, and diseases and treat promptlywhennecessary by appropriate manual methods, or by the use of chemicals in compliance with the B.C.S.L.A./B.C.L.N.A. Landscape Standards latest edition.Killbroadleafed weeds in grassed areas by a general application of a suitable herbicide if the weed population exceeds 10 Broadleaf weeds or 50 annual weedsorweedy grasses per 40 square meters. This application shall reduce the weed population tozero..9.3 Fertilizing: According to soil analysis..9.4 Liming According to soil analysis.9.5 Mowing and Trimming - All areas: The first four cuts shall be a sharp rotary type mower. Excess grass clipping shall be removed after each cut. Mowallgrassed areas with a sharp reel or rotary mower when the grass reaches a height of 60mm. Mow to a height of 40mm. Edge with a mechanical verticalcuttingedger once per year in March. Remove all grass clippings after eachcut..9.6 Aeration: Aeration not required in the first growing season. If necessary, in the second growing season, aerate in early May with a suitablemechanicalcorer. Core to a depth of 100mm. (4"), and removecores..9.7 Repairs: Re-grade, re-seed or re-sod when necessary to restore damaged or failing grass areas. Match the grass varieties in the surrounding area.Re-sod, if required, throughout the growing season. Re-seed between April 1st and April 15th or between September 1st and September 15th.Protectre-seeded areas and keep moist until the firstmowing.3.11 ESTABLISHMENT MAINTENANCE (Provide a separate price for this section)PART TWO SCOPE OF WORK.1 Any alternate products differing from that contained in the contract documents must be pre-approved by the Landscape Architect..2 Submittals to consist of product sample or manufacturer's product description.1.3 SUBMITTALS 3.7 HYDROSEEDING.1 May be used as an alternate to mechanical seeding in rough grass areas..2 May not be used in areas of lawn unless pre-approved by the Landscape Architect prior to bidding..3 Preparation and Growing Medium:.3.1 In areas of Rough Grass: Comply with Section 3.6 Rough Grass..3.2 Where approved for use in areas of lawn, comply with Section 3.8 Lawn Areas: Sodding..4 Protection: Ensure that fertilizer in solution does not come in contact with the foliage of any trees, shrubs, or other susceptible vegetation. Donotspray seed or mulch on objects not expected to grow grass. Protect existing site equipment, roadways, landscaping, reference points, monuments,markersand structures from damage. Where contamination occurs, remove seeding slurry to satisfaction of and by means approved by the LandscapeArchitect.5 Mulch shall consist of virgin wood fibre or recycled paper fibre designed for hydraulic seeding and dyed for ease of monitoring application. If usingrecycledpaper material for wood fibre substitute use 135% (by weight). Conform to B.C. Landscape Standard for mulchrequirements..6 Water: Shall be free of any impurities that may have an injurious effect on the success of seeding or may be harmful to the environment..7 Equipment: Use industry standard hydraulic seeder/mulcher equipment with the tank volume certified by an identification plate or sticker affixed inplainview on the equipment. The hydraulic seeder/mulcher shall be capable of sufficient agitation to mix the material into a homogenous slurry and to maintaintheslurry in a homogenous state until it is applied. The discharge pumps and gun nozzles shall be capable of applying the materials uniformly over thedesignatedarea..8 Application Rate:.8.1 Seed Mixture: 136 kg/ha (125 lbs/acre).8.2 Fertilizer: 112 kg/ha (100 lbs/acre).8.3 Coastal Wildflower Mix: Where specified, apply (31 lbs/acre) (1/4 lb.: 1 lb. of grass seed).8.4 Notes:.8.4.1 At the time of Tender provide a complete chart of all components of the mix proposed including mulch, tackifier, water etc. Sloped sitesrequiretackifier..8.4.2 Fertilizer:.8.4.2.1 Rough Grass: If a soil analysis is available, comply with results..8.4.2.2 Lawn: Where hydroseeding is approved, comply with soil analysis recommendations..9 Accurately measure the quantities of each of the materials to be charged into the tank either by mass or by a commonly accepted systemofmass-calibrated volume measurements. The materials shall be added to the tank while it is being filled with water, in the following sequence; seed, fertilizer.Thoroughly mix into a homogenous slurry. After charging, add no water or other material to the mixture. Do not leave slurry in the tank for more thanfour(4)hours..10 Distribute slurry uniformly over the surface of the area to be hydroseeded. Blend application into previous applications and existing grass areas toformuniformsurfaces..11 Clean up: Remove all materials and other debris resulting from seeding operations from the job site..12 Maintenance: Begin maintenance immediately after seeding and continue for 60 days after Substantial Completion and until accepted by the Owner.Re-seed at three week intervals where germination has failed. Protect seeded areas from damage with temporary wire or twine fences complete withsignageuntil grass area is taken over by the Owner. Water in sufficient quantities to ensure deep penetration and at frequent intervals to maintain vigorousgrowthuntil grass is taken over by the Owner. It is the Owner's responsibility to supply water at no extra cost to theContract..13 Acceptance of the Rough Grass Areas: Proper germination of all specified grass species is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor. Thegrassshall be reasonably well established, with no apparent dead or bare spots and shall be reasonably free of weeds (to B.C. Landscape Standard, Section13Maintenance Level 4 (Open space). Sixty days after substantial completion, areas meeting the conditions above will be taken over by the Owner. Areasseededin Fall will be accepted in Spring one month after start of growing season, provided that the above conditions for acceptance arefulfilled..18.4 For all plant material, the Landscape Architect reserves the right to extend the Contractor's responsibility for another growing season if, in hisopinion,leaf development and growth is not sufficient to ensure future satisfactory growth..18.5 Where the Owner is responsible for plant maintenance and has not provided adequate maintenance, the plant replacement section of the contract maybedeclared void. The Landscape Architect shall determine whether maintenance has been satisfactory using the B.C. Landscape Standard, Section 13, Maintenanceas the guide. The required maintenance standard is a minimum of Level Three - Medium. Refer to Section 3.11, Establishment Maintenance..18.6 The Landscape Contractor is responsible to replace any plant material or repair any construction included in the Contract that is damaged or stolenuntil the issuance of the Certificate of Completion..18.7 Deviation from the specifications may require extension of the Warranty Period as determined by the Landscape Architect.Canadian System of Soil Classification Textural Class: "Loamy Sand" to "Sandy Loam".Organic Content (interior):3 - 5%3 - 5%15 - 20% 1.65 .30 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" MIN. 6'-0" FROM BUILDING, TYP SHRUBS15" MIN FORTREES36" MIN FOR NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE: 3" 99/16" 1'-6" VARIES LENGHTS OF 3FT - 4.5 FT. 6" DRIP STRIIP & PLANTING OVER SLAB TOPSOIL DEPTH AS PER SPEC. ON SCARIFIEDSUBGRADE. FILL WITH TOPSOIL 2/3RDS FULLAND REMOVE STRAPPING AND 1/3 TOP OFBURLAP. CUT ALL BINDING MATERIAL.GRADE TO TOPS OF CURBS, WALKS, ANDDRIVEWAYS ETC. FOR TREES LARGER THAN 65mmCALIPER USE 75 mm ∅ STAKESFOR SMALLER TREES USE50 mm ∅ STAKES SET TREE PLUMB. USE 2 ROUNDSTAKES, EACH SET 800mmBELOW GRADE & 1200mmABOVE GRADE. SCARIFY SIDES ANDBOTTOM OF TREE PITPRIOR TO PLANTING. DO NOT CUT LEADER TREE STAKES TO BE ALIGNEDPARALLEL TO SIDEWALK/ROAD. ROOT BALL WIDTH PLUS600mm (MIN EACH SIDE) 300mm MIN. OF TOPSOIL AROUNDROOT BALL. COMPACTED TO 85%STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY. STAKES DO NOT PENETRATE OR DAMAGE ROOT BALL. 50mm DEEP SAUCER FORMED IN TOPSOILFOR INITIAL FIRST YEAR WATERING. 50mm WIDE GREEN VINYLBANDING ATTACHED TOSTAKE WITH SHINGLE NAILS. BARK MULCH ON TOP. 1:25TYPICAL DECIDUOUS TREE DETAILL-11 TRP-05 SPECIFIED. PLACE UNIFORMLYAROUND ROOT MASSFERTILIZER TABLETS AS BOTTOM OF ROOT MASSBETWEEN MIDDLE AND PREPARED PLANTING SOILEXISTING UNDISTURBED SOIL 3" MULCH LAYERMULCH 3" FROM STEMS SPREAD 3 TO 5 TIMES WIDTHOF ROOTBALL HEIGHT SOD LAWN6" SOIL (OR 9" OF SOILFOR POOR DRAINAGE AREA) .SUBGRADE COMPACTEDTO 95% M.P.D. AS MOWING STRIP ALONG LENGTH OF RIVER ROCK 2x8 P.T. HEM./FIR WOOD EDGE DRAIN FABRIC FOOTING/DRAINAGE;SEE ARCH.DRAIN STRIP STAKE EVERY 1.20m O.C. 2X4 STAKE; 0.45m DEPTH NAME: CLASSIC STANDARD SERIESSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:87_8" X 47__16 " X 23_8"COLOUR: 80% NATURAL 20% CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTSMIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND CLASSIC STANDARD PAVER NAME: PIAZZA SERIES TYPE 1SUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:235_8" X 315__16" X 315__16"COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTSMIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND PIAZZA SERIES TYPE 1 PAVER ADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. NAME:TEXADA HYDRAPRESSED SLABSUPPLIER: BELGARDSIZE:24" X 24" X 2".COULOUR: NATURALPATTERN: STACKED BOND ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTS MIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND TEXADA HYDRAPRESSED SLAB ADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN 100MM DIA. PERFORATED DRAINLINE WITH FILTER FABRICTIE INTO STORM SYSTEM 100MM DEPTH DRAIN ROCK 300MM DEPTH FIBAR RESILIENTSURFACE ON FILTER FABRIC 2% SLOPE SUBGRADE TO DRAIN COMPACTED SUBGRADECOMPACTED GRANULAR BASE150MM WIDE CONCRETE CURB NAME: CLASSIC STANDARD SERIESSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:87_8" X 47__16 " X 31_8 "COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN ALL COMPACTION TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITYPAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.6" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR VEHICULAR AREAS HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTSMIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND CLASSIC STANDARD PAVERADJACENT CONDITION VARIES.REFER TO PLANS. REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN NAME: AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE PAVERSUPPLIER:BELGARDSIZE:83_4" X 45__16 " X 31_8 "COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND PATTERN PAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS 20MM (3/4") CLEAR CRUSH OPENGEOTEXTILE- INBITEX 1_4" GAP (TYP)5MM (1/4") CLEAR CRUSH OPEN AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE PAVERS(80MM VEHICULAR DEPTH) CONCRETE EDGE RESTRAINT REFER TO PLAN FOR COLOUR AND PAVING PATTERN GRADED AGGREGATE SUB-BASE GRADED AGGREGATE SUB-BASE AT VISITOR PARKING STALL LOCATIONS, RUNNING BONDNATURAL COLOURDRAINAGE TO BE COORDINATED WITH CIVIL ENGINEER AP SC1000 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE ON BOTTOMAND SIDES OF OPEN GRADED BASE SONOTUBES FOOTING;12" DIA.BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER BRIDGE WITH U SHAPE STEEL BAR;BY STRUCTURAL ENGINWEER LASER CUT METAL;EMBEDDED IN CONCRETEARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE;POLISHED FINISH BACK OF REVEALPAINTED WHITE REINFORCED BYSTRUCTURAL ENGINEER BOULDERS TO BE SELECTEDBY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.VARYING SIZES. BURY1_3 ON BOULDERBEDDING SAND ADJACENT PLANTING ADJACENT CONCRETE WALKWAY HAND TIGHT SAND FILLED JOINTS MIN. 1" OF BEDDING SAND CLASSIC STANDARD PAVER SAWN (BOTTOM AND TOP) BASALT.SLAB BENCH. SAND-BLASTED TOPWITH NATURAL MOSSGROWTH ON SIDES.2"-3" DIA. MEXICAN BLACK PEBBLES. COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN.4" COMPACTEDROAD BASE FOR PEDESTRIAN AREAS 2X12 CARVEDP.T. BRACES6x6 CEDAR POSTS 4" CHAMFER CUTON LATTICE 2X12 BRACE 6X6 POST 2" NOTCH BEAMWITH JOIST 2X8 BEAM2X6 JOIST CONCRETE SLAB 2X12 CARVEDP.T. BRACES6x6 CEDAR POSTS 2X4 P.T. LATTICE @ 12" O.C. 2X4 P.T. BEAMS CONCRETE SLAB TOP CAP 4" CHAMFER CUTON LATTICE 2X12 BRACE 6X6 POST 2" NOTCH BEAMWITH JOIST 2X8 BEAM2X6 JOIST 2"X2" STEEL TRELLIS;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 6"X8" STEEL BEAM;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. TEMPERED GLASS ROOFWEATHERPROOF 8"X8" STEEL POST;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 2"X2" STEEL TRELLIS;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 6"X8" STEEL BEAM;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. 8"X8" STEEL POST;POWDERCOAT COLOR TOMATCH ARCH. BASEPLATE WITH ANCHOR 10' 18'-9" 13'-9" NAME ADDRESS+ 38.018%+TW 38.01+BW 38.01+TS 38.01+BS 38.01PLANTED SIZE / REMARKSCOMMON NAMEBOTANICAL NAMEPLANT SCHEDULEKEYQTYTREE7ABIES FRASERI FRASER FIR4ACER GRISEUM PAPERBARK MAPLE 6CM CAL; 1.8M STD; B&B15ACER PALMATUM 'SANGO KAKU'CORAL BARK MAPLE #7 POT; 1M SPRD3CORNUS NUTALLII PACIFIC DOGWOOD 6CM CAL; B&B20LIQUIDAMBAR STYRACIFLUA 'WORPLESDON'WORPLESDON SWEET GUM 6CM CAL; 2M STD; B&B18STYRAX JAPONICUS JAPANESE SNOWBELL SPECIFY HT UP TO 3M; 6M CAL.NOTES: * PLANT SIZES IN THIS LIST ARE SPECIFIED ACCORDING TO THE BC LANDSCAPE STANDARD, LATEST EDITION. CONTAINER SIZES SPECIFIED AS PER CNTA STANDARDS. BOTHPLANT SIZE AND CONTAINER SIZE ARE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZES. * REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEFINED CONTAINER MEASUREMENTS AND OTHER PLANT MATERIALREQUIREMENTS. * SEARCH AND REVIEW: MAKE PLANT MATERIAL AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONAL REVIEW BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AT SOURCE OF SUPPLY. AREA OF SEARCH TO INCLUDELOWER MAINLAND AND FRASER VALLEY. * SUBSTITUTIONS: OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO MAKING ANY SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE SPECIFIEDMATERIAL. UNAPPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE REJECTED. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF FIVE DAYS PRIOR TO DELIVERY FOR REQUEST TO SUBSTITUTE. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TOBC LANDSCAPE STANDARD - DEFINITION OF CONDITIONS OF AVAILABILITY.ALL PLANT MATERIAL MUST BE PROVIDED FROM CERTIFIED DISEASE FREE NURSERY. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION UPON REQUEST.23 0026CM CAL; 1.8M STD; B&BPLANTED SIZE / REMARKSCOMMON NAMEBOTANICAL NAMEPLANT SCHEDULEKEYQTYSHRUB81AZALEA JAPONICA 'GIRARD'S PLEASANT WHITE'AZALEA; WHITE #2 POT; 25CM277BUXUS SEMPERVIRENS COMMON BOXWOOD #2 POT; 25CM66EUPHORBIA CHARACIAS 'DWARF'DWARF MEDITERRANEAN SPURGE#3 POT; 50CM52HYDRANGEA PANICULATA 'LIME LIGHT'LIME LIGHT HYDRANGEA; LIMEGREEN-PINK#2 POT; 50CM148HYPERICUM CALYCINUM ST JONS WORT #2 POT40RHODODENDRON 'HOTEI'RHODODENDRON; CANARY YELLOW #3 POT; 50CM37SALIX PURPUREA 'NANA'PURPLE OSIER #2 POT; 40CM75VIBURNUM DAVIDII DAVID'S VIBURNUM #2 POT; 30CMPERENNIAL8ANEMONE 'HONORINE JOBERT'WINDFLOWER 15CM POT182LAVENDULA ANGUSTIFOLIA ENGLISH LAVENDER #1 POTGC120BLECHNUM SPICANT DEERFERN #1 POT; 20CM95POLYSTICHUM MUNITUM WESTERN SWORD FERN #1 POT; 20CMNOTES: * PLANT SIZES IN THIS LIST ARE SPECIFIED ACCORDING TO THE BC LANDSCAPE STANDARD, LATEST EDITION. CONTAINER SIZES SPECIFIED AS PER CNTA STANDARDS. BOTHPLANT SIZE AND CONTAINER SIZE ARE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZES. * REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DEFINED CONTAINER MEASUREMENTS AND OTHER PLANT MATERIALREQUIREMENTS. * SEARCH AND REVIEW: MAKE PLANT MATERIAL AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONAL REVIEW BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AT SOURCE OF SUPPLY. AREA OF SEARCH TO INCLUDELOWER MAINLAND AND FRASER VALLEY. * SUBSTITUTIONS: OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO MAKING ANY SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE SPECIFIEDMATERIAL. UNAPPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE REJECTED. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF FIVE DAYS PRIOR TO DELIVERY FOR REQUEST TO SUBSTITUTE. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TOBC LANDSCAPE STANDARD - DEFINITION OF CONDITIONS OF AVAILABILITY.ALL PLANT MATERIAL MUST BE PROVIDED FROM CERTIFIED DISEASE FREE NURSERY. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION UPON REQUEST.23 002 4'-11" [1.50] 4'-7" [1.40] 10' [3.00] 4'-11" [1.50] 4'-11" [1.50] 3' [0.90] 8' [2.40] 11' [3.40] 7'-3" [2.20]11'-1" [3.40] 4'-113/16" 8'-4" 1'-31/2"13'-4"12'-10"9'-6" 9'-2" 4" 4" 16'-01/16"1'-35/8" 1'-111/4" 9'-515/16" 13'-43/8" 1'-111/2" 1'-41/8"19'-93/4" 20'-31/8"24'-19/16" 8'-4" 1'-31/2"4" 4" 24'-07/8"23'-67/8"20'-3" 9'-2" GRADE AT PROPERTY LINE.4. STEP FENCE IN EQUAL SEGMENTS TO FOLLOWTO OWNER FOR PREAPPROVAL PRIOR TOCOLOUR TO MATCH ARCH.; PROVIDE SAMPLECOATS PREMIUM WEATHERPROOFING STAIN,3. STAIN ALL EXPOSED SURFACES WITH TWO2. ALL FASTENERS HOTDIPPED GALVANIZED1. ALL WOOD P.T. HEM/FIR COMPACTED SUBGRADEUNDER EACH POST NOTES: CONCRETEFOOTING(TYP) 6" DRAINGRAVELUNDER EACHPOST POSTSECTION 2X10 4X4 P.T. POST 1X4 ACCENT STRIP 1X6 VERTICAL 2X6 BARGE BOARD UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE MAX 8'-0" O.C. 6' 12" 2X4 NAILER 2X4 RAIL, ANGLED 1% 1X4 NAILER APPLICATION PREPARED SLAB BY OTHERS 2.0" SAND LAYER 9" FOR GRASS COVER ROOTBALLMOUND TO 970 SERIES BENCH BY MAGLINHTTPS://WWW.MAGLIN.COM/PRODUCTS/BENCH/MLB870SERIES.HTML STACKED PT. 2X8WOOD EDGERRIVER ROCK IN 12"WIDE DRAIN STRIP PREPARED SLAB BYOTHERS DETAIL AT 404L12 1-1/2" SQ. METAL POST 5' O.C.1" SQ TOP RAIL 1" SQ. BOTTOM RAIL 3/4" SQ. PICKETS 4"2" 2"3" 7.691" (REAR PATIO); BLACK COLOR336" ALUMINUM RAIL FENCE WITH GATEL51/2"=1'-0" 3'-6" 450 300 250 ELEVATION PLAN VIEW PERGOLA TYPE 1 4'-91/8" 8'-41/8" 2'-415/16"1'-61/2" 4'-97/8" 8'-41/8" 2'-41/8" 3'-117/16" 3'-3.36"3.955"3.955" 4" MAX. 10 10 6 ENTRY SIGNAGEL41/2"=1'-0" 3'-6"3'-6" 8'3'-2"4'-10"8" 2" 3'-4" 1'-10" 2" 1'-6"1'-1"2'-10"1'1' 1'-10" 1'-101/8" 2'-11" 1'-71/4"15/8" ∅41/2" 2/3 BOULDER 1/3 BOULDER 5'-10" 2'-87/8" 1'-101/2" 63/8" 1'-55/8" 1'-413/16" SOD SODSODSODSODSODSOD 127B AVE. FUTURE ROAD ADJACENT LOT/ SINGLE DWELLING UNITS BLOCK 1 BLOCK 2 BLOCK 3 BLOCK 4 BLOCK 5 BLOCK 6 BLOCK 10 PARK SINGLE PEDESTAL PICNIC TABLE BY WISHBONE CUSTOM CONCRETE BENCH W/WOOD TOP CIP CONCRETE SLABS W GRAVEL JOINTS 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE CUSTOM CONCRETE BENCH W/WOOD TOP VISITOR PARKING STALLS, AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 80MM THICKNESS; RUNNING BOND PATTERN, NATURAL COLOUR. TYP. 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE 6FT H. WOOD FENCE 2' X 2' TEXADA CONCRETE PAVER 24'0 8'8'4'16'4' SCALE: 1/16"=1'-0" SCALE: 1/32"=1'-0" 24'0 8'8'4'16'4' 2.44m.2.44m.1.22m.1.22m.0 4.88m.7.32m. 2.44m.2.44m.1.22m.1.22m.0 4.88m.7.32m. AMENITY AREA1 AMENITY AREA 2 GRADING LEGEND (IN METERS)EXISTING GRADEPROPOSED FINISHED GRADETOP OF WALLBOTTOM OF WALLSLOPE HARDSCAPE LEGENDSOD LAWN FURNITURE LEGEND970 SERIES BENCHBY MAGLINSEE DETAIL X/XXRETAINING WALL LEGEND CUSTOM CIP CONCRETEBENCH W/WOOD TOPSEE DETAIL X/XX500 SERIESBIKE RACKBY MAGLINNAME:CLASSIC STANDARD SERIESSUPPLIER: BELGARD PAVERSSIZE:87_8" X 4 7__16" X 31_8"COLOUR: 80% NATURAL 20% CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BONDAGGREGATETOP OF STAIRBOTTOM OF STAIR SINGLE PEDESTALPICNIC TABLE SPPTG-40BY WISHBONEDETAIL X/XXCAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOREST SHOP NRO407BY KOMPANTOT TOWNFENCELEGEND3' H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCEELEVATION BY CIVIL 6FT H. WOOD FENCENAME:TEXADA HYDRAPRESSED SLABSUPPLIER: BELGARD PAVERSSIZE:24" X 24" X 2".COULOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: STACKED BONDOR CIPSTAMPED CONCRETEIN 2' X 2' PATTERNWOOD CHIPS PAGE INDEXL1LANDSCAPE PLANL2AMENITY PLANL3SHRUB PLANL4GRADING PLANL5LIGHTING PLANL6DETAILSL7DETAILS 2L8SPECIFICATIONSNO. OF REPLACEMENT TREES34 ONSITE REPLACEMENT TREES LITESTICK- LED STICK LIGHTING(REFER TO ELECTRICAL)ACCENT LIGTH FIXTURE TBDW/TILT MOUNTINGLIGHTING LEGEND 1X8 1' MIN 1/2" BEDDING SAND 1.3" DRAINAGE MAT- NILEX GRS(BOTTOM BLACK) SLAB BY OTHERS TOP OF PAVERS TO MATCHFINISHED GRADE WATERPROOF MEMBRANEBY OTHERS(ARCHITECTURAL BUILT UPSEE ARCH DETAILS) COMPACTED GRAVEL TO 90%DEPTH VARIES AS PER GRADE PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE UNIPAVERS; RUNNING BONDPATTERN - DESERT SANDCOLOUR SOD LAWN 12" PREPARED PLANTING SOIL PAVERS TO BE INSTALLED TO MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONSNOTE: SHRUB & GROUNDCOVER PLANTING DETAIL 2% 18" NAME:AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE PAVERSUPPLIER: BELGARD PAVERSSIZE:83_4" X 4 5__16" X 31_8"COLOUR: CHARCOALPATTERN: RUNNING BOND 1050 TRASH CONTAINERSBY MAGLIN. SEE DETAIL X/XXHARVEST TABLEBY CLIENTCUSTOM OUTDOORKITCHEN/BBQBY CLIENT DECORATIVE BOULDERS 18 REMOVAL OF CITY STRADDLING12 REMOVAL OF OFFSITE AND STRADDLING NO. OF TREES PROPOSED0 TBD ON LOCATION0 TBD ON LOCATION67 PROPOSED TREES ON SITE HARVEST TABLE & OUTDOOR KITCHEN BY CLIENT VISITOR PARKING STALLS, AQUAPAVE PERMEABLE CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 80MM THICKNESS; RUNNING BOND PATTERN, NATURAL COLOUR. TYP. 970 BACKED BENCH BY MAGLIN SODSODSOD SODSOD BLOCK 8 ABBOTSFORD CONCRETE UNIT PAVER 60MM THICKNESS; PATTERN: RUNNING BOND COLOUR: CHARCOAL DECORATIVE BASALT BOULDERS 3FT H. ALUMINUM PICKET FENCE 970 BACKED BENCH BY MAGLIN ELEVATION BY ARCH 1:10 38MM X 100 MM BOTTOM OFPICKET FLUSH WITH BOTTOMOF FLAT BAR SEE STRUCTURAL FOR FOOTING REQUIREMENTS 16MM X 38MM FLATALUM. BAR; 100MM O.C. 100MM X 100MMALUM. POST GATE LATCH 38MM X 100MMALUM. FRAME HINGE M01 K-221 4 LADE N A LAVAT O R Y VITRE O U S C H I N A SCALE (A)1:16 DATE:25/05/2015 PART NO:MLB970-PC(X)WEIGHT:101.560LBS TITLE:BENCH, 970, HDPCTHE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWINGIS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MAGLIN SITE FURNITUREINC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS AWHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OFMAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC. IS PROHIBITED. MAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC.WWW.MAGLIN.COMTEL.: 800-716-5506FAX: 877-260-9393 CADdetails.com www.wishboneltd.com WISHBONE SITE FURNISHINGS#210-27090 GLOUCESTER WAYLANGLEY, BC V4W 3Y5TOLL FREE: 1-866-626-0476PHONE: (604) 626-0476 23 002 L1PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT ©2023 CADDETAILS.COM LTD.REVISION DATE 07/25/2023 SCALE (A)1:16 DATE:25/05/2015PART NO:MLB970-PC(X)WEIGHT:101.560LBS TITLE:BENCH, 970, HDPCTHE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWINGIS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MAGLIN SITE FURNITUREINC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS AWHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OFMAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC. IS PROHIBITED.MAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC.WWW.MAGLIN.COMTEL.: 800-716-5506FAX: 877-260-9393 G G G G G G G G G G G G HA HA HA HA HA HA HA HA Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1S1 S1 S1 E E E E E E E EEE GGGGG G G G G G E E E EEEE E E E E E E E G G G GGG GG G G G G G G G E E E E E E E ES1S1S1 S1 S1S1 S1 S1 S1 S1S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 GGG GG G G G GL1GGG G G G G G G G G G S1 L1GGG GGG G G G G G G G G G G G E E Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V PO UUUUPOPOUUUUPOPOPOPOPOPOUUUUPOPOPOPOUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU POPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOPOA A A A A A A A A A UU UU UU UUUUUUU PO POPOPO PO POPO G G Y Y Y Y Y Y Y HAMHAM HAM Y HAM HAM HAM AGG G G G G G G G G A A A A A AAAAAAAAAAAAAA E E EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE L1 V V U U U U U U UU U U U U U U V K-2214LADENALAVATORYVITREOUS CHINA HA HA HA HA HA SCALE (A)1:16 DATE:25/05/2015PART NO:MLB970-PC(X)WEIGHT:101.560LBSTITLE:BENCH, 970, HDPCTHE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWINGIS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MAGLIN SITE FURNITUREINC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS AWHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OFMAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC. IS PROHIBITED.MAGLIN SITE FURNITURE INC.WWW.MAGLIN.COMTEL.: 800-716-5506FAX: 877-260-9393 YYY HAHA HAHA HAHA S1 S1 S1 S1 Y EEEAAEEAA S1 S1EEEEE L1 S1 GG S1S1S1 G GL1L1 E EE L1 G GG A E EEEAAAA L1 L1 L1 E E L1 L1 E E E E E E E E EE L1 L1 E E E E E E E E E E E S1 S1 L1 L1 L1 S1 S1S1S1 E E E E S1 S1 S1 S1 E E E E E E E E E G G G G GS1S1 GS1S1 S1S1 ES1S1 L1 L1 L1 EEE GG G L1 L1 L1GG S1 G GGG G G S1 S1 S1 S1S1S1 E E GG GGG Y Y POPO POPO Y Y PO PO Y Y Y Y POPO Y Y PO PO Y U Y Y Y POPOPO U U Y Y PO PO Y Y PO PO Y Y Y Y PO PO Y Y Y Y POPO U A GG HA HA G G G G G G HA L1L1GG G G G G G G G G G G G G S1 CC CCCC Y Y Y Y YHAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM Y Y Y Y YYY HAM HAM HAM Y Y Y Y YYY Y Y Y Y YYY Y Y Y YY HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM G G G G GG G G G G G G Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y E E E E E E E E E G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 HA HA HA HA HA HA L1 L1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 CC CC S1 S1 CCCC CC HAM HA HA HA HA HA HA HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM HAM Y Y G Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y HAM HA HA M2 JOB NUMBER:M2 JOB NUMBER:HAMVHAAEL1S1YGCCPOU BLOCK 4 BLOCK 1 BLOCK 2 BLOCK 3 BLOCK 5 BLOCK 6 BLOCK 10 BLOCK 7 BLOCK 8 BLOCK 9 127B AVE. 128th STREET FE R N C R E S C E N T FUTURE ROAD MA I N A C C E S S ADJACENT LOT/ SINGLE DWELLING UNITS PARK FI R E T R U C K FI R E T R U C K 39 . 6 8 m ( 1 1 0 . 1 9 ' ) t o U n i t E n t r y NEW FIRE HYDRANT FIRE TRUCKFIRE TRUCK FIRE TRUCK T U R N I N G O U T S I D E R A D I U S R 53' - 0" FI R E T R U C K O U T S I D E T U R N I N G R A D I U S R 3 5 ' - 6 " FIRE T R U C K O U T S I D E T U R N I N G R A D I U S R 35' - 6 " FIR E T R U C K T U R N I N G O U T S I D E R A D I U S R 5 3 ' - 0 " FIR E T R U C K I N S I D E T U R N I N G R A D I U S R 35' - 6 " F I R E T R U C K O U T S I D E T U R N I N G R A D I U S R 5 3 ' - 0 " FIRE TRUC K I N S I D E T U R N I N G R A D I U S R 35' - 6" FIRE T R U C K O U T S I D E T U R N I N G R A D I U S R 53 ' - 0 " 22 . 1 2 m ( 7 2 . 5 6 ' ) t o U n i t En t r y 35.43 m (11 6 . 2 3 ' ) t o U n i t E n t r y 35.20 m (1 1 5 . 5 0 ' ) t o U n i t E n t r y 15 . 3 2 m ( 5 0 . 2 5 ' ) t o U n i t E n t r y 43 . 3 6 m ( 1 4 2 . 2 5 ' ) t o U n i t E n t r y NEW FIRE HYDRANT PROPOSED PROPERTY LINE PR O P E R T Y L I N E PROPERTY LINE PR O P E R T Y L I N E DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 1/16" = 1'-0" A-1.05 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FIRE PLAN 1/16" = 1'-0"A-1.05 FIRE PLAN1 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P AA-5.1 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS 3d VIEWS 2023 10 03 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P AA-5.2 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS 3D VIEWS 2023 10 03 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 UP UP UP UP UP 1-A1-A 1-B1-B 1-C1-C 1-G1-G 1-21-21-21-2 1-31-31-31-3 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT D 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" CL . BEDROOM #4 GARAGE CLOSET CL . ENTRY GARAGE CLOSET CL . ENTRY GARAGE CLOSET CL . ENTRY GARAGE CLOSET CL . GARAGE GARAGE MECH. 1 A-4.01 1 A-4.01 1-D1-D 1-E1-E 1-F1-F 122' - 11 19/32" 37.48 m 123' - 1 9/16" 37.53 m 123' - 3 17/32" 37.58 m 123' - 5 1/2" 37.63 m 123' - 7 15/32" 37.68 m CLOSET ENTRY BEDROOM #4 BEDROOM BEDROOM BEDROOM ENTRY 1-11-11-11-1 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 123' - 9 7/16" 37.73 m ENTRY MECH. CLOSETMECH. MECH.MECH.MECH. OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0" LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 7-237-23 0. 9 m 3' - 0 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 5. 7 m 18 ' - 8 1 / 2 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6 1/2" 3.6 m 11' - 9 1/2" BEDROOM 1-A1-A 1-B1-B 1-C1-C 1-G1-G 1-21-21-21-2 1-31-31-31-3 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT D 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN 1 A-4.01 1 A-4.01 DINING DINING DINING DINING DINING 1-D1-D 1-E1-E 1-F1-F 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " CLOSET CLOSET CLOSET CLOSET CLOSET 1-11-11-11-1 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " DINING KITCHEN PWDR. CLOSET LIVING BALCONY 133' - 3 7/16" 40.63 m 132' - 5 19/32" 40.38 m 132' - 9 17/32" 40.48 m 132' - 11 1/2" 40.53 m 133' - 1 15/32" 40.58 m 7-237-23 5. 3 m 17 ' - 3 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 3 m 17 ' - 3 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 3 m 17 ' - 3 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 3 m 17 ' - 3 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 3 m 17 ' - 3 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 3 m 17 ' - 3 1 / 2 " 6.6 m 21' - 8" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6 1/2" 3.6 m 11' - 9 1/2" 3.5 m 11' - 5 1/2"3.5 m 11' - 5 1/2" 3.5 m 11' - 5 1/2" 3.5 m 11' - 5 1/2" 3.5 m 11' - 5 1/2" DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.01A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 1 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 1 - GROUND FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 1 - MAIN FLOOR 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 DN DN DN DN DN 1-A1-A 1-B1-B 1-C1-C 1-G1-G 1-21-21-21-2 1-31-31-31-3 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT D MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2BEDROOM #1 1 A-4.01 1 A-4.01 1-D1-D 1-E1-E 1-F1-F ENSUITE ENSUITE ENSUITE ENSUITE ENSUITE 1-11-11-11-1 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. BATH W/D & LINEN ENSUITE BEDROOM #2BEDROOM #1 CL O S E T CL O S E T 143' - 3 7/16" 43.67 m142' - 5 19/32" 43.42 m 142' - 9 17/32" 43.52 m 142' - 11 1/2" 43.57 m 143' - 1 15/32" 43.62 m 6:126:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 1-A1-A 1-B1-B 1-C1-C 1-G1-G 1-21-21-21-2 1-31-31-31-3 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT D 1 A-4.01 1 A-4.01 1-D1-D 1-E1-E 1-F1-F 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 1-11-11-11-1 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12" 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12" 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12" 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 7-237-23 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.01B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 1 3/16" = 1'-0"A-4.03 1 BLOCK 1 - UPPER FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0"A-4.03 2 BLOCK 1 - ROOF PLAN 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 UP UP UP UP UP UP DN UP UP DN UP DN UP DN UP DN DN UP UNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT D CLOSET CL . ENTRY GARAGE CLOSET CL . ENTRY GARAGE CLOSET CL . ENTRY GARAGE CLOSET CL . ENTRY GARAGE CLOSET ENTRY GARAGE HWT MECH. 2-A2-A 2-B2-B 2-C2-C 2-D2-D 2-E2-E 2-F2-F 2-G2-G 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" 2-22-22-22-2 2-32-32-32-3 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" EL E C . 2 A-4.01 2 A-4.01 CLOSET CL . ENTRY GARAGE UNIT B 124' - 3 11/32" 37.88 m 124' - 5 5/16" 37.93 m 124' - 7 9/32" 37.98 m 124' - 9 1/4" 38.03 m 124' - 11 7/32" 38.08 m 125' - 1 3/16" 38.13 m BEDROOM BEDROOM BEDROOM BEDROOM BEDROOM 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " 2-12-1 OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0" LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER BEDROOM 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6" 3.6 m 11' - 10" 3.2 m 10' - 6" MECH.MECH.MECH.MECH.MECH. 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 2-A2-A 2-B2-B 2-C2-C 2-D2-D 2-E2-E 2-F2-F 2-G2-G 2-22-22-22-2 2-32-32-32-3 UNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT D BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" 2 A-4.01 2 A-4.01 DINING DINING DINING BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " CLOSET CLOSET DINING CLOSET DINING CLOSET CLOSETCLOSET 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " 134' - 7 3/16" 41.03 m DINING 133' - 9 11/32" 40.78 m 133' - 11 5/16" 40.83 m 134' - 1 9/32" 40.88 m 134' - 3 1/4" 40.93 m 134' - 5 7/32" 40.98 m 3.4 m 11' - 1 1/2" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 3 m 17 ' - 3 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.02A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 2 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 2 - GROUND FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 2 - MAIN FLOOR 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 DN DN DN DN DN DN 2-A2-A 2-B2-B 2-C2-C 2-D2-D 2-E2-E 2-F2-F 2-G2-G 2-22-22-22-2 2-32-32-32-3 UNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT D MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. BATH ENSUITE CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 W/D & LINEN 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " 1. 3 m 4' - 4 1 / 2 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 2 A-4.01 2 A-4.01 UNIT B MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 ENSUITE ENSUITE ENSUITE ENSUITE 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " 1. 3 m 4' - 4 1 / 2 " 2-12-12-12-1 11 . 1 m 36 ' - 4 1 / 2 " 11 . 1 m 36 ' - 4 1 / 2 " 144' - 7 3/16" 44.07 m ENSUITE 143' - 9 11/32" 43.82 m 143' - 11 5/16" 43.87 m 144' - 1 9/32" 43.92 m 144' - 3 1/4" 43.97 m 144' - 5 7/32" 44.02 m 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 2-A2-A 2-B2-B 2-C2-C 2-D2-D 2-E2-E 2-F2-F 2-G2-G 2-22-22-22-2 2-32-32-32-3 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " 1. 3 m 4' - 4 1 / 2 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" 9. 8 m 32 ' - 0 " 1. 3 m 4' - 4 1 / 2 " UNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT D 2 A-4.01 2 A-4.01 2-12-12-12-1 11 . 1 m 36 ' - 4 1 / 2 " 11 . 1 m 36 ' - 4 1 / 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.02B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 2 3/16" = 1'-0"A-4.03 1 BLOCK 2 - UPPER FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 2 - ROOF PLAN 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 UPUPUPUPUPUP UP DN UP DN UP DN UP DN UP DN UP DN UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT D CLOSET CL . ENTRY GARAGE CLOSET ENTRY GARAGE MECH HWT 3-A3-A 3-B3-B 3-C3-C 3-D3-D 3-E3-E 3-F3-F 3-G3-G 3-23-23-23-2 3-33-3 9. 1 m 29 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " EL E C . 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" 1 A-4.02 1 A-4.02 UNIT B CLOSET CL . BEDROOM GARAGE HWT CLOSET CL . ENTRY GARAGE HWT CLOSET CL . ENTRY GARAGE HWT CLOSET CL . ENTRY GARAGE HWT 125' - 5 1/8" 38.23 m 125' - 7 3/32" 38.28 m 125' - 8 21/32" 38.32 m 125' - 11 1/32" 38.38 m 126' - 0" 38.40 m 126' - 3 3/4" 38.50 m BEDROOM ENTRY BEDROOM BEDROOM BEDROOM 3-13-1 OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0" LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER BEDROOM 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 5. 7 m 18 ' - 7 1 / 2 " 5. 7 m 18 ' - 7 1 / 2 " 5. 7 m 18 ' - 7 1 / 2 " 5. 7 m 18 ' - 7 1 / 2 " 5. 7 m 18 ' - 7 1 / 2 " 3-A3-A 3-B3-B 3-C3-C 3-D3-D 3-E3-E 3-F3-F 3-G3-G 3-23-23-23-2 3-33-33-33-3 UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT D BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN 9. 1 m 29 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 1 A-4.02 1 A-4.02 DINING BALCONY LIVING KITCHEN DINING BALCONY LIVING KITCHEN DINING BALCONY LIVING KITCHEN DINING BALCONY LIVING KITCHEN DINING BALCONY LIVING KITCHEN DINING PWDR.PWDR.PWDR.PWDR.PWD. CLOSET CLOSET CLOSET CLOSET CLOSET CLOSET 9. 1 m 29 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " 134' - 11 1/8" 41.13 m 135' - 9 3/4" 41.40 m135' - 1 3/32" 41.18 m 135' - 2 21/32" 41.22 m 135' - 5 1/32" 41.28 m 135' - 6" 41.30 m 5. 3 m 17 ' - 3 " 3.5 m 11' - 5 1/2" DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.03A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 3 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 3 - GROUND FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 3 - MAIN FLOOR 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 DN DN DN DN DN DN 3-A3-A 3-B3-B 3-C3-C 3-D3-D 3-E3-E 3-F3-F 3-G3-G 3-23-23-23-2 3-33-33-33-3 UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT D MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2BEDROOM #1 9. 1 m 29 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 1 A-4.02 1 A-4.02 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. BATH ENSUITE CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 W/D & LINEN ENSUITE ENSUITE ENSUITE ENSUITE ENSUITE 3-13-13-13-1 9. 7 m 31 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " 9. 1 m 29 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 9. 7 m 31 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " 144' - 11 1/8" 44.17 m 145' - 9 3/4" 44.44 m145' - 1 3/32" 44.22 m 145' - 2 21/32" 44.26 m 145' - 5 1/32" 44.32 m 145' - 6" 44.35 m 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 3-A3-A 3-B3-B 3-C3-C 3-D3-D 3-E3-E 3-F3-F 3-G3-G 3-23-23-23-2 3-33-33-33-3 UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT D 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 9. 1 m 29 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 9. 1 m 29 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" 1 A-4.02 1 A-4.02 3-13-13-13-1 9. 7 m 31 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " 9. 7 m 31 ' - 1 0 1 / 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12" 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12" 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.03B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 3 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 3 - UPPER FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 3 - ROOF PLAN 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 UPUPUPUPUPUP UP DN UP DN UP DN UP DN UP DN DN UP UNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT D CLOSET CL O S E T ENTRY GARAGE CLOSET CL O S E T ENTRY GARAGE HWT HWT 4-A4-A 4-C4-C 4-D4-D 4-E4-E 4-F4-F 4-G4-G 4-24-24-24-2 4-34-34-34-3 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 13.6 m 44' - 8" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 2 A-4.02 2 A-4.02 4-B4-B CLOSET CL O S E T ENTRY GARAGE HWT CLOSET CL O S E T ENTRY GARAGE HWT CLOSET CL O S E T ENTRY GARAGE HWTCLOSET STORAGE ENTRY GARAGE HWT 124' - 2 5/32" 37.85 m 124' - 0 3/16" 37.80 m 123' - 9 7/16" 37.73 m 123' - 7 15/32" 37.68 m 123' - 5 1/2" 37.63 m 123' - 3 17/32" 37.58 m BEDROOM BEDROOM BEDROOM BEDROOM BEDROOM 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0" LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER 7-87-87-137-137-187-187-197-197-207-207-217-21 7-227-227-237-237-247-247-257-257-267-26 FURN.FURN. BEDROOM 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 4-A4-A 4-C4-C 4-D4-D 4-E4-E 4-F4-F 4-G4-G 4-24-24-24-2 4-34-34-34-3 UNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT D BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 2 A-4.02 2 A-4.02 DINING DINING 4-B4-B BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN DINING BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN DINING BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN DINING BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN DINING CLOSETCLOSETCLOSETCLOSETCLOSETCLOSET 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 133' - 8 3/16" 40.75 m 133' - 8 11/32" 40.75 m 133' - 3 7/16" 40.63 m 133' - 1 15/32" 40.58 m 132' - 11 1/2" 40.53 m 132' - 9 17/32" 40.48 m 2. 5 m 8' - 2 " 7-87-8 2. 5 m 8' - 2 " 7-137-137-187-18 2. 5 m 8' - 2 " 7-197-197-207-207-217-21 2. 5 m 8' - 2 " 7-227-22 2. 5 m 8' - 2 " 7-237-23 BALCONY 7-247-247-257-257-267-26 2. 5 m 8' - 2 " 3.5 m 11' - 5 1/2" 5. 3 m 17 ' - 3 " 3.5 m 11' - 5 1/2" 5. 3 m 17 ' - 3 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 3 m 17 ' - 3 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 3 m 17 ' - 3 " 6.4 m 21' - 0" DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.04A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 4 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 4 - GROUND FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 4 - MAIN FLOOR 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 DN DN DN DN DN DNUPUPUPUPUP UP DN DNDNDNDNDN 4-A4-A 4-C4-C 4-D4-D 4-E4-E 4-F4-F 4-G4-G 4-24-24-24-2 4-34-34-34-3 UNIT FUNIT FUNIT FUNIT FUNIT FUNIT G MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN ENSUITE CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM BATH ENSUITE CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. BATH ENSUITE CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 W/D & LINEN 13.6 m 44' - 8" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 1. 7 m 5' - 5 1 / 2 " 13.6 m 44' - 8" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 2 A-4.02 2 A-4.02 4-B4-B ENSUITE ENSUITE BATH ENSUITE W/D & LINEN 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 1. 7 m 5' - 5 1 / 2 " 4-14-14-14-1 11 . 1 m 36 ' - 5 1 / 2 " 11 . 1 m 36 ' - 5 1 / 2 " W/D & LINEN BATH 142' - 9 17/32" 43.52 m 143' - 6 3/16" 43.74 m 143' - 8 3/16" 43.79 m 143' - 3 7/16" 43.67 m 143' - 1 15/32" 43.62 m 142' - 11 1/2" 43.57 m 7-87-87-137-137-187-187-197-197-207-207-217-21 7-227-227-237-237-247-247-257-257-267-26 W.I.C. 6:126:12 6:12 6:126:126:126:126:126:126:126:126:12 4-A4-A 4-C4-C 4-D4-D 4-E4-E 4-F4-F 4-G4-G 4-24-24-24-2 4-34-34-34-3 UNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT D 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 1. 7 m 5' - 5 1 / 2 " 13.6 m 44' - 8" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 1. 7 m 5' - 5 1 / 2 " 2 A-4.02 2 A-4.02 4-B4-B 4-14-14-14-1 11 . 1 m 36 ' - 5 1 / 2 " 11 . 1 m 36 ' - 5 1 / 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12" 7-87-87-137-137-187-187-197-197-207-207-217-21 7-227-227-237-237-247-247-257-257-267-26 6" / 1 2 " 6" / 1 2 " OUTDOOR AMENITY AREA 224.47 sq.ft. 6" / 1 2 " OUTDOOR AMENITY AREA 224.47 sq.ft. 6" / 1 2 " OUTDOOR AMENITY AREA 224.47 sq.ft. 6" / 1 2 " 6" / 1 2 " OUTDOOR AMENITY AREA 224.47 sq.ft. 6" / 1 2 " 6" / 1 2 " OUTDOOR AMENITY AREA 224.47 sq.ft. OUTDOOR AMENITY AREA 176.47 sq.ft. 6" / 1 2 " 6" / 1 2 " 6" / 1 2 " 6" / 12" DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.04B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 4 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 4 - UPPER FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 4 - ROOF PLAN 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 UPUPUPUP UP DN UP DN UP DN UP DN UNIT F UNIT F UNIT F UNIT G STORAGE ENTRY GARAGE HWT 5-A5-A 5-B5-B 5-C5-C 5-D5-D 5-E5-E 5-25-25-25-2 5-35-3 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"27.2 m 89' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 27.2 m 89' - 4" 1 A-4.03 1 A-4.03 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 125' - 3 5/32" 38.18 m 125' - 0 25/32" 38.12 m 124' - 10 13/16" 38.07 m 124' - 10 1/32" 38.05 m CL O S E T CLOSET ENTRY GARAGE HWT BEDROOM GARAGE CLOSET CL O S E T ENTRY HWT BEDROOM CL O S E T CLOSET ENTRY GARAGE HWT BEDROOM 5-15-1 OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0" LINE OF BLDG. OVER OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0" LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER FLEX CLOSET 5-A5-A 5-B5-B 5-C5-C 5-D5-D 5-E5-E 5-25-25-25-2 5-35-35-35-3 UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT D BALCONY BALCONY BALCONY BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"27.2 m 89' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 27.2 m 89' - 4" 1 A-4.03 1 A-4.03 DINING 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN DINING CLOSET PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN DINING CLOSET PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN DINING CLOSET CLOSET 134' - 4 1/16" 40.95 m 134' - 8 31/32" 41.07 m 134' - 7 31/32" 41.05 m 134' - 4 13/16" 40.97 m DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.05A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 5 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 5 - GROUND FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0"A-4.03 2 BLOCK 5 - MAIN FLOOR 2023 10 03 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 DN DN DN DN UP UP UP UP DN DN DN DN 5-A5-A 5-B5-B 5-C5-C 5-D5-D 5-E5-E 5-25-25-25-2 5-35-35-35-3 UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT D 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 1. 8 m 6' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"27.2 m 89' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 27.2 m 89' - 4" 1 A-4.03 1 A-4.03 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2BEDROOM #1 ENSUITE MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2BEDROOM #1 ENSUITE MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2BEDROOM #1 ENSUITE MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN ENSUITE CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2BEDROOM #1 BATH 5-15-15-15-1 11 . 0 m 36 ' - 0 " 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 1. 8 m 6' - 0 " 11 . 0 m 36 ' - 0 " 144' - 4 1/16" 43.99 m144' - 8 31/32" 44.12 m 144' - 7 31/32" 44.09 m 144' - 4 13/16" 44.01 m 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 6:126:126:126:12 5-A5-A 5-B5-B 5-C5-C 5-D5-D 5-E5-E 5-25-25-25-2 5-35-35-35-3 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 1. 8 m 6' - 0 " 9. 1 m 30 ' - 0 " 1. 8 m 6' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 27.2 m 89' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"27.2 m 89' - 4" UNIT F UNIT F UNIT F UNIT G 1 A-4.03 1 A-4.03 5-15-15-15-1 11 . 0 m 36 ' - 0 " 11 . 0 m 36 ' - 0 " 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:128:12 6: 1 2 8:128:12 6: 1 2 6: 1 2 8:12 8:128:128:12 6: 1 2 6: 1 2 6: 1 2 6: 1 2 OUTDOOR AMENITY AREA 224.47 sq.ft. OUTDOOR AMENITY AREA 224.47 sq.ft. OUTDOOR AMENITY AREA 224.47 sq.ft. OUTDOOR AMENITY AREA 176.47 sq.ft. DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.05B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 5 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 5 - UPPER FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 5 - ROOF PLAN 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 UP UP UP UP UP DN UP DN UP DN UP DN UNIT FUNIT FUNIT FUNIT G CLOSET CL O S E T ENTRY GARAGE CLOSET CL O S E T ENTRY GARAGE CLOSET CL O S E T ENTRY GARAGEGARAGE HWTHWTHWT 6-A6-A 6-B6-B 6-C6-C 6-D6-D 6-E6-E 6-26-26-26-2 6-36-3 6-36-3 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"27.2 m 89' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 27.2 m 89' - 4" 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 2 A-4.03 2 A-4.03 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 126' - 0 19/32" 38.42 m 125' - 11 1/32" 38.38 m 125' - 8 21/32" 38.32 m 125' - 5 29/32" 38.25 m BEDROOM BEDROOM BEDROOM STORAGE ENTRY CLOSET 6-16-1 OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0" LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0" FURN.HWT FURN.FURN.FURN. FLEX 6.4 m 21' - 0" 5. 7 m 18 ' - 7 " 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 5. 5 m 18 ' - 1 " 6-A6-A 6-B6-B 6-C6-C 6-D6-D 6-E6-E 6-26-26-26-2 6-36-3 6-36-3 UNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT D BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN BALCONY PWDR. LIVING KITCHEN LIVING 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 27.2 m 89' - 4" 27.2 m 89' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 27.2 m 89' - 4" 2 A-4.03 2 A-4.03 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " CLOSET DINING DINING CLOSET DINING CLOSET PWDR. CLOSET KITCHEN DINING BALCONY 134' - 11 29/32" 41.15 m135' - 6 19/32" 41.32 m 135' - 5 13/16" 41.30 m 135' - 2 21/32" 41.22 m DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.06A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 6 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 6 - GROUND FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 6 - MAIN FLOOR 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 DN DN DN DN UP UP UP UP DN DN 6-A6-A 6-B6-B 6-C6-C 6-D6-D 6-E6-E 6-26-26-26-2 6-36-3 6-36-3 UNIT FUNIT FUNIT FUNIT G MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 1. 6 m 5' - 4 1 / 2 " 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"27.2 m 89' - 4" 27.2 m 89' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 27.2 m 89' - 4" 2 A-4.03 2 A-4.03 1. 6 m 5' - 4 1 / 2 " 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " ENSUITEENSUITEENSUITE MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. BATH W/D & LINEN CL O S E T CL O S E T BEDROOM #2 BEDROOM #1 6-16-16-16-1 11 . 1 m 36 ' - 4 1 / 2 " 11 . 1 m 36 ' - 4 1 / 2 " 144' - 11 29/32" 44.19 m 145' - 6 19/32" 44.36 m 145' - 5 13/16" 44.34 m 145' - 2 21/32" 44.26 m 6:126:12 6:12 6:12 6:12 ENSUITE 6:12 6:12 6:12 6-A6-A 6-B6-B 6-C6-C 6-D6-D 6-E6-E 6-26-26-26-2 6-36-3 6-36-3 UNIT FUNIT FUNIT FUNIT G 1. 6 m 5' - 4 1 / 2 " 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 1. 6 m 5' - 4 1 / 2 " 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 27.2 m 89' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 27.2 m 89' - 4" 2 A-4.03 2 A-4.03 6-16-16-16-1 11 . 1 m 36 ' - 4 1 / 2 " 11 . 1 m 36 ' - 4 1 / 2 " [No Slope] 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 8:12 OUTDOOR AMENITY AREA 224.47 sq.ft. OUTDOOR AMENITY AREA 224.47 sq.ft. OUTDOOR AMENITY AREA 224.47 sq.ft. OUTDOOR AMENITY AREA 176.47 sq.ft. 6: 1 2 6:12 6: 1 2 6: 1 2 6: 1 2 6: 1 2 6: 1 2 6: 1 2 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.06B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 6 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 6 - UPPER FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 6 - ROOF PLAN 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 UPUPUP UPUPUPUP UPUP UP UP DN DN UP UP DN UP DNDN 7-A7-A 7-B7-B 7-C7-C 7-D7-D 7-E7-E 7-F7-F 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"36.5 m 119' - 8" 7-27-27-27-2 7-37-37-37-3 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 36.5 m 119' - 8" UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C GARAGE GARAGE GARAGE ENTRY ENTRY ENTRY MEC. GARAGE ENTRYEL E C . 1 A-4.04 1 A-4.04 124' - 0 31/32" 37.82 m 124' - 8 1/16" 38.00 m 125' - 5 29/32" 38.25 m 125' - 7 3/32" 38.28 m BEDROOM 4 7-17-17-17-1 GARAGE 7-47-4 7-47-4 MEC.MEC. BEDROOM 4 ENTRY OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0" LINE OF BLDG. OVER 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 10 . 1 m 33 ' - 0 " 10 . 1 m 33 ' - 0 " OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0" LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVERLINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER 124' - 0 31/32" 37.82 m 125' - 8 17/32" 38.32 m 125' - 8 17/32" 38.32 m 125' - 8 17/32" 38.32 m 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 1. 3 m 4' - 1 1 / 2 " 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 125' - 0 1/16" 38.10 m 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 0.9 m 3' - 0" MECH. CLOSET.CLOSET MECH. 7-A7-A 7-B7-B 7-C7-C 7-D7-D 7-E7-E 7-F7-F 7-27-27-27-2 7-37-37-37-3 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"36.5 m 119' - 8" 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 36.5 m 119' - 8" PWDR. KITCHEN LIVING BALCONY PWDR.PWDR. KITCHEN KITCHENKITCHEN LIVING LIVING LIVING BALCONY BALCONY BALCONY BALCONY PWDR. KITCHEN LIVING UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C 1 A-4.04 1 A-4.04 DINING DINING DINING DINING DINING NOOK NOOK NOOK PWDR. 7-47-4 7-47-4 CLOSETCLOSETCLOSET 133' - 6 31/32" 40.72 m 134' - 11 1/8" 41.13 m 135' - 1 3/32" 41.18 m DW DW 135' - 1 3/32" 41.18 m 134' - 11 1/8" 41.13 m 134' - 5 7/32" 40.98 m 134' - 2 1/16" 40.90 m 133' - 6 3/16" 40.70 m 3.8 m 12' - 5" 1. 7 m 5' - 7 " 3.7 m 12' - 0" 1. 8 m 5' - 1 1 " 1. 8 m 5' - 1 1 " 1. 8 m 5' - 1 1 " 3.6 m 11' - 9 1/2" 1. 7 m 5' - 7 " 3.7 m 12' - 0" 3.7 m 12' - 0" DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.07A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 7 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 7 - GROUND FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 7 - MAIN FLOOR 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 DN DNDNDN DN 7-A7-A 7-B7-B 7-C7-C 7-D7-D 7-E7-E 7-F7-F 7-27-27-27-2 7-37-37-37-3 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 10 . 1 m 33 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"36.5 m 119' - 8" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 36.5 m 119' - 8" 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 10 . 1 m 33 ' - 0 " UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN ENSUITE BEDROOM #1BEDROOM #2 CLOSET CL O S E T MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. BATH W/ D & L I N E N BEDROOM #1 BEDROOM #2 CL O S E T MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. ENSUITE BATH W/ D & L I N E N ENSUITE CL O S E T BEDROOM #1 BEDROOM #2 CL O S E T MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. ENSUITE BATH BEDROOM #1 BEDROOM #2 CL O S E T W/ D & L I N E N 1 A-4.04 1 A-4.04 MASTER BEDROOM ENSUITE BATH BEDROOM #1BEDROOM #2 W/D+CLOSET CL O S E T 7-17-17-17-1 BATH 7-47-4 7-47-4 W.I.C. CLOSET CL O S E T CL O S E T CL O S E T CL O S E T CL O S E T 143' - 6 31/32" 43.76 m 144' - 3 1/16" 43.97 m 144' - 6 7/32" 44.05 m 144' - 11 1/8" 44.17 m 145' - 1 3/32" 44.22 m 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 7-A7-A 7-B7-B 7-C7-C 7-D7-D 7-E7-E 7-F7-F 7-27-27-27-2 7-37-37-37-3 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 36.5 m 119' - 8" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 36.5 m 119' - 8" 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 10 . 1 m 33 ' - 0 " 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 10 . 1 m 33 ' - 0 " UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C 1 A-4.04 1 A-4.04 7-17-17-17-1 7-47-4 7-47-4 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12" 3" / 1 2 " 3 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12" 3 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 3 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.07B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 7 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 7 - UPPER FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 7 - ROOF PLAN 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 UPUPUP UP UP UP DN UNIT CUNIT AUNIT AUNIT AUNIT C GARAGE GARAGEGARAGE ENTRY ENTRYENTRY MECH. GARAGE ENTRY MECH. GARAGE CLOSET ENTRY GARAGE ENTRY MECH. 8-A8-A 8-B8-B 8-C8-C 8-D8-D 8-E8-E 8-F8-F 8-G8-G 8-28-28-28-2 8-38-38-38-3 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"44.1 m 144' - 8" 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 44.1 m 144' - 8" UNIT A 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 2 A-4.04 2 A-4.04 127' - 11 7/16" 39.00 m 127' - 9 15/32" 38.95 m 127' - 5 17/32" 38.85 m 126' - 11 5/8" 38.70 m 126' - 7 11/16" 38.60 m 126' - 0 19/32" 38.42 m BEDROOM # 4 8-18-1 BEDROOM # 4 CLOSET UP UP UP UP UP 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " OVERHEAD DOOR H=7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H=7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H=7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H=7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H=7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H=7'-0" UP LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER 127' - 7 7/16" 38.90 m LINE OF BLDG. OVER 127' - 8 15/16" 38.94 m 127' - 8 15/16" 38.94 m 128' - 2 31/32" 39.09 m 129' - 7 25/32" 39.52 m 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " MECH. 7-237-23 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " MECH. 8-A8-A 8-B8-B 8-C8-C 8-D8-D 8-E8-E 8-F8-F 8-G8-G 8-28-28-28-2 8-38-38-38-3 PWDR. LIVING BALCONY PWDR.PWDR.PWDR. LIVING LIVING LIVING BALCONYBALCONYBALCONY UNIT CUNIT AUNIT AUNIT AUNIT C LIVING PWDR. BALCONY UNIT A 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 44.1 m 144' - 8" 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"44.1 m 144' - 8" 2 A-4.04 2 A-4.04 DINING DINING DINING DINING DINING BALCONY PWDR.KITCHEN LIVING DINING CLOSET CLOSET CLOSET CLOSET 8-18-1 KITCHENKITCHENKITCHENKITCHENKITCHEN CLOSET CLOSET CLOSET 135' - 6 19/32" 41.32 m 136' - 2 11/16" 41.52 m 136' - 6 5/8" 41.62 m 137' - 0 15/16" 41.78 m 137' - 4 15/32" 41.87 m DW DW 7-237-23 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.08A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 8 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 8 - GROUND FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 8 - MAIN FLOOR 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 DN DN DN DN DN DN 8-A8-A 8-B8-B 8-C8-C 8-D8-D 8-E8-E 8-F8-F 8-G8-G 8-28-28-28-2 8-38-38-38-3 UNIT CUNIT AUNIT AUNIT AUNIT C MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. BATH W/D & LINEN ENSUITE BEDROOM #1 BEDROOM #2 CLOSET CL O S E T MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. ENSUITE BATH W/ D & L I N E N BEDROOM #1 BEDROOM #2 CL O S E T CL O S E T MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. ENSUITE BATH W/ D & L I N E N CL O S E T BEDROOM #1 BEDROOM #2 CL O S E T MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. ENSUITE BATH CL O S E T BEDROOM #1 BEDROOM #2 CL O S E T W/ D & L I N E N MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. ENSUITE BATH CL O S E T BEDROOM #1 BEDROOM #2 CL O S E T W/ D & L I N E N UNIT A 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"44.1 m 144' - 8" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 44.1 m 144' - 8" 2 A-4.04 2 A-4.04 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. BATH W/D & LINEN ENSUITE BEDROOM #1BEDROOM #2 CLOSET CL O S E T 8-18-18-18-1 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " CL O S E T CL O S E T CL O S E T 145' - 6 19/32" 44.36 m 146' - 2 11/16" 44.57 m 146' - 6 5/8" 44.67 m 147' - 0 15/16" 44.83 m 147' - 4 15/32" 44.92 m 147' - 5 7/16" 44.94 m 7-237-23 8-A8-A 8-B8-B 8-C8-C 8-D8-D 8-E8-E 8-F8-F 8-G8-G 8-28-28-28-2 8-38-38-38-3 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " 9. 4 m 31 ' - 0 " 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"44.1 m 144' - 8" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 44.1 m 144' - 8" UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C 2 A-4.04 2 A-4.04 8-18-18-18-1 3" / 1 2 " 2 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 2 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 8" / 12" 3 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"7 1/2" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12" 3" / 1 2 " 2 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 2 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 3 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 7-237-23 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.08B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 8 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 8 - UPPER FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 8 - ROOF PLAN 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 UP UP UP UP DN DN UNIT A UNIT C GARAGE ENTRY MECH. GARAGE ENTRY GARAGE ENTRY MECH. UNIT A GARAGE ENTRY UNIT C9-A9-A 9-B9-B 9-C9-C 9-D9-D 9-E9-E 9-19-19-19-1 9-29-29-29-2 9-39-39-39-3 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"28.9 m 94' - 8" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 28.9 m 94' - 8" 1 A-4.05 129' - 9" 39.55 m 129' - 3 3/16" 39.40 m 128' - 7 5/16" 39.20 m BEDROOM # 4 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 1 / 2 " 9. 5 m 31 ' - 0 1 / 2 " 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 1 / 2 " 9. 5 m 31 ' - 0 1 / 2 " 129' - 10 7/16" 39.58 m OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H= 7'-0" UP LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER UP BEDROOM # 4 CLOSET 130' - 2 31/32" 39.70 m131' - 5 11/32" 40.06 m LINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER 129' - 11 11/16" 39.62 m 129' - 5 19/32" 39.46 m UPUPLINE OF BLDG. OVER LINE OF BLDG. OVER 1. 2 m 4' - 1 " 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " MECH. CLOSET 0. 6 m 2' - 0 " MECH. 9-A9-A 9-B9-B 9-C9-C 9-D9-D 9-E9-E 9-29-29-29-2 9-39-39-39-3 PWDR. KITCHEN LIVING BALCONY BALCONY PWDR. KITCHEN LIVING UNIT C UNIT A UNIT C LIVING PWDR. KITCHEN BALCONY UNIT A28.9 m 94' - 8"6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"28.9 m 94' - 8" 1 A-4.05 1 A-4.05 DINING DINING DINING PWDR. KITCHEN LIVING BALCONY DINING CLOSET CLOSET 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 138' - 1 5/16" 42.10 m138' - 10 3/16" 42.32 m 139' - 4" 42.47 m 139' - 3" 42.44 m 1. 7 m 5' - 7 " 4.1 m 13' - 5" 3.7 m 12' - 0" 1. 8 m 6' - 0 " 3.7 m 12' - 0" 1. 8 m 6' - 0 " 1. 7 m 5' - 7 " 4.1 m 13' - 5" 4.1 m 13' - 5" 139' - 3" 42.44 m 139' - 3" 42.44 m 138' - 9 3/16" 42.30 m 138' - 1 5/16" 42.10 m DN UP DN UP DN UP DN UP DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.09A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 9 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 9 - GROUND FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 9 - MAIN FLOOR 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 DN DN DN 9-A9-A 9-B9-B 9-C9-C 9-D9-D 9-E9-E 9-19-19-19-1 9-29-29-29-2 9-39-39-39-3 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"28.9 m 94' - 8" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 28.9 m 94' - 8" UNIT C UNIT A UNIT C MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. BATH LINEN ENSUITE BEDROOM #1BEDROOM #2 W/D CLOSET CL O S E T UNIT A MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. ENSUITE BATH CL O S E T BEDROOM #1 BEDROOM #2 CL O S E T W/ D & L I N E N MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. ENSUITE BATH CL O S E T BEDROOM #1 BEDROOM #2 CL O S E T W/ D & L I N E N 1 A-4.05 1 A-4.05 MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. W/D & LINEN BATH ENSUITE BEDROOM #1BEDROOM #2 CLOSET CL O S E T 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 1 / 2 " 9. 5 m 31 ' - 0 1 / 2 " 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 1 / 2 " 9. 5 m 31 ' - 0 1 / 2 " CL O S E T CL O S E T 148' - 1 5/16" 45.14 m 148' - 10 3/16" 45.37 m 149' - 4" 45.52 m 149' - 3" 45.49 m DN 9-A9-A 9-B9-B 9-C9-C 9-D9-D 9-E9-E 9-19-19-19-1 9-29-29-29-2 9-39-39-39-3 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 28.9 m 94' - 8" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 28.9 m 94' - 8" UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C 1 A-4.05 1 A-4.05 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 1 / 2 " 9. 5 m 31 ' - 0 1 / 2 " 8. 8 m 29 ' - 0 " 0. 6 m 2' - 0 1 / 2 " 9. 5 m 31 ' - 0 1 / 2 " 3 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12" 3 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 3 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 3 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 3 1 / 2 " / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12" DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.09B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 9 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 9 - UPPER FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 9 - ROOF PLAN 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 10-A10-A 10-B10-B 10-C10-C 10-110-1 10-210-2 10-310-3 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 5. 9 m 19 ' - 6 " 1. 1 m 3' - 6 1 / 2 " 7. 2 m 23 ' - 6 " 7.3 m 24' - 0" 7.3 m 24' - 0"14.6 m 48' - 0" 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 5. 9 m 19 ' - 6 " 1. 1 m 3' - 6 1 / 2 " 7. 2 m 23 ' - 6 " 7.3 m 24' - 0" 7.3 m 24' - 0" 14.6 m 48' - 0" UNIT E UNIT E GARAGE ENTRY GARAGE MECH.STORAGE MECH.STORAGE 2 A-4.05 2 A-4.05 127' - 10 15/32" 38.98 m 128' - 11 1/4" 39.30 m 10-510-5 131' - 5 1/4" 40.06 m ENTRY 132' - 6 1/32" 40.39 m OVERHEAD DOOR H=7'-0"OVERHEAD DOOR H=7'-0" UP UP UPUP 10-A10-A 10-B10-B 10-C10-C 10-110-1 10-210-2 10-310-3 7.3 m 24' - 0" 7.3 m 24' - 0"14.6 m 48' - 0" 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 5. 9 m 19 ' - 6 " 7. 2 m 23 ' - 6 " 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 5. 9 m 19 ' - 6 " 8. 4 m 27 ' - 6 " 14.6 m 48' - 0" PWDR. KITCHEN LIVING UNIT E UNIT E 7.3 m 24' - 0" 7.3 m 24' - 0" 2 A-4.05 2 A-4.05 BALCONY CL O S E T & P T . PWDR. KITCHEN LIVING BALCONY CL O S E T & P T . 10-410-4 10-510-5 137' - 4 15/32" 41.87 m 138' - 5 1/4" 42.20 m 1. 9 m 6' - 1 " 4.3 m 14' - 2 1/2" 141' - 4 15/32" 43.09 m 142' - 5 1/4" 43.41 m 137' - 4 15/32" 41.87 m 138' - 5 1/4" 42.20 m NOOK NOOK 4.3 m 14' - 2 1/2" 4.3 m 14' - 2 1/2" 4.3 m 14' - 2 1/2" UP DN DN UP 10-A10-A 10-B10-B 10-C10-C 10-110-1 10-210-2 10-310-3 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 5. 9 m 19 ' - 6 " 1. 4 m 4' - 8 " 9. 8 m 32 ' - 2 " 7.3 m 24' - 0" 7.3 m 24' - 0"14.6 m 48' - 0" 14.6 m 48' - 0" 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 5. 9 m 19 ' - 6 " 8. 4 m 27 ' - 6 " UNIT E UNIT E BEDROOM 2BEDROOM 1 MASTER BEDROOM BATH W/ D & L I N E N 7.3 m 24' - 0" 7.3 m 24' - 0" 2 A-4.05 2 A-4.05 10-410-4 ENSUITE W.I.C.CLOSET BEDROOM 2 BEDROOM 1 MASTER BEDROOM BATH W/ D & L I N E N ENSUITE W.I.C.CLOSET 10-510-5 W.I.C.W.I.C. 148' - 5 1/4" 45.24 m 147' - 4 15/32" 44.92 m DN DN 10-A10-A 10-B10-B 10-C10-C 10-110-1 10-210-2 10-310-3 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 5. 9 m 19 ' - 6 " 7. 2 m 23 ' - 6 " 7.3 m 24' - 0" 7.3 m 24' - 0"14.6 m 48' - 0" 7.3 m 24' - 0" 7.3 m 24' - 0" 14.6 m 48' - 0" 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 1. 2 m 4' - 0 " 5. 9 m 19 ' - 6 " 8. 4 m 27 ' - 6 " 2 A-4.05 2 A-4.05 10-410-4 10-510-5 8" / 12" 2" / 1 2 " 8" / 12" 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 2" / 1 2 " 8" / 12"8" / 12" 8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12"8" / 12" DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A 3/16" = 1'-0" A-2.10A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS FLOOR PLANS - BLOCK 10 3/16" = 1'-0" 1 BLOCK 10 - GROUND FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 2 BLOCK 10 - MAIN FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 3 BLOCK 10 - UPPER FLOOR 3/16" = 1'-0" 4 BLOCK 10 - ROOF PLAN 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 1-A1-A 1-B1-B 1-C1-C 1-G1-G 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 27.2 m 89' - 4" 40.8 m 134' - 0" UNIT DUNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT BUNIT B 1-D1-D 1-E1-E 1-F1-F 37.48m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 37.73m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 2 41 3 8:12 8:1 2 8:12 8:1 2 7-237-23 1-A1-A1-B1-B1-C1-C1-G1-G 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" UNIT D UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B1-D1-D1-E1-E1-F1-F 37.73m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 37.48m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 9 3 8:12 8:1 2 8:12 8:1 2 7-237-23 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING(COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD-(DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR- (DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR-(DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.01A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 1 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 1 - NORTH ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 1 - SOUTH ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 1-21-2 1-31-3 9.8 m 32' - 0" UNIT D 9.1 m 30' - 0" 0.6 m 2' - 0" 1-11-1 37.48m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 4 2 8: 1 2 1-21-21-31-3 9.8 m 32' - 0" 9.1 m 30' - 0" 0.6 m 2' - 0" UNIT D 1-11-1 37.73m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 5 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2 92:12 2:12 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.01B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 1 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 1 - EAST ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 1 - WEST ELEVATION 2023 10 03 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR- (DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS 2-A2-A2-B2-B2-C2-C2-D2-D2-E2-E2-F2-F2-G2-G 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT D 38.13m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 37.88m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 8:12 8:1 2 2 6419 8:12 8:1 2 2-A2-A 2-B2-B 2-C2-C 2-D2-D 2-E2-E 2-F2-F 2-G2-G 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" UNIT D UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B 37.88m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 38.13m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3 2: 1 2 2: 1 2 2: 1 2 2: 1 2 2: 1 2 2: 1 2 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.02A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 2 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 2 - SOUTH ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 2 - NORTH ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 2-22-22-32-3 9.8 m 32' - 0" 1.3 m 4' - 4 1/2" UNIT B 2-12-1 38.13m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 11.1 m 36' - 4 1/2" 8: 1 2 4 6 23 9 2-22-2 2-32-3UNIT D 9.8 m 32' - 0" 1.3 m 4' - 4 1/2" 2-12-1 11.1 m 36' - 4 1/2" 37.88m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2:12 2:1224 9 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.02B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 2 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 2 - WEST ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 2 - EAST ELEVATION 2023 10 03 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 3-A3-A 3-B3-B 3-C3-C 3-D3-D 3-E3-E 3-F3-F 3-G3-G 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT D 38.23 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 38.50 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 8:12 8:1 2 26 7 3 41 8:12 8:1 2 8:12 8:1 2 2: 1 2 2: 1 2 3-A3-A3-B3-B3-C3-C3-D3-D3-E3-E3-F3-F3-G3-G 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" UNIT D UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B 38.50 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 38.23 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " [No Slope] 2 16 8:1 28:12 8:1 28:12 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR- (DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.03A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 3 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 3 - NORTH ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 3 - SOUTH ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 3-23-2 3-33-3 9.7 m 31' - 10 1/2" UNIT B 9.1 m 29' - 10 1/2" 0.6 m 2' - 0" 3-13-1 38.23 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 4 29 8: 1 2 3-23-23-33-3 UNIT D 3-13-1 9.1 m 29' - 10 1/2" 0.6 m 2' - 0" 9.7 m 31' - 10 1/2" 38.50 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2:12 2:12 264 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.03B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 3 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 3 - EAST ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 3 - WEST ELEVATION 2023 10 03 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 4-A4-A 4-C4-C 4-D4-D 4-E4-E 4-F4-F 4-G4-G 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 13.6 m 44' - 8"40.8 m 134' - 0"UNIT G UNIT F UNIT F UNIT F UNIT F UNIT F4-B4-B 37.85 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 37.58 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 12367 7-87-87-137-137-187-187-197-197-207-207-217-21 7-227-227-237-237-247-247-257-257-267-26 4-A4-A4-C4-C4-D4-D4-E4-E4-F4-F4-G4-G 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 13.6 m 44' - 8"40.8 m 134' - 0"UNIT F UNIT G4-B4-B 37.58 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 37.85 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 1 2 9 6 3 7-87-8 7-137-137-187-18 7-197-197-207-207-217-217-227-22 7-237-237-247-247-257-257-267-26UNIT F UNIT F UNIT F UNIT F 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.04A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 4 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 4 - SOUTH ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 4 - NORTH ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 4-24-2 4-34-3 UNIT G 4-14-1 1.7 m 5' - 5 1/2" 9.4 m 31' - 0"11.1 m 36' - 5 1/2" 37.85 m GROUND FLOOR 40.75 m MAIN FLOOR 43.75m UPPER FLOOR 46.15 U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 9 2 6 4-24-24-34-3 1.7 m 5' - 5 1/2" 9.4 m 31' - 0" UNIT B 4-14-1 11.1 m 36' - 5 1/2" 37.58 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 1 3 9 8: 1 2 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.04B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 4 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 4 - WEST ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 4 - EAST ELEVATION 2023 10 03 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 5-A5-A 5-B5-B 5-C5-C 5-D5-D 5-E5-E 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"27.2 m 89' - 4" UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B 38.18 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 38.00 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 1 2 6 3 5-A5-A5-B5-B5-C5-C5-D5-D5-E5-E 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"27.2 m 89' - 4" UNIT D UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B 38.00 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 38.15 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 2 19 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.05A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 5 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 5 - SOUTH ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 5 - NORTH ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 5-25-2 5-35-3 1.8 m 6' - 0" 9.1 m 30' - 0" UNIT B5-15-1 11.0 m 36' - 0" 38.15 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 5-25-25-35-3 UNIT D 1.8 m 6' - 0" 9.1 m 30' - 0" 5-15-1 11.0 m 36' - 0" 38.00 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.05B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 5 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 5 - WEST ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 5 - EAST ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 6-A6-A 6-B6-B 6-C6-C 6-D6-D 6-E6-E 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"27.2 m 89' - 4" UNIT D UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B 38.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 38.25 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 6-A6-A6-B6-B6-C6-C6-D6-D6-E6-E 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"27.2 m 89' - 4" UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT D U/S ROOF TRUSS UPPER FLOOR MAIN FLOOR 38.25 m GROUND FLOOR 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 38.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.06A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 6 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 6 - SOUTH ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 6 - NORTH ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 5-25-2 5-35-36-26-2 6-36-3UNIT D 1.6 m 5' - 4 1/2" 9.4 m 31' - 0" 6-16-1 11.1 m 36' - 4 1/2" 38.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 5-25-25-35-3 6-26-26-36-3 1.6 m 5' - 4 1/2" 9.4 m 31' - 0" UNIT B 6-16-1 11.1 m 36' - 4 1/2" 38.25 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.06B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 6 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 6 - WEST ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 6 - EAST ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 7-A7-A 7-B7-B 7-C7-C 7-D7-D 7-E7-E 7-F7-F 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"36.5 m 119' - 8" UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C 38.20 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 37.82 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 4 67 1 7-A7-A7-B7-B7-C7-C7-D7-D7-E7-E7-F7-F 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"36.5 m 119' - 8" UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C 37.82 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 38.20 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 8:12 8:1 2 3: 1 2 8:12 8:1 2 3: 1 2 8:12 8:1 2 3: 1 2 8:12 8:1 2 8:12 8:1 2 3: 1 2 1 6 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.07A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 7 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 7 - SOUTH ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 7 - NORTH ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 7-27-2 7-37-3 0.6 m 2' - 0" 8.8 m 29' - 0"9.4 m 31' - 0" UNIT C7-17-1 38.20 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 4:12 3:12 8: 1 2 24 6 1 7-27-27-37-3 8.8 m 29' - 0"8.8 m 29' - 0" UNIT C 7-17-1 37.82 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3:12 8: 1 2 2 4 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.07B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 7 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 7 - WEST ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 7 - EAST ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 8-A8-A 8-B8-B 8-C8-C 8-D8-D 8-E8-E 8-F8-F 8-G8-G 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"44.1 m 144' - 8" UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C 38.86 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 38.42m GROUND FLOOR 2. 9 m 9' - 7 1 / 2 " 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 2 6 1 6 7-237-23 8-A8-A8-B8-B8-C8-C8-D8-D8-E8-E8-F8-F8-G8-G 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"44.1 m 144' - 8" UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C U/S ROOF TRUSS UPPER FLOOR MAIN FLOOR 38.86 m GROUND FLOOR 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 38.34 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 8:12 8:1 2 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 8:1 28:12 8:1 28:124219 7-237-23 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.08A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 8 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 8 - SOUTH ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 8 - NORTH ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 8-28-2 8-38-3 0.6 m 2' - 0" 8.8 m 29' - 0"9.4 m 31' - 0" UNIT C8-18-1 38.86 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 8: 1 2 3:12 2 1 4 6 8-28-28-38-3 0.6 m 2' - 0" 8.8 m 29' - 0"9.4 m 31' - 0" UNIT C 7-17-1 8-18-1 38.34 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3:12 8: 1 2 2 4 6 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.08B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 8 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 8 - WEST ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 8 - EAST ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 9-A9-A 9-B9-B 9-C9-C 9-D9-D 9-E9-E 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"28.9 m 94' - 8" UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C 39.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 39.06 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3: 1 23: 1 2 3: 1 2 4 2 717 9-A9-A9-B9-B9-C9-C9-D9-D9-E9-E 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"28.9 m 94' - 8"UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C 39.06 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 39.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 9. 6 m 31 ' - 7 " 8:12 8:1 2 613 4 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 8:12 8:1 2 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.09A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 9 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 9 - SOUTH ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 9 - NORTH ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 9-19-1 9-29-2 9-39-3 0.6 m 2' - 0 1/2" 8.8 m 29' - 0"9.5 m 31' - 0 1/2" UNIT C 39.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2169 9-19-19-29-29-39-3 0.6 m 2' - 0 1/2" 8.8 m 29' - 0"9.5 m 31' - 0 1/2" UNIT C 39.06 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 9. 8 m 32 ' - 1 " 8: 1 2 3:12 426 9 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.09B TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 9 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 9 - WEST ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 9 - EAST ELEVATION 2023 09 06 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 10-A10-A10-B10-B10-C10-C 7.3 m 24' - 0" 7.3 m 24' - 0"14.6 m 48' - 0" UNIT E UNIT E 39.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 39.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 9. 6 m 31 ' - 6 1 / 2 " 2: 1 2 8:12 8:1 2 8:12 8:1 2 2: 1 2 2 4 1 9 10-A10-A 10-B10-B 10-C10-C 7.3 m 24' - 0" 7.3 m 24' - 0"14.6 m 48' - 0" UNIT E UNIT E 39.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 39.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 9. 6 m 31 ' - 6 " 2 167 10-110-110-210-210-310-3 1.2 m 4' - 0" 1.2 m 4' - 0" 5.9 m 19' - 6"8.4 m 27' - 6" 10-410-4 39.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 26 3 9 1.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (COBBLE STONE) 2.FIBER CEMENT SIDING (LIGHT GRAY) 3.CULTURED STONE SIDING (VERSETTA-SAND) 4.ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING 5.STAINED WOOD- (DARK GREY) / ENTRY 6.STAINED WOOD FASCIA/WINDOW TRIMS (DARK GREY) 7.O/H GARAGE DOOR (DARK GREY) 8.EXTERIOR METAL DOOR-(DARK GREY) DOOR TRIM COLOUR- (DARK GREY) 9.HIGH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM RAILING COLOR & MATERIALS 10-110-1 10-210-2 10-310-3 1.2 m 4' - 0" 1.2 m 4' - 0" 5.9 m 19' - 6"8.4 m 27' - 6" 10-410-4 39.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2:12 2:12 24 69 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-3.10A TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS ELEVATIONS - BLOCK 10 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 1 BLOCK 10 - EAST ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 3 BLOCK 10 - WEST ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 4 BLOCK 10 - SOUTH ELEVATION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-1.03 2 BLOCK 10 - NORTH ELEVATION 2023 10 03 A ADP SUBMISSION 10/04/2023 UP UP UP UPUP 1-A1-A1-B1-B1-C1-C1-G1-G 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" UNIT D UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B STORAGE CLOSETMECH. PWDR.LIVING BATH MASTER BEDROOM ENTRY BEDROOMMECH.ENTRY BEDROOM MECH. ENTRY BEDROOM MECH. ENTRY BEDROOM MECH. ENTRY BEDROOM MECH. PWDR.KITCHEN PWDR.KITCHEN PWDR.KITCHEN PWDR.KITCHEN PWDR.KITCHEN W.I.C.MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C.MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C.MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C.MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C.MASTER BEDROOM UNIT B UNIT B1-D1-D1-E1-E1-F1-F 37.73m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 37.48m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 9. 7 m 31 ' - 9 1 / 2 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 7-237-23 2-A2-A2-B2-B2-C2-C2-D2-D2-E2-E2-F2-F2-G2-G 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4" 6.8 m 22' - 4"40.8 m 134' - 0" UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT B UNIT D BEDROOM ENTRY MECH. PWDR.KITCHEN MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. BEDROOM ENTRY MECH. PWDR.KITCHEN MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. BEDROOM ENTRY MECH. PWDR.KITCHEN MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. BEDROOM ENTRY MECH. PWDR.KITCHEN MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. BEDROOM ENTRY MECH. PWDR.KTICHEN MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. ENTRY STORAGE MECH. LIVING PWDR. MASTER BEDROOM BATH 38.13m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 37.88m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 9. 8 m 32 ' - 1 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 128th STREET FE R N C R E S C E N T MAIN A C C E S S ADJACENT LOT/SINGLE FAMILY PA R K (1) A-4.01 (2) A-4.01 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-4.01 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS SECTIONS - BLOCK 1 & 2 3/16" = 1'-0"A-2.01A 1 BLOCK 1 - LONGITUDINAL SECTION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-2.02A 2 BLOCK 2 - LONGITUDINAL SECTION 2023 07 21 A ISSUE FOR SECOND READING 10/04/2023 UP UP UP UPUP 7-A7-A7-B7-B7-C7-C7-D7-D7-E7-E7-F7-F 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"36.5 m 119' - 8" BEDROOM # 4 GARAGE GARAGE GARAGE BEDROOM # 4 LIVING PWDR.KITCHEN KITCHEN KITCHEN PWDR.LIVING MASTER BEDROOM ENSUITE W/D MASTER BEDROOM W/D MASTER BEDROOM W/D MASTER BEDROOM MASTER BEDROOM ENSUITE UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C 37.82 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 38.20 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 8. 4 m 27 ' - 6 " MECH.MECH.MECH. 9. 8 m 32 ' - 1 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 8. 4 m 27 ' - 6 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 8-A8-A8-B8-B8-C8-C8-D8-D8-E8-E8-F8-F8-G8-G BEDROOM #4 GARAGE GARAGE GARAGE GARAGE BEDROOM #4 LIVING PWDR.KITCHEN KITCHEN KITCHEN KITCHEN LIVING PWDR. MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C.W/D MASTER BEDROOM W/D MASTER BEDROOM W/D MASTER BEDROOM W/D MASTER BEDROOM MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C. 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"44.1 m 144' - 8"UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C U/S ROOF TRUSS UPPER FLOOR MAIN FLOOR 38.86 m GROUND FLOOR38.34 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 8. 4 m 27 ' - 6 " MECH.MECH.MECH.MECH. 9. 7 m 31 ' - 1 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 7-237-23 128th STREET FE R N C R E S C E N T ADJACENT LOT/SINGLE FAMILY PA R K (1) A-4.04 (2) A-4.04 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-4.04 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS SECTIONS - BLOCK 7 & 8 3/16" = 1'-0"A-2.07A 1 BLOCK 7 - LONGITUDINAL SECTION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-2.08A 2 BLOCK 8 - LONGITUDINAL SECTION 2023 07 21 A ISSUE FOR SECOND READING 10/04/2023 UP UP UP UPUP 9-A9-A9-B9-B9-C9-C9-D9-D9-E9-E 6.8 m 22' - 4" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 7.6 m 25' - 0" 6.8 m 22' - 4"28.9 m 94' - 8" UNIT C UNIT A UNIT A UNIT C BEDROOM #4.GARAGE GARAGE BEDROOM #4 LIVING PWDR.KITCHEN KITCHEN LIVING PWDR. MASTER BEDROOM W.I.C.MASTER BEDROOM ENSUITEENSUITEMASTER BEDROOM MASTER BEDROOM 39.06 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 39.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 8. 4 m 27 ' - 6 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 8. 4 m 27 ' - 6 " MECH.MECH. 10 . 0 m 32 ' - 1 0 " ENSUITE 10-A10-A 10-B10-B 10-C10-C 7.3 m 24' - 0" 7.3 m 24' - 0"14.6 m 48' - 0" UNIT EUNIT E GARAGE LIVING GARAGE LIVING BEDROOM 1 BEDROOM 2 39.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 39.40 m GROUND FLOOR MAIN FLOOR UPPER FLOOR U/S ROOF TRUSS 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 8. 4 m 27 ' - 6 " 2. 4 m 8' - 0 " 3. 0 m 10 ' - 0 " 2. 9 m 9' - 6 " 8. 4 m 27 ' - 6 " BEDROOM 1BEDROOM 2 9. 6 m 31 ' - 7 " 128th STREET FE R N C R E S C E N T MAIN A C C E S S ADJACENT LOT/ SINGLE FAMILY PA R K (1) A-4.05 (2) A-4.05 DRAWING No. DRAWING Title Drawn By Scale Date: RE V I S I O N COPYRIGHT RESERVED. THIS PLAN AND DESIGN ARE, AND AT ALL TIMES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF APA ARCHITECTURE INC. AND CANNOT BE USED OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CONSENT. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,DATUMS, AND LEVELS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 12 04 2023 JOB NO.: 22105 S.D / J.L / J.P A As indicated A-4.05 TOWNHOUSE DEVELOPMENT 24070 128 Avenue & 24195 Fern Crescent, Maple Ridge, B.C. WOODLOCK DEVELOPMENTS SECTIONS - BLOCK 9 & 10 3/16" = 1'-0"A-2.09A 1 BLOCK 9 - LONGITUDINAL SECTION 3/16" = 1'-0"A-2.10A 2 BLOCK 10 - LONGITUDINAL SECTION 2023 07 21 A ISSUE FOR SECOND READING 10/04/2023 39.34m39.14m38.56m38.42m37.96m 37.72m 37.94m 37.99m 38.21m 38.32m 38.52m38.19m 38.39m 39.20m 39.30m 38.70m 38.80m38.60m38.48m38.02m38.02m37.92m 37.58m 37.63m 37.69m 37.73m 37.80m 37.85m 38.00m 38.05m 38.10m 38.15m 38.25m 38.30m 38.85m 38.40m 38.50m38.43m38.38m38.32m38.28m38.23m38.13m38.08m38.03m37.98m37.93m37.88m37.75m37.68m37.63m37.58m37.53m 39.06m 39.40m 37.82m 38.02m 38.34m 39.69m 38.60m UP UP ALL PLANT MATERIAL MUST BE PROVIDED FROM CERTIFIED DISEASE FREE NURSERY. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION UPON REQUEST. CHK'D: DRAWN: DESIGN: SCALE: DATE: M2LA PROJECT NUMBER: DRAWING TITLE: PROJECT: DRAWING NUMBER: REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.DATE DR. property of M2 Landscape Architects and may not be reproduced or used for other projects without their permission. c Copyright reserved. This drawing and design is the SEAL: Tel: 604.553.0044 New Westminster, British Columbia #220 - 26 Lorne Mews V3M 3L7 Fax: 604.553.0045 Email: office@m2la.com 37.75m 37.94m 37.99m 37.58m 37.63m 37.69m 37.73m 37.80m 37.85m CHK'D: DRAWN: DESIGN: SCALE: DATE: M2LA PROJECT NUMBER: DRAWING TITLE: PROJECT: DRAWING NUMBER: REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.DATE DR. property of M2 Landscape Architects and may not be reproduced or used for other projects without their permission. c Copyright reserved. This drawing and design is the SEAL: Tel: 604.553.0044 New Westminster, British Columbia #220 - 26 Lorne Mews V3M 3L7 Fax: 604.553.0045 Email: office@m2la.com ALL PLANT MATERIAL MUST BE PROVIDED FROM CERTIFIED DISEASE FREE NURSERY. PROVIDE CERTIFICATION UPON REQUEST. 39.34m39.14m38.56m38.42m37.96m 37.72m 37.94m 37.99m 38.21m 38.32m 38.52m38.19m 38.39m 39.20m 39.30m 38.70m 38.80m38.60m38.48m38.02m38.02m37.92m 37.58m 37.63m 37.69m 37.73m 37.80m 37.85m 38.00m 38.05m 38.10m 38.15m 38.25m 38.30m 38.85m 38.40m 38.50m38.43m38.38m38.32m38.28m38.23m38.13m38.08m38.03m37.98m37.93m37.88m37.75m37.68m37.63m37.58m37.53m 39.06m 39.40m 37.82m 38.02m 38.34m 39.69m 38.60m UP UP CHK'D: DRAWN: DESIGN: SCALE: DATE: M2LA PROJECT NUMBER: DRAWING TITLE: PROJECT: DRAWING NUMBER: REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.DATE DR. property of M2 Landscape Architects and may not be reproduced or used for other projects without their permission. c Copyright reserved. This drawing and design is the SEAL: Tel: 604.553.0044 New Westminster, British Columbia #220 - 26 Lorne Mews V3M 3L7 Fax: 604.553.0045 Email: office@m2la.com 37.7 1 128' - 1 25/32" 39.06 m 1: 1 2 2: 1 2 2: 1 2 2: 1 2 2: 1 2 4: 1 2 3: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 2: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 2: 1 2 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 3: 1 2 4: 1 2 2: 1 2 3: 1 2 1: 1 2 1: 1 2 126' - 3 3/4" 38.50 m126' - 1" 38.43 m 125' - 11 1/32" 38.38 m 125' - 8 21/32" 38.32 m 125' - 7 3/32" 38.28 m125' - 5 1/8" 38.23 m 125' - 1 3/16" 38.13 m 124' - 11 7/32" 38.08 m 124' - 3 11/32" 37.88 m 124' - 5 5/16" 37.93 m 124' - 7 1/16" 37.97 m 124' - 9 1/4" 38.03 m 125' - 0 25/32" 38.12 m 125' - 3 5/32" 38.18 m 125' - 5 29/32" 38.25 m 125' - 8 21/32" 38.32 m 125' - 11 1/32" 38.38 m 128' - 11 1/4" 39.30 m 123' - 7 15/32" 37.68 m 123' - 5 1/2" 37.63 m123' - 3 17/32" 37.58 m 122' - 11 19/32" 37.48 m 123' - 3 17/32" 37.58 m 123' - 5 1/2" 37.63 m 123' - 7 27/32" 37.69 m 123' - 9 7/16" 37.73 m 124' - 0 3/16" 37.80 m 124' - 2 5/32" 37.85 m 123' - 9 7/16" 37.73 m 123' - 1 9/16" 37.53 m 124' - 10 1/32" 38.05 m 124' - 10 13/16" 38.07 m 126' - 0 19/32" 38.42 m 2: 1 2 127' - 10 21/32" 38.98 m 0:12 2:12 124' - 0 31/32" 37.82 m 125' - 0" 38.10 m 124' - 8 1/16" 38.00 m 125' - 5 29/32" 38.25 m 125' - 7 3/32" 38.28 m 126' - 0 19/32" 38.42 m 126' - 7 11/16" 38.60 m 126' - 11 5/8" 38.70 m 127' - 5 17/32" 38.85 m 127' - 9 15/32" 38.95 m 127' - 11 7/16" 39.00 m 128' - 7 5/16" 39.20 m 129' - 9 3/32" 39.55 m 129' - 3 3/16" 39.40 m 129' - 9 3/32" 39.55 m 39.34m39.14m38.56m38.42m37.96m 37.72m 37.94m 37.99m 38.21m 38.32m 38.52m38.19m 38.39m 4: 1 2 39.20m 39.30m 38.70m 38.80m38.60m38.48m38.02m38.02m37.92m 37.58m 37.63m 37.69m 37.73m 37.80m 37.85m 38.00m 38.05m 38.10m 38.15m 38.25m 38.30m 38.85m 38.40m 38.50m38.43m38.38m38.32m38.28m38.23m38.13m38.08m38.03m37.98m37.93m37.88m37.75m37.68m37.63m37.58m37.53m 125' - 0 25/32" 38.12 m 125' - 3 5/32" 38.18 m 39.06m 39.40m 37.82m 38.02m 38.34m 39.69m 38.60m 37.7 3 37.6 6 37.6 0 37.8 0 37.8 2 37. 9 1 37.9 4 38. 0 2 38. 0 5 38.1 4 38.1 7 38.2 6 38.3 2 38. 4 1 38. 4 2 38. 5 1 38. 5 4 38.6 3 38.6 5 38.7 4 38.7 7 38.8 6 38.8 8 38. 9 8 39. 0 9 39.1 7 39.1 9 39.2 8 39. 3 1 39.3 8 39. 4 2 39.5 0 37.6 1 37. 7 6 37.9 1 38.0 6 38. 2 1 38.3 6 38. 5 1 38.8 1 38. 9 6 39.1 1 39. 4 139.2 6 39.4 6 39. 3 2 38.3 4 38.4 2 38.5 0 38. 6 1 39. 1 8 39. 4 3 39. 3 3 37. 9 0 37.7 1 38.1 5 38.4 0 37. 3 9 37. 4 6 37.5 4 37. 6 2 37. 7 0 37. 7 8 37. 8 6 37.9 4 38. 0 2 38.1 0 38.1 8 38.2 6 7.7 2 % 3. 9 2 % 1.0 7 % 4. 8 0 % 2.0 3 % 5. 4 6 % 0. 9 5 % 4. 6 8 % 5. 7 0 % 4. 9 5 % 7. 5 9 % 8.6 8 % 1.9 2 % 6. 5 1 % 0.1 7 % 4. 9 6 % 0. 9 3 % 5. 8 4 % 5. 3 8 % 4.3 1 % 4. 2 1 % 0. 0 8 % 38 . 7 0 38 . 6 0 38 . 4 2 7. 4 1 % 3. 2 9 % 6. 5 5 % 2. 4 0 % 8. 1 1 % 3.6 3 % 9. 6 1 % 38 . 9 5 39 . 0 0 39 . 2 0 39 . 4 0 39 . 5 5 39 . 5 5 38 . 2 8 38 . 2 5 38 . 1 0 38 . 0 0 37 . 8 2 37 . 5 8 37 . 6 3 37 . 6 9 37 . 7 3 37 . 8 0 37 . 8 5 38 . 0 5 38 . 0 7 38 . 1 2 38 . 1 8 38 . 2 5 38 . 3 2 38 . 3 8 38 . 4 2 38 . 4 3 38 . 5 0 6. 1 4 % 1.1 0 % 5.6 1 % 37 . 3 5 37. 4 8 37.5 2 37.5 3 37.5 7 37.5 8 37.6 2 37. 6 4 37. 6 8 37.6 9 37.7 3 37. 7 5 37.7 8 37.9 3 37. 9 4 37.9 7 37. 9 9 38.0 3 38. 0 5 38. 0 9 38.1 3 38. 1 7 38.1 8 38.2 2 38.2 4 38.2 8 38.2 9 38. 3 3 38 . 4 3 38 . 3 8 38 . 3 2 38 . 2 8 38 . 2 3 38 . 1 3 38 . 0 8 38 . 0 3 37 . 9 8 37 . 9 3 37 . 8 8 37 . 7 5 37 . 6 8 37 . 6 3 37 . 5 8 37 . 5 3 37 . 4 8 0. 6 1 % 6. 3 2 % 1. 2 9 % 4.3 1 % 4. 6 0 % 6. 6 2 % 1. 4 8 % 3. 2 0 % 0. 4 4 % 6. 3 4 % 3. 9 2 % 6. 7 6 % 4. 2 8 % 1. 3 8 % 6.1 7 % 1. 4 8 % 1. 6 3 % 5. 2 1 % 0.1 6 % 7.1 4 % 1. 7 2 % 7. 5 7 % 1.7 4 % 3.4 5 % 0. 3 8 % 1. 0 0 % 0.5 8 % 4.1 7 % 5. 6 2 % 1. 3 9 % 6.4 2 % 1.8 5 % 4. 8 0 % 7. 6 8 % 2. 2 8 % 7.3 7 % 3. 1 6 % 8. 1 7 % 0. 8 9 % 5. 9 1 % 1. 7 4 % 6.6 2 % 2. 0 1 % 7. 0 2 % 2.4 9 % 7. 4 6 % 3. 1 2 % 8. 0 8 % 1. 6 7 % 4.5 0 % 2.7 2 % 4. 8 7 % 1. 7 7 % 6. 7 0 % 2. 2 4 % 7.0 5 % 2.8 7 % 7. 6 6 % 3. 5 0 % 8. 2 8 % 3. 9 7 % 8. 8 1 % 37.39 37 . 4 1 37.45 37 . 4 7 37.51 37 . 5 5 37 . 5 8 37 . 6 1 37.63 37 . 6 6 37 . 7 6 37.80 37.81 37 . 8 4 37 . 8 6 37 . 9 0 37.92 37.96 37 . 9 7 38.02 38 . 0 3 38 . 0 6 38.10 38 . 1 5 38.16 38 . 2 0 38 . 2 2 38.26 38.28 38 . 3 1 38 . 3 2 38 . 3 7 38.39 39. 2 4 38. 9 1 38. 4 8 38.4 6 38 . 8 5 39. 0 5 39. 1 3 38. 8 3 38.8 6 39.26 39.21 39.21 39.25 39.32 ??? 38.27 38.48 38.59 38.19 37.48 37.54 37.58 37.62 37.68 37.72 37.76 37.82 37.88 37.92 37.95 38.01 38.06 38.14 7. 1 4 % 39. 3 0 38.9 8 9.32% 5.24% 6.63% 1. 6 9 % UP UP CHK'D: DRAWN: DESIGN: SCALE: DATE: M2LA PROJECT NUMBER: DRAWING TITLE: PROJECT: DRAWING NUMBER: REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.DATE DR. property of M2 Landscape Architects and may not be reproduced or used for other projects without their permission. c Copyright reserved. This drawing and design is the SEAL: Tel: 604.553.0044 New Westminster, British Columbia #220 - 26 Lorne Mews V3M 3L7 Fax: 604.553.0045 Email: office@m2la.com 39.34m39.14m38.56m38.42m37.96m 37.72m 37.94m 37.99m 38.21m 38.32m 38.52m38.19m 38.39m 39.20m 39.30m 38.70m 38.80m38.60m38.48m38.02m38.02m37.92m 37.58m 37.63m 37.69m 37.73m 37.80m 37.85m 38.00m 38.05m 38.10m 38.15m 38.25m 38.30m 38.85m 38.40m 38.50m38.43m38.38m38.32m38.28m38.23m38.13m38.08m38.03m37.98m37.93m37.88m37.75m37.68m37.63m37.58m37.53m 39.06m 39.40m 37.82m 38.02m 38.34m 39.69m 38.60m UP UP CHK'D: DRAWN: DESIGN: SCALE: DATE: M2LA PROJECT NUMBER: DRAWING TITLE: PROJECT: DRAWING NUMBER: REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.DATE DR. property of M2 Landscape Architects and may not be reproduced or used for other projects without their permission. c Copyright reserved. This drawing and design is the SEAL: Tel: 604.553.0044 New Westminster, British Columbia #220 - 26 Lorne Mews V3M 3L7 Fax: 604.553.0045 Email: office@m2la.com NAME ADDRESS CHK'D: DRAWN: DESIGN: SCALE: DATE: M2LA PROJECT NUMBER: DRAWING TITLE: PROJECT: DRAWING NUMBER: REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.DATE DR. property of M2 Landscape Architects and may not be reproduced or used for other projects without their permission. c Copyright reserved. This drawing and design is the SEAL: Tel: 604.553.0044 New Westminster, British Columbia #220 - 26 Lorne Mews V3M 3L7 Fax: 604.553.0045 Email: office@m2la.com TOP VIEW 40 " 40" ISOMETRIC VIEW SELECT DESIRED RECYCLED CHK'D: DRAWN: DESIGN: SCALE: DATE: M2LA PROJECT NUMBER: DRAWING TITLE: PROJECT: DRAWING NUMBER: REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.DATE DR. property of M2 Landscape Architects and may not be reproduced or used for other projects without their permission. c Copyright reserved. This drawing and design is the SEAL: Tel: 604.553.0044 New Westminster, British Columbia #220 - 26 Lorne Mews V3M 3L7 Fax: 604.553.0045 Email: office@m2la.com PART ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT - CONT PART THREE SOFT LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT - CONT PART TWO SCOPE OF WORK CHK'D: DRAWN: DESIGN: SCALE: DATE: M2LA PROJECT NUMBER: DRAWING TITLE: PROJECT: DRAWING NUMBER: REVISION DESCRIPTIONNO.DATE DR. property of M2 Landscape Architects and may not be reproduced or used for other projects without their permission. c Copyright reserved. This drawing and design is the SEAL: Tel: 604.553.0044 New Westminster, British Columbia #220 - 26 Lorne Mews V3M 3L7 Fax: 604.553.0045 Email: office@m2la.com